Hodder MS

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 460

FOR THE

IB DIPLOMA

Mathematics
ANALYSIS AND APPROACHES HL
Paul Fannon
Vesna Kadelburg
Ben Woolley
Stephen Ward

WORKED
SOLUTIONS
 
 

1 Counting principles

Worked solutions
These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 1A
13 Choose cat: 𝐶 5
and
Choose dog: 𝐶 11
Total choices: 5 11 55
14 Choose man: 𝐶 7
and
Choose woman: 𝐶 4
Total choices: 7 4 28
15 a Choose Y9: 𝐶 95
and
Choose Y10: 𝐶 92
and…
Total choices: 95 92 86 115 121 1.05 10
b Choose Y9 or Y10: 𝐶 𝐶 187
and
Choose Y11: 𝐶 86
and
Choose Y12: 𝐶 115
and
Choose Y13: 𝐶 121
Total choices: 187 86 115 121 223 781 030
16 a Choose S: 𝐶 5
and
Choose M: 𝐶 8
and
Choose D: 𝐶 6
Total choices: 5 8 6 240
b Choose M: 𝐶 8
and
Choose S or D: 𝐶 𝐶 11
Total choices: 8 11 88
c Choose S and choose M: 𝐶 𝐶 40
or
Choose S and choose D: 𝐶 𝐶 30
or
Choose M and choose D: 𝐶 𝐶 48
Total choices: 40 30 48 118

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 1


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

17 Arrange 6 boys: 6! 720

Worked solutions
and
Arrange 5 girls: 5! 120
Total arrangements: 720 120 86 400
18 a Arrange 7 distinct digits: 7! 5040 arrangements
b Those divisible by 5 must end in 5;
Arrange 6 distinct digits for the left end of the number:
6! 720 arrrangements
19 a Arrange 8 plants: 8! 40 320
b Arrange 2 tulips: 2! 2
and
Arrange 6 roses: 6! 720
Total arrangements: 2 720 1 440
20 Choose 6 from 10: 𝐶 210
21 a Choose 3 from 7: 𝐶 35
b Choose 2 from 6: 𝐶 15
22 Arrange 4 from 9: 𝑃 3 024
23 Arrange 3 from 8: 𝑃 336
24 Arrange 2 from 17: 𝑃 272
25 a Choose shirt: 𝐶 9
and
Choose trousers: 𝐶 6
and
Choose waistcoat: 𝐶 4
Total choices: 9 6 4 216
b Number of ways to have blue and green:
Choose green shirt: 𝐶 3
and
(Choose blue trousers and any waistcoat: 𝐶 𝐶 8
or
Choose non-blue trousers and blue waistcoat: 𝐶 1 4)
Total choices: 3 8 4 36
Total choices excluding green and blue: 216 36 180
26 a Arrange 5 digits: 5! 120
b Select first digit from 1,2,3: 3
and
Arrange remaining 4 digits: 4! 24
Total arrangements: 3 24 72
27 Choose 5 numbers from 40: 𝐶 658 008
and
Choose 2 numbers from 10: 𝐶 45
Total choices: 658 008 45 29 610 360
28 Choose a goalkeeper: 𝐶 3
and
Choose 3 defenders from 6: 𝐶 20
and
Choose 5 midfielders from 8: 𝐶 56
and
Choose 2 forwards from 4: 𝐶 6
Total choices: 3 20 56 6 20 160

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 2


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

29 Choose 15 from 48 to go to Paris: 𝐶

Worked solutions
and
Choose 12 from the remaining 33 to go to Rome: 𝐶
and
Choose 10 from the remaining 21 to go to Athens: 𝐶
Total choices: 𝐶 𝐶 𝐶 1.37 10
30 a Choose 2 boys from 17: 𝐶 136
and
Choose 3 girls from 15: 𝐶 455
Total choices: 136 455 61 880
b Choose 2 boys from 17: 𝐶 136
and
Choose 1 from Baha and Connie: 𝐶 2
and
Choose 2 girls from 13: 𝐶 78
Total choices: 136 2 78 21 216
31 Choose Gold or Silver for Usain: 𝐶 2
and
For the remaining two places
Arrange 2 from 7 athletes: 𝑃 42
Total arrangements: 2 42 84
32 Arrange 3 girls from 16: 𝑃 3 360
and
Arrange 2 boys from 14: 𝑃 182
Total arrangements: 3 360 182 611 520
33 Three letter/four digit:
Arrange 3 letters from 26 and arrange 4 digits from 9:
𝑃 𝑃 47 174 400
Four letter/three digit:
Arrange 4 letters from 26 and arrange 3 digits from 9:
𝑃 𝑃 180 835 200
Total codes: 47 174 400 180 835 200 228 009 600
34 a Choose 5 students from 15: 𝐶 3 003
bi Choose 4 students from 14: 𝐶 1 001
bii All-boy committee: Choose 5 students from 7: 𝐶 21
All other committees must contain at least one girl: 3 003 21 2 982
c 0.993
35 𝐶 210
𝑛 𝑛 420
𝑛 𝑛 420 0
𝑛 21 𝑛 20 0
𝑛 21 (reject the solution 𝑛 20)
36 𝑃 𝑛 𝑛 1 132
𝑛 𝑛 132 0
𝑛 12 𝑛 11 0
𝑛 12 (reject the solution 𝑛 11)

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 3


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

37 𝑃 𝑛!

Worked solutions
!
𝑃 𝑛!
!
So 𝑃 𝑃
𝑃 is the number of ways to arrange 𝑛 different items
𝑃 is the number of ways to arrange 𝑛 1 of 𝑛 different items; but in doing
so, the unused item is also specified, so the ‘unused’ is effectively the final unit
of the ordering. We can reason that the number of possible arrangements of
𝑛 1 of 𝑛 items must be the same as the number of complete arrangements.
38 Assuming that neither the presents nor the boxes are considered identical:
a Total ways: 2 32
b Total ways: 3 81
39 Arrange 6 students from 18 to be the front row: 𝑃
and
Arrange 6 students from 12 to be the middle row: 𝑃
and
Arrange 6 students from 6 to be the back row: 𝑃 6!
Total arrangements: 𝑃 𝑃 𝑃 6.40 10
40 a Each triangle must have three points as vertices.
Each set of three vertices can make exactly one triangle (since no three
points are collinear).
The total number of triangles that can be formed is 𝐶 120
b Each set of four vertices can make exactly one convex quadrilateral (if
points 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷 form a quadrilateral then 𝐴𝐶𝐵𝐷 would not be considered a
quadrilateral).
The total number of quadrilaterals that can be formed is 𝐶 210
41 Each handshake requires a pair of people (order not important)
Number of handshakes is 𝐶 465
465
𝑛 𝑛 930
𝑛 𝑛 930 0
𝑛 31 𝑛 30 0
𝑛 31 (reject the solution 𝑛 30)

Exercise 1B
1 Arrange 9 units and internally arrange one unit consisting of B and
C: 9! 2! 725 760
2 Arrange 7 units and internally arrange one unit consisting of 3 SL
books: 7! 3! 30 240
3 Freely arrange 6 letters: 6! 720
Fix A as the start letter and arrange 5 letters: 5! 120
Total not starting with A: 720 120 600
Tip: Alternatively, in a fully symmetrical problem like this, you could argue that of the 720 free
arrangements, of them will not start with A, and obtain the answer 720 600
4 Freely arrange 7 digits: 7! 5 040
Fix 67 as the end digits and arrange 5 digits: 5! 120
Total not ending with 67: 5 040 120 4 920

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 4


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

5 Freely choose 4 from 12 toys: 𝐶 495

Worked solutions
Choose 4 from 7 soft toys: 𝐶 35
Total choices which are not all soft toys: 395 35 460
6 Freely arrange 7 letters: 7! 5 040
Arrange COM and then arrange PUTE: 3! 4! 144
Total arrangements not beginning with letters C,O,M in some
order: 5 040 144 4 896
7 a Choose dark and milk and white: 𝐶 𝐶 𝐶 560
b Freely choose 3 from 25 chocolates: 𝐶 2 300
Choose 3 from 10 dark chocolates: 𝐶 120
Total choices not all dark: 2 300 120 2 180
8 Free arrangements: 7! 5 040
D and then arrange 6 letters: 6! 720
Arrange 6 letters and then A: 6! 720
D and then arrange 5 letters and then A: 5! 120
Total arrangements: 5 040 720 720 120 3 720
9 Freely arrange 3 letters from 7: 𝑃 210
Arrange 3 letters from the 4 consonants: 𝑃 24
Arrangements which are not all consonants: 210 24 186
10 Free choice of 8 students from 29: 𝐶 4 292 145
Choice of 8 students from 13 boys: 𝐶 1 287
Choice of 1 girl from 16 and 7 boys from 13:
𝐶 𝐶 16 1 716 27 456
Total choice of 8 students with at least 2 girls:
4 292 145 1 287 27 456 4 263 402
11 Arrange 3 types of chocolate: 3!
and
Arrange 7 types of milk chocolate: 7!
and
Arrange 5 types of white chocolate: 5!
and
Arrange 4 types of dark chocolate: 4!
Total arrangements: 3! 7! 5! 4! 87 091 200
12 Arrange 10 students from 12A and 12B: 10!
and
Choose 3 of the 11 gaps: 𝐶
and
Arrange the 3 students from 12C into those 3 gaps: 3!
Total permitted arrangements: 10! 𝐶 3! 3 592 512 000
13 Freely arrange 9 digits: 9!
Arrange the 4 even digits: 4!
and
Arrange the 5 odd digits into the 5 gaps: 5!
Total arrangements with no two odd numbers next to each other: 4! 5!
Probability that no two odd numbers are next to each other in a random
arrangement:
! !
!

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 5


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

14 a Arrange the two parents: 2!

Worked solutions
and
Arrange the four children between them: 4!
Total arrangements: 2! 4! 48
b Arrange the two parents: 2!
and
Arrange the five ‘units’: 5!
Total arrangements: 2! 5! 240
c Freely arrange the 6 people: 6! 720
Probability of b not occurring in a free arrangement:

15 Free choice of 5 cards from 52: 𝐶


a Choice of 5 cards from 13 spades: 𝐶
Probability that all are spades in a random deal:
b Choice of 5 cards from 26 red cards: 𝐶
Probability that all are red in a random deal:
c Choice of 1 black card from 26 and 4 red cards from 26: 𝐶 𝐶
Probability that exactly one is black in a random deal:
So probability of at least two black cards: 1
16 Choose which seat they will take as the left-most of the 6 from a choice of 15:
𝐶 15
Arrange the 6 people: 6! 720
15 720 10 800
17 Free choice of 6 players from 15: 𝐶 5 005
Not permitting:
Choice of 6 players from Team A only: 𝐶 28
Choice of 6 players from Team B only: 𝐶 7
Choice of 1 player from Team A and 5 players from Team B: 𝐶 𝐶 168
Total permitted choices: 5 005 28 7 168 4 802
18 Free choice of 7 tiles from 26: 𝐶
Not permitting:
Choice of 7 letters from 21 consonants: 𝐶
Choice of 1 letter from 5 vowels and 6 letters from 21 consonants: 𝐶 𝐶
Total choices with at least 2 vowels: 𝐶 𝐶 𝐶 𝐶 270 200

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 6


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Mixed Practice

Worked solutions
1 Arrange 3 athletes out of 8: 𝑃 336
2 Arrange 4 letters out of 26 and 3 digits out of 9: 𝑃 𝑃 180 835 200
3 Choose 3 out of 15 girls and 3 out of 11 boys: 𝐶 𝐶 75 075
4 Freely arrange 5 cards: 5! 120
Only one of these arrangements would match the order of the envelopes.
Probability that all cards and envelopes match is
5 Arrange 3 teachers and then arrange 8 students: 3! 8! 241 920
6 a Choose 6 from 19 students: 𝐶 27 132
b Choose Jack and Jill, then choose 4 from 17 students: 𝐶 2380
Probability of Jack and Jill both being chosen is
7 Each of the three digits can take any of 9 values: 9 729
8 Choose a goalkeeper: 𝐶 3
and
Choose 4 defenders from 7: 𝐶 35
and
Choose 4 midfielders from 8: 𝐶 70
and
Choose 2 forwards from 4: 𝐶 6
Total choices: 3 35 70 6 44 100
9 Choose 3 toys from 7 for the youngest: 𝐶 35
and
Choose 2 toys from 4 for the eldest: 𝐶 6
and
Choose 2 toys from 2 for the middle child: 𝐶 1
Total choices: 35 6 1 210
10 Choose 1 consonant from 5 to be the final letter: 𝐶 5
Choose 1 consonant from 4 to be the first letter: 𝐶 4
Freely arrange the middle 5 letters: 5! 120
Total arrangements: 5 4 120 2400
11 Freely choose 5 students from 28: 𝐶 98 280
Not permitting:
Select the two youngest and then choose 3 students from 26: 𝐶 2 600
Total permitted choices: 98 280 2 600 95 680
12 Free choice of 7 students from 19: 𝐶
Not permitted:
Choice of 7 students from 9 boys: 𝐶
Choice of 7 students from 10 girls: 𝐶
Total permitted choices: 𝐶 𝐶 𝐶 50 232
13 a Free choice of 6 students from 15: 𝐶 5 005
bi Free choice of 6 students from 14: 𝐶 3 003
bii Not permitted:
Choice of 6 students from 9 boys: 𝐶 84
Choice of 1 students from 6 girls and 5 from 9 boys: 𝐶 𝐶 756
Total permitted choices: 5 005 84 756 4 165
c 0.832

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 7


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

14 Choose which driver is assigned to which vehicle: 𝐶 2

Worked solutions
and
Choose 3 from 10 to be passengers in the car: 𝐶 120
and
Choose 7 from 7 to be passengers in the SUV: 𝐶 1
Total choices: 2 120 1 240
15 a Free arrangement of 7 letters: 7! 5040
b Arrange 3 vowels to be a single unit: 3! 6
and
Arrange 5 units D, M, S, T, AEO: 5! 120
Total arrangements: 6 120 720
c Arrange 4 consonants: 4! 24
and
Arrange 3 vowels: 3! 6
and
Choose 3 of the 5 spaces (including ends) among the consonants:
𝐶 10
Total arrangements: 24 6 10 1 440
16 a Choose which end Amit will stand: 𝐶 2
and
Arrange the other four people: 4! 24
Total arrangements with Amit at one end: 2 24 48
b Freely arrange 5 people: 5! 120
Total arrangements with Amit not at an end: 120 48 72
c Arrangements with Amit at the left: 1 4! 24
Arrangements with Ed at the right: 4! 1 24
Arrangements with both conditions: 1 3! 1 6.
These cases will have been counted in each of the first two arrangements, so the
double-count must be corrected.
The total number with either or both conditions is 24 24 6 42
17 a Probability of correctly matching all 6 numbers is
b Total number of choices is 𝐶 15 890 700
Number of choices matching 0 of the lottery numbers: 𝐶
Number of choices matching 1 of the lottery numbers: 𝐶 𝐶
Number of choices matching 2 of the lottery numbers: 𝐶 𝐶
Then the number of ways to get a prize is
𝐶 𝐶 𝐶 𝐶 𝐶 𝐶
Probability of winning a prize:

18 𝑃 𝑛 𝑛 1 380
𝑛 𝑛 380 0
𝑛 20 𝑛 19 0
𝑛 20 (rejecting the negative root)
19 a Arrange 3 girls as a single unit: 3!
and
Arrange 4 units (3 boys and the block of girls): 4!
Total permitted arrangements: 3! 4! 144

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 8


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

b Arrange 3 boys: 3!

Worked solutions
and
Choose 3 of the four spaces (including the ends) for the girls: 𝐶 4
and
Arrange 3 girls into the chosen spaces: 3!
Total permitted arrangements: 3! 4 3! 144
20 a If the largest is 5, 6 or 7, then this is equivalent to drawing 4 cards from
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and excluding the single case of drawing 1, 2, 3 or 4.
Number of possible choices: 𝐶 1 34
b Free choice of 4 cards: 𝐶 126
Not permitted:
Choice of all odd numbers: 𝐶 5
Choice of one even number and three odd numbers: 𝐶 𝐶 40
Total number of permitted choices: 126 5 40 81
21 Choose one driver from 3: 𝐶 3
and
(designating the empty seat as a passenger) arrange the 7 other seats to the seven
‘passengers’: 7!
Total possible seating arrangements: 3 7! 15 120
22 a Arrange 6 people among 10 seats: 𝑃 151 200
b Either the person with a cold must sit at an end, next to an empty seat:
Choose one end: 𝐶 2
Then arrange the other 5 people into the remaining 8 available spaces:
𝑃 6 720
Total arrangements: 2 6 720 13 440
Or the person with a cold sits with an empty seat to either side:
Person with a cold, with an empty seat either side, represents a
single unit
Arrange the 6 ‘units’ into the 8 available slots: 𝑃 20 160
Total possible arrangements: 13 440 20 160 33 600
23 a Choose 6 from 12 to be team A: 𝐶 924
This will count each split twice (since choosing 6 to be team A is
equivalent to choosing the other 6 to be team A; the team letters are
irrelevant, only the split matters).
So the total possible ways to divide into two teams of 6 is
924 2 462
b Choose 4 from 12 to be team A: 𝐶 495
and
Choose 4 from the remaining 8 to be team B: 𝐶 70
The remainder will be team C.
Total ways to assign to teams A, B and C: 495 70 34 650
However, since again the team labels are not relevant, this will count
each split 3! times (since each split could be assigned A/B/C in 3! Ways)
So the total possible ways to divide into three teams of 4 is
34 650 3! 5775

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 9


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 
 

2 Algebra

Worked solutions
These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 2A
9
1 1 1 1 3
1 2 2 2 2 2
1 2𝑥 1 2𝑥 2𝑥 2𝑥 ⋯
2 2! 3!
1 1
1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
2 2

10
1 1 3 4 1 3 4 5 1
1 𝑥 1 3 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
4 4 2! 4 3! 4

3 3 5
1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
4 8 32

11
1
4 8 𝑥 2 1 𝑥
8
1 4
1 1 3 3 1
2 1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
3 8 2! 8
1 1
2 1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
24 288
1 1
2 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
12 144

12
1 5
2 5𝑥 1 𝑥
2 2
1 5 1 2 5
1 1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
2 2 2! 2
1 5 25
𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
2 4 8

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 1


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

13 a

Worked solutions
1
9 𝑥 3 1 𝑥
9
1 1
1 1 2 2 1
3 1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
2 9 2! 9
1 1
3 𝑥 𝑥 …
6 216

b Expansion is valid for 𝑥 1


That is |𝑥| 9
c When 𝑥 1 (which is within the interval of validity) 9 𝑥 √10:
1 1
9 1 3 1 1 …
6 216
35
3
216
3.16204

14 a
3
8 3𝑥 2 1 𝑥
8
1 2
1 3 3 3 3
2 1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
3 8 2! 8
1 1
2 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
4 32

b Expansion is valid for 𝑥 1


That is |𝑥|
c When 𝑥 1 (which is within the interval of validity), √8 3𝑥 √5:
1 1
8 3 1 2 1 1 ⋯.
4 32
55
32
1.71875

15 a
2 3
𝑥 1 3𝑥 𝑥 1 2 3𝑥 3𝑥 ⋯
2!
𝑥 6𝑥 27𝑥 ⋯

b Expansion is valid for |3𝑥| 1


That is |𝑥|

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 2


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

16

Worked solutions
1 2
1 𝑥 1 𝑥 1 𝑥 1 1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
2!
1 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
1 2𝑥 2𝑥 ⋯

17
1 3
1 4 4
2 𝑥 1 6𝑥 2 𝑥 1 6𝑥 6𝑥 ⋯
4 2!
3 27
2 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
2 8
21
2 4𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
4
The coefficient of 𝑥 is

18
2 3
1 𝑥 1 2𝑥 1 2𝑥 𝑥 1 2 2𝑥 2𝑥 ⋯
2!
1 2𝑥 𝑥 1 4𝑥 12𝑥 ⋯
1 2𝑥 5𝑥 ⋯
The coefficient of 𝑥 is 5

19 a
1 1 1 1 3
1 2 2 2 2 2
1 4𝑥 1 4𝑥 4𝑥 4𝑥 ⋯
2 2! 3!
1 2𝑥 2𝑥 4𝑥 ⋯

b Expansion is valid for | 4𝑥| 1


That is |𝑥|

c When 𝑥 0.02, √1 4𝑥 √0.92 23 0.2√23


From the expansion in part a:
√1 4 0.02 1 2 0.02 2 0.02 4 0.02
1 0.04 0.0008 0.000032
0.959168
√23 5 0.959168 4.79584

20
3 4 3 4 5
1 𝑎𝑥 1 3 𝑎𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑎𝑥 ⋯
2! 3!
1 3𝑎𝑥 6𝑎 𝑥 10𝑎 𝑥 ⋯
640 10𝑎
𝑎 64
𝑎 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 3


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

21 a

Worked solutions
Tip: You will have to do multiple expansions for this problem. The straightforward way is to
take the product of the expansions for 1 2𝑥 and 1 𝑥 . In the worked solution below,
you can see an alternative using a nested expansion. Either method will generate the same
expansion, though the first way is more straightforward when considering the interval of
validity.
1 2𝑥 3𝑥
1
1 𝑥 1 𝑥
1 3𝑥 1 𝑥

1 2
1 3𝑥 1 1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
2!

1 3𝑥 3𝑥 3𝑥 ⋯
1 2
1 3 3
1 3𝑥 3𝑥 3𝑥 3𝑥 3𝑥 3𝑥
3 2!
1 2 5
3 3 3 3𝑥 3𝑥 3𝑥 …
3!
5
1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 2𝑥 ⋯ 𝑥 ⋯ ⋯
3
2
1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
3
. .
b When 𝑥 0.04, √9
. .
From the expansion in part a:

1 2
√9 1 0.04 0.04
2 3
1 0.04 .0000427
1.0400427
So √9 2.08009

22
𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑛 2
1 𝑎𝑥 1 𝑛𝑎𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑎𝑥 ⋯
2! 3!
1 4𝑥 9𝑥 𝑏𝑥 ⋯
Comparing coefficients:
𝑥 : 𝑛𝑎 4 1
𝑥 : 𝑎 9 2
𝑥 : 𝑎 𝑏 3
!

1 :𝑛 𝑎 16 4
2 2 :𝑛 𝑎 𝑛𝑎 18 5
4 5 : 𝑛𝑎 2 6
4 / 6 :𝑛 8

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 4


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
So 𝑎
2
Then 3 : 𝑏 15

23
1 𝑥 1 𝑎𝑥
𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑛 2
1 𝑥 1 𝑎𝑥𝑛𝑎𝑥 𝑎𝑥 ⋯
2! 3!
𝑛 𝑛 1
1 𝑥 𝑛𝑎 1 𝑥 𝑎 𝑛𝑎
2
𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑛 2 𝑛 𝑛 1
𝑥 𝑎 𝑎 ⋯ ⋯
6 2
1 𝑥 𝑏𝑥 ⋯
Comparing coefficients:
𝑥 : 𝑛𝑎 1 0 1
𝑥 : 𝑎 𝑛𝑎 1 2
𝑥 : 𝑎 𝑎 𝑏 3
!

1 : 𝑛𝑎 1 4
2 2 :𝑛 𝑎 𝑛𝑎 2𝑛𝑎 2 5
5 2 4 4 : 𝑛𝑎 3 6
6 / 4 : 𝑎 3
1
So 𝑎 3, 𝑛
3
1 4 7 1 4
Then 3 : 𝑏 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
6 2
14
2
3
8
3

24
𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑛 2
1 𝑎𝑥 1 𝑛𝑎𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑎𝑥 ⋯
2! 3!
1 21𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑏𝑥 ⋯
Comparing coefficients:
𝑥 : 𝑛𝑎 21 1
𝑥 : 𝑎 𝑏 2
𝑥 : 𝑎 𝑏 3
!

Equating 2 and 3 :
6𝑏 𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑛 2 𝑎 3𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑎
𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑎 𝑛 2 𝑎 3 0
From 1 reject 𝑛 0
If 𝑛 1 then 𝑎 21 and 𝑏 0, also rejected
Otherwise, 𝑛 2 𝑎 3 0

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 5


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Substituting 1 :

Worked solutions
2𝑎 𝑛𝑎 3 18
So 𝑎 9, 𝑛
7 4
𝑛 𝑛 1 3 3 9
Then 𝑏 𝑎 126
2 2

Exercise 2B
General tip for exercise: Throughout this exercise there are two main methods which could be
used:
Worked examples 2.4 and 2.5 use substitution: values for 𝑥 are substituted in turn to eliminate
each of the constants of the partial equation form, generating simultaneous equations. Ideally,
the values chosen for 𝑥 eliminate one of the constants altogether, making the working much
easier.
An alternative approach is to compare coefficients. While this is not shown in the chapter
examples, there are situations where this is preferable, for example, in a more complicated
problem where the denominator has many factors, comparing coefficients allows for a check
that the factoring was correct and complete.
Both methods are shown for question 5, and the method of comparing coefficients is again used
in the worked solution to question 14.

5𝑥 1 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
𝑥 1 𝑥 2 𝑥 1 𝑥 2
Multiplying through by the denominator on the left:
5𝑥 1 𝐴 𝑥 2 𝐵 𝑥 1

Method 1: Using substitution:


𝑥 1: 6 3𝐴 so 𝐴 2
𝑥 2: 9 3𝐵 so 𝐵 3

Method 2: Comparing coefficients:


𝑥 : 1 2𝐴 𝐵 1
𝑥 :5 𝐴 𝐵 2

1 2 : 3𝐴 6 so 𝐴 2
2 :𝐵 5 𝐴 3

So,
5𝑥 1 2 3
𝑥 1 𝑥 2 𝑥 1 𝑥 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 6


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
3 𝑥 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
𝑥 3 𝑥 5 𝑥 3 𝑥 5
Multiplying through by the denominator on the left:
3 𝑥 𝐴 𝑥 5 𝐵 𝑥 3
Substituting:
𝑥 3: 6 2𝐴 so 𝐴 3
𝑥 5: 8 2𝐵 so 𝐵 4

So,
3 𝑥 3 4
𝑥 3 𝑥 5 𝑥 3 𝑥 5

7
𝑥 5 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
𝑥 8 𝑥 4 𝑥 8 𝑥 4
Multiplying through by the denominator on the left:
𝑥 5 𝐴 𝑥 4 𝐵 𝑥 8
Substituting:
3
𝑥 4: 9 12𝐵 so 𝐵
4
1
𝑥 8: 3 12𝐴 so 𝐴
4
𝑥 5 1 3
𝑥 8 𝑥 4 4 𝑥 8 4 𝑥 4

8
𝑥 10 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
2𝑥 𝑥 2 2𝑥 𝑥 2
Multiplying through by the denominator on the left:
𝑥 10 𝐴 𝑥 2 𝐵 2𝑥
Substituting:
𝑥 0: 10 2𝐴 so 𝐴 5
𝑥 2: 12 4𝐵 so 𝐵 3
𝑥 10 3 5
2𝑥 𝑥 2 𝑥 2 2𝑥

9
2𝑥 8 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
4𝑥 5 𝑥 3 4𝑥 5 𝑥 3
Multiplying through by the denominator on the left:
2𝑥 8 𝐴 𝑥 3 𝐵 4𝑥 5
Substituting:
5 21 7
𝑥 : 𝐴 so 𝐴 6
4 2 4
𝑥 3: 14 7𝐵 so 𝐵 2
2𝑥 8 2 6
4𝑥 5 𝑥 3 𝑥 3 4𝑥 5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 7


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

10

Worked solutions
7𝑥 3 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
𝑥 6 𝑥 3 𝑥 6 𝑥 3
Multiplying through by the denominator on the left:
7𝑥 3 𝐴 𝑥 3 𝐵 𝑥 6
Substituting:
𝑥 6: 45 9𝐴 so 𝐴 5
𝑥 3: 18 9𝐵 so 𝐵 2
7𝑥 3 5 2
𝑥 6 𝑥 3 𝑥 6 𝑥 3

11
1 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
3𝑥 1 3𝑥 1 3𝑥 1 3𝑥 1
Multiplying through by the denominator on the left:
1 𝐴 3𝑥 1 𝐵 3𝑥 1
Substituting:
1 1
𝑥 :1 2𝐴 so 𝐴
3 2
1 1
𝑥 : 1 2𝐵 so 𝐵
3 2
1 1 1
3𝑥 1 3𝑥 1 2 3𝑥 1 2 3𝑥 1

12
8 𝑥 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
3𝑥 𝑥 4 3𝑥 𝑥 4
Multiplying through by the denominator on the left:
8 𝑥 𝐴 𝑥 4 𝐵 3𝑥
Substituting:
𝑥 0: 8 4𝐴 so 𝐴 2
𝑥 4: 12 12𝐵 so 𝐵 1
8 𝑥 2 1
3𝑥 𝑥 4 3𝑥 𝑥 4

13
3𝑥 2𝑎 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
𝑥 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 𝑥 𝑎
Multiplying through by the denominator on the left:
3𝑥 2𝑎 𝐴 𝑥 𝑎 𝐵 𝑥
Substituting:
𝑥 0: 2𝑎 𝑎𝐴 so 𝐴 2
𝑥 𝑎: 𝑎 𝑎𝐵 so 𝐵 1
3𝑥 2𝑎 2 1
𝑥 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 𝑥 𝑎

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 8


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

14

Worked solutions
4 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
√𝑥 1 √𝑥 3 √𝑥 1 √𝑥 3
Multiplying through by the denominator on the left:
4 𝐴 √𝑥 3 𝐵 √𝑥 1
Tip: Since for real 𝑥 we cannot let √𝑥 0 it seems unreasonable to substitute √𝑥 1 or
3; however, as you see in Chapter 4, if we allow 𝑥 to take complex values then such a
substitution is fine. This is a fine example of complex numbers allowing us to travel swiftly
through calculations even though both the problem and solution involve only real values. Both
substitution method and comparing coefficients are given below. Try using the substitution
method both with the complex number option and show that the result is the same!

Method 1: Substitution
𝑥 0: 4 3𝐴 𝐵 1
𝑥 1: 4 4𝐴 2𝐵 2

2 1 2 :4 2𝐴
So 𝐴 2, 𝐵 2
4 2 2
√𝑥 1 √𝑥 3 √𝑥 1 √𝑥 3

Method 2: Comparing coefficients:


𝑥 : 4 3𝐴 𝐵 1
√𝑥: 0 𝐴 𝐵 2

1 2 :4 2𝐴
So 𝐴 2, 𝐵 2
4 2 2
√𝑥 1 √𝑥 3 √𝑥 1 √𝑥 3

15
1 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
𝑥 2 𝑥 5 𝑥 2 𝑥 5
Multiplying through by the denominator on the left:
1 𝐴 𝑥 5 𝐵 𝑥 2
Substituting:
𝑥 0: 1 5𝐴 2𝐵 1
𝑥 1: 1 6𝐴 3𝐵 2
1
3 1 2 2 : 1 3𝐴 so 𝐴
3
1
2 : 3𝐵 1 6𝐴 1 so 𝐵
3
1 1 1
𝑥 2 𝑥 5 3 𝑥 2 3 𝑥 5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 9


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

16 a

Worked solutions
4 5𝑥 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
1 𝑥 2 through
Multiplying 𝑥 1 by𝑥the 2 𝑥
denominator on the left:
4 5𝑥 𝐴 2 𝑥 𝐵 1 𝑥
Substituting:
𝑥 1: 9 3𝐴 so 𝐴 3
𝑥 2: 6 3𝐵 so 𝐵 2
4 5𝑥 3 2
1 𝑥 2 𝑥 1 𝑥 2 𝑥

b
4 5𝑥 𝑥
3 1 𝑥 1
1 𝑥 2 𝑥 2
1 2
3 1 1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
2!
𝑥 1 2 𝑥
1 1 ⋯
2 2! 2
1 1
3 3𝑥 3𝑥 ⋯ 1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
2 4
7 11
2 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
2 4

c Expansion is valid where both |𝑥| 1 and 1


So |𝑥| 1 and |𝑥| 2
The overlapping region of validity is |𝑥| 1

17 a

7𝑥 2 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
1 𝑥 2 3𝑥 1 𝑥 2 3𝑥
Multiplying through by the denominator on the left:
7𝑥 2 𝐴 2 3𝑥 𝐵 1 𝑥
Substituting:
𝑥 1: 5 5𝐴 so 𝐴 1
2 20 5
𝑥 : 𝐵 so 𝐵 4
3 3 3
7𝑥 2 1 4
1 𝑥 2 3𝑥 1 𝑥 2 3𝑥

b
7𝑥 2 3𝑥
1 𝑥 2 1
1 𝑥 2 3𝑥 2
1 2
1 1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
2!
3𝑥 1 2 3𝑥
2 1 1 ⋯
2 2! 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 10


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯ 2 3𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
2
7
1 4𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
2
c Expansion is valid where both | 𝑥| 1 and 1
So |𝑥| 1 and |𝑥|
The overlapping region of validity is |𝑥|

18
1 1 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
2𝑥 3𝑥 1 2𝑥 1 𝑥 1 2𝑥 1 𝑥 1
Multiplying through by the denominator on the left:
1 𝐴 𝑥 1 𝐵 2𝑥 1
Substituting:
1 1
𝑥 :1 𝐴 so 𝐴 2
2 2
𝑥 1: 1 𝐵 so 𝐵 1
1 2 1
2𝑥 3𝑥 1 2𝑥 1 𝑥 1
Applying binomial theorem to each partial fraction:
1
2 1 2𝑥 1 𝑥
2𝑥 3𝑥 1
1 2
2 1 1 2𝑥 2𝑥 ⋯
2!
1 2
1 1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
2!
2 4𝑥 8𝑥 ⋯ 1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
1 3𝑥 7𝑥 ⋯
b Expansion is valid where both |2𝑥| 1 and |𝑥| 1
So |𝑥| and |𝑥| 1

The overlapping region of validity is |𝑥|

19
5𝑥 3 5𝑥 3 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
1 2𝑥 3𝑥 1 3𝑥 1 𝑥 1 3𝑥 1 𝑥
Multiplying through by the denominator on the left:
5𝑥 3 𝐴 1 𝑥 𝐵 1 3𝑥
Substituting:
1 4 4
𝑥 : 𝐴 so 𝐴 1
3 3 3
𝑥 1: 8 4𝐵 so 𝐵 2
5𝑥 3 1 2
1 2𝑥 3𝑥 1 3𝑥 1 𝑥
Applying binomial theorem to each partial fraction:
5𝑥 3
1 3𝑥 2 1 𝑥
1 2𝑥 3𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 11


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

1 2

Worked solutions
1 1 3𝑥 3𝑥 ⋯
2!
1 2
2 1 1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
2!
1 3𝑥 9𝑥 ⋯ 2 2𝑥 2𝑥 ⋯
3 𝑥 11𝑥 ⋯
b Expansion is valid where both |3𝑥| 1 and | 𝑥| 1
So |𝑥| and |𝑥| 1
The overlapping region of validity is |𝑥|

20
𝑎 𝑎 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
𝑥 3𝑎𝑥 2𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 2𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 2𝑎
Multiplying through by the denominator on the left:
𝑎 𝐴 𝑥 2𝑎 𝐵 𝑥 𝑎
Substituting:
𝑥 𝑎: 𝑎 𝑎𝐴 so 𝐴 1
𝑥 2𝑎: 𝑎 𝑎𝐵 so 𝐵 1
𝑎 1 1
𝑥 3𝑎𝑥 2𝑎 𝑥 2𝑎 𝑥 𝑎

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 12


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Exercise 2C

Worked solutions
11
2𝑥 3𝑦 2𝑧 13 1
3𝑥 𝑦 𝑧 2 2
3𝑥 4𝑦 3𝑧 1 3
1 2 2 : 8𝑥 𝑦 17 4
3 3 2 : 6𝑥 7𝑦 5 5
7 4 5 : 62𝑥 124
𝑥 2
4 : 𝑦 8𝑥 17 1
2 : 𝑧 3𝑥 𝑦 2 3

12
𝑥 4𝑦 5𝑧 3 1
2𝑥 𝑦 5𝑧 12 2
8𝑥 5𝑦 11𝑧 30 3
2 2 1 : 9𝑦 15𝑧 18 4
3 4 2 : 9𝑦 9𝑧 18 5
4 5 : 6𝑧 0
𝑧 0
5 : 9𝑦 18 9𝑧 18 so 𝑦 2
1 : 𝑥 2𝑧 4𝑦 3 5

13 a
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 4 1
9𝑎 3𝑏 𝑐 14 2
16𝑎 4𝑏 𝑐 25 3
b From GDC: 𝑎 2, 𝑏 3, 𝑐 5

14 a
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 7
8𝑎 4𝑏 2𝑐 4  
27𝑎 9𝑏 3𝑐 3
b From GDC: 𝑎 1, 𝑏 4, 𝑐 2

15 a
𝑥 2𝑦 𝑘𝑧 8 1
2𝑥 5𝑦 2𝑧 7 2
5𝑥 12𝑦 𝑧 2 3
2 2 1 :𝑦 2 2𝑘 𝑧 9 4
3 5 1 : 2𝑦 1 5𝑘 𝑧 38 5
5 2 4 : 3 𝑘 𝑧 20 6
When 𝑘 3, this would be impossible and for any other value of 𝑘 there would be a
unique solution.
The system is inconsistent for 𝑘 3.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 13


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Setting 𝑘 2:
6 : 5𝑧 20 so 𝑧 4
4 : 𝑦 2𝑧 9 1
1 : 𝑥 8 2𝑦 2𝑧 2

16 a
𝑘𝑥 𝑦 2𝑧 4 1
3𝑥 𝑘𝑦 2𝑧 1 2
𝑥 𝑦 𝑧 2 3
1 2 : 𝑘 3 𝑥 𝑘 1 𝑦 5 4
2 2 3 :𝑥 2 𝑘 𝑦 3 5
4 𝑘 3 5 : 𝑘 1 𝑦 𝑘 2 𝑘 3 𝑦 5 3 𝑘 3
𝑘 4𝑘 5 𝑦 14 3𝑘
14 3𝑘 14 3𝑘
𝑦
𝑘 4𝑘 5 1 𝑘 2
Since the denominator is a quadratic with no real roots (minimum value 1), 𝑦 has a
unique value for any value 𝑘. Therefore, the system is consistent for all 𝑘 ∈ ℝ
b
Setting 𝑘 1:
17
𝑦 1.7
10
5 :𝑥 3 3𝑦 2.1
3 : 𝑧 𝑥 𝑦 2 1.8

17 a
𝑥 𝑦 2𝑧 2 1
2𝑥 2𝑦 𝑧 0 2
3𝑥 3𝑦 4𝑧 𝑎 3
2 2 1 : 5𝑧 4
3 3 1 : 10𝑧 𝑎 6
For these to be consistent, 𝑎 6 8 so 𝑎 2
b
When 𝑎 2, the system has solution 𝑧 0.8, 𝑥 𝑦 0.4
Parameterising:
𝑥 0.4 𝜆, 𝑦 𝜆, 𝑧 0.8

18
𝑥 2𝑦 𝑧 2 1
𝑥 𝑦 3𝑧 𝑘 2
2𝑥 𝑦 2𝑧 𝑘 3
2 1 : 3𝑦 4𝑧 𝑘 2
3 2 1 : 3𝑦 4𝑧 𝑘 4
For the system to be consistent, 𝑘 2 𝑘 4 𝑘 2 𝑘 2
So 𝑘 2 1 or 𝑘 2 0
𝑘 1 or 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 14


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Then the system will have infinite solutions, since the three equations are not linearly

Worked solutions
independent (that is, any one can be produced as a linear combination of the other two).

19
Let the three numbers be 𝑥, 𝑦 and 𝑧, where 𝑥 𝑦 𝑧
𝑥 𝑦 𝑧
Mean
3
Range 𝑧 𝑥
Median 𝑦
The information given can be summarised as:
𝑥 𝑦 𝑧 6𝑦 1
𝑧 𝑥 5𝑦 2
𝑦 𝑥 1 3
Rearranging to standard format:
𝑥 5𝑦 𝑧 0 1
𝑥 5𝑦 𝑧 0 2
𝑥 𝑦 1 3
1 2 : 2𝑥 0
3 :𝑦 1
1 :𝑧 5
The largest number is 5.

20
𝑥 2𝑘 5 𝑦 2𝑧 3 1
3𝑥 𝑦 𝑘 1 𝑧 4 2
𝑥 𝑦 2𝑧 1 3
3 1 2 : 6𝑘 16 𝑦 𝑘 7 𝑧 13 4
1 3 : 2𝑘 4 𝑦 2 5
From 5 if 𝑘 2 then the system is inconsistent
Otherwise:
𝑘 2 4 3𝑘 8 5 : 𝑘 2 𝑘 7 𝑧 7𝑘 10
The system is also inconsistent when 𝑘 7.

21
3𝑥 𝑦 5𝑧 2 1
2𝑥 4𝑦 𝑧 1 2
𝑥 𝑦 𝑘𝑧 𝑐 3
1 3 3 : 4𝑦 5 3𝑘 𝑧 2 3𝑐 4
2 2 3 : 2𝑦 1 2𝑘 𝑧 1 2𝑐 5
4 2 5 : 7 7𝑘 𝑧 4 7𝑐 6
a If 𝑘 1 then the system will have a unique solution
b If 𝑘 1 and 𝑐 then 6 reduces to 0 0 and the system will have
infinitely many solutions
If 𝑧 2𝜆 then 5 gives 2𝑦 2𝜆 so 𝑦 𝜆
Then 3 gives 𝑥 𝑐 𝑦 𝑘𝑧 𝜆 2𝜆 3𝜆

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 15


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Solution is 𝑥 3𝜆, 𝑦 𝜆 ,𝑧 2𝜆

Worked solutions
c If 𝑘 1 and 𝑐 then there are no solutions, since 6 reduces to
0 0

22
Let the three-digit number be written 𝑥𝑦𝑧 so that its value is 100𝑥 10𝑦 𝑧
Require that each of 𝑥, 𝑦 and 𝑧 be single digit integers.
The reversed number 𝑧𝑦𝑥 has value 100𝑧 10𝑦 𝑥
The information given can be summarised as:
𝑥 𝑦 𝑧 16 1
𝑧 2|𝑥 𝑦| 2
100𝑧 10𝑦 𝑥 100𝑥 10𝑦 𝑧 297 3

Rearranging to standard format and splitting the modulus statement into two cases:
⎧ 𝑥 𝑦 𝑧 16 1
⎪2𝑥 2𝑦 𝑧 0 2𝑎
⎨2𝑥 2𝑦 𝑧 0 2𝑏

⎩ 99𝑥 99𝑧 297 3

3 :𝑥 𝑧 3 4
1 4 : 2𝑥 𝑦 19 5
2𝑎 4 : 3𝑥 2𝑦 3 6𝑎
2𝑏 4 : 𝑥 2𝑦 3 6𝑏

2 5 6𝑎 : 7𝑥 41 which does not have an integer solution


2 3 6𝑏 : 5𝑥 35 so 𝑥 7
Then 4 gives 𝑧 4 and 1 gives 𝑦 5
The only solution is number 754.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 16


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Mixed Practice

Worked solutions
1
1 1 1 1 3
1 2 2 2 2 2
1 3𝑥 1 3𝑥 3𝑥 3𝑥 ⋯
2 2! 3!
3 9 27
1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
2 8 16

2 a
1 4
9 4𝑥 1 𝑥
3 9
1 3
1 1 4 2 2 4
1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
3 2 9 2! 9
1 2 2
𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
3 27 81
b Expansion is valid for 𝑥 1
That is |𝑥|
3 a
1 1
1 3𝑥
1 6𝑥 9𝑥 1 3𝑥
𝑎 3, 𝑛 2
b
2 3 2 3 4
1 3𝑥 1 2 3𝑥 3𝑥 3𝑥 ⋯
2! 3!
1 6𝑥 27𝑥 108𝑥 ⋯

4
3𝑥 1 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 1
Multiplying through by the denominator on the left:
3𝑥 1 𝐴 𝑥 1 𝐵𝑥
Substituting:
𝑥 0: 1 𝐴
𝑥 1: 4 𝐵 so 𝐵 4

5
5 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
3𝑥 4 𝑥 2 3𝑥 4 𝑥 2
Multiplying through by the denominator on the left:
5 𝐴 𝑥 2 𝐵 3𝑥 4
Substituting:
4 10 3
𝑥 :5 𝐴 so 𝐴
3 3 2
𝑥 2: 5 10𝐵 so 𝐵
5 3 1
3𝑥 4 𝑥 2 2 3𝑥 4 2 𝑥 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 17


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
27 𝑥 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
𝑥 6 𝑥 5 𝑥 6 𝑥 5
Multiplying through by the denominator on the left:
27 𝑥 𝐴 𝑥 5 𝐵 𝑥 6
Substituting:
𝑥 6: 33 11𝐴 so 𝐴 3
𝑥 5: 22 11𝐵 so 𝐵 2
27 𝑥 2 3
𝑥 6 𝑥 5 𝑥 5 𝑥 6

7
2𝑥 𝑦 3𝑧 4 1
3𝑥 2𝑦 4𝑧 11 2
5𝑥 3𝑦 5𝑧 1 3
2 2 1 : 7𝑥 10𝑧 19 4
3 1 3 : 𝑥 4𝑧 13 5
7 5 4 : 18𝑧 72
So 𝑧 4
5 : 𝑥 13 4𝑧 3
1 : 𝑦 2𝑥 3𝑧 4 2

8
2𝑥 3𝑦 𝑧 4 1
𝑥 4𝑦 2𝑧 8 2
7𝑥 18𝑦 4𝑧 16 3
2 2 1 : 5𝑥 10𝑦 0 4
3 4 1 : 15𝑥 30𝑦 0 5
5 3 4 :0 0
The system is consistent and has infinitely many solutions.
4 : 𝑥 2𝑦 so set 𝑦 𝜆 then 𝑥 2𝜆 and from 1 , 𝑧 4 2𝑥 3𝑦 4 𝜆
General solution: 𝑥 2𝜆, 𝑦 𝜆, 𝑧 4𝜆

9
𝑥 3𝑦 4𝑧 2 1
3𝑥 8𝑦 12𝑧 5 2
3 1 2 :𝑦 1
Then 1 gives 𝑥 4𝑧 1
Set 𝑧 𝜆.
General solution: 𝑥 1 4𝜆, 𝑦 1, 𝑧 𝜆

10 a
4𝑎 2𝑏 𝑐 12 1
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 1 2
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 3 3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 18


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
1 2 2 : 2𝑎 𝑐 10 4
1 2 3 : 6𝑎 3𝑐 6 5
3 4 5 : 12𝑎 36 so 𝑎 3
4 : 𝑐 2𝑎 10 4
3 :𝑏 3 𝑎 𝑐 2

11 a
1 2𝑥
1 2𝑥 1 𝑥
1 𝑥
2 3 2 3 4
1 2𝑥 1 2 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
2! 3!
1 2𝑥 1 2𝑥 3𝑥 4𝑥 ⋯
1 𝑥 2𝑥 ⋯
b Expansion is valid for |𝑥| 1

12
𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 3
1 𝑥
2 3𝑥 4 2
𝑎 𝑥 3 2 3 3
1 2 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
4 2 2! 2
𝑎 𝑥 27
1 3𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
4 4
𝑎 27 3 27𝑎 12 15
The coefficient of 𝑥 is
4 4 4 16 2
27𝑎 12 120
𝑎 4

13 a
3
8 6𝑥 4 1 𝑥
4
2 1
2 3 3 3 3
4 1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
3 4 2! 4
1 1
4 1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
2 16
1
4 2𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
4
b Expansion is valid for 𝑥 1
4
That is |𝑥|
3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 19


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
When 𝑥 , which lies within the interval of validity for the expansion,

8 6𝑥 10 √100
Using the expansion in part a:
2 1
√100 4
3 36
4.639

14 a
10 3𝑥 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
1 3𝑥 2 5𝑥 1 3𝑥 2 5𝑥
Multiplying through by the denominator on the left:
10 3𝑥 𝐴 2 5𝑥 𝐵 1 3𝑥
Substituting:
1 11
𝑥 : 11 𝐴 so 𝐴 3
3 3
2 44 11
𝑥 : 𝐵 so 𝐵 4
5 5 5
10 3𝑥 3 4
1 3𝑥 2 5𝑥 1 3𝑥 2 5𝑥

b
10 3𝑥 5
3 1 3𝑥 2 1 𝑥
1 3𝑥 2 5𝑥 2
1 2
3 1 1 3𝑥 3𝑥 ⋯
2!
5 1 2 5
2 1 1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
2 2! 2
25
3 9𝑥 27𝑥 ⋯ 2 5𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
2
79
5 4𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
2
c
Expansion is valid where both |3𝑥| 1 and 𝑥 1
So |𝑥| and |𝑥|
The overlapping region of validity is |𝑥|

15
3𝑥 𝑦 𝑧 17 1
𝑥 2𝑦 𝑧 8 2  
2𝑥 3𝑦 2𝑧 𝑘 3
3 2 1 : 7𝑦 4𝑧 7 4  
2 2 3 : 7𝑦 4𝑧 16 𝑘 5  
a  For the system to be consistent, require 7 16 𝑘 so 𝑘 9 
   

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 20


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

b  Parameterizing the system: let 𝑧 7𝜆 

Worked solutions
From  4 : 7𝑦 7 4𝑧 7 28𝜆 so 𝑦 1 4𝜆 
From  2 : 𝑥 8 2𝑦 𝑧 6 𝜆 
 
16
2𝑥 𝑦 3𝑧 2 1
3𝑥 𝑦 2𝑧 2 2  
𝑥 2𝑦 𝑎𝑧 𝑏 3
1 2 3 : 3𝑦 3 2𝑎 𝑧 2 2𝑏 4  
2 3 3 : 7𝑦 2 3𝑎 𝑧 2 3𝑏 5  
7 4 3 5 : 15 5𝑎 𝑧 20 5𝑏 
3 𝑎 𝑧 4 𝑏 6  
For the system to be consistent but have no unique solution, 𝑎 3 and 𝑏 4 
 
17
1 1 𝑥
1 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥
1 𝑥 1 𝑥
1 2
1 𝑥 1 1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
2!
1 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯ 
Tip: You could alternatively expand directly as

1 𝑥 𝑥
1 2 1 2 3
1 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
2! 3!

1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 2𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 3𝑥 3𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
Although you will get the same terms, this method is problematic because it is far harder to
establish an interval of validity, due to powers of 𝑥 𝑥 impacting several coefficients of the
final series – you may wish to read about the Ratio test for convergence of series to have an
insight as to why this is important. Looking at the solution shown first, it is quickly clear that
the interval of validity is |𝑥| 1.
18
Partial fractions: 
11𝑥 3 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
2𝑥 1 𝑥 3 2𝑥 1 𝑥 3
Multiplying through by the denominator on the left:
11𝑥 3 𝐴 𝑥 3 𝐵 2𝑥 1
Substituting:
1 5 5
𝑥 : 𝐴 so 𝐴 1
2 2 2
𝑥 3: 30 5𝐵 so 𝐵 6
11𝑥 3 6 1
2𝑥 1 𝑥 3 𝑥 3 2𝑥 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 21


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
2 1 𝑥 1 2𝑥
3
1 1 2 1
2 1 1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
3 2! 3
1 2
1 1 2𝑥 2𝑥 ⋯
2!
2 2
2 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯ 1 2𝑥 4𝑥 ⋯
3 9
4 34
1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯
3 9
4
1 𝑥 ⋯
3
 
19  a 
1 5𝑥
1 5𝑥 1 12𝑥
1 12𝑥
1 1
1 2 2 1
1 5𝑥 5𝑥 ⋯ 1 12𝑥
2 2! 2
1 3
2 2 12𝑥 ⋯
2!
5 25
1 𝑥 𝑥 ⋯ 1 6𝑥 54𝑥 ⋯
2 8
7
1 𝑥 ⋯ 
2

Expansion is valid where both |5𝑥| 1 and |12𝑥| 1
So |𝑥| and |𝑥|

The overlapping region of validity is |𝑥|


1 5𝑥 1.05 105 7 15 1
When 𝑥 0.01, √15 
1 12𝑥 1.12 112 7 16 4
Then √15 4 1 0.035
4 0.965
3.86 
 
   

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 22


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

20

Worked solutions
𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑛 2
1 𝑎𝑥 1 𝑛𝑎𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑎𝑥 ⋯
2! 3!
15
1 3𝑥 𝑥 𝑏𝑥 ⋯
2
Comparing coefficients:
𝑥 : 𝑛𝑎 3 1
𝑛 𝑛 15
𝑥 : 𝑎 2
2 2
𝑥 : 𝑎 𝑏 (3)
!

1 :𝑛 𝑎 9 4
2 2 :𝑛 𝑎 𝑛𝑎 15 5
4 5 : 𝑛𝑎 6 6
3
4 / 6 :𝑛
2
So 𝑎 2
3 5 7
2 2 2 35
Then 3 : 𝑏 2
6 2

21
𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑛 2
1 𝑎𝑥 1 𝑛𝑎𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑎𝑥 ⋯
2! 3!
1 9𝑥 54𝑥 𝑏𝑥 ⋯
Comparing coefficients:
𝑥 : 𝑛𝑎 9 1
𝑛 𝑛
𝑥 : 𝑎 54 2
2
𝑥 : 𝑎 𝑏 (3)
!

1 :𝑛 𝑎 81 4
2 2 :𝑛 𝑎 𝑛𝑎 108 5
4 5 : 𝑛𝑎 27 6
4 / 6 :𝑛 3
So 𝑎 3
3 4 5
Then 3 : 𝑏 3 270
6

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 23


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

22 a

Worked solutions
2𝑥 𝑦 6𝑧 0 1
4𝑥 3𝑦 14𝑧 4 2  
2𝑥 2𝑦 𝛼 2 𝑧 𝛽 12 3
2 1 2 : 𝑦 2𝑧 4 4  
1 3 : 3𝑦 8 𝛼 𝑧 12 𝛽 5  
3 4 5 : 2 𝛼 𝑧 𝛽 
 
i  If 𝛼 2 and 𝛽 0 then the system is inconsistent (has no solutions) 
ii  If 𝛼 2 then the system has a unique solution 
iii  If 𝛼 2 and 𝛽 0 then the system is consistent and has infinitely 
many solutions. 
b  When 𝛼 2 and 𝛽 0,  4  and  5  have the same information. 
4  gives 𝑦 4 2𝑧 
1  gives 2𝑥 𝑦 6𝑧 4 4𝑧 so 𝑥 2 2𝑧 
In Cartesian form, this can be expressed as  
𝑥 2 𝑦 4
𝑧 
2 2
The parameterised version would be 𝑥 2 2𝜆, 𝑦 4 2𝜆, 𝑧 𝜆 

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 24


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 
 

3 Trigonometry

Worked solutions
These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 3A

8 cosec 𝐴 , sec 𝐵

9
Taking the Pythagorean identity: sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 1 ∗
cos 𝜃
sin 𝜃 cot 𝜃 sin 𝜃 sin 𝜃 sin 𝜃 by definition of cot 𝜃
sin 𝜃
sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃
1 by ∗

10 From GDC, the only solution is 𝑥 0.644


11 a From GDC: The only stationary point is a local minimum at
0.715, 2.39
b There is no upper bound to the values taken by 𝑓 𝑥 so the range is
f 𝑥 2.39
12 Using the definition of cot 𝐴,
cos 𝐴
sin 𝐴 cot 𝐴 sin 𝐴
sin 𝐴
cos 𝐴
13 Using the definition of tan 𝐵, sec 𝐵 and cosec 𝐵,
sin 𝐵 1
tan 𝐵 cosec 𝐵
cos 𝐵 sin 𝐵
1
cos 𝐵
sec 𝐵
14 arcsin sin 𝜋 arcsin 0 0

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 1


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

15

Worked solutions
1
𝑦
cos 2𝑥
Vertical asymptotes where cos 2𝑥 0: 𝑥 𝜋
Local minima at 𝑛𝜋, 1
Local maxima at 𝜋, 1

16
3
𝑦
tan 2𝑥
Vertical asymptotes where tan 2𝑥 0: 𝑥 𝜋
Roots where tan 2𝑥 is undefined: 𝑥 𝜋

17
1 1
𝑦
sin 𝑥 𝜋 sin 𝑥
Vertical asymptotes where sin 𝑥 0: 𝑥 𝑛𝜋
Local maxima at 2𝑛 𝜋, 1

Local minima at 2𝑛 𝜋, 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 2


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
18
sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
tan 𝑥 cot 𝑥
cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
1
cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
sec 𝑥 cosec 𝑥
19
1
sec 𝑥 cos 𝑥 ≡ cos 𝑥
cos 𝑥
1 cos 𝑥

cos 𝑥
sin 𝑥

cos 𝑥
sin 𝑥
≡ sin 𝑥
cos 𝑥
≡ sin 𝑥 tan 𝑥

20
sin 𝜃 sin 𝜃 1 cos 𝜃 1 cos 𝜃
sin 𝜃
1 cos 𝜃 1 cos 𝜃 1 cos 𝜃 1 cos 𝜃
2 cos 𝜃
sin 𝜃
1 cos 𝜃
2 cos 𝜃
sin 𝜃
sin 𝜃
2 cos 𝜃
sin 𝜃
2 cot 𝜃

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 3


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

21

Worked solutions
2 tan 𝑥 3 sec 𝑥 0
2 sec 𝑥 1 3 sec 𝑥 0
2 sec 𝑥 3 sec 𝑥 2 0
sec 𝑥 2 2 sec 𝑥 1 0
1
sec 𝑥 2 or reject; outside the range of sec 𝑥
2
1
cos 𝑥
2
2𝜋
𝑥
3

22
Considering the graphs of 𝑦 arccos 𝑥 and 𝑦 2𝑥:

arccos 𝑥 2𝑥 has only one solution.

23 arccos 𝑥 𝜋 arccos 𝑥

24 a
Using the identity 1 tan 𝜃 sec 𝜃:
sec 𝑥 3 tan 𝑥 1 1 tan 𝑥 3 tan 𝑥 1
tan 𝑥 3 tan 𝑥 2
So if sec 𝑥 3 tan 𝑥 1 0, then tan 𝑥 3 tan 𝑥 2 0
b
tan 𝑥 1 tan 𝑥 2 0
tan 𝑥 1 or 2
c
𝜋
Primary solutions: 𝑥 arctan 1 and 𝑥 arctan 2 1.11
4
5𝜋
Secondary solutions: 𝑥 𝑥 𝜋 and 𝑥 𝑥 𝜋 4.25
4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 4


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

25

Worked solutions
1
cosec 2𝑥
sin 2𝑥
1
2 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
1
cosec 𝑥 sec 𝑥
2
26
1
sec 2𝜃
cos 2𝜃
1
2 cos 𝜃 1
Dividing numerator and denominator by cos 𝜃:
sec 𝜃
sec 2𝜃
2 sec 𝜃
27
Let 𝑦 sec 𝑥 so that 𝑥 arcsec 𝑦
1
Then cos 𝑥
𝑦
1
𝑥 arccos
𝑦
1
arcsec 𝑦 arccos
𝑦
Changing variables:
1
arcsec 𝑥 arccos
𝑥
28 a
At 𝑃, 𝑦 0 so 4𝑥 cos 𝜃 20: 𝑥 5 sec 𝜃
At 𝑄, 𝑥 0 so 5𝑦 sin 𝜃 20: 𝑦 4 cosec 𝜃
𝑃: 5 sec 𝜃 , 0 ; 𝑄: 0,4 cosec 𝜃
Then 𝑀 has coordinates 2.5 sec 𝜃 , 2 cosec 𝜃
b
Substituting 𝑥 2.5 sec 𝜃 and 𝑦 2 cosec 𝜃 :
25 16
4 cos 𝜃 4 sin 𝜃 4
𝑥 𝑦
So 𝑀 does lie on the curve.
29 a Domain: 𝑥 ∈ ℝ
Range: 0 f 𝑥 𝜋
b The function 𝑓 𝑥 arccos cos 𝑥 repeats every 2𝜋:

i f 𝑥 𝑥 2𝜋
ii f 𝑥 2𝜋 𝑥
iii f 𝑥 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 5


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

30

Worked solutions
To see the graph of 𝑦 isin 𝑥, draw the graph of 𝑥 sin 𝑦 and specify the values of 𝑦
according to the definition:

If the green part of the curve (𝑦 arcsin 𝑥) represents the interval of primary solutions
to a problem sin 𝑦 𝑘 then the red part of the curve (𝑦 isin 𝑥) is equivalent to the
secondary solutions. Since a secondary solution 𝑦 is found from the primary solution
𝑦 by 𝑦 𝜋 𝑦 , it follows that:
isin 𝑥 𝜋 arcsin 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 6


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Exercise 3B

Worked solutions
11 a
sin 𝜋 𝑥 ≡ sin 𝜋 cos 𝑥 cos 𝜋 sin 𝑥
≡ 0 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
≡ sin 𝑥
b

12
π π
sin 𝜃 sin 𝜃
3 3
𝜋 𝜋
≡ sin 𝜃 cos cos 𝜃 sin
3 3
𝜋 𝜋
sin 𝜃 cos cos 𝜃 sin
3 3
1 √3 1 √3
≡ sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃
2 2 2 2
≡ sin 𝜃

13
2π 4π
cos 𝑥 cos 𝑥 cos 𝑥
3 3
2𝜋 2𝜋
≡ cos 𝑥 cos 𝑥 cos sin 𝑥 sin
3 3
4𝜋 4𝜋
cos 𝑥 cos sin 𝑥 sin
3 3
1 √3
≡ cos 𝑥 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
2 2
1 √3
cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
2 2
≡0

14 a
sin 𝑥 45° cos 𝑥 45°
≡ sin 𝑥 cos 45° cos 𝑥 sin 45° cos 𝑥 cos 45° sin 𝑥 sin 45°
1 1 1 1
≡ sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
√2 √2 √2 √2
≡ √2 cos 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 7


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
√2
√2 cos 𝑥
2
1
cos 𝑥
2
𝑥 60° or 300°
15
cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
cot 𝑥 tan 𝑥 ≡
sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥

sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
cos 2𝑥

1
sin 2𝑥
2
≡ 2 cot 2𝑥
16
𝜋 𝜋
π π tan 𝜃 tan tan 𝜃 tan
tan 𝜃 tan 𝜃 ≡ 4 4
4 4 𝜋 𝜋
1 tan 𝜃 tan 1 tan 𝜃 tan
4 4
tan 𝜃 1 tan 𝜃 1

1 tan 𝜃 1 tan 𝜃
tan 𝜃 1 tan 𝜃 1

1 tan 𝜃 1 tan 𝜃
tan 𝜃 2 tan 𝜃 1 tan 𝜃 2 tan 𝜃 1

1 tan 𝜃
2 tan 𝜃 2

1 tan 𝜃
17 a
2 tan 𝑥
tan 2𝑥
1 tan 𝑥
2
3
1
1
9
6
9
8
9
3
4
b
tan 𝑥 tan 2𝑥
tan 3𝑥
1 tan 𝑥 tan 2𝑥
1 3
3 4
1 3
1
3 4
13
12
3
4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 8


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

13

Worked solutions
9

18
1 tan 𝜃 tan 45°
tan 𝜃 45°
2 1 tan 𝜃 tan 45°
tan 𝜃 1
1 tan 𝜃
1
tan 𝜃 1 1 tan 𝜃
2
1 3
tan 𝜃
2 2
tan 𝜃 3
19 a
𝜋
0 𝐴 so 0 cos 𝐴 1
2
1 2√2
cos 𝐴 1 sin 𝐴 1
9 3
b
𝜋
0 𝐵 so 0 cos 𝐵 1
2
16 3
cos 𝐵 1 sin 𝐵 1
25 5
cos 𝐴 𝐵 cos 𝐴 cos 𝐵 sin 𝐴 sin 𝐵
2√2 3 1 4
3 5 3 5
6√2 4
15
20
𝑥 and 𝑦 are both acute, so 0 cos 𝑥 , cos 𝑦 1
9 4
cos 𝑥 1 sin 𝑥 1
25 5

25 12
cos 𝑦 1 sin 𝑦 1
169 13
sin 𝑥 𝑦 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑦 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑦
3 12 4 5
5 13 5 13
16
65
21
sin 𝜃 60° 2 cos 𝜃
sin 𝜃 cos 60° cos 𝜃 sin 60° 2 cos 𝜃
1 √3
sin 𝜃 2 cos 𝜃
2 2
tan 𝜃 4 √3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 9


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

22

Worked solutions
tan 𝑥 tan 𝑦
tan 𝑥 𝑦 2
1 tan 𝑥 tan 𝑦
tan 𝑥 tan 𝑦 2 2 tan 𝑥 tan 𝑦
tan 𝑦 2 tan 𝑥 1 tan 𝑥 2
tan 𝑥 2
tan 𝑦
2 tan 𝑥 1

Tip: Alternatively:
𝑥 𝑦 arctan 2
𝑦 𝑥 arctan 2
tan 𝑦 tan 𝑥 arctan 2
tan 𝑥 tan arctan 2
1 tan 𝑥 tan arctan 2
tan 𝑥 2
1 2 tan 𝑥

23
2 tan 𝐴 3
tan 2𝐴 ≡
1 tan 𝐴 4
8 tan 𝐴 3 3 tan 𝐴
3 tan 𝐴 8 tan 𝐴 3 0
3 tan 𝐴 1 tan 𝐴 3 0
1
tan 𝐴 or 3
3
24
𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
cos cos sin sin ≡ cos
8 24 8 24 8 24
𝜋
≡ cos
6
√3
2
25
cos 15° √3 sin 15° 𝑅 sin 𝑥 cos 15° 𝑅 cos 𝑥 sin 15° ≡ 𝑅 sin 𝑥 15°
where 𝑅 sin 𝑥 1 and 𝑅 cos 𝑥 √3
𝑅 𝑅 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥

1 √3
2
𝑅 sin 𝑥 1 1
tan 𝑥 ≡ so 𝑥 tan 30°
𝑅 cos 𝑥 √3 √3
Then cos 15° √3 sin 15° 2 sin 45° √2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 10


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

26

Worked solutions
cos 𝐴 𝐵
cot 𝐴 𝐵 ≡
sin 𝐴 𝐵
cos 𝐴 cos 𝐵 sin 𝐴 sin 𝐵

sin 𝐴 cos 𝐵 cos 𝐴 sin 𝐵
Dividing numerator and denominator by sin 𝐴 sin 𝐵:
cot 𝐴 cot 𝐵 1
cot 𝐴 𝐵 ≡
cot 𝐴 cot 𝐵

27 a sin 𝑥 𝑥 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 2 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥


b
sin 2𝑥 tan 𝑥
sin 𝑥
2 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
cos 𝑥
sin 𝑥
2 cos 𝑥 1 0
cos 𝑥
1
sin 𝑥 0 or cos 𝑥
√2
Solutions for 0 𝑥 2𝜋:
𝜋 3𝜋 5𝜋 7𝜋
𝑥 0, 𝜋, 2𝜋 or 𝑥 , , ,
4 4 4 4
28
Let 𝑡 tan 22.5°
2𝑡
Then using double angle identity for tan, tan 45°
1 𝑡
2𝑡
1
1 𝑡
1 𝑡 2𝑡
𝑡 2𝑡 1 0
𝑡 1 √2
Since tan 22.5° must be positive, tan 22.5° √2 1
29 a
𝜋
π tan 𝑥 tan
tan 𝑥 ≡ 4
4 𝜋
1 tan 𝑥 tan
4
tan 𝑥 1

tan 𝑥 1
b
tan 𝜃 1
6 tan 𝜃
tan 𝜃 1
6 tan 𝜃 6 tan 𝜃 tan 𝜃 1
6 tan 𝜃 5 tan 𝜃 1 0
3 tan 𝜃 1 2 tan 𝜃 1 0
1 1
tan 𝜃 or
3 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 11


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

30 a

Worked solutions
sin 2𝜃 2 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 and cos 2𝜃 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
Then sin 3𝜃 sin 2𝜃 cos 𝜃 cos 2𝜃 sin 𝜃
2 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 sin 𝜃
3 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
3 sin 𝜃 1 sin 𝜃 sin 𝜃
3 sin 𝜃 4 sin 𝜃
b
sin 3𝑥 2 sin 𝑥
3 sin 𝑥 4 sin 𝑥 2 sin 𝑥
sin 𝑥 1 4 sin 𝑥 0
1
sin 𝑥 0 or sin 𝑥
2
Solutions for 0 𝑥 𝜋:
𝜋 5𝜋
𝑥 0, 𝜋 or 𝑥 ,
6 6
31 a
sin 𝜋 𝑥 sin 𝜋 cos 𝑥 cos 𝜋 sin 𝑥
0 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
sin 𝑥
b
Angle in a triangle sum to 𝜋 radians so 𝐶 𝜋 2𝐴
From part a:
sin 𝐶 sin 2𝐴 ≡ 2 sin 𝐴 cos 𝐴
sin 𝐶
Then 2 cos 𝐴
sin 𝐴
32 a
3 sin 𝑥 7 cos 𝑥 𝑅 sin 𝑥 cos 𝜃 𝑅 cos 𝑥 sin 𝜃 ≡ 𝑅 sin 𝑥 𝜃
where 𝑅 cos 𝜃 3 and 𝑅 sin 𝜃 7
𝑅 𝑅 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃
7 3
√58
b
Then the minimum value of 10 3 sin 𝑥
7 cos 𝑥 is 10 √58
3
So the maximum value of the expression is
10 √58
33 a
3 sin 𝜃 √3 cos 𝜃 𝑅 sin 𝜃 cos 𝛼 𝑅 cos 𝜃 sin 𝛼 ≡ 𝑅 sin 𝜃 𝛼
where 𝑅 cos 𝛼 3 and 𝑅 sin 𝛼 √3
𝑅 𝑅 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃

√3 3
2√3
𝑅 sin 𝛼 √3 1 𝜋
tan 𝛼 ≡ so 𝛼 arctan
𝑅 cos 𝛼 3 √3 6
𝜋
3 sin 𝜃 √3 cos 𝜃 2√3 sin 𝜃
6

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 12


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
The maximum value of 6 3 sin 𝜃 √3 cos 𝜃 is therefore 6 2√3
So the minimum of f 𝑥 is
1 1 6 2√3 6 2√3 3 √3
6 2√3 6 2√3 6 2√3 36 12 12
This occurs when 2√3 sin 2𝑥 2√3 so 2𝑥
𝜋
𝑥
6
34
Using the compound angle formula for tan 𝐴 𝐵 and that tan arctan 𝑝 𝑝:
1 1
1 1 2 5
tan arctan arctan
2 5 1 1
1
2 5
3
10
11
10
3
11
35 a
π 𝜋 𝜋
sin 𝑥 sin cos 𝑥 cos sin 𝑥
2 2 2
1 cos 𝑥 0 sin 𝑥
cos 𝑥
b
sin 𝐴 𝐵 sin 𝐴 cos 𝐵 cos 𝐴 sin 𝐵
Using part a to rewrite the cosine in terms of sine:
𝜋
cos 𝐴 𝐵 sin 𝐴 𝐵
2
𝜋
sin 𝐴 𝐵
2

Using the compound angle formula for sine:


𝜋 𝜋
cos 𝐴 𝐵 sin 𝐴 cos 𝐵 cos 𝐴 sin 𝐵
2 2
Then using that sin 𝐴 cos 𝐴 and therefore also cos 𝐴 sin

𝐴 sin 𝐴:
cos 𝐴 𝐵 cos 𝐴 cos 𝐵 sin 𝐴 sin 𝐵

36 a
tan 3𝜃 ≡ tan 𝜃 2𝜃
tan 𝜃 tan 2𝜃

1 tan 𝜃 tan 2𝜃
2 tan 𝜃
tan 𝜃
≡ 1 tan 𝜃
2 tan 𝜃
1 tan 𝜃
1 tan 𝜃

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 13


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

3 tan 𝜃 tan 𝜃

Worked solutions
1 tan 𝜃

1 3 tan 𝜃
1 tan 𝜃
3 tan 𝜃 tan 𝜃

1 3 tan 𝜃
b
1
Since tan 30°
√3
If tan 10° 𝑡 then by part a,
1 3𝑡 𝑡
√3 1 3𝑡
1
So √3𝑡 3𝑡 𝑡
√3
√3
𝑡 √3𝑡 3𝑡 0, as required.
3

Mixed Practice
1
1
sec 𝜃 3 so cos 𝜃
3
2 7
cos 2𝜃 2 cos 𝜃 1 1
9 9
2 a
π π 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
cos 𝑥 cos 𝑥 ≡ cos 𝑥 cos sin 𝑥 sin cos 𝑥 cos sin 𝑥 sin
4 4 4 4 4 4
1 1 1 1
≡ cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
√2 √2 √2 √2
≡ √2 cos 𝑥
b
√2 cos 𝑥 √2 sin 𝑥
tan 𝑥 1
Solutions for 0 𝑥 𝜋:
𝜋
𝑥
4
3 a
π π 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 ≡ sin 𝑥 cos cos 𝑥 sin cos 𝑥 cos sin 𝑥 sin
3 6 3 3 6 6
1 √3 √3 1
≡ sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
2 2 2 2
≡ √3 cos 𝑥
b
√3 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
tan 𝑥 √3
Solutions for 0 𝑥 2𝜋:
𝜋 4𝜋
𝑥 ,
3 3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 14


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

4 a

Worked solutions
2 tan 𝜃 6 3
tan 2𝜃
1 tan 𝜃 8 4
b
Angle is acute, so 0 cos 𝜃 1 and so sec 𝜃 1
sec 𝜃 tan 𝜃 1 10
Selecting the positive root: sec 𝜃 √10
5
cos 𝐴 𝐵 cos 𝐴 cos 𝐵 sin 𝐴 sin 𝐵
cos 𝐴 cos 𝐵 sin 𝐴 sin 𝐵
cos 𝐴 cos 𝐵 1 cos 𝐴 1 cos 𝐵
1 1 3 8
2 3 4 9

1 2
6 3
1 2√6
6
6
𝜋
arcsin 𝑥
9
𝜋
arcsin 𝑥
3
𝜋
𝑥 sin
3
√3
2
7
tan 105° tan 60° 45°
tan 60° tan 45°
1 tan 60° tan 45°
√3 1
1 √3
√3 1
1 √3 1 √3
4 2√3
2
2 √3
8
π π
sin 𝑥 sin 𝑥
3 3
𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
sin 𝑥 cos cos 𝑥 sin sin 𝑥 cos cos 𝑥 sin
3 3 3 3
𝜋
2 cos 𝑥 sin 0
3
cos 𝑥 0
Solutions for 0 𝑥 2𝜋: 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 15


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
tan 𝑥 tan 2𝑥 0
2 tan 𝑥
tan 𝑥 0
1 tan 𝑥
tan 𝑥
3 tan 𝑥 0
1 tan 𝑥
tan 𝑥 0 or tan 𝑥 √3
Solutions for 0° 𝑥 360°:
𝑥 180° or 60°, 120°, 240°, 300°

10 a
1 1
arctan – arctan arctan 𝑎, 𝑎 ∈ ℚ
2 3
Taking tan of both sides:
1 1
tan arctan – arctan tan 𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝑎
2 3
Using compound angle formula for tan 𝐴 𝐵 and tan arctan 𝑥 𝑥:
1 1
2 3 𝑎
1 1
1
2 3
1
6 1
𝑎
7 7
6

b
1
arcsin 𝑥 arctan
7
In the diagram, angle 𝜃 arctan

By Pythagoras Theorem, the hypotenuse has length √1 7 √50


1 1
𝑥 sin 𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑡𝑎𝑛
7 √50

11 a
sin 2𝜃 ≡ 2 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃
cos 2𝜃 ≡ cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
sin 2𝜃
tan 2𝜃 ≡
cos 2𝜃
2 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃

cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
Dividing through by cos 𝜃:
2 tan 𝜃
tan 2𝜃 ≡
1 tan 𝜃

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 16


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
tan 225° 1
Using part a, if tan 112.5° 𝑡
2𝑡
1
1 𝑡
1 𝑡 2𝑡
𝑡 2𝑡 1 0
𝑡 1 √2
Since 90° 112.5° 180°, tan 112.5° 0
So tan 112.5° 1 √2

12 Using compound angle formulae:


𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
sin 𝑥 cos cos 𝑥 sin sin 𝑥 cos cos 𝑥 sin 3 cos 𝑥
6 6 6 6
√3 1 √3 1
sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 3 cos 𝑥
2 2 2 2
√3 sin 𝑥 3 cos 𝑥
tan 𝑥 √3
𝜋
The only solution in the given interval is 𝑥
3

13
cos 𝑦 sin 𝑥 𝑦 ≡ sin 𝑥 cos 𝑦 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑦
cos 𝑦 1 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑦
sin 𝑦 1 sin 𝑥
Then ≡ tan 𝑦 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥
cos 𝑦 cos 𝑥

14
cos 2𝑥
cot 2𝑥 ≡
sin 2𝑥
cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥

2 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
Dividing numerator and denominator by sin 𝑥:
cot 𝑥 1
cot 2𝑥 ≡
2 cot 𝑥

15 a
1 cos 2𝑥
cosec 2𝑥 cot 2𝑥 ≡
sin 2𝑥 sin 2𝑥
1 cos 2𝑥

sin 2𝑥
2 sin 𝑥

2 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
sin 𝑥

cos 𝑥
≡ tan 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 17


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
3𝜋 3𝜋 3𝜋
tan cosec cot
8 4 4
1
1
√2
√2
1
2
16 ai
cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
1 cos 2𝜃
cos 2𝜃
aii
cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
sin 2𝜃 cot 𝜃 tan 𝜃 ≡ 2 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃
sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃
cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
≡ 4 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃
sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃
≡ 4 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
b
4 cos 2𝜃 2
1
cos 2𝜃
2
Solutions for 0 𝜃 2𝜋:
𝜋 5𝜋 7𝜋 11𝜋
2𝜃 , , ,
3 3 3 3
𝜋 5𝜋 7𝜋 11𝜋
𝜃 , , ,
6 6 6 6
17 a
3 sin 𝑥 √3 cos 𝑥 𝑅 sin 𝑥 cos 𝜃 𝑅 cos 𝑥 sin 𝜃 ≡ 𝑅 sin 𝑥 𝜃
where 𝑅 cos 𝜃 3 and 𝑅 sin 𝜃 √3
𝑅 𝑅 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃

√3 3
2√3
𝑅 sin 𝜃 √3
≡ tan 𝜃
𝑅 cos 𝜃 3
√3 𝜋
So 𝜃 arctan
3 6
𝜋
3 sin 𝑥 √3 cos 𝑥 2√3 sin 𝑥
6
b
𝜋
2√3 sin 𝑥 3
6
𝜋 √3
sin 𝑥
6 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 18


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Solutions for 𝜋 𝑥 𝜋:

Worked solutions
𝜋 𝜋 2𝜋
𝑥 ,
6 3 3
𝜋 𝜋
𝑥 ,
6 2

18
π π
sin 𝑥 2 sin 𝑥 sin
3 3
𝜋 𝜋 π
sin 𝑥 cos cos 𝑥 sin 2 sin 𝑥 sin
3 3 3
1 √ 3 √ 3
sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 2 sin 𝑥
2 2 2
√3 cos 𝑥 2√3 1 sin 𝑥
√3
tan 𝑥
2√3 1
√3 2√3 1
2√3 1 2√3 1
6 √3
11
So 11 tan 𝑥 6 √3

19 a
f 𝑥 is not defined where sin 𝑥 0 or cos 𝑥 0
f 𝑥 is not defined for 𝑥 𝜋 for any 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
b
sin3𝑥 cos3𝑥 sin 3𝑥 cos 𝑥 cos 3𝑥 sin 𝑥

sin𝑥 cos𝑥 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
sin 3𝑥 𝑥
1
sin 2𝑥
2
2
Where the function is defined.

20 a
cos 𝑥 𝑦 cos 𝑥 𝑦 ≡ cos 𝑥 cos 𝑦 sin 𝑥 sin 𝑦 cos 𝑥 cos 𝑦 sin 𝑥 sin 𝑦
≡ 2 cos 𝑥 cos 𝑦
b
By part a,
cos 2𝑥 𝑥 cos 2𝑥 𝑥 2 cos 2𝑥 cos 𝑥
So 2 cos 2𝑥 cos 𝑥 3 cos 2𝑥
cos 2𝑥 2 cos 𝑥 3 0
3
cos 2𝑥 0 or cos 𝑥 reject
2
Solutions for 0 𝑥 2𝜋:
𝜋 3𝜋 5𝜋 7𝜋
2𝑥 , , ,
2 2 2 2
𝜋 3𝜋 5𝜋 7𝜋
𝑥 , , ,
4 4 4 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 19


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

21 a

Worked solutions
Using compound angle formula:
3 2 1
tan arctan 3 arctan 2
1 3 2 7
b
Using double angle formula:
1
1 2 1 4
tan 2 arctan 2
2 1 3 3
1 4
2
22
Angle above the horizontal of the line 𝑦 𝑥 is arctan 1
Angle above the horizontal of the line 𝑦 2𝑥 is arctan 2
The angle between the lines is therefore arctan 2 arctan 1
Using compound angle formula for tan 𝐴 𝐵 :
2 1 1
tan arctan 2 arctan 1
1 2 1 3

23 a
tan 𝐴 tan 𝐵 2 tan 𝑥
tan 𝐴 𝐵 and so tan 2𝑥
1 tan 𝐴 tan 𝐵 1 tan 𝑥
tan 3𝑥 ≡ tan 𝑥 2𝑥
tan 𝑥 tan 2𝑥

1 tan 𝑥 tan 2𝑥
2 tan 𝑥
tan 𝑥
≡ 1 tan 𝑥
2 tan 𝑥
1 tan 𝑥
1 tan 𝑥
3 tan 𝑥 tan 𝑥
1 tan 𝑥

1 3 tan 𝑥
1 tan 𝑥
3 tan 𝑥 tan 𝑥

1 3 tan 𝑥
b
3 tan 𝑥 tan 𝑥
tan 𝑥 0
1 3 tan 𝑥
tan 𝑥 3 tan 𝑥 3 tan 𝑥 tan 𝑥 0
4 tan 𝑥 1 tan 𝑥 0
tan 𝑥 0 or tan 𝑥 1
𝜋 𝜋
Solutions for 𝑥 :
2 2
𝜋
𝑥 0 or
4

24 a
Using compound angle formula:
𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
sin 2𝑥 sin 2𝑥 cos cos 2𝑥 sin
2 2 2
0 sin 2𝑥 1 cos 2𝑥
cos 2𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 20


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝜋
sin 2𝑥 sin 3𝑥
2
𝜋 𝜋
2𝑥 3𝑥 2𝑛𝜋 or 2𝑥 𝜋 3𝑥 2𝑛𝜋
2 2
𝜋 𝜋
𝑥 2𝑛𝜋 or 5𝑥 2𝑛𝜋
2 2
𝜋 𝜋 2𝑛𝜋
𝑥 2𝑛𝜋 or 𝑥
2 10 5
𝜋
Solutions for 0 𝑥 :
2
𝜋 𝜋
𝑥 or
2 10
c
Using double angle formulae sin 2𝐴 ≡ 2 sin 𝐴 cos 𝐴 and cos 2𝐴 cos 𝐴 sin 𝐴 and
compound angle formula sin 𝐴 𝐵 ≡ sin 𝐴 cos 𝐵 cos 𝐴 sin 𝐵
sin 3𝑥 ≡ sin 𝑥 2𝑥
≡ sin 𝑥 cos 2𝑥 cos 𝑥 sin 2𝑥
≡ sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 2 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
≡ 3 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
≡ 3 sin 𝑥 1 sin 𝑥 sin 𝑥
≡ 3 sin 𝑥 4 sin 𝑥
So
cos 2𝑥 sin 3𝑥 ≡ 1 2 sin 𝑥 3 sin 𝑥 4 sin 𝑥

d
f 1 4 2 3 1 0 so 𝑠 1 is a factor of f 𝑠 (by the factor theorem)
f 𝑠 𝑠 1 4𝑠 2𝑠 1
1 √5 1 √5
𝑠 1 2𝑠 2𝑠
2 2 2 2
√5 1 1 √5
4 𝑠 1 𝑠 𝑠
4 4
e
By part c,
f sin 𝑥 cos 2𝑥 sin 3𝑥
But by part b, f sin 𝑥 0 when 𝑥 , so these solutions must coincide with the
roots of the cubic.
𝜋
sin 1 corresponds to the factor 𝑠 1
2
𝜋 √5 1
sin 0 so this must correspond to the factor 𝑠
10 4

𝜋 √5 1
So sin
10 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 21


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

25 a

Worked solutions
For even 𝑛, the furthest distance will lie between opposite vertices, which will equal the
diameter of the circle 𝑥.
The area of the shape is 𝑛𝑇 where 𝑇 is the area of the isosceles triangle with equal sides
and enclosed angle
1 𝑥 2𝜋 𝑥 2𝜋
𝑇 sin sin
2 2 𝑛 8 𝑛
Then 𝐴 sin
4𝐴 𝑛 2𝜋
𝐶 sin
𝜋𝑥 2𝜋 𝑛

b
Require 𝐶 0.99
If 𝑛 is even then sin 0.99, which from GDC has solution 𝑛 25.6
So the least even number is 𝑛 26
If 𝑛 is odd then 0.99, which from GDC has solution 𝑛 20.3
So the least even number is 𝑛 21

c
For both even and odd numbers of sides, compactness increases towards 1 as 𝑛
increases, so this aspect of the compactness definition aligns with expectation.
However, the differences between the odd and even values of 𝑛 illustrate that this
measure of compactness is not a good one, as expectation would be for compactness to
increase as 𝑛 increases but 𝐶 21 𝐶 26 .

26 a
1 1 1
arctan arctan arctan ,𝑝 ∈ ℤ
5 8 𝑝

Taking tan of both sides:


1 1 1
tan arctan arctan tan 𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑡𝑎𝑛
5 8 𝑝
Using compound angle formula for tan 𝐴 𝐵 and tan arctan 𝑥 𝑥:
1 1
5 8 1
1 1 𝑝
1
5 8
13
1 40 1
𝑝 39 3
40
𝑝 3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 22


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
1 1 5
1 1 1 2 3 6
tan arctan arctan arctan 1
2 5 8 1 1 5
1
2 3 6
Since 0 arctan , arctan , arctan arctan 1,

1 1 1 3𝜋
0 arctan arctan arctan
2 5 8 4
The only angle 𝜃 in this interval for which tan 𝜃 1 is 𝜃
1 1 1 𝜋
So arctan arctan arctan
2 5 8 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 23


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 
 

4 Complex numbers

Worked solutions
These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 4A
26
Using the quadratic formula:
6 6 4 5 5
𝑥
2 5
6 √ 64
10
6 8i
10
3 4
i
5 5
27
10i
𝑧 7 3i
2 i
10i 2 i
7 3i
2 i 2 i
20i 10
7 3i
4 1
7 3i 4i 2
5 i
𝑧∗ 5 i
28
4𝑧 23 5i𝑧 2i
4 5i 𝑧 23 2i
4 5i 4 5i 𝑧 23 2i 4 5i
16 25 𝑧 92 10 8 115 i
41𝑧 82 123i
𝑧 2 3i
29
Let 𝑧 𝑥 i𝑦 so 𝑧 ∗ 𝑥 i𝑦
3i𝑧 2𝑧 ∗ i 4
3i𝑥 3𝑦 2𝑥 2i𝑦 i 4
Equating real and complex coefficients:
3𝑦 2𝑥 4 1
3𝑥 2𝑦 1 2
2 1 3 2 : 5𝑥 5
𝑥 1, 𝑦 2
𝑧 1 2i

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 1


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

30

Worked solutions
𝑎 3i
𝑧
𝑎 3i
𝑎 3i
𝑎 3i 𝑎 3i
𝑎 9 6𝑎i
𝑎 9
𝑎 9
Re 𝑧
𝑎 9
If Re 𝑧 0 then 𝑎 3
31
Let 𝑧 𝑥 i𝑦 so 𝑧 ∗ 𝑥 i𝑦
𝑧∗ 𝑥 i𝑦
𝑥 𝑦 2i𝑥𝑦
𝑧 ∗ 𝑥 i𝑦 ∗
𝑥 𝑦 2i𝑥𝑦 ∗
𝑥 𝑦 2i𝑥𝑦
∗ ∗
So 𝑧 ≡ 𝑧
32
3𝑧 i𝑤 5 11i 1
2i𝑧 3𝑤 2 i 2
2i 1 3 2 : 2w 9w 22 10i 6 3i
7𝑤 28 7i
𝑤 4 i
1 : 3𝑧 5 11i i𝑤 5 11i 1 4i 6 15i
𝑧 2 5i
33
2𝑧 3i𝑤 9 i 1
1 i 𝑧 4𝑤 1 10i 2
4 1 3i 2 : 8𝑧 3i 3 z 36 4i 3i 30
5 3i 𝑧 6 7i
5 3i 5 3i 𝑧 5 3i 6 7i
25 9 𝑧 30 21 35 18 i
34𝑧 51 17i
3 1
𝑧 i
2 2
3 1
2 : 4𝑤 1 10i 1 i i
2 2
3 1 3 1
1 10i i
2 2 2 2
8i
𝑤 2i

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 2


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

34

Worked solutions
1 𝑎i 1 𝑏i 𝑏 𝑎 9i
1 𝑎𝑏 𝑎 𝑏 i 𝑏 𝑎 9i
Comparing real and imaginary parts:
1 𝑎𝑏 𝑏 𝑎 1
𝑎 𝑏 9 2
2 :𝑎 9 𝑏
Substituting into 1 : 1 9 𝑏 𝑏 𝑏 9 𝑏
𝑏 11𝑏 10 0
𝑏 1 𝑏 10 0
𝑏 1 or 10
Solutions: 𝑎 8, 𝑏 1 or 𝑎 1, 𝑏 10
35
7 i 3 i
𝑧
2 i 𝑎 2i
7 i 2 i 3 i 𝑎 2i
2 i 2 i 𝑎 2i 𝑎 2i
13 9i 3𝑎 2 𝑎 6 i
5 𝑎 4
13 𝑎 4 15𝑎 10 9 𝑎 4 5𝑎 30
i
5 𝑎 4 5 𝑎 4
If Re 𝑧 Im 𝑧 then
13 𝑎 4 15𝑎 10 9 𝑎 4 5𝑎 30
4𝑎 10𝑎 24 0
2𝑎 5𝑎 12 0
𝑎 4 2𝑎 3 0
3
𝑎 4 or
2
36
Let 𝑧 𝑥 i𝑦
𝑧 3 4i
𝑥 𝑦 2i𝑥𝑦 3 4i
Comparing real and imaginary parts:
𝑥 𝑦 3 1
2𝑥𝑦 4 2
2 :𝑥 2𝑦
Substituting into 1 : 4𝑦 𝑦 3
𝑦 3𝑦 4 0
𝑦 4 𝑦 1 0
𝑦 4 or 1 (reject)
𝑦 2
Then solutions are 𝑧 1 2i

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 3


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

37

Worked solutions
Let 𝑧 𝑥 i𝑦
𝑧 8 6i
𝑥 𝑦 2i𝑥𝑦 8 6i
Comparing real and imaginary parts:
𝑥 𝑦 8 1
2𝑥𝑦 6 2
2 :𝑥 3𝑦
Substituting into 1 : 9𝑦 𝑦 8
𝑦 8𝑦 9 0
𝑦 1 𝑦 9 0
𝑦 1 or 9 (reject)
𝑦 1
Then solutions are 𝑧 3 i
38
Let 𝑧 𝑥 i𝑦
𝑧 𝑥 𝑦 2i𝑥𝑦 and 𝑧 ∗ 𝑥 i𝑦
Comparing real and imaginary coefficients when 𝑧 𝑧 ∗:
𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 1
2𝑥𝑦 𝑦 2
1
2 :𝑥 or 𝑦 0
2
If 𝑦 0 then 1 : 𝑥 𝑥 so 𝑥 1 or 0
1 1 1 3 √3
If 𝑥 then 1 : 𝑦 so 𝑦 ;𝑦
2 4 2 4 2
Solutions:
1 √3
𝑧 0, 1, i
2 2

Exercise 4B
30

31 a | 2 2i| 2 2 √8
b Im 𝑧 0 so arg 𝑧 arctan
c |𝑧 | |𝑧| 8

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 4


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

3𝜋

Worked solutions
arg 𝑧 2 arg z
2
d 𝑧 8 cos i sin 8i
32 cis 0.6 cis 0.4 cis 1

33 a Im 𝑤 0 so arg 𝑤 arctan
b Im 𝑧 0 so arg 𝑧 arctan
7𝜋
Im 𝑧𝑤 Im 𝑧 Im 𝑤
12
34 a cis cis cis i
√ √ √
b cis cis i i 1 i
35
𝜋 3𝜋 𝜋 3𝜋
cis cis cis
3 4 3 4
13𝜋
cis
12
13𝜋 13𝜋
cos i sin
12 12
36
3𝜋
cis 3𝜋 𝜋
5 cis
𝜋 5 4
cis
4
7𝜋
cis
20
7𝜋 7𝜋
cos i sin
20 20
37 Let 𝑧 𝑟 cis 𝜃
Then arg 𝑧 𝜃 and arg 𝑧 ∗ 2𝜋 𝜃, if arg 𝑧 is defined to have range 0,2𝜋
So arg 𝑧 arg 𝑧 ∗ 2𝜋

38
Im 𝑧
If Re z 0 then arg 𝑧 arctan
Re 𝑧
(adjusting by adding 2𝜋 if necessary to ensure the argument lies in the appropriate
interval)
Im 𝑧
If Re z 0 then arg 𝑧 𝜋 arctan
Re 𝑧
𝑏
So when 𝑎, 𝑏 0: arg 𝑎 i𝑏 𝜋 arctan
𝑎
39
𝜋
i cis 𝜃 cis cis 𝜃
2
𝜋
cis 𝜃
2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 5


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

40

Worked solutions
cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
1 i tan 𝜃
cos 𝜃
sec 𝜃 cis 𝜃
41
For example, 𝑧 𝑧 i
𝜋
Then arg 𝑧 arg 𝑧 arg 𝑧 𝑧
2
So arg 𝑧 arg 𝑧 𝜋 arg 𝑧 𝑧
42

|𝑧𝑤| |𝑧||𝑤| 4√2 4√2 8

|𝑧𝑤 | |𝑧||𝑤| 1 √3 2

𝑧𝑤
Then 4 |𝑤| so |𝑤| 2 and |𝑧| 4
𝑧𝑤
𝜋 4√2 3𝜋
arg 𝑧𝑤 arg 𝑧 arg 𝑤 arctan
2 4√2 4
√3 𝜋
arg 𝑧𝑤 arg 𝑧 arg 𝑤 arctan
1 3
𝑧𝑤 3𝜋 𝜋 5𝜋 5𝜋 13𝜋
Then arg 2 arg 𝑤 so arg 𝑤 and arg 𝑧
𝑧𝑤 4 3 12 24 24

43
Tip: Two methods are offered; the first is brute-force and long.
The second uses a more intelligent argument to reduce the amount of algebra required.
Always look for a fast solution, but be sure to make your explanation clear!

Method 1: Algebraic
|𝑧| 6 8 10
Let 𝑤 𝑢 i𝑣, so that 𝑢 𝑣 25, from which 𝑢 25 𝑣 ∗
|𝑧 𝑤| 6 𝑢 8 𝑣 15
6 𝑢 8 𝑣 225
36 12𝑢 𝑢 64 16𝑣 𝑣 225
12𝑢 16𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 125
12𝑢 16𝑣 100
3𝑢 25 4𝑣
Squaring and then substituting ∗ :
9𝑢 25 4𝑣 9 25 𝑣
625 200𝑣 16𝑣 225 9𝑣
25𝑣 200𝑣 400 0
𝑣 8𝑣 16 0
𝑣 4 0
𝑣 4 so 𝑢 3
𝑤 3 4i

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 6


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Method 2:

Worked solutions
For any two complex numbers, |𝑧 𝑤| |𝑧| |𝑤| by the triangle inequality.
Equality occurs only when 0, 𝑧 and 𝑤 are collinear, that is, when 𝑤 𝑘𝑧 for some non-
negative real value 𝑘.
|𝑧| 6 8 10
Since |𝑤| |𝑧|, it follows that if 𝑤 𝑘𝑧 for some 𝑘 ∈ ℝ , then 𝑤 𝑧
Hence 𝑤 3 4i
44 a
1 cos 𝑥 i sin 𝑥 1
cos 𝑥 i sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 i sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 i sin 𝑥
cos 𝑥 i sin 𝑥
cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
cos 𝑥 i sin 𝑥
b
|𝑧| 1
From part a,
1
Re 𝑧 Im 𝑧
𝑧
1
|𝑧| 2 Re 𝑧
|𝑧|
45 a
All points a distance 2 from the origin:

b All points on the half-line at angle 30° from the origin. Note that the
origin is not included, since argument is not defined for 𝑧 0.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 7


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

c Since Re 𝑧 is given on the 𝑥 axis and Im 𝑧 is given on the 𝑦 axis, this

Worked solutions
is the curve 𝑦 𝑥 on the Argand diagram.

46
|𝑧 5i| 3
The distance of 𝑧 from the point 5i on the Argand diagram is 3.
The point on this circle closest to the origin (with least modulus value) is 𝑧 2i so
|𝑧| 2.
47
1 e 1 cos 2𝑥 i sin 2𝑥
1 e 1 cos 2𝑥 i sin 2𝑥
1 cos 2𝑥 i sin 2𝑥 1 cos 2𝑥 i sin 2𝑥
1 cos 2𝑥 i sin 2𝑥 1 cos 2𝑥 i sin 2𝑥
1 i sin 2𝑥 cos 2𝑥
1 cos 2𝑥 sin 2𝑥
1 sin 2𝑥 2i sin 2𝑥 cos 2𝑥
1 cos 2𝑥 2 cos 2𝑥 sin 2𝑥
2i sin 2𝑥
2 2 cos 2𝑥
4i sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
4 sin 𝑥
i cos 𝑥
sin 𝑥
i cot 𝑥
48 ai
1 1 1 1
|𝑧| 1
√2 √2 2 2
aii
Im 𝑧 𝜋
Re 𝑧 0 so arg 𝑧 arctan arctan 1
Re 𝑧 4
aiii

|𝑤| 1 √3 √1 3 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 8


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

aiv

Worked solutions
Im 𝑤 𝜋
Re 𝑤 0 so arg 𝑤 arctan arctan √3
Re 𝑤 3
b
𝑤 |𝑤|
2
𝑧 |𝑧|
𝑤 𝜋
arg arg 𝑤 arg 𝑧
𝑧 12
𝑤 𝜋
So 2 cis
𝑧 12
c
𝑤 1 i√3
𝑧 1 1
i
√2 √2
1 i√3
√2
1 i
1 i√3 1 i
√2
1 i 1 i
√2 1 √3 i √3 1
2
1 √3 √3 1
i
√2 √2
√2 √6 √6 √2
i
2 2
d
𝑤 𝜋 𝜋
From part 𝐛, 2 cos i sin
𝑧 12 12
Equating the real part with the result in part c,
𝜋 1 √2 √6 √2 √6
cos
12 2 2 4

49
Let 𝑧 𝑥 i𝑦
𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 i𝑦 8 4i
Comparing real and imaginary parts:
𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 8 1
𝑦 4 2
1 : 16 𝑥 8 𝑥
Squaring: 16 𝑥 64 16𝑥 𝑥
16𝑥 48
𝑥 3
𝑧 3 4i

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 9


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

50 a

Worked solutions
Let 𝑧 𝑥 i𝑦
𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 1 𝑦
𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 2𝑥 1 𝑦
1
𝑥 Re 𝑧
2
b

51 a Each other point is found by rotating 𝑤 repeatedly through 120°


radians.
If one vertex is 𝑧 𝑤 then the other two vertices are 𝑧 𝑤e and
𝑧 𝑤e
b The length of a side equals
|𝑧 𝑧 | 𝑤 1 e
2𝜋 2𝜋
|𝑤| 1 cos i sin
3 3
3 √3
|𝑤| i
2 2
9 3
|𝑤|
4 4
|𝑤|√3
52
3 e
e
1 cis ln 3
53 a i e so i e ∈ℝ
.
b Using the approximation e 𝜋 3, i 3 0.2
54 a 2 2e
b ln 2 ln 2e ln 2 i𝜋

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 10


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
55 a i e
b ln i
c The argument is not unique; more generally, i e for 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
𝜋
So ln i i 2𝑛𝜋 for any 𝑛 ∈ ℤ.
2
56 a Re e Re e cis 𝑥
e cos 𝑥
b
e sin 𝑥 d𝑥 Im e d𝑥

Im e d𝑥
1
Im e
1 i
1 i
Im e cis 𝑥
2
e
sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
2
In the above calculation, we are treating i as a constant value and integrating the function
accordingly. This may seem naïve and inappropriate, but in fact the approach is valid in this sort
of simple example, and can offer a tidy and rapid method for integrating otherwise awkward
functions.
You could achieve the same result here, albeit at greater length, using integration by parts twice;
see Chapter 10 for this method.

57 a

𝐶 cos 𝑘𝜃 and 𝑆 sin 𝑘𝜃

cos 𝑘𝜃 i sin 𝑘𝜃 e

So 𝐶 i𝑆 e

This is a geometric series with common ratio e and first term 1.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 11


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Using the formula for the sum of a geometric series, noting that the sum given contains
𝑛 1 terms:
1 e
𝐶 i𝑆
1 e
1 cos 𝑛 1 𝜃 i sin 𝑛 1 𝜃
1 cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
1 cos 𝑛 1 𝜃 i sin 𝑛 1 𝜃 1 cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
1 cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 1 cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
1 cos 𝑛 1 𝜃 i sin 𝑛 1 𝜃 1 cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
1 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
1 cos 𝑛 1 𝜃 i sin 𝑛 1 𝜃 1 cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
1 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 2 cos 𝜃
𝐶 Re 𝐶 i𝑆
1 cos 𝑛 1 𝜃 1 cos 𝜃 sin 𝑛 1 𝜃 sin 𝜃
2 2 cos 𝜃
1 cos 𝜃 cos 𝑛 1 𝜃 cos 𝜃 cos 𝑛 1 𝜃 sin 𝑛 1 𝜃 sin 𝜃
2 2 cos 𝜃
1 cos 𝜃 cos 𝑛 1 𝜃 cos 𝑛 1 𝜃 𝜃
2 2 cos 𝜃
1 cos 𝜃 cos 𝑛𝜃 cos 𝑛 1 𝜃
2 2 cos 𝜃

58 a 𝑧 i
b
𝑧 𝑥 i𝑦 where 𝑥 𝑦 1
4 4 𝑥 i 1 𝑦
𝑤
𝑧 i 𝑥 i 𝑦 1 𝑥 i 1 𝑦
4 1 𝑦 4 1 𝑦 4 1 𝑦
Im 𝑤 2
𝑥 𝑦 1 𝑥 𝑦 2𝑦 1 2 2𝑦
(Solution fails if 𝑦 1, 𝑥 0 so that 𝑧 i but in that case 𝑤 is not defined)
59

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 12


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Exercise 4C

Worked solutions
13 a
If 𝑥 2 is a root then 𝑥 2 is a factor of p 𝑥
p 𝑥 𝑥 2 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐 𝑥 8𝑥 22𝑥 20
Comparing coefficients:
𝑥 :𝑎 1
𝑥 : 𝑏 2𝑎 8 so 𝑏 2𝑎 8 6
𝑥 : 𝑐 2𝑏 22 so 𝑐 2𝑏 22 10
𝑥 : 2𝑐 20 is consistent
p 𝑥 𝑥 2 𝑥 6𝑥 10
b
Using the quadratic formula:
𝑥 2 or 3 i
14 a
If 𝑥 2 is a root then 𝑥 2 is a factor of p 𝑥
p 𝑥 𝑥 2 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐 𝑥 8𝑥 9𝑥 58
Comparing coefficients:
𝑥 :𝑎 1
𝑥 : 𝑏 2𝑎 8 so 𝑏 8 2𝑎 10
𝑥 : 𝑐 2𝑏 9 so 𝑐 9 2𝑏 29
𝑥 : 2𝑐 58 is consistent
p 𝑥 𝑥 2 𝑥 10𝑥 29
b
Using the quadratic formula:
𝑥 2 or 5 2i
15 a
p 𝑥 2𝑥 1 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐 2𝑥 7𝑥 8𝑥 6
Comparing coefficients:
𝑥 : 2𝑎 2 so 𝑎 1
𝑥 : 2𝑏 𝑎 7 so 𝑏 0.5 7 𝑎 4
𝑥 : 2𝑐 𝑏 8 so 𝑐 0.5 8 𝑏 6
𝑥 : 𝑐 6 is consistent
p 𝑥 2𝑥 1 𝑥 4𝑥 6
b
p 𝑥 2𝑥 1 𝑥 2 i√2 𝑥 2 i√2
So the solutions to p 𝑥 0 are 𝑥 , 2 i√2
16 a
For a polynomial with real coefficients, complex roots occur in conjugate pairs
So, given 1 4i is a root, 1 4i is also a root.
b
𝑥 𝑥 11𝑥 51 𝑎 𝑥 1 4i 𝑥 1 4i 𝑥 𝑧
𝑎 𝑥 2𝑥 17 𝑥 𝑧
Comparing coefficients:
𝑥 :1 𝑎
𝑥 : 1 𝑎 𝑧 2 so 𝑧 3
𝑥 : 11 𝑎 17 2𝑧 is consistent with 𝑧 3
𝑥 : 51 17𝑎𝑧 is consistent with 𝑧 3
The third linear factor is 𝑥 3 so the third root is 𝑥 3.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 13


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

17 a p 3i 27i 36 27i 36 0

Worked solutions
b For a polynomial with real coefficients, complex roots occur in conjugate
pairs
So, given 3i is a root, 3i is also a root.
p 𝑥 𝑥 4𝑥 9𝑥 36 𝑎 𝑥 3i 𝑥 3i 𝑥 𝑧
𝑎 𝑥 9 𝑥 𝑧
Comparing coefficients:
𝑥 :1 𝑎
𝑥 :4 𝑎𝑧 so 𝑧 4
𝑥 : 9 9𝑎 is consistent with 𝑎 1
𝑥 : 36 9𝑎𝑧 is consistent with 𝑧 4
The third linear factor is 𝑥 4 so the third root is 𝑥 4.
The three roots are 𝑥 3i, 4
18 a p 𝑥 𝑥 3𝑥 𝑥 13𝑥 10 𝑥 1 𝑥 2 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
𝑥 𝑥 2 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
Comparing coefficients:
𝑥 :1 𝑎
𝑥 : 3 𝑏 𝑎 so 𝑏 4
𝑥 : 1 𝑐 𝑏 2𝑎 so 𝑐 5
𝑥 : 13 𝑐 2𝑏 is consistent with 𝑏 4, 𝑐 5
𝑥 : 10 2𝑐 is consistent with 𝑐 5
p 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 2 𝑥 4𝑥 5
b
p 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 2 𝑥 2 i 𝑥 2 i
The roots are 1, 2, 2 i
19 a
p 𝑥 𝑥 3𝑥 8𝑥 24
2 and 3 are roots, so 𝑥 2 and 𝑥 3 are factors of p 𝑥
p 𝑥 𝑥 3𝑥 8𝑥 24 𝑥 2 𝑥 3 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
𝑥 𝑥 6 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
Comparing coefficients:
𝑥 :1 𝑎
𝑥 : 3 𝑏 𝑎 so 𝑏 2
𝑥 : 0 𝑐 𝑏 6𝑎 so 𝑐 4
𝑥 :8 𝑐 6𝑏 is consistent with 𝑏 2, 𝑐 4
𝑥 : 24 6𝑐 is consistent with 𝑐 4
p 𝑥 𝑥 2 𝑥 3 𝑥 2𝑥 4
𝑥 2 𝑥 3 𝑥 1 i√3 𝑥 1 i√3
The other two roots are 1 i√3
b
p 𝑥 𝑥 2 𝑥 3 𝑥 1 i√3 𝑥 1 i√3
20 a For a polynomial with real coefficients, complex roots occur in conjugate
pairs
So, given 2 5i is a root, 2 5i is also a root.
b
If 2 5i and 2 5i are roots then 𝑥 2 5i and 𝑥 2 5i are factors of the
polynomial
𝑥 4𝑥 30𝑥 4𝑥 29 𝑥 2 5i 𝑥 2 5i 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
𝑥 4𝑥 29 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 14


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Comparing coefficients:

Worked solutions
𝑥 :1 𝑎
𝑥 : 4 𝑏 4𝑎 so 𝑏 0
𝑥 : 30 𝑐 4𝑏 29𝑎 so 𝑐 1
𝑥 : 4 4𝑐 29𝑏 is consistent with 𝑏 0, 𝑐 1
𝑥 : 29 29𝑐 is consistent with 𝑐 1
p 𝑥 2 5i 2 5i 𝑥 1
2 5i 2 5i 𝑥 i 𝑥 i
The remaining two roots are i
21 a For a polynomial with real coefficients, complex roots occur in conjugate
pairs
So, given 2i is a root, 2i is also a root; also, if 4 i is a root then so is 4 i.
b
𝑥 8𝑥 21𝑥 32𝑥 68 𝑥 2i 𝑥 2i 𝑥 4 i 𝑥 4 i
𝑥 4 𝑥 8𝑥 17
22
For a polynomial with real coefficients, complex roots occur in conjugate pairs
So, given 4 i is a root, 4 i is also a root.
Polynomial is
p 𝑥 𝑥 3 𝑥 4 i 𝑥 4 i
𝑥 3 𝑥 8𝑥 17
𝑥 11𝑥 41𝑥 51
23
For a polynomial with real coefficients, complex roots occur in conjugate pairs
So, given 3 3i is a root, 3 3i is also a root.
Polynomial is
f 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 3 3i 𝑥 3 3i
𝑥 1 𝑥 6𝑥 18
𝑥 5𝑥 12𝑥 18
𝑏 5, 𝑐 12, 𝑑 18
24
For a polynomial with real coefficients, complex roots occur in conjugate pairs
So, given 4i is a root, 4i is also a root; also, if 2 3i is a root then so is 2 3i.
Polynomial is
p 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 4i 𝑥 4i 𝑥 2 3i 𝑥 2 3i
𝑎 𝑥 16 𝑥 4𝑥 13
𝑎 𝑥 4𝑥 29𝑥 64𝑥 208
where 𝑎 is any non-zero real value.
25
For a polynomial with real coefficients, complex roots occur in conjugate pairs
So, given 3i is a root, 3i is also a root; also, if 2 i is a root then so is 2 i.
Polynomial is
f 𝑥 𝑥 3i 𝑥 3i 𝑥 2 i 𝑥 2 i
𝑥 9 𝑥 4𝑥 5
𝑥 4𝑥 14𝑥 36𝑥 45
𝑏 4, 𝑐 14, 𝑑 36, 𝑒 45

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 15


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

26

Worked solutions
𝑥 13𝑥 40 0
𝑥 5 𝑥 8 0
𝑥 5 or 8
𝑥 i√5 or i2√2
27
A simple example would be i𝑥 i 0
The roots are i, but the coefficients are all complex.

An example of a polynomial with some, but not all, complex coefficients where all
complex roots have conjugates which are also roots can be made by asymmetrically
repeating roots (this breaks the notion of exclusive ‘pairs’ of complex conjugate roots,
but that exclusivity was not mentioned in the question).
So, for example, 𝑥 i 𝑥 i 0 has roots i, but has expanded form 𝑥 i𝑥
𝑥 i 0

Exercise 4D
9 a
|2 2i| 2 2 2√2
2 𝜋
Re 2 2i 0 so arg 2 2i arctan
2 4
𝜋
𝑧 2 2i 2√2 cis
4
b
5𝜋
𝑧 2√2 cis
4
1 1
128√2 i
√2 √2
128 128i
10 a

√3 i √3 1 2
1 𝜋
Re √3 i 0 so arg √3 i arctan
√3 6
𝜋
𝑧 √3 i 2 cis
6
b
3𝜋
𝑧 2 cis
6
1
i
8
1
i
8

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 16


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

11 a

Worked solutions
√2 i√2 √2 √2 2
√2 5𝜋
Re √2 i√2 0 so arg 2 2i 𝜋 arctan
√2 4
5𝜋
𝑤 √2 i√2 2 cis
4
b
30𝜋 𝜋
𝑤 2 cis 64 cis 64i
4 2
𝜋
𝑧 cis so 𝑧 cis 𝜋 1
7
Then 𝑤 𝑧 64i
12 a
𝑧 1 1 cis 2𝑛𝜋 for 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
Then 𝑧 1 cis 2𝑛𝜋
2𝑛𝜋
1 cis
6
𝜋 2𝜋
cis 0 , cis , cis , cis 𝜋
3 3
1 √3
1, i
2 2
b

13 a
𝑧 16 2 cis 𝜋 2𝑛𝜋 for 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
Then 𝑧 2 cis 𝜋 2𝑛𝜋
𝜋 2𝑛𝜋
2 cis
4
𝜋 3𝜋
2 cis , 2 cis
4 4
√2 √2𝑖 or √2 √2𝑖

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 17


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
14 a
𝑧 8i 2 e for 𝑛 ∈ ℤ

Then 𝑧 2 e

2e
2e , 2e , 2e
b

15
Five evenly spread vertices must represent fifth roots.
i√3 𝑤 9√3 i
So 𝑛 5, 𝑤 9√3 i

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 18


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

16

Worked solutions
1 i√3 1 √3 2
√3 𝜋
Re 1 i√3 0 so arg 1 i√3 arctan
1 3
𝜋
So 1 i√3 2 cis
3
5𝜋
Then 8 1 i√3 8 2 cis
3
1 1 √3
i
4 2 2
1 √3
i
8 8
17
|3 3i| 3 3 3√2
3 𝜋
Re 3 3i 0 so arg 3 3i arctan
3 4
𝜋
So 𝑤 3 3i 3√2 cis
4
Then 𝑤 3√2 cis 𝜋 324
3𝜋 9𝜋 1 1
𝑧 cis so 𝑧 cis i
8 4 √2 √2
Hence 𝑤 𝑧 162√2 162√2 i
18
7𝜋 7𝑛𝜋
𝑧 2 cis so 𝑧 2 cis
24 24
7𝑛
For this to be a real number, ∈ℤ
24
The least value 𝑛 ∈ ℤ under this condition is 𝑛 24.
19
5𝜋 5𝑛𝜋
𝑧 cis so 𝑧 cis
18 18
𝜋
i cis 2𝑘𝜋 for any 𝑘 ∈ ℤ
2
5𝑛 1
Require 2𝑘
18 2
5𝑛 9 36𝑘
The least such 𝑛 ∈ ℤ is 𝑛 9, with 𝑘 1.
20 a 𝜔 1, 𝜔, 𝜔 , 𝜔 , 𝜔 , 𝜔 , 𝜔
b No such integer 𝑘 exists; the Argand diagram of 𝜔 cycles through the
values given in part a.
Alternative reasoning – proof by contradiction: Suppose 𝑘 ∈ ℤ such that 𝜔 1.
Then 𝜔 1.
𝜔 𝜔 for some integer 𝑚
2𝑘 7𝑚 ∗
Both sides of ∗ are integer values. Since 2 is not a factor of (prime number) 7, it
follows that 7 must be a factor of 𝑘 and 𝑚 must be even. But then 𝑘 7𝑛 for some
integer 𝑛.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 19


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

So 𝜔 𝜔 1 1 which contradicts the assumption.

Worked solutions
Conclusion: There is no integer 𝑘 for which 𝜔 1.
c 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 1 𝜔 𝜔
𝑝 3
d 𝜔 ∗ 𝜔 from the Argand diagram of powers of 𝜔.
𝑚 5.
21 a 𝜔 1
1 𝜔 1 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔
1 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔
1 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔
𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 1
0
Since 𝜔 1, it follows that 1 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 0
b
2𝜋
Let 𝜔 cis
5
2𝑘𝜋
Then 𝜔 cis
5
2𝜋 4𝜋 6𝜋 8𝜋
cos cos cos cos Re 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔
5 5 5 5
Re 1 by part 𝐚
1
22 a
𝑧 1 cis 2𝑛𝜋 for 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
2𝑛𝜋 1 √3
𝑧 cis 1, i
3 2 2
b
𝑧 1 𝑧 2
2𝑛𝜋
𝑧 1 𝑧 2 cis
3
2𝑛𝜋 2𝑛𝜋
𝑧 1 cis 1 2 cis
3 3
𝑛 0 leads to no solution; reject.
3 √3 3 √3 3 3√3
𝑛 1: 𝑧 i i√3 ⇒ 3𝑧 i√3 i i
2 2 2 2 2 2
3 √3 3 √3 3 3√3
𝑛 1: 𝑧 i i√3 ⇒ 3𝑧 i√3 i i
2 2 2 2 2 2
Solutions:
1 √3
𝑧 i
2 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 20


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

23

Worked solutions
|𝑧 | 2 2√3 4 2
2√3 𝜋
Re 𝑧 0 so arg 𝑧 arctan
2 3
𝜋
𝑧 4 cis 2𝑛𝜋 for 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
3
𝜋 6𝑛𝜋
Then 𝑧 √2 cis
12
𝑧 √2e , √2e , √2e , √2e
24

|𝑧 | 16 16√3 32 2
16√3 𝜋
Re 𝑧 0 so arg 𝑧 arctan
16 3
𝜋
𝑧 2 cis 2𝑛𝜋 for 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
3
𝜋 6𝑛𝜋
Then 𝑧 2 cis
15
𝑧 2e , 2e , 2e , 2e , 2e
25

|𝑧 | 4√2 4√2 8 2
4√2 𝜋
Re 𝑧 0 so arg 𝑧 arctan
4√2 4
𝜋
𝑧 2 cis 2𝑛𝜋 for 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
4
𝜋 8𝑛𝜋
Then 𝑧 √2 cis
24
𝑧
𝜋 9𝜋 17𝜋 7𝜋 15𝜋 23𝜋
√2 cis , √2 cis , √2 cis , √2 cis , √2 cis , √2 cis
24 24 24 24 24 24
26
𝑛 4, since there are four points evenly spread about the origin to form a square.
The first vertex has corresponding complex number 3 3i
𝑧 3 3i 18i 324
𝑤 324
27 a
𝜔 1
𝜔 1 1 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔
𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 1 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔
𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 1
1 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔
0
Since 𝜔 1, it follows that 1 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 0

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 21


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
6𝜋 4𝜋 ∗
𝜔 cis cis 𝜔
5 5
8𝜋 2𝜋
𝜔 cis cis 𝜔∗
5 5
So Re 𝜔 Re 𝜔 and Re 𝜔 Re 𝜔
From part a, Re 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 Re 1 1
2 Re 𝜔 Re 𝜔 1
1
Re 𝜔 Re 𝜔
2
c
2𝜋 4𝜋 1
cos cos
5 5 2
Using double angle formula:
2𝜋 2𝜋 1
cos 2 cos 1
5 5 2
2𝜋 2𝜋 1
2 cos cos 0
5 5 2
Quadratic formula gives
2𝜋 1 √1 4 1 √5
cos
5 4 4
2𝜋 2𝜋 1 √5
cos 0 so cos
5 5 4

28 a
𝑧 1 cis 𝜋 2𝑛𝜋 for 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
𝜋 2𝑛𝜋 𝜋
𝑧 cis 1, cis
3 3
b
𝑥 2 𝑥 6𝑥 12𝑥 8
c)
𝑧 2 1 0
𝑧 2 1
1 √3
𝑧 2 1 or i
2 2
3 √3
𝑧 3 or i
2 2

29 a
𝑧 44 cis 𝜋 2𝑛𝜋 for 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
𝜋 2𝑛𝜋
𝑧 √2 cis
4
1 1
√2 i
√2 √2
1 i, 1 i

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 22


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝑧 4 𝑧 1
𝑧 𝑧 1 𝜔 where 𝜔 1 i or 1 i
𝜔 𝜔
𝑧
1 𝜔 𝜔 1
1 i 1 i 1 i 1 i
𝑧 or or or
i i 2 i 2 i
1 i 2 i 1 i 2 i
1 i or 1 i or or
2 i 2 i 2 i 2 i
3 i 3 i
1 i or 1 i or or
5 5

30 a

32√2 i 32√2 32√2 32√2 64 4


32√2 3𝜋
Re 32√2 i 32√2 0 so arg 32√2 i 32√2 𝜋 arctan
32√2 4
3𝜋
So 𝑧 4 cis 2𝑛𝜋 for 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
4
3𝜋 8𝑛𝜋
Then 𝑧 4 cis
12
3𝜋 11𝜋 19𝜋
4 cis , 4 cis , 4 cis
12 12 12

c
Let 𝛼 4 cis and 𝛽 4 cis 𝛼 cis , the values corresponding to
points 𝐴 and 𝐵, so 𝛼 32√2 32√2I .
𝑤 𝛼 𝛽 1 cis
𝛼 2𝜋 4𝜋 6𝜋
𝑤 1 3 cis 3 cis cis
8 3 3 3
32√2 32√2i
1 3𝜔 3𝜔 1
8
Where 𝜔 is the first of the three roots of unity
But 𝜔 𝜔 1 0 so 2 3𝜔 3𝜔 1
𝑤 4√2 4√2i

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 23


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Exercise 4E

Worked solutions
1 a
Using binomial theorem:
cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 3i cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 3 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
Re cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 3 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
b
But by De Moivre’s theorem:
cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 3𝜃 i sin 3𝜃
Re cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 3𝜃 cos 𝜃 3 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 3 cos 𝜃 1 cos 𝜃
4 cos 𝜃 3 cos 𝜃
2 a
Using binomial theorem:
cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 4i cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 6 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 4i cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 sin 𝜃
Im cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 4 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 4 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
b
But by De Moivre’s theorem:
cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 4𝜃 i sin 4𝜃
Im cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 sin 4𝜃 4 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 4 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
4 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
4 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 1 2 sin 𝜃
4 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 2 sin 𝜃
3
e cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 1
So e cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 2
a 1 2 : 2 cos 𝜃 e e ⇒ cos 𝜃

b 1 2 : 2i sin 𝜃 e e ⇒ sin 𝜃
4 a
Using binomial theorem:
cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 5i cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 10 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 10i cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
5 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
So Im cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 5 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 10 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 sin 𝜃
But by De Moivre’s theorem:
cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 5𝜃 i sin 5𝜃
Then Im cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 sin 5𝜃 5 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 10 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 sin 𝜃
5 1 sin 𝜃 sin 𝜃 10 1 sin 𝜃 sin 𝜃
sin 𝜃
16 sin 𝜃 20 sin 𝜃 5 sin 𝜃
b
If sin 5𝜃 4 sin 𝜃
Then 20 sin 𝜃 20 sin 𝜃 5 sin 𝜃 0
5 sin 𝜃 4 sin 𝜃 4 sin 𝜃 1 0
5 sin 𝜃 2 sin 𝜃 1 0
1
sin 𝜃 0 or
√2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 24


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

5 a

Worked solutions
If 𝑧 cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 then 𝑧 cos 𝑛𝜃 i sin 𝑛𝜃 by De Moivre’s theorem
So 𝑧 𝑧 cos 𝑛𝜃 i sin 𝑛𝜃 cos 𝑛𝜃 i sin 𝑛𝜃 2 cos 𝑛𝜃
b
cos 𝜃 cos 𝜃
𝑧 𝑧
2
1
𝑧 𝑧 4𝑧 4𝑧 6
16
1 𝑧 𝑧 𝑧 𝑧
4 3
8 2 2
1
cos 4𝜃 4 cos 2𝜃 3
8
c
1
cos 𝜃 d𝜃 cos 4𝜃 4 cos 2𝜃 3 d𝜃
8
1 1
sin 4𝜃 2 sin 2𝜃 3𝜃
8 4
1 3𝜋
0 2 0
8 4
3𝜋 8
32

6 a
If 𝑧 cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 then 𝑧 cos 𝑛𝜃 i sin 𝑛𝜃 by De Moivre’s theorem
So 𝑧 𝑧 cos 𝑛𝜃 i sin 𝑛𝜃 cos 𝑛𝜃 i sin 𝑛𝜃 2i sin 𝑛𝜃
b
sin 𝜃 sin 𝜃
𝑧 𝑧
2i
1
𝑧 5𝑧 10𝑧 10𝑧 5𝑧 𝑧
32i
1 𝑧 𝑧 𝑧 𝑧 𝑧 𝑧
5 10
16 2i 2i 2i
1
sin 5𝜃 5 sin 3𝜃 10 sin 𝜃
16
c
1
sin 𝜃 d𝜃 sin 5𝜃 5 sin 3𝜃 10 sin 𝜃 d𝜃
16
1 1 5
cos 5𝜃 cos 3𝜃 10 cos 𝜃
16 5 3
1 1 5
0 10
16 5 3
1 128
16 15

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 25


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
15

7 a
If 𝑧 cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 then 𝑧 cos 𝑛𝜃 i sin 𝑛𝜃 by De Moivre’s theorem
So 𝑧 𝑧 cos 𝑛𝜃 i sin 𝑛𝜃 cos 𝑛𝜃 i sin 𝑛𝜃 2 cos 𝑛𝜃
𝑧 𝑧
32 cos 𝜃 32
2
1
𝑧 6𝑧 15𝑧 20 15𝑧 6𝑧 𝑧
2
𝑧 𝑧 𝑧 𝑧 𝑧 𝑧
6 15 10
2 2 2
cos 6𝜃 6 cos 4𝜃 15 cos 2𝜃 10
𝐴 6, 𝐵 15, 𝐶 10
b
1
cos 𝜃 d𝜃 cos 6𝜃 6 cos 4𝜃 15 cos 2𝜃 10 d𝜃
32
1 1 6 15
sin 6𝜃 sin 4𝜃 sin 2𝜃 10𝜃
32 6 4 2
1
0 5𝜋 0
32
5𝜋
32
8 a
Using binomial theorem:
cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 5i cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 10 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 10i cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
5 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
So Re cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 10 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 5 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
But by De Moivre’s theorem:
cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 5𝜃 i sin 5𝜃
Then Re cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 5𝜃
cos 𝜃 10 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 5 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 10 cos 𝜃 1 cos 𝜃 5 cos 𝜃 1 cos 𝜃
16 cos 𝜃 20 cos 𝜃 5 cos 𝜃
b
16𝑥 20𝑥 5𝑥 1
First, looking for roots with values 1 𝑥 1 so that 𝑥 cos 𝜃 for some 𝜃 ∈ 0,2𝜋
By part a,
cos 5𝜃 1
So 5𝜃 𝜋 2𝑛𝜋 for 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
𝜋 3𝜋 7𝜋 9𝜋
𝜃 , , 𝜋, ,
5 5 5 5
Then 𝑥 cos 𝜃 0.809, 0.309, 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 26


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Considering roots outside this interval:

Worked solutions
d
16𝑥 20𝑥 5𝑥 80𝑥 60𝑥 5 0 for |𝑥| 1
d𝑥
So the curve cannot turn and pass again through 1.
The three roots given are therefore the only roots to the equation
16𝑥 20𝑥 5𝑥 1 0
There are several ways to argue that only roots which can be expressed as 𝑥 cos 𝜃 need to be
considered, but to have a rigorous answer some such argument should be made.
9 a
Using binomial theorem:
𝑧 𝑧 𝑧 6𝑧 15𝑧 20 15𝑧 6𝑧 𝑧
𝑧 𝑧 𝑧 6𝑧 15𝑧 20 15𝑧 6𝑧 𝑧
b
If 𝑧 cis 𝜃 then by De Moivre’s theorem, 𝑧 𝑧 2 cos 𝑛𝜃 and 𝑧 𝑧
2i sin 𝑛𝜃
𝑧 𝑧 𝑧 𝑧
cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
2 2i
𝑧 𝑧 𝑧 𝑧
2 2
1
12𝑧 40 12𝑧 by part 𝐚
64
1 𝑧 𝑧
3 5
8 2
1
3 cos 4𝜃 5
8
10 a
cis 𝑥 cos 𝑥 5i cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 10 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 10i cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
5 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 i sin 𝑥
cos 𝑥 10 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 5 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
i 5 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 10 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 sin 𝑥
b
By De Moivre’s theorem, cis 𝑥 cos 5𝑥 i sin 5𝑥
Equating imaginary parts,
sin 5𝑥 5 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 10 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 sin 𝑥
sin 𝑥 5 cos 𝑥 10 cos 𝑥 1 cos 𝑥 1 cos 𝑥
sin 𝑥 16 cos 𝑥 12 cos 𝑥 1
c
From part b:
sin 5𝑥
lim lim 16 cos 𝑥 12 cos 𝑥 1 16 12 1 5
→ sin 𝑥 →
11 a
cos 3𝜃 𝑅e cis 3𝜃
Re cis 𝜃 by De Moivre s theorem
Re cos 𝜃 3i cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 3 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 3 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 3 cos 𝜃 1 cos 𝜃
4 cos 𝜃 3 cos 𝜃

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 27


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
If 𝑥 cos 𝜃 then 8𝑥 6𝑥 1 2 cos 3𝜃 1 by part a
2 cos 3𝜃 1 0
1
cos 3𝜃
2
𝜋
3𝜃 2𝑛𝜋
3
𝜋 5𝜋 7𝜋
𝜃 , or
9 9 9
The original cubic can have at most 3 roots; since the above finds three different
solutions these must be the three roots.
𝜋 5𝜋 7𝜋
The roots are 𝑥 cos , cos or cos
9 9 9

12 a
By the binomial theorem:
cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 4i cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 6 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 4i cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 sin 𝜃
Re cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 6 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 sin 𝜃
Im cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 4 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 4 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
b
By the De Moivre theorem, Re cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 4𝜃 and Im cos 𝜃
i sin 𝜃 sin 4𝜃
Im cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
So tan 4𝜃
Re cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
4 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 4 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 6 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 sin 𝜃
Dividing numerator and denominator by cos 𝜃:
4 tan 𝜃 4 tan 𝜃
tan 4𝜃
1 6 tan 𝜃 tan 𝜃
c
𝑥 4𝑥 6𝑥 4𝑥 1 0
1 6𝑥 𝑥 4𝑥 4𝑥
1 6𝑥 𝑥
1
4𝑥 4𝑥
Let 𝑥 tan 𝜃
Then, using part b: tan 4𝜃 1
𝜋 1 4𝑛 𝜋
4𝜃 𝑛𝜋 for 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
4 4
1 4𝑛 𝜋 𝜋 5𝜋 9𝜋 13𝜋
𝜃 , , ,
16 16 16 16 16
The four solutions to the quartic are
𝜋 5𝜋 9𝜋 13𝜋
𝑥 tan , tan , tan or tan
16 16 16 16

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 28


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Mixed Practice

Worked solutions
1 a 𝑧 i
b 𝑧 1 i 2 i 3 i
c 𝑧 𝑧∗ 3 i

 
2
𝑥 2𝑥 2 𝑥 1 1
𝑥 1 i 𝑥 1 i
𝑥 1 i
3
𝑥 6𝑥 12 𝑥 3 3
𝑥 3 i√3 𝑥 3 i√3
𝑥 3 i√3
4
1 i
𝑧
1 2i
1 i 1 2i
1 2i 1 2i
3 i
5
3 1
i
5 5
3 1
𝑧∗ i
5 5
5
For a polynomial with real coefficients, complex roots occur in conjugate pairs
So, given 1 2i is a root, 1 2i is also a root.
𝑥 1 2i 𝑥 1 2i 0 
𝑥 2𝑥 5 0 
𝑏 2, 𝑐 5 
   

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 29


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝑧
1 2i 
𝑧 i
𝑧 1 2i 𝑧 i  
𝑧 𝑧 2i𝑧 2 i 
2i𝑧 2 i 
1
𝑧 i 
2

𝑧 i 2𝑧 ∗  
Let 𝑧 𝑥 i𝑦 where 𝑥 Re 𝑧 , 𝑦 Im 𝑧  so 𝑧 ∗ 𝑥 i𝑦 
𝑥 𝑦 1 i 2𝑥 2i𝑦 
Comparing real and imaginary parts: 
𝑥 2𝑥 so 𝑥 0 
1
𝑦 1 2𝑦 so 𝑦  
3
1
𝑧 i 
3

𝑧 4i i𝑧 
Let 𝑧 𝑥 i𝑦 where 𝑥 Re 𝑧 , 𝑦 Im 𝑧   
𝑥 𝑦i 4i 𝑦 i𝑥 
Comparing real and imaginary parts: 
𝑥 𝑦 1  
𝑦 4 𝑥 2  
Substituting  1  into  2 : 
𝑦 4 𝑦 
𝑦 2, 𝑥 2 
𝑧 2 2i 
9  a 
|𝑧| 1 1 √2 
Since Re 𝑧 0, arg 𝑧 arctan  

𝜋 3𝜋
𝑧 √2 cis so 𝑧 8 cis 8i 
4 2
3𝜋
𝑤 cis so 𝑤 cis 3𝜋 1 
5
Then 𝑧 𝑤 8i 
10 
|𝑧| 2 2 2√2 
Since Re 𝑧 0, arg 𝑧 arctan  
Then  
| 𝑧∗ | 2√2 16√2 
3𝜋
arg 𝑧 ∗  
4
 
   

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 30


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

11  a 

Worked solutions
Comparing real and imaginary parts: 
𝑝 3 
1
4𝑞 2 so 𝑞  
2

If 𝑝 𝑎 i𝑏 and 𝑞 𝑝∗ 𝑎 i𝑏 
𝑎i 𝑏 4𝑎 4𝑖𝑏 2 3i 
Comparing real and imaginary parts: 
4𝑎 𝑏 2 1  
𝑎 4𝑏 3 2  
1
4 1 2 : 15𝑎 5 so 𝑎  
3
2
1 : 𝑏 4𝑎 2  
3
1 2 1 2
𝑝 i, 𝑞 i 
3 3 3 3
12 
Let 𝑧 1 cis 𝜋 2𝑛𝜋 for 𝑛 ∈ ℤ 
𝜋 2𝑛𝜋
Then 𝑧 cis
3
𝜋 5𝜋
cis , cis 𝜋 or cis
3 3
1 √3
i or 1 
2 2
13  a  1, 𝑧 e ,𝑧 𝑧 e ,𝑧 𝑧 e ,𝑧 𝑧 e  

 
 

14  a  cis cis cis cis i 
√ √
b  cis cis i i i 
 
   

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 31


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

15 

Worked solutions
1 1 𝑎 i 𝑎 1

𝑎 i 𝑎 i 𝑎 i 𝑎 1 𝑎 1
 
16 
1 2
 
𝑧 i 𝑧 i
Taking reciprocals on both sides: 
𝑧 i
𝑧 i  
2
3 1
𝑧 i 
2 2
1
𝑧 i 
3
17 
Let 𝑧 𝑥 i𝑦 for real 𝑥, 𝑦 
Then 𝑧 ∗ 𝑥 i𝑦 
𝑧 𝑧 ∗ 2𝑥 8 so 𝑥 4 
𝑧 𝑧 ∗ 2i𝑦 6i so 𝑦 3 
𝑧 4 3i 
18 
Let f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 1 
By inspection, 𝑓 1 0 so  𝑥 1  is a factor of f 𝑥 . 
f 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 1 
Expanding and comparing coefficients: 
𝑥 : 𝑎 1 
𝑥 :𝑏 𝑎 1 so 𝑏 0 
𝑥 : 𝑐 𝑏 1 so 𝑐 1 
𝑥 : 𝑐 1 is consistent with this 
f 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 1 𝑥 1 𝑥 i 𝑥 i  
The roots are 1, i 
19 
Let f 𝑥 𝑥 5𝑥 7𝑥 13 
By inspection, 𝑓 1 0 so  𝑥 1  is a factor of f 𝑥 . 
f 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐 𝑥 5𝑥 7𝑥 13 
Expanding and comparing coefficients: 
𝑥 : 𝑎 1 
𝑥 :𝑏 𝑎 5 so 𝑏 6 
𝑥 : 𝑐 𝑏 7 so 𝑐 13 
𝑥 : 𝑐 13 is consistent with this 
f 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 6𝑥 13 𝑥 1 𝑥 3 2i 𝑥 3 2i  
The roots are  1, 3 2i 
20 

|𝑧𝑤| √3 1 2,  
1 5𝜋
Since Re 𝑧𝑤 0, arg 𝑧𝑤 𝜋 arctan  
√3 6

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 32


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝑧 1 1

𝑤 2 2
𝑧 𝜋
arg  
𝑤 2
𝑧
|𝑧𝑤| |𝑧 | 1 so |z| 1 
𝑤
𝑧 𝜋 𝜋
arg 𝑧𝑤 arg arg 𝑧 so arg 𝑧  
𝑤 3 6
21 
2 1 2 2 i 𝑏 i
2 i 𝑏 i 2 i 2 i 𝑏 i 𝑏 i
4 2i 𝑏 i
 
5 𝑏 1
If this is a real value then its imaginary part equals zero. 
2 1

5 𝑏 1
2 𝑏 1 5 
5
𝑏 1  
2
3
𝑏  
2
22 
Let 𝑧 2 i𝑦 for 𝑦 ∈ ℝ  
Then 𝑧 4 𝑦 4i𝑦 
4 𝑦 3 so 𝑦 1 
𝑧 2 i 
23 
Let 𝑧 𝑥 i𝑦 for 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ ℝ  
𝑧 |𝑧| 18 12i 
Comparing real and imaginary parts: 
𝑥 𝑥 𝑦 18 
𝑦 12 
𝑥 144 18 𝑥 𝑥 324 36𝑥 
36𝑥 180 
𝑥 5 
𝑧 5 12i 
24  a 
|𝑧 4| 2|𝑧 1| 
Let 𝑧 𝑥 i𝑦 for 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ ℝ 
𝑥 4 𝑦 2 𝑥 1 𝑦  
𝑥 8𝑥 16 𝑦 4 𝑥 2𝑥 1 𝑦  
3𝑥 3𝑦 12 
𝑥 𝑦 4 
𝑥 𝑦 |𝑧| 2 
   

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 33


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
 
25 
Let f 𝑧 𝑧 11𝑧 43𝑧 65 
For a polynomial with real coefficients, complex roots occur in conjugate pairs
So, given 3 2i is a root, 3 2i is also a root. The final root must be real, 𝑧 𝑘.
f 𝑧 𝑧 3 2i 𝑧 3 2i 𝑧 𝑘
𝑧 6𝑧 13 𝑧 𝑘
𝑧 11𝑧 43𝑧 65 
Comparing coefficients: 
𝑧 : 1 1 
𝑧 : 6 𝑘 11 so 𝑘 5 
𝑧 : 13 6𝑘 43 is consistent with 𝑘 5 
𝑧 : 13𝑘 65 is consistent with 𝑘 5 
The roots are 3 2i, 5 
26  a  If 𝑧 i then Re 𝑧 0 but Re 𝑧 Re 1 1 0  
b  Re 𝑧 Re 𝑧 Im 𝑧  
So if Re 𝑧 Re 𝑧  then  Im 𝑧 0 so Im 𝑧 0 
27  ai 
𝑧 8 2 cis 𝜋 2𝑛𝜋 for 𝑛 ∈ ℤ 
𝜋 2𝑛𝜋 𝜋 5𝜋
𝑧 2 cis 2 cis , 2 cis 𝜋 , 2cis  
3 3 3
aii 
𝑧 1 i√3 or 2 

The triangle has (vertical) base length 2√3 and (horizontal) altitude 3 so has area 
2√3 3 3√3  
28 
2|𝑧| |𝑧 3| 
2 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 3 𝑦  
4𝑥 4𝑦 𝑥 6𝑥 9 𝑦  
3𝑥 3𝑦 6𝑥 9 
𝑥 𝑦 2𝑥 3 
This form is fine as a final answer, since the question asks for the relationship between the
variables.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 34


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

You could continue to complete the square

Worked solutions
𝑥 1 𝑦 4
or find 𝑦 in terms of 𝑥

𝑦 4 𝑥 1
but this is not necessary as the question is phrased.
 
29 
|𝑧 𝑝𝑤| 1 2𝑝 1 𝑝
5𝑝 2𝑝 2 
Completing the square: 
2
|𝑧 𝑝𝑤| 5 𝑝 𝑝 2
5
1 1
5 𝑝 2
5 25
1 9
5 𝑝  
5 5
|𝑧 𝑝𝑤|  has minimum value   so |𝑧 𝑝𝑤| has minimum value   

30  If |𝑧 1| |𝑧 i| then 𝑧 lies on the perpendicular bisector of 1 and i 

31 a
Let 𝑧 cis 𝜃
By De Moivre’s theorem, 𝑧 cis 𝑛𝜃
Using binomial theorem to expand cis 𝜃
Re 𝑧 cos 5𝜃
Re cos 𝜃 5i cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 10 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 10i cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
5 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 10 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 5 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 10 cos 𝜃 1 cos 𝜃 5 cos 𝜃 1 cos 𝜃
16 cos 𝜃 20 cos 𝜃 5 cos 𝜃
b
If cos 5 𝜃 5 cos 𝜃:
16 cos 𝜃 20 cos 𝜃 0
4 cos 𝜃 4 cos 𝜃 5 0

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 35


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
cos 𝜃 0 or cos 𝜃 reject, outside the range of cos 𝜃
4
𝜋 3𝜋
𝜃 or
2 2
32 a
𝑧𝑤 1 i 1 i√3
1 √3 i 1 √3
b
|𝑧| 1 1 √2
1 𝜋
Since Re 𝑧 0, arg 𝑧 arctan
1 4
𝜋 𝜋
𝑧 √2 cos i sin
4 4
|𝑤| 1 √3 2
√3 𝜋
Since Re 𝑤 0, arg 𝑤 arctan
1 3
𝜋 𝜋
𝑤 2 cos i sin
3 3
𝜋 𝜋 7𝜋
Then |𝑧𝑤| 2√2 and arg 𝑧𝑤
4 3 12
c
Comparing the results from parts a and b
7𝜋 1 √3 √2 √6
sin
12 2√2 4
33 a

√3 i √3 1 2
1 𝜋
Re √3 i 0 so arg √3 i arctan
√3 6
b
𝜋 7𝜋
√3 i 2 cis 2 cis
6 6
𝜋 7𝜋
√3 i 2 cis 2 cis
6 6
7𝜋 √3
√3 i √3 i 2 2 cos 128 2 128√3
6 2
34 a
𝑧 8 2 cis 2𝑛𝜋 for 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
2𝑛𝜋
𝑧 2 cis
3
2𝜋 4𝜋
2 cis 0 or 2 cis or 2 cis
3 3
2 or 1 i√3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 36


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝑧 2 8𝑧
𝑧 2
𝑤 where 𝑤 2 or 1 i√3
𝑧
𝑧 2 𝑧𝑤
2
𝑧
𝑤 1
2
2 or
2 i√3
2 2 ∓ i√3
2 or
7
4 2√3
2 or i
7 7
35 a
e cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 and so e cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
Then e e 2 cos 𝜃
e e
So cos 𝜃
2
b
Using binomial theorem:
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 4𝑥 6 4𝑥 𝑥
c
If 𝑥 e then 𝑥 e and 𝑥 𝑥 2 cos 𝜃
By De Moivre’s theorem, 𝑥 𝑥 2 cos 𝑛𝜃
From part b:
2 cos 𝜃 𝑥 𝑥 4𝑥 4𝑥 6
2 cos 4𝜃 8 cos 2𝜃 6
1
cos 𝜃 cos 4𝜃 4 cos 2𝜃 3
8
1 1 3
𝑎 ,𝑏 ,𝑐
8 2 8
d
1
cos 2𝑥 d𝑥 cos 8𝑥 4 cos 4𝑥 3 d𝑥
8
1 1
sin 8𝑥 sin 4𝑥 3𝑥
8 8
1
3𝜋 0
8
3𝜋
8
36 a
𝐴𝐵 |𝑧 𝑧 |
1 2 √3 i

1 2 √3

8 4√3

2 2 √3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 37


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
2 𝜋
arg 𝑧 arctan
2 4
√3 𝜋
arg 𝑧 arctan
1 3
Then angle subtended at the origin between the two points in the complex plane is the
difference in their arguments:
𝜋
arg 𝑧 arg 𝑧
12
37 a
𝜔 1 but 𝜔 1
Then 1 𝜔 1 𝜔 𝜔 1 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 1 0
Since 𝜔 1, it follows that 1 𝜔 𝜔 0
b
Then 𝜔 𝜔 1
𝜔𝑥 𝜔 𝑦 𝜔 𝑥 𝜔𝑦 𝜔 𝑥 𝑦 𝜔 𝜔 𝑥𝑦
𝑥 𝑦 𝜔 𝜔 𝑥𝑦
𝑥 𝑦 𝑥𝑦
38 a 𝑧 Re 𝑧 Im 𝑧 and 𝑧 ∗ Re 𝑧 Im 𝑧

Then 𝑧 𝑧 2 Re 𝑧
b 𝑧𝑤 ∗ ∗ 𝑧 ∗ 𝑤
c From part a, 𝑧𝑤 ∗ 𝑧𝑤 ∗ ∗ 2 Re 𝑧𝑤 ∗ so is real
39
e cos 𝑎 i sin 𝑎 and e cos 𝑎 i sin 𝑎
So e e 2 cos 𝑎
Then if 𝑎 i𝑥:
e e ∈ ℝ for 𝑥 ∈ ℝ and e e ∈ℝ
So e e ∈ℝ
But e e 2 cos 𝑎 2 cos i𝑥
Hence cos i𝑥 ∈ ℝ
If you consider cos 𝑦 in its Maclaurin expansion, as an even function of 𝑦, then it is also clear
that cos i𝑥 must be real, since it is a sum of even powers of i𝑥, each of which must be real for
real 𝑥.
40
If |𝑧| 𝑟 and arg 𝑧 𝜃
|𝑧|𝑧 𝑟 cis 3𝜃 81 3 cis 𝜋 2𝑛𝜋
𝜋 2𝑛𝜋
𝑟 3, 𝜃
3
𝜋 5𝜋
Then 𝑧 3 cis , 3 cis 𝜋 or 3 cis
3 3
3 3√3
i or 3
2 2
41 a
If 𝑧 𝑟 cis 𝜃 then 𝑧 ∗ 𝑟 cis 𝜃
So 𝑧𝑧 ∗ 𝑟 cis 𝜃 𝜃 𝑟 |𝑧|

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 38


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
If 𝑧 𝑥 i𝑦 and 𝑤 𝑢 i𝑣 for 𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ ℝ then
|𝑧 𝑤| 𝑥 𝑢 𝑦 𝑣 𝑥 𝑦 𝑢 𝑣 2𝑢𝑥 2𝑦𝑣
|𝑧 𝑤| 𝑥 𝑢 𝑦 𝑣 𝑥 𝑦 𝑢 𝑣 2𝑢𝑥 2𝑦𝑣
So |𝑧 𝑤| |𝑧 𝑤| 2 𝑥 𝑦 𝑢 𝑣 2|𝑧| 2|𝑤|
42
2
𝑧|𝑧| 3𝑧
𝑧∗
Let 𝑧 𝑟 cis 𝜃
1 1
Then |𝑧| 𝑟, ∗ cis 𝜃
𝑧 𝑟
2
So r cis 𝜃 cis 𝜃 3𝑟 cis 𝜃
𝑟
𝑟 2 3𝑟
cis 𝜃 0
𝑟
Since cis 𝜃 0, 𝑟 2 3𝑟 0
By observation, 𝑟 1 is a solution of this, so 𝑟 1 must be a factor.
𝑟 3𝑟 2 𝑟 1 𝑟 2𝑟 2
𝑟 1 𝑟 1 √3 𝑟 1 √3
So the solutions are 𝑟 1, 1 √3
43 a
|𝑧 1| 1 cos 2𝜃 sin 2𝜃
1 cos 2𝜃 sin 2𝜃 2 cos 2𝜃
2 1 cos 2𝜃
4 cos 𝜃
2 cos 𝜃
(selecting positive root because the modulus must be positive)
b
sin 2𝜃
Re 𝑧 1 0 so arg 𝑧 1 arctan
1 cos 2𝜃
2 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃
arctan
2 cos 𝜃
arctan tan 𝜃
𝜃
44 a
Let 𝑧 cis 𝜃
By De Moivre’s theorem, 𝑧 cis 𝑛𝜃
Using binomial theorem to expand cis 𝜃
Re 𝑧 cos 3𝜃
Re cos 𝜃 3i cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 3 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 3 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 3 cos 𝜃 1 cos 𝜃
4 cos 𝜃 3 cos 𝜃
b
2𝜋
𝜔 cis 1
7
𝜔 cis 2𝜋 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 39


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

bi

Worked solutions
1 𝜔 1 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔
1 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔
𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 0
Since 𝜔 1, it follows that 1 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 0
bii
12𝜋 2𝜋
𝜔 cis cis 𝜔∗
7 7
Similarly, 𝜔 𝜔 ∗ and 𝜔 𝜔 ∗
2𝜋 4𝜋
Then 𝜔 𝜔 2 Re 𝜔 2 cos ,𝜔 𝜔 2 cos ,𝜔 𝜔
7 7
6𝜋
2 cos
7
From part bi, 1 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 𝜔 0
Taking the real part of this:
2π 4π 6π
1 2 cos cos cos 0
7 7 7
2π 4π 6π 1
cos cos cos
7 7 7 2
c
Let cos 𝑡
Using the identity from part a with 𝜃

cos 4𝑡 3𝑡
7
Using the double angle formula,

cos 2𝑡 1
7
Substituting these into the result from part bii:
1
𝑡 2𝑡 1 4𝑡 3𝑡
2
8𝑡 4𝑡 4𝑡 2 1
8𝑡 4𝑡 4𝑡 1 0
Hence cos 𝑡 is a root of the given cubic.
45 ai

|𝑧 | √3 1 2

|𝑧 | √3 1 2
|𝑧 | 2 2
1 𝜋
Re 𝑧 0 so arg 𝑧 arctan
√3 6
1 5𝜋
Re 𝑧 0 so arg 𝑧 𝜋 arctan
√3 6
3𝜋
arg 𝑧
2
𝜋 5𝜋 3𝜋
𝑧 2cis ,𝑧 2cis ,𝑧 2cis
6 6 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 40


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

aii

Worked solutions
Since each of the three have the same modulus, and their arguments differ by , it follows
that they all lie on a circle about the origin with radius 2, equally spread so that they
represent the vertices of an equilateral triangle with centre at the origin.
aiii
It follows that if 𝜔 cis is the first of the three roots of unity,
𝑧 𝜔𝑧 and 𝑧 𝜔 𝑧
So 𝑧 𝑧 𝑧 1 𝜔 2𝑧
And 𝑧 𝑧 𝜔 𝑧 𝜔 𝑧
Therefore 𝑧 𝑧 2𝑧
bi cis for 𝑘 0, 1, … , 6
bii
2𝜋
sin
Re 1 𝑤 0 so arg 1 𝑤 arctan 7
2𝜋
1 cos
7
𝜋 𝜋
2 sin cos
arctan 7 7
𝜋
2 cos
7
𝜋
arctan tan
7
𝜋
7
biii
For a polynomial with real coefficients, complex roots occur in conjugate pairs
So, given 𝑤 cis is a root, 𝑤 ∗ cis is also a root.

Therefore 𝑧 𝑤 𝑧 𝑤 must be a factor of the polynomial 𝑧 1

𝑧 𝑤 𝑧 𝑤 𝑧 2Re 𝑤 |𝑤|
2𝜋
𝑧 2𝑧 cos 1
7
By the same argument,
4𝜋 6𝜋
𝑧 2𝑧 cos 1 and 𝑧 2𝑧 cos 1 must also be factors.
7 7
46 ai
Using binomial theorem to expand
cis 𝜃 cos 𝜃 5i cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 10 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 10i cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
5 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
aii
By De Moivre’s theorem, cis 𝜃 cis 𝑛𝜃 so cis 𝜃 cis 5𝜃
Then Im cis 𝜃 sin 5𝜃 5 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 10 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 sin 𝜃
aiii
Re cis 𝜃 cos 5𝜃
cos 𝜃 10 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 5 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
b
𝑧 𝑟 cis 5𝛼 1 cis 360𝑛° for 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
𝑟 1 so 𝑟 1
5𝛼 360𝑛° and 𝛼 0 is the minimum possible value, so 𝛼 72°

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 41


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Since Im 𝑧 Im 1 0, by part aii,
5 cos 𝛼 sin 𝛼 10 cos 𝛼 sin 𝛼 sin 𝛼 0
Since sin 𝛼 0,
5 cos 𝛼 10 cos 𝛼 sin 𝛼 sin 𝛼 0
5 1 sin 𝛼 10 1 sin 𝛼 sin 𝛼 sin 𝛼 0
16 sin 𝛼 20 sin 𝛼 5 0
d
The result in part c is a quadratic in sin 𝛼
Using the quadratic formula:
20 20 4 16 5
sin 𝛼
2 16
10 2√5
16
10 2√5 10 2√5
Then sin 𝛼
16 4
𝑎 10, 𝑏 2, 𝑐 5, 𝑑 4
47 a
Using the binomial theorem:
cis 𝜃 cos 𝜃 3i cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 3 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 3 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 i 3 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 sin 𝜃
b
By De Moivre’s theorem, cis 𝜃 cis 3𝜃
So Re cis 3𝜃 cos 3𝜃 cos 𝜃 3 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 3 cos 𝜃 1 cos 𝜃
4 cos 𝜃 3 cos 𝜃
c
By similar reasoning and the binomial expansion,
cos 5𝜃 Re cis 𝜃 cos 𝜃 10 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 5 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 10 cos 𝜃 1 cos 𝜃 5 cos 𝜃 1 cos 𝜃
16 cos 𝜃 20 cos 𝜃 5 cos 𝜃
d
cos 5𝜃 cos 3𝜃 cos 𝜃 16 cos 𝜃 16 cos 𝜃 3 cos 𝜃
cos 𝜃 4 cos 𝜃 1 4 cos 𝜃 3
1 √3
So cos 𝜃 0 or or
2 2
𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
𝜃 , ,
2 3 6
e
cos 5𝜃 0 16 cos 𝜃 20 cos 𝜃 5 cos 𝜃
cos 𝜃 16 cos 𝜃 20 cos 𝜃 5
20 20 4 16 5 5 √5
So cos 𝜃 0 or cos 𝜃
2 16 8
But the smallest possible positive solution to cos 5𝜃 0 is 5𝜃 so 𝜃
This must correspond to the largest possible value of cos 𝜃

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 42


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝜋 5 √5
So cos
10 8
The other solutions to cos 5𝜃 0 are 5𝜃 , , or
3𝜋 𝜋 7𝜋 9𝜋
So 𝜃 , , ,
10 2 10 10
The cosine of each of these, given the decreasing value of the cosine curve between 0 and
𝜋, must be the remaining four roots of the quintic in decreasing order:
3𝜋 5 √5
cos
10 8
𝜋
cos 0
2
7𝜋 5 √5
cos
10 8

9𝜋 5 √5
cos
10 8

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 43


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 
 

5 Mathematical proof

Worked solutions
These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 5A
1
Proposition: 1 2 ⋯ 𝑛
Base case 𝑛 1: 1 1 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So 1 2 ⋯ 𝑘
Working towards: 1 2 ⋯ 𝑘 𝑘 1
𝑘 𝑘 1
1 2 ⋯ 𝑘 𝑘 1 𝑘 1 by assumption
4
𝑘 1
𝑘 4 𝑘 1
4
𝑘 1
𝑘 4𝑘 4
4
𝑘 1
𝑘 2
4
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 
2
Proposition: 1 3 2 4 ⋯ 𝑛 𝑛 2
Base case 𝑛 1: 1 3 3 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So 1 3 2 4 ⋯ 𝑘 𝑘 2
Working towards: 1 3 2 4 ⋯ 𝑘 𝑘 2 𝑘 1 𝑘 3
1 3 2 4 ⋯ 𝑘 𝑘 2 𝑘 1 𝑘 3
𝑘 𝑘 1 2𝑘 7
𝑘 1 𝑘 3
6
by assumption
𝑘 1
𝑘 2𝑘 7 6 𝑘 3
6
𝑘 1
2𝑘 13𝑘 18
6

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 1


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

𝑘 1

Worked solutions
𝑘 2 2𝑘 9
6
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

3
Proposition: ∑ 𝑟 𝑟 1
Base case 𝑛 1: 1 1 1 2 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So ∑ 𝑟 𝑟 1
Working towards: ∑ 𝑟 𝑟 1
𝑘 𝑘 1 𝑘 2 3𝑘 1
𝑟 𝑟 1 𝑘 1 𝑘 2 by assumption
12
𝑘 1 𝑘 2
𝑘 3𝑘 1 12 𝑘 1
12
𝑘 1 𝑘 2
3𝑘 13𝑘 12
12
𝑘 1 𝑘 2
𝑘 3 3𝑘 4
12
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

4
Proposition: ∑ 2 3 3 1
Base case 𝑛 1: 2 3 2 3 1 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So ∑ 2 3 3 1
Working towards: ∑ 2 3 3 1

2 3 2 3 2 3

3 1 2 3 by assumption
3 3 1
3 1
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 2


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Proposition: ∑
Base case 𝑛 1: so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So ∑
Working towards: ∑

1 1 1
2𝑟 1 2𝑟 1 2𝑟 1 2𝑟 1 2𝑘 1 2𝑘 3
𝑘 1
by assumption
2𝑘 1 2𝑘 1 2𝑘 3
1 1
𝑘
2𝑘 1 2𝑘 3
1 𝑘 2𝑘 3 1
2𝑘 1 2𝑘 3
1 2𝑘 3𝑘 1
2𝑘 1 2𝑘 3
1 2𝑘 1 𝑘 1
2𝑘 1 2𝑘 3
𝑘 1
2𝑘 3
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

6
Proposition: ∑
Base case 𝑛 1: so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So ∑
Working towards: ∑

1 1 1
𝑟 𝑟 1 𝑟 𝑟 1
𝑘 1 𝑘 2
𝑘 1
by assumption
𝑘 1 𝑘 1 𝑘 2
1 1
𝑘
𝑘 1 𝑘 2
1 𝑘 𝑘 2 1
𝑘 1 𝑘 2
1 𝑘 2𝑘 1
𝑘 1 𝑘 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 3


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

1 𝑘 1

Worked solutions
𝑘 1 𝑘 2
𝑘 1
𝑘 2
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

7
Proposition: ∑ 3𝑟 𝑟 1 𝑛 𝑛 1
Base case 𝑛 1: 3 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So ∑ 3𝑟 𝑟 1 𝑘 𝑘 1
Working towards:

3𝑟 𝑟 1 𝑘 1 𝑘 1 1 𝑘 1 𝑘 2𝑘 𝑘 𝑘 1 𝑘 2

3𝑟 𝑟 1 3𝑟 𝑟 1 3 𝑘 1 𝑘 1 1

𝑘 𝑘 1 3 𝑘 1 𝑘 by assumption
𝑘𝑘 1 3 𝑘 1
𝑘𝑘 3𝑘 2
𝑘 𝑘 1 𝑘 2
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

8
Proposition: 5 1 4𝑚 for some 𝑚 ∈ ℤ
Base case 𝑛 0: 5 1 0 4 0 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So 5 1 4𝐴 for some 𝐴 ∈ ℤ
Working towards: 5 1 4𝐵 for some 𝐵 ∈ ℤ
5 1 5 5 1
5 5 1 4
5 4𝐴 4 by assumption
4 5𝐴 1
4𝐵 where 𝐵 5𝐴 1 ∈ ℤ
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 4


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Proposition: 4 1 3𝑚 for some 𝑚 ∈ ℤ
Base case 𝑛 1: 4 1 3 3 1 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So 4 1 3𝐴 for some 𝐴 ∈ ℤ
Working towards: 4 1 3𝐵 for some 𝐵 ∈ ℤ
4 1 4 4 1
4 4 1 3
4 3𝐴 3 by assumption
3 4𝐴 1
3𝐵 where 𝐵 4𝐴 1 ∈ ℤ
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 
10
Proposition: 7 3 4𝑚 for some 𝑚 ∈ ℤ
Base case 𝑛 0: 7 3 0 4 0 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So 7 3 4𝐴 for some 𝐴 ∈ ℤ
Working towards: 7 3 4𝐵 for some 𝐵 ∈ ℤ
7 3 7 7 3 3
7 7 3 4 3
7 4𝐴 4 3 by assumption
4 7𝐴 3
4𝐵 where 𝐵 7𝐴 3 ∈ ℤ
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 
11
Proposition: 30 6 12𝑚 for some 𝑚 ∈ ℤ
Base case 𝑛 0: 30 6 0 12 0 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So 30 6 12𝐴 for some 𝐴 ∈ ℤ
Working towards: 30 6 12𝐵 for some 𝐵 ∈ ℤ
30 6 30 30 6 6
30 30 6 24 6
30 12𝐴 24 6 by assumption
12 30𝐴 2 6
12𝐵 where 𝐵 30𝐴 2 6 ∈ ℤ
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 0 by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 5


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

12

Worked solutions
Proof uses the fact that the product of two consecutive numbers must be even.
That is, for any integer 𝑘, because either 𝑘 or 𝑘 1 must be even it follows that
𝑘 𝑘 1 2𝐶 for some integer 𝐶 ∗
Proposition: 𝑛 𝑛 6𝑚 for some 𝑚 ∈ ℤ
Base case 𝑛 1: 1 1 0 6 0 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So 𝑘 𝑘 6𝐴 for some 𝐴 ∈ ℤ
Working towards: 𝑘 1 𝑘 1 6𝐵 for some 𝐵 ∈ ℤ
𝑘 1 𝑘 1 𝑘 3𝑘 3𝑘 1 𝑘 1
𝑘 𝑘 3𝑘 3𝑘
6𝐴 3𝑘 𝑘 1 by assumption
6𝐴 3 2𝐶 by ∗, for some integer 𝐶
6 𝐴 𝐶 where 𝐵 𝐴 𝐶 ∈ ℤ
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 1 by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

13
Proof uses the fact that the product of two consecutive numbers must be even.
That is, for any integer 𝑘, because either 𝑘 or 𝑘 1 must be even it follows that
𝑘 𝑘 1 2𝐶 for some integer 𝐶 ∗
Proposition: 𝑛 𝑛 5 6𝑚 for some 𝑚 ∈ ℤ
Base case 𝑛 1: 1 1 5 6 6 1 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So 𝑘 𝑘 5 6𝐴 for some 𝐴 ∈ ℤ
Working towards: 𝑘 1 𝑘 1 5 6𝐵 for some 𝐵 ∈ ℤ
𝑘 1 𝑘 1 5 𝑘 1 𝑘 2𝑘 6
𝑘 3𝑘 8𝑘 6
𝑘 5𝑘 3𝑘 3𝑘 6
𝑘 5𝑘 3𝑘 𝑘 1 6
6𝐴 3𝑘 𝑘 1 6 by assumption
6𝐴 3 2𝐶 6 by ∗, for some integer 𝐶
6 𝐴 𝐶 1 where 𝐵 𝐴 𝐶 1 ∈ ℤ
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 1 by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

14
Main proof uses the fact that for any integer 𝑘 1, 4 1 3𝑚 for some integer 𝑚

(See worked solution for Q9 above for proof)
Proposition: 7 4 3𝑛 9𝑚 for some 𝑚 ∈ ℤ
Base case 𝑛 1: 7 4 3 1 7 4 3 0 0 9 so the proposition is true
for 𝑛 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 6


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1

Worked solutions
So 7 4 3𝑘 9𝐴 for some 𝐴 ∈ ℤ
Working towards: 7 4 3 𝑘 1 9𝐵 for some 𝐵 ∈ ℤ
7 4 3 𝑘 1 7 7 4 4 3 𝑘 1
7 7 4 3𝑘 3 4 18𝑘 3
7 7 4 3𝑘 18𝑘 3 4 1
7 9𝐴 18𝑘 3 4 1 by assumption
7 9𝐴 18𝑘 3 3𝑚 by ∗, for some integer 𝐶
9 7𝐴 2𝑘 𝑚 where 𝐵 7𝐴 2𝑘 𝑚 ∈ ℤ
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 1 by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

15
Proposition: 3 8𝑛 9 64𝑚 for some 𝑚 ∈ ℤ
Base case 𝑛 1: 3 8 1 9 81 8 9 64 1 64 so the proposition
is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So 3 8𝑘 9 64𝐴 for some 𝐴 ∈ ℤ
Working towards: 3 8 𝑘 1 9 64𝐵 for some 𝐵 ∈ ℤ
3 8 𝑘 1 9 9 3 8𝑘 17
9 3 8𝑘 9 64𝑘 64
9 64𝐴 64 𝑘 1 by assumption
64 9𝐴 𝑘 1 where 𝐵 9𝐴 𝑘 1 ∈ ℤ
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

16
𝑢 7, 𝑢 2𝑢 3 for 𝑛 1
Proposition: 𝑢 5 2 3
Base case 𝑛 1: 7 5 2 3 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So 𝑢 5 2 3
Working towards: 𝑢 5 2 3
𝑢 2𝑢 3 recurrence relation
2 5 2 3 3 by assumption
5 2 6 3
5 2 3
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 7


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

17

Worked solutions
𝑢 3, 𝑢 5𝑢 8 for 𝑛 1
Proposition: 𝑢 5 2
Base case 𝑛 1: 3 5 2 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So 𝑢 5 2
Working towards: 𝑢 5 2
𝑢 5𝑢 8 recurrence relation
5 5 2 8 by assumption
5 10 8
5 2
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

18
𝑢 1, 𝑢 3𝑢 1 for 𝑛 1
Proposition: 𝑢 3 1
Base case 𝑛 1: 1 3 1 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So 𝑢 3 1
Working towards: 𝑢 3 1
𝑢 3𝑢 1 recurrence relation
1
3 3 1 1 by assumption
2
1 3
3 1
2 2
1
3 1
2
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

19
𝑦 1 𝑥
Proposition: 𝑦 𝑛! 1 𝑥
Base case 𝑛 0: 𝑦 𝑦 0! 1 𝑥 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 0
So 𝑦 𝑘! 1 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 8


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Working towards: 𝑦 𝑘 1 ! 1 𝑥

Worked solutions
d
𝑦 𝑦
d𝑥
d
𝑘! 1 𝑥 by assumption
d𝑥
1 𝑘 1 𝑘! 1 𝑥 by chain rule
𝑘 1 𝑘! 1 𝑥
𝑘 1 ! 1 𝑥
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

20
𝑦 1 3𝑥
Proposition: 𝑦 3 𝑛! 1 3𝑥
Base case 𝑛 0: 𝑦 𝑦 3 0! 1 3𝑥 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 0
So 𝑦 3 𝑘! 1 3𝑥
Working towards: 𝑦 3 𝑘 1 ! 1 3𝑥
d
𝑦 𝑦
d𝑥
d
3 𝑘! 1 3𝑥 by assumption
d𝑥
3 𝑘 1 3 𝑘! 1 3𝑥 by chain rule
𝑘 1 3 𝑘! 1 3𝑥
3 𝑘 1 ! 1 3𝑥
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

21
𝑦 𝑥e
Proposition: 𝑦 2 𝑥 𝑛2 e
Base case 𝑛 0: 𝑦 𝑦 2 𝑥 0 2 𝑒 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 0
So 𝑦 2 𝑥 𝑘2 e
Working towards: 𝑦 2 𝑥 𝑘 1 2 e
d
𝑦 𝑦
d𝑥
d
2 𝑥 𝑘2 e by assumption
d𝑥
2 e 2 2 𝑥 𝑘2 e by product rule
2 2 𝑥 𝑘2 e
2 𝑥 𝑘 1 2 e
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 9


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Conclusion:

Worked solutions
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

22
𝑦 𝑥 sin 𝑥
Proposition: 𝑦 1 𝑥 sin 𝑥 2𝑛 cos 𝑥
Base case 𝑛 0: 𝑦 𝑦 1 𝑥 sin 𝑥 0 cos 𝑥 so the proposition is true for
𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 0
So 𝑦 1 𝑥 sin 𝑥 2𝑘 cos 𝑥
Working towards: 𝑦 1 𝑥 sin 𝑥 2 𝑘 1 cos 𝑥
d d
𝑦 𝑦
d𝑥 d𝑥
d d
1 𝑥 sin 𝑥 2𝑘 cos 𝑥 by assumption
d𝑥 d𝑥
d
1 sin 𝑥 𝑥 cos 𝑥 2𝑘 sin 𝑥
d𝑥
1 cos 𝑥 cos 𝑥 𝑥 sin 𝑥 2𝑘 cos 𝑥
1 2𝑘 2 cos 𝑥 𝑥 sin 𝑥
1 𝑥 sin 𝑥 2 𝑘 1 cos 𝑥
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

23
𝑦 𝑥 e
Then 𝑦 2𝑥 𝑥 e
𝑦 2 2𝑥 2𝑥 𝑥 e 2 4𝑥 𝑥 e
Proposition: 𝑦 𝑥 2𝑛𝑥 𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑒 for 𝑛 2
Base case 𝑛 2: 𝑦 𝑦 𝑥 2 2 𝑥 2 1 e so the proposition is true for
𝑛 2
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 2
So 𝑦 𝑥 2𝑘𝑥 𝑘 𝑘 1 e
Working towards: 𝑦 𝑥 2 𝑘 1 𝑥 𝑘 1 𝑘 e
d
𝑦 𝑦
d𝑥
d
𝑥 2𝑘𝑥 𝑘 𝑘 1 e by assumption
d𝑥
𝑥 2𝑘 2𝑥 2𝑘𝑥 𝑘 𝑘 1 e
𝑥 2 𝑘 1 𝑥 𝑘 2 𝑘 1 e
𝑥 2 𝑘 1 𝑥 𝑘 𝑘 1 e
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 10


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Conclusion:

Worked solutions
The proposition is true for 𝑛 2, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 2 by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

24 a
For some real values 𝑢, 𝑣, 𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑤 𝑢 i𝑣 and 𝑧 𝑥 i𝑦
Then 𝑧 ∗ 𝑥 i𝑦 and 𝑤 ∗ 𝑢 i𝑣

𝑧𝑤 ∗ 𝑥 i𝑦 𝑢 i𝑣

𝑥𝑢 𝑦𝑣 i 𝑥𝑣 𝑦𝑢
𝑥𝑢 𝑦𝑣 i 𝑥𝑣 𝑦𝑢
𝑧∗𝑤 ∗ 𝑥 i𝑦 𝑢 i𝑣
𝑥𝑢 𝑦𝑣 i 𝑥𝑣 𝑦𝑢
So 𝑧𝑤 ∗ ≡ 𝑧 ∗ 𝑤 ∗
b
Proposition: 𝑧 ∗ 𝑧 ∗ for all positive integers n .
Base case 𝑛 1: 𝑧 ∗ 𝑧∗ 𝑧 ∗ so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So 𝑧 ∗ 𝑧∗

Working towards: 𝑧 𝑧∗
𝑧∗ 𝑧∗ 𝑧∗
𝑧 ∗ 𝑧 ∗ by assumption
𝑧 𝑧 ∗ by part 𝐚

𝑧
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 
25
𝑢 5, 𝑢 13, 𝑢 5𝑢 6𝑢 for 𝑛 1
Proposition: 𝑢 2 3
Base case 𝑛 1: 5 2 3 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Base case 𝑛 2: 13 2 3 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 2
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1 and for 𝑛 𝑘 1
So 𝑢 2 3 and 𝑢 2 3
Working towards: 𝑢 2 3
𝑢 5𝑢 6𝑢 recurrence relation
5 2 3 6 2 3 by assumption
2 10 6 3 15 6
4 2 9 3
2 3
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 2
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1 and 𝑛 2, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘 and 𝑛 𝑘 1, it is 
also true for 𝑛 𝑘 2. Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the 
principle of mathematical induction. 

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 11


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

26

Worked solutions
𝑢 3, 𝑢 36, 𝑢 6𝑢 9𝑢 for 𝑛 1
Proposition: 𝑢 3𝑛 2 3
Base case 𝑛 1: 3 3 1 2 3 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Base case 𝑛 2: 36 3 2 2 3 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 2
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1 and for 𝑛 𝑘 1
So 𝑢 3𝑘 2 3 and 𝑢 3𝑘 1 3
Working towards: 𝑢 3𝑘 4 3
𝑢 6𝑢 9𝑢 recurrence relation
6 3𝑘 1 3 9 3𝑘 2 3 by assumption
18 3𝑘 1 9 3𝑘 2 3
9 6𝑘 2 3𝑘 2 3
3𝑘 4 9 3
3𝑘 4 3
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 2
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1 and 𝑛 2, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘 and 𝑛 𝑘 1, it is 
also true for 𝑛 𝑘 2. Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the 
principle of mathematical induction. 

27
Proposition: ∑ 𝑟 𝑟! 𝑛 1 ! 1
Base case 𝑛 1: 1 1! 1 1 1 ! 1 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So ∑ 𝑟 𝑟! 𝑘 1 ! 1
Working towards: ∑ 𝑟 𝑟! 𝑘 2 ! 1

𝑟 𝑟! 𝑟 𝑟! 𝑘 1 𝑘 1 !

𝑘 1 ! 1 𝑘 1 𝑘 1 ! by assumption
𝑘 1 ! 1 𝑘 1 1
𝑘 1 ! 𝑘 2 1
𝑘 2 ! 1
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

28
Proposition: ∑ 1 𝑟 1
Base case 𝑛 1: 1 1 1 1 so the proposition is true for 𝑛
1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So ∑ 1 𝑟 1
Working towards: ∑ 1 𝑟 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 12


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
1 𝑟 1 𝑟 1 𝑘 1

𝑘 𝑘 1
1 1 𝑘 1 by assumption
2
𝑘 1
1 𝑘 2 𝑘 1
2
1 𝑘 1
𝑘 2
2
𝑘1 𝑘 2
1
2
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

29
Tip: This could be proved using a difference between two triangle numbers. In the spirit of the
chapter, the proof by induction is given below. Remember that in an exam, if the question does
not specify a method, you may choose any valid method as long as you ensure that you make no
assumptions not permitted within the spirit of the question – avoiding circular arguments, in
particular!
Proposition: ∑ 𝑛 𝑟 𝑛 3𝑛 1
Base case 𝑛 1: 1 1 1 3 1 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So ∑ 𝑘 𝑟 𝑘 3𝑘 1
Working towards: ∑ 𝑘 1 𝑟 𝑘 1 3𝑘 4

𝑘 1 𝑟 𝑘 1 𝑟 𝑘 1 𝑘 1

𝑘 𝑟 1 2𝑘 2

𝑘 𝑟 𝑘 2𝑘 2

1
𝑘 3𝑘 1 3𝑘 2 by assumption
2
1
3𝑘 𝑘 6𝑘 4
2
1
3𝑘 7𝑘 4
2
1
𝑘 1 3𝑘 4
2
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 13


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Conclusion:

Worked solutions
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

30
Tip: The question uses 𝑘 as the index variable in the sum; either use a different index variable or
a different variable for the inductive argument – make sure you don’t use the same letter in
different contexts within the same question.
Proposition:

𝑘2 𝑛 1 2 2

Base case 𝑛 1:
1 2 1 1 2 2 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step:
Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑚 1

So 𝑘2 𝑚 1 2 2

Working towards: ∑ 𝑘2 𝑚2 2

𝑘2 𝑘2 𝑚 1 2

𝑚 1 2 2 𝑚 1 2 by assumption
2 𝑚 1 𝑚 1 2
2 2𝑚 2
𝑚2 2
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑚 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑚, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑚 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

31
Proposition: For any 𝑛 ∈ ℤ, 𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑛 2 9𝑚 for some 𝑚 ∈ ℤ
Base case 𝑛 0: 0 1 2 9 9 1 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 0
Inductive step (positive direction): Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 0
So 𝑘 𝑘 1 𝑘 2 9𝐴 for some 𝐴 ∈ ℤ
Working towards: 𝑘 1 𝑘 2 𝑘 3 9𝐵 for some 𝐵 ∈ ℤ
𝑘 1 𝑘 2 𝑘 3 𝑘 1 𝑘 2 𝑘 9𝑘 27𝑘 27
𝑘 𝑘 1 𝑘 2 9 𝑘 3𝑘 3
9𝐴 9 𝑘 3𝑘 3 by assumption
9𝐵 where 𝐵 𝐴 𝑘 3𝑘 3 ∈ ℤ
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 14


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Inductive step (negative direction): Assume the proposition is true for integer

Worked solutions
𝑛 𝑘 0
So 𝑘 𝑘 1 𝑘 2 9𝐴 for some 𝐴 ∈ ℤ
Working towards: 𝑘 1 𝑘 𝑘 1 9𝐶 for some 𝐶 ∈ ℤ
𝑘 1 𝑘 𝑘 1 𝑘 3𝑘 3𝑘 1 𝑘 𝑘 1
𝑘 6𝑘 12𝑘 8 9𝑘 9𝑘 9 𝑘 𝑘 1
𝑘 2 9 𝑘 𝑘 1 𝑘 𝑘 1
9𝐴 9 𝑘 𝑘 1 by assumption
9𝐶 where 𝐶 𝐴 𝑘 𝑘 1∈ℤ
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

32
!
Proposition: 2 6 10 … 4𝑛 2 for some 𝑛 1
!
!
Base case 𝑛 1: 2 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
!
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
!
So 2 6 10 … 4𝑘 2
!
!
Working towards:2 6 10 … 4𝑘 2 4𝑘 2
!
2 6 10 … 4𝑘 2 4𝑘 2 2 6 10 … 4𝑘 2 4𝑘 2
2𝑘!
4𝑘 2 by assumption
𝑘!
2𝑘!
2 2𝑘 1
𝑘!
2𝑘! 2 2𝑘 1 2𝑘 2
𝑘! 2𝑘 2
2𝑘! 2𝑘 1 2𝑘 2
𝑘! 𝑘 1
2𝑘 2 !
𝑘 1 !
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 1 by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

33
𝑢
𝑢 1, 𝑢 for 𝑛 1
𝑢 1
Proposition: 𝑢
Base case 𝑛 1: 1 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So 𝑢

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 15


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Working towards: 𝑢

Worked solutions
𝑢
𝑢 recurrence relation
𝑢 1
1
𝑘 by assumption
1
1
𝑘
1
𝑘 𝑘
1 𝑘
1
𝑘
1
𝑘 1
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

34
Proposition: 2 1 𝑛 for all 𝑛 1
Base case 𝑛 2: 2 4 1 2 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 2
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 2
So 2 1 𝑘
Working towards: 2 2 𝑘
2 2 2
2 1 𝑘 by assumption
2 2𝑘
2 𝑘 𝑘 2 𝑘 since 𝑘 0
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 2, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 1 by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

35
The proof uses the fact that for 𝑝 3, 𝑝 2 ∗

Proposition: 2 𝑛 for all 𝑛 4


Base case 𝑛 4: 2 16 4 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 4
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 4
So 2 𝑘
Working towards: 2 𝑘 1
2 2 2
2 𝑘 by assumption
𝑘 2𝑘 1 𝑘 2𝑘 1
𝑘 1 𝑘 2𝑘 1 2
𝑘 1 𝑘 1 2
𝑘 1 since 𝑘 1 2 by ∗

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 16


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1

Worked solutions
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 4, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 4 by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

Exercise 5B
Tip
Several questions in this exercise require assumption or proof of a basic rule of prime
factorisation. These can generally be assumed (unless specified otherwise) but in the worked
solutions below they are often explicitly proved. When sitting an examination, students may
choose, depending on circumstance and the credit available for a question, whether these should
be proved or merely asserted. Asserting is generally acceptable unless it leads to a circular
argument.
1
Proposition: For integer 𝑛, if 𝑛 is even then 𝑛 must be even
Assume the contrary: Suppose that 𝑛 is even and 𝑛 is odd.
Then 𝑛 2𝑘 1 for some integer 𝑘
So 𝑛 2𝑘 1 2𝑘 1
4𝑘 4𝑘 1
2 2𝑘 2𝑘 1
2𝑚 1 for some integer 𝑚
So 𝑛 is odd, which contradicts the assumption.
Conclusion:
The assumption that if 𝑛 is even 𝑛 could be odd is shown to lead to a contradiction.
Therefore, if 𝑛 is even, 𝑛 must also be even.

2
Proposition: For integers 𝑎 and 𝑏, if 𝑎𝑏 is even then 𝑎 must be even or 𝑏 must be even
Assume the contrary: Suppose that 𝑎𝑏 is even and both 𝑎 and 𝑏 are odd.
Then 𝑎 2𝑚 1 and 𝑏 2𝑛 1 for some integers 𝑚 and 𝑛.
So 𝑎𝑏 2𝑚 1 2𝑛 1
4𝑚𝑛 2𝑚 2𝑛 1
2 2𝑚𝑛 𝑚 𝑛 1
2𝑘 1 for some integer 𝑘
So 𝑎𝑏 is odd, which contradicts the assumption.
Conclusion:
The assumption that if 𝑎𝑏 is even both 𝑎 and 𝑏 could be odd is shown to lead to a
contradiction.
Therefore, if 𝑎𝑏 is even, at least one of 𝑎 and 𝑏 must also be even.

3
The proof uses the fact ∗ that if an integer 𝑘 has square 𝑘 which is a multiple of 5
then 𝑘 must also be a multiple of 5.
Proving ∗ first, by contradiction:
Proposition: For integer 𝑘, if 𝑘 5𝑚 for some integer 𝑚 then 𝑘 5𝑛 for some
integer 𝑛

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 17


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Assume the contrary: Suppose that 𝑘 5𝑛 and 𝑘 5𝑛 𝑟 where 𝑟 is an integer 1

Worked solutions
𝑟 4.
So 𝑘 5𝑛 𝑟 5𝑛 𝑟
25𝑛 10𝑛𝑟 𝑟
5 5𝑛 2𝑛𝑟 𝑟
𝑟 1, 4, 9 or 16, none of which are multiples of 5
So 𝑘 is not a multiple of 5, which contradicts the assumption.
Conclusion:
The assumption that, for an integer 𝑘, 𝑘 can be a multiple of 5 while 𝑘 is not a multiple
of 5 is shown to lead to a contradiction.
Therefore, if 𝑘 is a multiple of 5, 𝑘 must also be a multiple of 5.

Now to the question asked:


Proposition: √5 is irrational
Assume the contrary: Suppose that √5 can be expressed as for some integers 𝑝 and 𝑞
which have no common factors greater than 1 (i.e. the fraction is expressed in
simplified form).
Squaring both sides:
𝑝
5
𝑞
𝑝 5𝑞
Then 𝑝 is a multiple of 5 and, by ∗ , 𝑝 must also be a multiple of 5
𝑝 5𝑎 for some integer 𝑎.
5𝑎 5𝑞
25𝑎 5𝑞
𝑞 5𝑎
Then 𝑞 is a multiple of 5 and, by ∗ , 𝑞 must also be a multiple of 5.
This contradicts the assumption that 𝑝 and 𝑞 have no common factors greater than 1.
Conclusion:
The assumption that √5 for some integers 𝑝 and 𝑞 with gcd 𝑝, 𝑞 1 is shown to
lead to a contradiction.
Therefore, √5 cannot be expressed as a ratio of integers in simplest terms.
Therefore, √5 is irrational.

4
The proof uses the fact ∗ that if a power of an integer is even, that integer must also
be even.
∗ is assumed without proof here (proof is similar to that given at the start of question
3)

Proposition: √2 is irrational
Assume the contrary: Suppose that √2 can be expressed as for some integers 𝑝 and 𝑞
which have no common factors greater than 1 (i.e. the fraction is expressed in
simplified form).

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 18


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Cubing both sides:

Worked solutions
𝑝
2
𝑞
𝑝 2𝑞
Then 𝑝 is a multiple of 2 and, by ∗ , 𝑝 must also be a multiple of 2
𝑝 2𝑎 for some integer 𝑎.
2𝑎 2𝑞
8𝑎 2𝑞
𝑞 4𝑎 2 2𝑎
Then 𝑞 is a multiple of 2 and, by ∗ , 𝑞 must also be a multiple of 2.
This contradicts the assumption that 𝑝 and 𝑞 have no common factors greater than 1.
Conclusion:
The assumption that √2 for some integers 𝑝 and 𝑞 with gcd 𝑝, 𝑞 1 is shown to
lead to a contradiction.
Therefore, √2 cannot be expressed as a ratio of integers in simplest terms.
Therefore, √2 is irrational.
5
Proposition: If three real values 𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑧 have mean 126 then at least one of them must be
at least 126.
Assume the contrary: Suppose that the three values are ordered 𝑥 𝑦 𝑧 and have
mean 126 but 𝑧 126.
Then 𝑥 𝑦 𝑧 126
So 𝑥 126, 𝑦 126, 𝑧 126
Then 𝑥 𝑦 𝑧 3 126
𝑥 𝑦 𝑧
126
3
This contradicts the assumption that the mean of the three values is 126.
Conclusion:
The assumption that all three values can be below the mean of their values is shown to
lead to a contradiction.
Therefore, at least one of the values must be at least 126.
In context, if the three children have mean height 126 cm then at least one of them must
be at least 126 cm tall.

6 a
For integers 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐, 𝑑 with 𝑏, 𝑑 0, and are arbitrary rational values.
𝑎 𝑐 𝑎𝑑 𝑏𝑐 𝑎𝑑 𝑏𝑐
𝑏 𝑑 𝑏𝑑 𝑏𝑑 𝑏𝑑
𝑎𝑑 𝑏𝑐 and 𝑏𝑑 are both integers, with 𝑏𝑑 0 so is a rational value.
b
Proposition: If 𝑥 is a rational value and 𝑦 is an irrational value then 𝑥 𝑦 is irrational.
Assume the contrary: Suppose that there is a rational value 𝑥 and irrational value 𝑦 for
which 𝑥 𝑦 is rational.
Then 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 is the difference between two rational values
By part a, 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 must be rational
That is, 𝑦 must be rational.
This contradicts the assumption that 𝑦 is irrational.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 19


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Conclusion:

Worked solutions
The assumption that the sum of a rational and an irrational value can be rational is
shown to lead to a contradiction.
Therefore, the sum of an irrational and a rational value must be irrational.

7
It is assumed that log 3 log 2 1 so without further working, log 3 is assumed to
be positive.
Proposition: log 3 is irrational
Assume the contrary: Suppose that log 3 can be expressed as for some positive
integers 𝑝 and 𝑞
𝑝
log 3
𝑞
Putting each side as a power of 2:
2 3 2
𝑞 is a positive integer
3 2 2
Every positive integer power of 3 must be odd, as a product of odd numbers (proof
analogous to Q1)
Every positive integer power of 2 must be even, as a product of even numbers (proof
given in Q1)
No odd number can equal an even number, so 3 cannot equal 2 .
This contradicts the assumption that log 3
Conclusion:
The assumption that log 3 for some integers 𝑝 and 𝑞 is shown to lead to a
contradiction.
Therefore, log 3 is irrational.

8
The proof uses the fact ∗ that if two integers 𝑎 and 𝑏 have product 𝑎𝑏 which is a
multiple of 3 then either 𝑎 or 𝑏 must also be a multiple of 3.
Proving ∗ first, by contradiction:
Proposition: For integers 𝑎 and 𝑏, if 𝑎𝑏 3𝑚 for some integer 𝑚 then either 𝑎 3𝑛 or
𝑏 3𝑛 for some integer 𝑛
Assume the contrary: Suppose that 𝑎𝑏 3𝑚 and 𝑎 3𝑥 𝑟 and 𝑏 3𝑦 𝑠 where 𝑟
and 𝑠 are integers 1 𝑟, 𝑠 2 so that 𝑎 and 𝑏 are not multiples of 3.
So 𝑎𝑏 3𝑥 𝑟 3𝑦 𝑠
9𝑥𝑦 3𝑥𝑠 3𝑦𝑟 𝑟𝑠
3 3𝑥𝑦 𝑥𝑠 𝑦𝑟 𝑟𝑠
𝑟𝑠 1, 2 or 4, none of which are multiples of 3
So 𝑟𝑠 is not a multiple of 3, and so 𝑎𝑏 is not a multiple of 3 which contradicts the
assumption.
Conclusion:
The assumption that, for integers 𝑎 and 𝑏, 𝑎𝑏 can be a multiple of 3 while neither 𝑎 nor
𝑏 is a multiple of 3 is shown to lead to a contradiction.
Therefore, if 𝑎𝑏 is a multiple of 3, either 𝑎 or 𝑏 must also be a multiple of 3.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 20


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Now to the question asked:

Worked solutions
Proposition: log 7 is irrational
Assume the contrary: Suppose that log 7 can be expressed as for some positive
integers 𝑝 and 𝑞
𝑝
log 7
𝑞
Putting each side as a power of 3:
3 7 3
𝑞 is a positive integer
7 3 3
3 for positive integer 𝑝 is a multiple of 3
7 is not a multiple of 3.
7 7 7 and, by ∗ , if 7 is a multiple of 3 then, since 7 is not a multiple of 3,
7 must be.
This argument can be iterated to prove that 7 cannot be a multiple of 3 for any positive
integer 𝑞.
Therefore, 7 cannot equal 3 for positive integers 𝑝 and 𝑞.
Conclusion:
The assumption that log 7 for some integers 𝑝 and 𝑞 is shown to lead to a
contradiction.
Therefore, log 7 is irrational.

9
An even number is defined as an integer multiple of 2.
Proposition: There is no largest even integer
Assume the contrary: Suppose that there is a value 𝑁 which is the largest even integer.
Then 𝑁 2𝑀 for some integer 𝑀
If 𝑀 is an integer then 𝑀 1 is an integer, and so is 2 𝑀 1 [since the integers are
closed over addition and multiplication]
But by the definition of an even number, 2 𝑀 1 is an even number.
2 𝑀 1 2𝑀 2 𝑁 2 𝑁
This contradicts the assumption that 𝑁 is the largest even number.
Conclusion:
The assumption that there is a value 𝑁 which is the largest even number is shown to
lead to a contradiction.
Therefore, there is no largest even number.

10
Proposition: There is no smallest positive real number
Assume the contrary: Suppose that there is a value 𝑑 which is the smallest positive real
number.
Then 𝑑 0
But 0.5𝑑 must also be a positive value, since the product of two positive values is
always positive.
For a positive value 𝑑, 0.5𝑑 𝑑
So 0.5𝑑 is a positive real value less than 𝑑.
This contradicts the assumption that 𝑑 is the smallest positive real number.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 21


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Conclusion:

Worked solutions
The assumption that there is a value 𝑑 which is the smallest positive real number is
shown to lead to a contradiction.
Therefore, there is no smallest positive real number.

11 a
If 𝑝 , 𝑝 and 𝑝 are prime numbers then 𝑝 𝑝 is the sum of an integer
and a non-integer, which cannot be an integer.
So 𝑝 𝑝 𝑝 is not divisible by 𝑝 .
Equivalent arguments (or symmetry) show that 𝑝 𝑝 𝑝 is not divisible by any of 𝑝 , 𝑝
or 𝑝
b
Proposition: There are infinitely many prime numbers
Assume the contrary: Suppose that there is a finite number 𝑁 of prime numbers.
Then the primes can be listed in ascending order as 𝑝 2, 𝑝 3, … , 𝑝 with 𝑝
𝑝 ⋯ 𝑝 .
Then let 𝑞 be the value found when all the primes are multiplied together, and the result
added to one:
𝑞 𝑝 𝑝 𝑝 … 𝑝 1
Using the same argument as in part a, 𝑞 is not divisible by any of the prime numbers.
But by definition, an integer which is not divisible by any prime number with a lesser
value must itself be prime.
Then 𝑞 is a prime and has a value greater than 𝑝 .
This contradicts the assumption that 𝑝 is the greatest prime value.
Conclusion:
The assumption that there is a finite number of prime numbers is shown to lead to a
contradiction.
Therefore, there are infinitely many prime numbers.
12 a

b The proof uses the fact ∗ that if an integer 𝑞 has cube 𝑞 which is a
multiple of a prime value 𝑎 then 𝑞 must also be a multiple of 𝑎.
The proof of this follows a similar path to that shown in question 3.

Proposition: The real root to 𝑥 𝑥 1 0 is irrational


Assume the contrary: Suppose that the real root of 𝑥 𝑥 1 0 can be written as
𝑥 for some integers 𝑝 and 𝑞, where gcd 𝑝, 𝑞 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 22


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝑝 𝑝
1 0
𝑞 𝑞
𝑝 𝑝𝑞 𝑞 0
𝑞 𝑝 𝑝𝑞
𝑞 𝑝 𝑝 𝑞
Let 𝑎 be the least prime factor of 𝑝.
Since the left side is a multiple of 𝑝, it must also be a multiple of 𝑎.
Therefore, the right side is a multiple of 𝑎.
But if 𝑞 is a multiple of prime number 𝑎 then 𝑞 must be a multiple of prime number 𝑎
(using fact ∗ ).
Therefore, prime value 𝑎 is a factor of both 𝑝 and 𝑞
This contradicts the assumption that 𝑝 and 𝑞 have no common factors greater than 1.
Conclusion:
The assumption that root 𝑥 can be written as a ratio of integers in simplest form is
shown to lead to a contradiction.
Therefore, the root 𝑥 is irrational.

Exercise 5C
1
Proposition: √𝑥 1≡𝑥 1
Counterexample: Let 𝑥 2
Then √𝑥 1 √3
and 𝑥 1 2 1 1
√3 1
Conclusion: 𝑥 2 is a counterexample.
2
Proposition: 𝑥 𝑦 ≡ 𝑥 𝑦
Counterexample: Let 𝑥 2, 𝑦 1
Then 𝑥 𝑦 1 1
And 𝑥 𝑦 2 1 7
1 7
Conclusion: 𝑥 2, 𝑦 1 is a counterexample.
3
Proposition: ln 𝑎 𝑏 ≡ ln 𝑎 ln 𝑏
Counterexample: Let 𝑎 1, 𝑏 1
Then ln 𝑎 𝑏 ln 2 0.693
And ln 𝑎 ln 𝑏 ln 1 ln 1 0 0 0
0.693 0
Conclusion: 𝑎 𝑏 1 is a counterexample.
4
Proposition: If 2𝑥 then 𝑦 𝑥
Counterexample: Let 𝑦 𝑥 1
Then 2𝑥
Conclusion: 𝑦 𝑥 1 is a counterexample.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 23


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Proposition: sin 2𝑥 1 ⇒ 𝑥 45°
Counterexample: Let 𝑥 225°
Then sin 2𝑥 sin 450° 1
Conclusion: 𝑥 225° is a counterexample.
6
Proposition: If , then 𝑎 𝑏 and 𝑐 𝑑
Counterexample: Let 𝑎 1, 𝑏 2, 𝑐 2, 𝑑 4
Then 0.5
And 0.5
So although 𝑎 𝑐 and 𝑏 𝑑
Conclusion: 𝑎 1, 𝑏 2, 𝑐 2, 𝑑 4 is a counterexample.
7
Proposition: A quadrilateral with four equal sides must be a square
Counterexample: The rhombus formed by joining two equilateral triangles along a
common side is an equilateral quadrilateral whose interior angles are 60° and 120°.
A square must be equiangular (all interior angles are equal, to 90°)
Conclusion: A non-square rhombus is a counterexample.
8
Proposition: √𝑥 𝑥 for all 𝑥
Counterexample: Let 𝑥 1
Then √𝑥 √1 1
And 𝑥 1
1 1
Conclusion: 𝑥 1 is a counterexample.
9
Proposition: If 𝑎𝑏 is an integer then 𝑎 and 𝑏 are both integers
Counterexample: Let 𝑎 0.5, 𝑏 2
Then 𝑎𝑏 1 ∈ ℤ although 𝑏 is not an integer
Conclusion: 𝑎 0.5, 𝑏 2 is a counterexample.
10 a
f 1 1 1 11 13 which is a prime
f 2 4 2 11 17 which is a prime
f 3 9 3 11 23 which is a prime
b
Proposition: f 𝑛 is prime for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
Counterexample: Let 𝑛 11
f 11 11 11 11 11 13 which, as the product of two primes cannot be
prime.
Conclusion: 𝑛 11 is a counterexample.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 24


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

11

Worked solutions
Tip: Note that if you use an equivalent of 𝑥 and 𝑦 1 𝑥, you then may need the proof given
in exercise 5B question 6 to show that 𝑦 must be irrational. Make sure you avoid any possibility
of a circular argument!
Proposition: The sum of two irrational numbers is an irrational number
Counterexample: Let 𝑥 be an irrational number and 𝑦 𝑥
Then 𝑥 and 𝑦 must both be irrational numbers
But 𝑥 𝑦 0 which is a rational number.
Conclusion: Irrational value 𝑥 and 𝑦 𝑥 is a counterexample.
12
Proposition: If 𝑥 100 then 𝑥 10
Counterexample: Let 𝑥 11
Then 𝑥 121 100
But 𝑥 10
Conclusion: 𝑥 11 is a counterexample.
13
Proposition: If 𝑧 1, then 𝑧 1 or 1.
Counterexample: Let 𝑧 i
Then 𝑧 𝑧 1 1
But 𝑧 1 or 1.
Conclusion: Complex number 𝑧 i is a counterexample.

14
Proposition: An irrational number raised to an irrational number is always
irrational

√ √
Counterexample: Let 𝑥 √2 and 𝑦 𝑥√ √2
√ √
Then, using the laws of indices, 𝑦 √2 √2 2 which is rational.
But 𝑦 𝑥 √ , so if the proposition is true, either √2 or 𝑥 must be rational.
√2 is known to be irrational (see proof in Worked example 5.3).

If 𝑥 √2 is rational, this would itself be a contradiction of the proposition.

√ √
Conclusion: Either √2 or √2 represents a counterexample; one of them must be
rational, while being an irrational number raised to an irrational number.
Tip: The wonderful thing about a proof like this is that we can prove that one of two numbers
must be rational, without ever needing to know or prove which one! There are many examples
of proofs in mathematics where the existence of a thing can be proved without ever finding that
thing.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 25


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Mixed Practice

Worked solutions
1
Proposition: ∑ 𝑟 𝑟 1 𝑛 1 𝑛 2
Base case 𝑛 1: 1 2 2 1 1 1 2
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
𝑘
So 𝑟 𝑟 1 𝑘 1 𝑘 2
3
Working towards: ∑ 𝑟 𝑟 1 𝑘 1 𝑘 2 𝑘 3

𝑟 𝑟 1 𝑟 𝑟 1 𝑘 1 𝑘 2

𝑘
𝑘 1 𝑘 2 𝑘 1 𝑘 2 by assumption
3
𝑘
𝑘 1 𝑘 2 1
3
1
𝑘 1 𝑘 2 𝑘 3
3
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 
2
Proposition: ∑ 𝑟 3𝑟 5 𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑛 2
Base case 𝑛 1: 1 3 1 5 2 1 1 1 1 2 so the proposition is true for
𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1

So 𝑟 3𝑟 5 𝑘 𝑘 1 𝑘 2

Working towards: ∑ 𝑟 3𝑟 5 𝑘 1 𝑘 2 𝑘 1

𝑟 3𝑟 5 𝑟 3𝑟 5 𝑘 1 3 𝑘 1 5

𝑟 3𝑟 5 𝑘 1 3𝑘 2

𝑘 𝑘 1 𝑘 2 𝑘 1 3𝑘 2 by assumption
𝑘 1 𝑘 𝑘 2 3𝑘 2
𝑘 1 𝑘 𝑘 2
𝑘 1 𝑘 2 𝑘 1
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 26


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
The proof uses the fact ∗ that if an integer 𝑘 has square 𝑘 which is a multiple of 3
then 𝑘 must also be a multiple of 3.
Proving ∗ first, by contradiction:
Proposition: For integer 𝑘, if 𝑘 3𝑚 for some integer 𝑚 then 𝑘 3𝑛 for some
integer 𝑛,
Assume the contrary: Suppose that 𝑘 3𝑛 and 𝑘 3𝑛 𝑟 where 𝑟 is an integer 1
𝑟 2.
So 𝑘 3𝑛 𝑟 3𝑛 𝑟
9𝑛 6𝑛𝑟 𝑟
3 3𝑛 2𝑛𝑟 𝑟
𝑟 1 or 4, neither of which are multiples of 3.
So 𝑘 is not a multiple of 3, which contradicts the assumption.
Conclusion:
The assumption that, for an integer 𝑘, 𝑘 can be a multiple of 3 while 𝑘 is not a multiple
of 3 is shown to lead to a contradiction.
Therefore, if 𝑘 is a multiple of 3, 𝑘 must also be a multiple of 3.

Now to the question asked:


Proposition: √3 is irrational
Assume the contrary: Suppose that √3 can be expressed as for some integers 𝑝 and 𝑞
which have no common factors greater than 1 (i.e. the fraction is expressed in
simplified form).
Squaring both sides:
𝑝
3
𝑞
𝑝 3𝑞
Then 𝑝 is a multiple of 3 and, by ∗ , 𝑝 must also be a multiple of 3.
𝑝 3𝑎 for some integer 𝑎.
3𝑎 3𝑞
9𝑎 3𝑞
𝑞 3𝑎
Then 𝑞 is a multiple of 3 and, by ∗ , 𝑞 must also be a multiple of 3.
This contradicts the assumption that 𝑝 and 𝑞 have no common factors greater than 1.
Conclusion:
The assumption that √3 for some integers 𝑝 and 𝑞 with gcd 𝑝, 𝑞 1 is shown to
lead to a contradiction.
Therefore, √3 cannot be expressed as a ratio of integers in simplest terms.
Therefore, √3 is irrational.

4
Proposition: 𝑥 2 ≡ 𝑥 4
Counterexample: Let 𝑥 1
Then 𝑥 2 1 2 9
and 𝑥 4 1 4 5
9 5
Conclusion: 𝑥 1 is a counterexample.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 27


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Proposition: 𝑎 𝑎 ≡𝑎
Counterexample: Let 𝑎 1
Then 𝑎 𝑎 1 1 1 1 2
and 𝑎 1 1
2 1
Conclusion: 𝑎 1 is a counterexample, for any values 𝑥 and 𝑦.
6
Proposition: If 𝑎 𝑏 is an integer then 𝑎 and 𝑏 are both integers
Counterexample: Let 𝑎 0.5, 𝑏 0.5
Then 𝑎 𝑏 1 ∈ ℤ
But 𝑎, 𝑏 ∉ ℤ
Conclusion: 𝑎 𝑏 0.5 is a counterexample.
7
Proposition: All prime numbers are odd
Counterexample: 2 is a prime number and is even
Conclusion: 2 is a (the only) counterexample.
8
Proposition: ∑ 𝑟 𝑟 1
Base case 𝑛 1: 1 1 1 4 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
𝑘 𝑘 1 𝑘 2 3𝑘 5
So 𝑟 𝑟 1
12
Working towards: ∑ 𝑟 𝑟 1

𝑟 𝑟 1 𝑟 𝑟 1 𝑘 1 𝑘 2

𝑘 𝑘 1 𝑘 2 3𝑘 5
𝑘 1 𝑘 2 by assumption
12
𝑘 1 𝑘 2
𝑘 3𝑘 5 12 𝑘 2
12
𝑘 1 𝑘 2
3𝑘 17𝑘 24
12
𝑘 1 𝑘 2
𝑘 3 3𝑘 8
12
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 28


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Proposition: ∑
Base case 𝑛 1: so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
2 2𝑘
So
2𝑟 1 2𝑟 1 2𝑘 1
Working towards: ∑
2 2 2
2𝑟 1 2𝑟 1 2𝑟 1 2𝑟 1 2𝑘 1 2𝑘 3
2𝑘 2
by assumption
2𝑘 1 2𝑘 1 2𝑘 3
1
2𝑘 2𝑘 3 2
2𝑘
1 2𝑘 3
1
4𝑘 6𝑘 2
2𝑘 1 2𝑘 3
2
2𝑘 3𝑘 1
2𝑘 1 2𝑘 3
2
2𝑘 1 𝑘 1
2𝑘 1 2𝑘 3
2 𝑘 1
2𝑘 3
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

10
Proposition: 12 1 11𝑚 for some 𝑚 ∈ ℤ
Base case 𝑛 0: 12 1 0 11 0 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 0
So 12 1 11𝐴 for some 𝐴 ∈ ℤ
Working towards: 12 1 11𝐵 for some 𝐵 ∈ ℤ
12 1 12 12 1
12 12 1 11
12 11𝐴 11 by assumption
11 12𝐴 1
11𝐵 where 𝐵 12𝐴 1 ∈ ℤ

So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1


Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 29


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

11

Worked solutions
Proposition: 3 7 8𝑚 for some 𝑚 ∈ ℤ
Base case 𝑛 0: 3 7 8 1 8 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 0
So 3 7 8𝐴 for some 𝐴 ∈ ℤ
Working towards: 3 7 8𝐵 for some 𝐵 ∈ ℤ
3 1 9 3 7
9 3 7 56
9 8𝐴 56 by assumption
8 9𝐴 7
8𝐵 where 𝐵 9𝐴 7 ∈ ℤ

So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1


Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

12
Proposition: 5 24𝑛 1 576𝑚 for some 𝑚 ∈ ℤ
Base case 𝑛 0: 5 24 0 1 0 576 0 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 0
So 5 24𝑘 1 576𝐴 for some 𝐴 ∈ ℤ
Working towards: 5 24 𝑘 1 1 576𝐵 for some 𝐵 ∈ ℤ
5 24 𝑘 1 1 25 5 24𝑘 25
25 5 24𝑘 1 24 24𝑘
5 576𝐴 576𝑘 by assumption
576 5𝐴 𝑘
576𝐵 where 𝐵 5𝐴 𝑘 ∈ ℤ
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

13 a
𝑥
f 𝑥
2 𝑥
𝑥
f∘f 𝑥 2 𝑥
𝑥
2
2 𝑥
𝑥
2 2 𝑥 𝑥
𝑥
4 3𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 30


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Proposition: f ∘ … ∘ f 𝑥
Base case 𝑛 1: f 𝑥 F 𝑥 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1

𝑥
f by assumption
2 2 1 𝑥
𝑥
2 2 1 𝑥
𝑥
2
2 2 1 𝑥
𝑥
2 2 2 1 𝑥 𝑥
𝑥
2 2 2 𝑥 𝑥
𝑥
2 2 1 𝑥
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction.

c
𝑥
F 𝑥
2 2 1 𝑥
𝑥 2 𝑥
F 𝑥
2 2 1 𝑥 1 2 1 𝑥
2 𝑥
1 2 1 𝑥
Then F F 𝑥
2 𝑥
2 2 1
1 2 1 𝑥
2 𝑥
2 1 2 1 𝑥 2 1 2 𝑥
2 𝑥
2 2 𝑥 2 𝑥 2 𝑥 2 𝑥
𝑥
That is, F 𝑥 is the inverse of F 𝑥 (and vice versa, by replacing 𝑛 with 𝑛
throughout).

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 31


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

14 ai

Worked solutions
2𝑖 1

aii Proof by induction:


Proposition:

2𝑖 1 𝑛

Base case 𝑛 1:
1 1 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step:
Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1

So 2𝑖 1 𝑘

Working towards: ∑ 2𝑖 1 𝑘 1

2𝑖 1 2𝑖 1 2 𝑘 1 1

𝑘 2𝑘 1 by assumption
𝑘 1
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true 
for 𝑛 𝑘 1. Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the 
principle of mathematical induction. 
aiii

2𝑖 1 2𝑖 1 47 14 2013

bi

bii
Each of the 𝑛 points is connected to each of the other 𝑛 1 points.
Of those line segments, two will be edges of the polygon (connecting to the consecutive
vertex on each side) and the remaining 𝑛 3 will be diagonals.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 32


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

In the sum 𝑛 𝑛 3 , each diagonal will be counted twice (diagonal 𝐴𝐶 will be counted

Worked solutions
both from 𝐴 and from 𝐶), so the total number of diagonals when each counted once
must be .
biii
Require 10
𝑛 3𝑛 2000000 0
A positive quadratic has values greater than 0 for values outside the roots.

The only positive root of the quadratic is 𝑛 1415.7
The least such integer solution for 𝑛 1415.7 is 𝑛 1416

15
The 𝑖 th term of a geometric series with first term 𝑎 and common ratio 𝑟 is 𝑎𝑟 .
The working and the formula to prove presumes that 𝑟 1.
Proposition:
𝑎 𝑟 1
𝑎𝑟
𝑟 1
Base case 𝑛 1:
𝑎 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step:
Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
𝑎 𝑟 1
So 𝑎𝑟
𝑟 1
Working towards:
𝑎 𝑟 1
𝑎𝑟
𝑟 1

𝑎𝑟 𝑎𝑟 𝑎𝑟

𝑎 𝑟 1
𝑎𝑟 by assumption
𝑟 1
𝑎
𝑟 1 𝑟 1 𝑟
𝑟 1
𝑎
𝑟 1
𝑟 1
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

16
Proposition: 9 2 7𝑚 for some 𝑚 ∈ ℤ
Base case 𝑛 0: 9 2 0 7 0 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 0
So 9 2 7𝐴 for some 𝐴 ∈ ℤ

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 33


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Working towards: 9 2 7𝐵 for some 𝐵 ∈ ℤ

Worked solutions
9 2 9 9 2 2
9 9 2 7 2
9 7𝐴 7 2 by assumption
7 9𝐴 2
7𝐵 where 𝐵 9𝐴 2 ∈ ℤ
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

17
Proposition: 15 2 13𝑚 for some 𝑚 ∈ ℤ
Base case 𝑛 0: 15 2 0 13 0 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 0
So 15 2 13𝐴 for some 𝐴 ∈ ℤ
Working towards: 15 2 13𝐵 for some 𝐵 ∈ ℤ
15 2 15 15 2 2
15 15 2 13 2
15 13𝐴 13 2 by assumption
13 15𝐴 2
13𝐵 where 𝐵 15𝐴 2 ∈ ℤ
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

18
Proposition: 11 12 133𝑚 for some 𝑚 ∈ ℤ
Base case 𝑛 0: 11 12 133 133 1 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 0
So 11 12 133𝐴 for some 𝐴 ∈ ℤ
Working towards: 11 12 133𝐵 for some 𝐵 ∈ ℤ
11 12 11 11 144 12
11 11 12 133 12
11 133𝐴 133 12 by assumption
133 11𝐴 12
133𝐵 where 𝐵 11𝐴 12 ∈ℤ
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical
induction.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 34


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

19

Worked solutions
Proposition: log 3 is an irrational number
Assume the contrary: Suppose that log 3 is rational.
Then log 3 for some integer values 𝑝 and 𝑞, where 𝑞 0
Since 3 1, log 3 0 so it can be assumed that both 𝑝 and 𝑞 are positive values.
So 3 10
3 10
3 is odd, so any positive integer power of 3 must also be odd.
10 is even, so any positive integer power of 10 must also be even.
Then 3 cannot equal 10 , since no integer can be both odd and even.
This contradicts the assumption that there are positive integer values 𝑝 and 𝑞 with this
property.
Conclusion:
The assumption that log 3 is rational is shown to lead to a contradiction.
Therefore, log 3 is irrational.

20 a
Proposition: For integers 𝑎 and 𝑏, if 𝑎𝑏 is odd then both 𝑎 and 𝑏 must be odd
Assume the contrary: Suppose that 𝑎𝑏 is odd and 𝑎 is even.
Then 𝑎 2𝑘 for some integer 𝑘
So 𝑎𝑏 2𝑘𝑏
2 𝑘𝑏
2𝑚 for some integer 𝑚
So 𝑎𝑏 is even, which contradicts the assumption.
Assuming 𝑏 is even follows exactly the same reasoning, to the same contradiction.
Conclusion:
The assumption that if 𝑎𝑏 is odd then 𝑎 or 𝑏 could be even is shown to lead to a
contradiction.
Therefore, if 𝑎𝑏 is odd, both 𝑎 and 𝑏 must also be odd.
b
Proposition: If 𝑎𝑏 is even then both 𝑎 and 𝑏 must be even
Counterexample: Let 𝑎 2, 𝑏 3
Then 𝑎𝑏 6 which is even as required
But 𝑏 is odd
Conclusion: 𝑎 2, 𝑏 3 is a counterexample.

21
Proposition: There are infinitely many odd numbers
Assume the contrary: Suppose that there are only finitely many odd numbers.
Then there must be a greatest odd number, 𝑁, since the odd numbers can be listed in
ascending order.
Then 𝑁 1 must be an even number, so 𝑁 1 2𝑘 for some integer 𝑘
But then 𝑁 2 2𝑘 1 is an integer which is not a multiple of 2.
𝑁 2 is therefore an odd number, which is greater than 𝑁, which contradicts the
assumption that 𝑁 is the greatest odd number.
Conclusion:
The assumption that there are finitely many odd numbers is shown to lead to a
contradiction.
Therefore, there are infinitely many odd numbers.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 35


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

22

Worked solutions
Proposition: Two straight lines which do not intersect must be parallel
Counterexample:
1
Let 𝑙 be the line given by vector equation 𝐫 𝜆 0 (this is the 𝑥-axis)
0
0 0
Let 𝑙 be the line given by vector equation 𝐫 1 𝜇 0 (this is a line running
0 1
parallel to the 𝑧 axis)
The two lines do not intersect, since the 𝑦-coordinate of any point on 𝑙 is 0 and the 𝑦-
coordinate of any point on 𝑙 is 1.
But the lines are not parallel – in this example, the direction vectors are perpendicular.
Conclusion: If the lines can be in three (or more) dimensions then they can be skew –
neither intersecting nor parallel.

23
Proposition:
𝑟 1
2 𝑛 2
2 2
Base case 𝑛 1:
2 1 2 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step:
Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
𝑟 1
So 2 𝑘 2
2 2
Working towards:
𝑟 1
2 𝑘 3
2 2
𝑟 𝑟 𝑘 1
2 2 2
1 𝑘 1
2 𝑘 2 by assumption
2 2
1
2 2 𝑘 2 𝑘 1
2
1
2 𝑘 3
2
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 36


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

24

Worked solutions
Proposition: 2 11𝑛 for 𝑛 7
Base case 𝑛 7: 2 128 77 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 7
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 7
So 2 11𝑘
Working towards: 2 11 𝑘 1
2 2 2
2 11𝑘 by assumption
11𝑘 11 for 𝑘 1
11 𝑘 1
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 7, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 7, 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 
25 a
1 1 √𝑛 1 √𝑛
√𝑛 √𝑛 1 √𝑛 √𝑛 1 √𝑛 1 √𝑛
√𝑛 1 √𝑛
𝑛 1 𝑛
√𝑛 1 √𝑛
b
Substituting 𝑛 1 into the result from part a:
1
√2 √1
√1 √2
1 1
√2 1
1 √2 √2
c
Proposition:
1
√𝑛
√𝑟
Base case 𝑛 2:
1
1 √2 is true from part 𝐛
√2
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 2
Inductive step:
Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 2
1
So √𝑘
√𝑟
Working towards:
1
√𝑘 1
√𝑟
From part a:
1 1
√𝑘 1 √𝑘
√𝑘 √𝑘 1 √𝑘 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 37


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
So √𝑘 1 √𝑘 ∗
√𝑘 1

1 1 1
√𝑟 √𝑟 √𝑘 1
1
√𝑘 by assumption
√𝑘 1
√𝑘 √𝑘 1 √𝑘 by ∗
√𝑘 1
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 2, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 2, 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 
26
Proposition: 2𝑛 ! 2 𝑛! for 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
Base case 𝑛 1: 2 1 ! 2! 2 2 1! so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So 2𝑘 ! 2 𝑘!
Working towards: 2𝑘 2 ! 2 𝑘 1 !
2𝑘 2 ! 2𝑘 2 2𝑘 1 2𝑘 !
2𝑘 2 2𝑘 1 2 𝑘! by assumption
2 𝑘 1 2𝑘 1 2 𝑘! taking factor of 2
2 𝑘 1 𝑘 1 2 𝑘! 2𝑘 1 𝑘 1 for 𝑘 1
2 𝑘 1 2 𝑘!
2 𝑘 1 !
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 1, 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 
27 a
Proposition: cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 𝑛𝜃 i sin 𝑛𝜃 for 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
Base case 𝑛 1: cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃, trivially, so the proposition is true
for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 𝑘𝜃 i sin 𝑘𝜃
Working towards: cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 𝑘 1 𝜃 i sin 𝑘 1 𝜃
cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
cos 𝑘𝜃 i sin 𝑘𝜃 cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 by assumption
cos 𝑘𝜃 cos 𝜃 sin 𝑘𝜃 sin 𝜃 i sin 𝑘𝜃 cos 𝜃 cos 𝑘𝜃 sin 𝜃
cos 𝑘 1 𝜃 i sin 𝑘 1 𝜃 compound angle formulae
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical
induction.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 38


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
b
Proposition: cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 𝑛𝜃 i sin 𝑛𝜃 for 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
Base case 𝑛 1:
1
cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 𝑘𝜃 i sin 𝑘𝜃
Working towards: cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 𝑘 1 𝜃 i sin 𝑘 1 𝜃
cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
cos 𝑘𝜃 i sin 𝑘𝜃 cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 by assumption
cos 𝑘𝜃 i sin 𝑘𝜃 cos 𝜃
i sin 𝜃 by base case
cos 𝑘𝜃 cos 𝜃 sin 𝑘𝜃 sin 𝜃
i sin 𝑘𝜃 cos 𝜃 cos 𝑘𝜃 sin 𝜃
cos 𝑘 1 𝜃
i sin 𝑘 1 𝜃 compound angle formulae
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 
𝑛 𝑘 1. Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of 
mathematical induction. 
An alternative is given below, for those who would prefer to avoid duplicating the induction in
part a.
Proposition: cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 𝑛𝜃 i sin 𝑛𝜃 for 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
Since cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 1,
it follows that cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
Let 𝑛 ∈ ℤ and 𝑚 𝑛∈ℤ
Then cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
cos 𝜃 i sin 𝜃
cos 𝑚𝜃
i sin 𝑚𝜃 by induction in part 𝐚, since 𝑚 ∈ ℤ
cos 𝑛𝜃 i sin 𝑛𝜃
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by adapting the proof by induction of part a.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 39


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

28

Worked solutions
If the formula is accurate, then the sum for 𝑛 1 would be 1 𝑎 1 so 𝑎 4
Proposition:
𝑛
2𝑖 1 4𝑛 1
3
Base case 𝑛 1:
1 4 1 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step:
Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
𝑘
So 2𝑖 1 4𝑘 1
3
Working towards:
𝑘 1
2𝑖 1 4 𝑘 1 1
3

2𝑖 1 2𝑖 1 2 𝑘 1 1

2𝑖 1 2𝑘 1

𝑘
4𝑘 1 2𝑘 1 by assumption
3
1
𝑘 2𝑘 1 2𝑘 1 2𝑘 1
3
2𝑘 1
2𝑘 𝑘 6𝑘 3
3
2𝑘 1
2𝑘 5𝑘 3
3
2𝑘 1
2𝑘 3 𝑘 1
3
𝑘 1
2𝑘 1 2𝑘 3
3
𝑘 1
4𝑘 8𝑘 3
3
𝑘 1
4 𝑘 1 1
3
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 40


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

29

Worked solutions
The product notation is used in the working below. Just as the sum notation uses the upper case
letter ‘S’ from the Greek alphabet (sigma), there is a similar notation for product which uses the
upper case ‘P’ (pi) to indicate that the indexed terms should be multiplied together.
Using this notation, we could write 𝑛! as the result of a product:

𝑖 1 2 … 𝑛 𝑛!

This notation is not taught within the IB course and it is expected that most students would use
the ellipsis (three dots: …) to indicate a continued pattern instead. However, a compact and
exactly defined product can keep the working clearer, and this notation is as standard as the sum
notation in mathematical literature.
Proposition:
2𝑛 !
4𝑖 2
𝑛!
Base case 𝑛 1:
!
4 1 2 2 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
!
Inductive step:
Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
2𝑘 !
So 4𝑖 2
𝑘!
Working towards:
2𝑘 2 !
4𝑖 2
𝑘 1 !

4𝑖 2 4𝑖 2 4 𝑘 1 2

4𝑖 2 2 2𝑘 1

2𝑘 !
2 2𝑘 1 by assumption
𝑘!
2𝑘 ! 2 2𝑘 1 𝑘 1
𝑘! 𝑘 1
2𝑘 ! 2𝑘 1 2𝑘 2
𝑘! 𝑘 1
2𝑘 2 !
𝑘 1 !
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 41


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

30

Worked solutions
Proposition:
sin 2 𝑥
cos 2 𝑥 for 𝑥 𝑛𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
2 sin 𝑥
Base case 𝑛 0:
The double angle formula for sine gives sin 2𝐴 2 sin 𝐴 cos 𝐴
So cos 𝐴 ∗
Substituting 𝐴 𝑥, cos 𝑥 so the proposition is true for
𝑛 0
Inductive step:
Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
sin 2 𝑥
So cos 2 𝑥
2 sin 𝑥
Working towards:
sin 2 𝑥
cos 2 𝑥
2 sin 𝑥

cos 2 𝑥 cos 2 𝑥 cos 2 𝑥

sin 2 𝑥
cos 2 𝑥 by assumption
2 sin 𝑥
sin 2 𝑥 sin 2 𝑥
by ∗ , with 𝐴 2 𝑥
2 sin 𝑥 2 sin 2 𝑥
sin 2 𝑥 sin 2 𝑥
2 sin 𝑥 sin 2 𝑥
sin 2 𝑥
2 sin 𝑥
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

31
As in many of the more complicated induction proofs, this requires a preliminary identity to be
established. While it is fine to do this within the body of the induction proof, it is tidier to
establish the identity first and then refer to it, if you can look ahead to see what you will need.
Alternatively, add the identity proof as a footnote to your main proof.
a
The induction proof will use the relationship that sin 2𝐴 sin 2𝐵 sin 𝐴 𝐵
sin 𝐴 𝐵 ∗
Proof of this identity using double angle formulae:
sin 𝐴 𝐵 sin 𝐴 cos 𝐵 cos 𝐴 sin 𝐵
sin 𝐴 cos 𝐵 cos 𝐴 sin 𝐵 2 sin 𝐴 cos 𝐴 sin 𝐵 cos 𝐵

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 42


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Similarly,

Worked solutions
sin 𝐴 𝐵 sin 𝐴 cos 𝐵 cos 𝐴 sin 𝐵 2 sin 𝐴 cos 𝐴 sin 𝐵 cos 𝐵
Then sin 𝐴 𝐵 sin 𝐴 𝐵 4 sin 𝐴 cos 𝐴 sin 𝐵 cos 𝐵
2 sin 𝐴 cos 𝐴 2 sin 𝐵 cos 𝐵
sin 2𝐴 sin 2𝐵

Main inductive proof argument:


Proposition:
sin 𝑛𝜃
sin 2𝑖 1 𝜃 for 𝜃 𝑛𝜋, 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
sin 𝜃
Base case 𝑛 1:
sin 𝜃 as long as sin 𝜃 0, so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step:
Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
sin 𝑘𝜃
So sin 2𝑖 1 𝜃
sin 𝜃
Working towards:
sin 𝑘 1 𝜃
sin 2𝑖 1 𝜃
sin 𝜃

sin 2𝑖 1 𝜃 sin 2𝑖 1 𝜃 sin 2𝑘 1 𝜃

sin 𝑘𝜃
sin 2𝑘 1 𝜃 by assumption
sin 𝜃
sin 𝑘𝜃 sin 𝜃 sin 2𝑘 1 𝜃
sin 𝜃
Using ∗ , setting 2𝐴
2𝑘 1 𝜃 and 2𝐵 𝜃,
2𝑘
1 𝜃 𝜃
Then 𝐴 𝐵 𝑘 1 𝜃
2
2𝑘 1 𝜃 𝜃
And 𝐴 𝐵 𝑘𝜃
2
sin 𝑘𝜃 sin 𝑘 1 𝜃 sin 𝑘𝜃
sin 2𝑖 1 𝜃
sin 𝜃
sin 𝑘 1 𝜃
sin 𝜃
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 43


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Substituting 𝜃 and 𝑛 7:
2𝑖 1 𝜋 sin 𝜋
sin 𝜋 0
7 sin
7

32
Proposition:
𝑖 𝑛 1 ! 1
𝑖 1 ! 𝑛 1 !
Base case 𝑛 1:
!
so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
! ! !
Inductive step:
Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
𝑖 𝑘 1 ! 1
So
𝑖 1 ! 𝑘 1 !
Working towards:
𝑖 𝑘 2 ! 1
𝑖 1 ! 𝑘 2 !
𝑖 𝑖 𝑘 1
𝑖 1 ! 𝑖 1 ! 𝑘 2 !
1 ! 1 𝑘 1 𝑘
by assumption
𝑘 1 ! 𝑘 2 !
1
𝑘 2 𝑘 1 ! 𝑘 2 𝑘 1
𝑘 2 !
1
𝑘 2 ! 1
𝑘 2 !
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

33 a
𝑛!
𝐶
𝑛 𝑟 ! 𝑟!
𝑛 1 ! 𝑛 1 !
So 𝐶 and 𝐶
𝑛 𝑟 ! 𝑟 1 ! 𝑛 𝑟 1 ! 𝑟!
Summing these two expressions:
𝑛 1 ! 𝑛 1 !
𝐶 𝐶
𝑛 𝑟 ! 𝑟 1 ! 𝑛 𝑟 1 ! 𝑟!
𝑟 𝑛 1 ! 𝑛 𝑟 𝑛 1 !
𝑛 𝑟 ! 𝑟! 𝑛 𝑟 ! 𝑟!

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 44


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

𝑛 1 !

Worked solutions
𝑟 𝑛 𝑟
𝑛 𝑟 ! 𝑟!
𝑛 𝑛 1 !
𝑛 𝑟 ! 𝑟!
𝑛!
𝑛 𝑟 ! 𝑟!
𝐶
b
Proposition:

𝐶 2 2

Base case 𝑛 2:
𝐶 2 2 2 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 2
Inductive step:
Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 2

So 𝐶 2 2

Working towards:

𝐶 2 2

𝐶 𝐶 𝐶 from part 𝐚

𝐶 𝐶 𝐶 𝐶

2 2 1 2 2 1 by assumption
2 2 1
2 2
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 2, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 2, 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 
34 a
Proposition: 𝑛 𝑛 5𝑚 for some 𝑚 ∈ ℤ
Base case 𝑛 0: 0 0 0 5 0 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1
So 𝑘 𝑘 5𝐴 for some 𝐴 ∈ ℤ
Working towards: 𝑘 1 𝑘 1 5𝐵 for some 𝐵 ∈ ℤ
𝑘 1 𝑘 1 𝑘 5𝑘 10𝑘 10𝑘 5𝑘 1 𝑘 1
𝑘 𝑘 5𝑘 10𝑘 10𝑘 5𝑘
𝑘 𝑘 5 𝑘 2𝑘 2𝑘 𝑘
5𝐴 5 𝑘 2𝑘 2𝑘 𝑘 by assumption
5𝐵 where 𝐵 𝐴 𝑘 2𝑘 2𝑘 𝑘∈ℤ
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 45


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Conclusion:

Worked solutions
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 
b
𝑛 𝑛 𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑛 1 𝑛 1 𝑛 𝑛 1 𝑛 1
Since 𝑛 1, 𝑛 and 𝑛 1 are a sequence of three consecutive numbers, at least one must
be even and exactly one must be a multiple of 3. Therefore, their product must be a
multiple of both 2 and 3 and is therefore a multiple of 6.
c
If 𝑛 is odd then both 𝑛 1 and 𝑛 1 (and also 𝑛 1 must be even, so 𝑛 𝑛 has 8
as a factor in addition to 3 and 5, so must be a multiple of 120 and therefore a multiple
of 60.
However, if 𝑛 is even then of 𝑛 1 , 𝑛, 𝑛 1 and 𝑛 1 only 𝑛 is even. The
product is therefore not a multiple of 4 so cannot be a multiple of 60.
Any even value can be a counterexample:
If 𝑛 2 then 𝑛 𝑛 32 2 30 which is not a multiple of 60.

35
Let the number of intersection points for 𝑛 lines, under the arrangement described, be
𝑁 , and the number of regions be 𝑅 .
Proposition 1: 𝑁
Base case 𝑛 1:
There are no intersection points; 𝑁 0 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for any valid arrangement of 𝑘 lines for
some 𝑘 1
So 𝑁
Working towards: intersection points for 𝑘 1 lines.
If an arrangement has 𝑘 1 lines, there are 𝑁 intersection points.
Imagine that 𝑘 lines are blue and one is red. By the assumption, there must be
intersections between the 𝑘 blue lines.
Since the red line is not parallel to any other, it must intersect each one of the 𝑘 blue
lines, and since no three lines have a common intersection point, each of these 𝑘
intersections must be distinct from each other and from the any of the blue-blue
intersection points.
Therefore, 𝑁
number of blue ∙ blue intersections number of blue
∙ red intersections
𝑁 𝑘
𝑘 𝑘 1
𝑘 by assumption
2
𝑘
𝑘 1 2
2
𝑘 𝑘 1
2
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 46


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Conclusion:

Worked solutions
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 
Proposition 2: 𝑅 1
Base case 𝑛 1:
The plane is divided into two regions by a single line; 𝑅 2 1 so the
proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for any valid arrangement of 𝑘 lines for
some 𝑘 1
So 𝑅 1
Working towards: 1 regions for 𝑘 1 lines.
Imagine again a valid network of 𝑘 1 lines, of which 𝑘 are blue and one is red.
Without the red line there would be 𝑅 regions.
The red line is separated into 𝑘 1 parts by the 𝑘 blue lines it crosses (𝑘 1 line
segments that lie between two intersection points and the two rays that connect to the
first and last intersection point of the line).
Each of these line segments must lie within a different region of the 𝑘 line network, and
so including the red line in the network creates an additional 𝑘 1 regions.
Therefore, 𝑅 𝑅 𝑘 1
𝑘 𝑘 1
1 𝑘 1 by assumption
2
1
𝑘 𝑘 2𝑘 2 1
2
1
𝑘 3𝑘 2 1
2
1
𝑘 1 𝑘 2 1
2
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical 
induction. 

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 47


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 
 

6 Polynomials

Worked solutions
These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 6A
17
𝑦 3𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 2
Coefficient of 𝑥 0 so positive cubic shape
𝑥-intercepts at 𝑥 0, 1, 2
𝑦-intercept at 𝑦 0

18
𝑦 𝑥 1 𝑥 1 𝑥 3
Coefficient of 𝑥 0 so negative cubic shape
𝑥-intercepts at 𝑥 1, 1, 3
𝑦-intercept at 𝑦 1 1 3 3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 1


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

19 a

Worked solutions
f 𝑥 3𝑥 12𝑥
3𝑥 𝑥 4
3𝑥 𝑥 2 𝑥 2
b
Coefficient of 𝑥 0 so positive cubic shape
𝑥-intercepts at 𝑥 0, 2, 2
𝑦-intercept at 𝑦 0

20 a
f 𝑥 5𝑥 5𝑥
5𝑥 𝑥 1
5𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 1
b
Coefficient of 𝑥 0 so negative cubic shape
𝑥-intercepts at 𝑥 0, 1, 1
𝑦-intercept at 𝑦 0

21 a
𝑦 𝑥 1 2 𝑥
Coefficient of 𝑥 0 so negative cubic shape
roots at 𝑥 1 repeated root , 2
𝑦-intercept at 𝑦 1 2 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 2


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
b
𝑦 𝑥 1 2 𝑥
Coefficient of 𝑥 0 so positive cubic shape
roots at 𝑥 1, 2 repeated root
𝑦-intercept at 𝑦 1 2 4

22
𝑦 2 𝑥 1 𝑥 2
Coefficient of 𝑥 0 so negative quartic shape
roots at 𝑥 1, 2 both repeated roots
𝑦-intercept at 𝑦 2 1 2 8

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 3


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

23 a f 𝑥 4𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 4 𝑥

Worked solutions
b
Coefficient of 𝑥 0 so negative quartic shape
roots at 𝑥 0 triple repeated root , 4
𝑦-intercept at 0

24 a
roots at 𝑥 2, 3 repeated root
𝑦 𝑝 𝑥 2 𝑥 3 𝑝 𝑥 4𝑥 3𝑥 18
𝑦 0 36 18𝑝 ⇒ 𝑝 2
𝑦 2𝑥 8𝑥 6𝑥 36
𝑝 2, 𝑞 8, 𝑟 6, 𝑠 36
b
roots at 𝑥 0 repeated root , 3
𝑦 𝑝𝑥 𝑥 3 𝑝 𝑥 3𝑥
𝑦 2 4 4𝑝 1 ⇒ 𝑝 1
𝑦 𝑥 3𝑥
𝑝 1, 𝑞 3, 𝑟 𝑠 0
25 a
𝑦 𝑥 𝑝 𝑥 𝑞 where 𝑝 𝑞
Coefficient of 𝑥 0 so positive cubic shape
roots at 𝑥 𝑝 repeated root , 𝑞
𝑦-intercept at 𝑦 𝑝 𝑞

b There is only one solution to 𝑦 𝑘 for positive values of 𝑘.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 4


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Exercise 6B

Worked solutions
17 Let f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑎𝑥 7
By the remainder theorem, f 2 5
8 2𝑎 7 5
𝑎 2
18 Let f 𝑥 𝑥 6𝑥 4𝑥 𝑎
By the remainder theorem, f 3 2
27 54 12 𝑎 2
𝑎 17
19 Let f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑘𝑥 8𝑘
By the factor theorem, f 𝑘 0
𝑘 𝑘 8𝑘 0
2𝑘 𝑘 4 0
𝑘 0 or 4
20 Let f 𝑥 6𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 8
By the factor theorem, f 2 0 and by the remainder theorem, f 1 3
f 2 0 48 4𝑎 2𝑏 8
2𝑎 𝑏 20 1
f 1 3 6 𝑎 𝑏 8
𝑎 𝑏 17 2
1 2 : 3𝑎 3
𝑎 1, 𝑏 18
21 Let f 𝑥 𝑥 8𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑏
By the factor theorem, f 2 0 and by the remainder theorem, f 3 15
f 2 0 8 32 2𝑎 𝑏
2𝑎 𝑏 40 1
f 3 15 27 72 3𝑎 𝑏
3𝑎 𝑏 84 2
2 1 :𝑎 44
𝑎 44, 𝑏 48
22 Let f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑘 1 𝑥 3
By the factor theorem, f 𝑘 1 0
f 𝑘 1 0 𝑘 1 𝑘 1 𝑘 1 3
2𝑘 1 0 1
1
𝑘
2
23 f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 168 𝑥 3 𝑥 7 𝑥 𝑘
Comparing the constant coefficient: 168 21𝑘 ⇒ 𝑘 8
The three roots are therefore 3, 7, 8
24 Let f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑎𝑥 9𝑥 𝑏
By the factor theorem, 𝑓 11 0 and by the remainder theorem, f 2 52
f 2 52 8 4𝑎 18 𝑏
4𝑎 𝑏 26
f 2 8 4𝑎 18 𝑏 26 4𝑎 𝑏 0
By the factor (or remainder) theorem, it follows that the remainder when f 𝑥 is
divided by 𝑥 2 is 0.
Notice that we never needed the condition on f 11 to answer the question, since 𝑎 and 𝑏 did
not need to be evaluated.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 5


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

25 a f 4 64 2 16 11 4 12 0 so by the factor theorem, 𝑥 4

Worked solutions
is a factor of f 𝑥
b 𝑥 2𝑥 11𝑥 12 𝑥 4 𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑏
Expanding and comparing coefficients:
𝑥 :1 1
𝑥 : 2 𝑎 4⇒𝑎 2
𝑥 : 11 𝑏 4𝑎 ⇒ 𝑏 3
𝑥 : 12 4𝑏 is consistent with 𝑏 3
𝑥 2𝑥 11𝑥 12 𝑥 4 𝑥 2𝑥 3
𝑥 4 𝑥 3 𝑥 1
The solutions to f 𝑥 0 are 𝑥 4, 1, 3
26 a
f 2 8 5 4 7 2 2 0 so by the factor theorem, 𝑥 2 is a factor of f 𝑥
b 𝑥 5𝑥 7𝑥 2 𝑥 2 𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑏
Expanding and comparing coefficients:
𝑥 :1 1
𝑥 : 5 𝑎 2⇒𝑎 3
𝑥 : 7 𝑏 2𝑎 ⇒ 𝑏 1
𝑥 : 2 2𝑏 is consistent with 𝑏 1
3 √5 3 √5
𝑥 5𝑥 7𝑥 2 𝑥 2 𝑥 3𝑥 1 𝑥 2 𝑥 𝑥
2 2 2 2

The solutions to f 𝑥 0 are 𝑥 2,
27 a
f 𝑥 6𝑥 𝑥 𝑘
By the factor theorem, f 0
1 6 1
f 0 𝑘⇒𝑘 1
2 8 4
b
6𝑥 𝑥 1 2𝑥 1 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
Expanding and comparing coefficients:
𝑥 : 6 2𝑎 ⇒ 𝑎 3
𝑥 : 1 𝑎 2𝑏 ⇒ 𝑏 2
𝑥 : 0 𝑏 2𝑐 ⇒ 𝑐 1
𝑥 : 1 𝑐 is consistent with 𝑐 1
6𝑥 𝑥 1 2𝑥 1 3𝑥 2𝑥 1
The quadratic factor has discriminant Δ 2 4 3 1 8 0
The quadratic therefore has no real roots, and so the only real root of the cubic f 𝑥 is at
𝑥 .
28 a
f 𝑥 2𝑥 7𝑥 3𝑥 3
1 1 1 1
f 2 7 3 3 0
2 8 4 2
By the factor theorem, since f 𝑥 has integer coefficients, 2𝑥 1 must be a factor of
f 𝑥 .

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 6


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
2𝑥 7𝑥 3𝑥 3 2𝑥 1 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
Expanding and comparing coefficients:
𝑥 : 2 2𝑎 ⇒ 𝑎 1
𝑥 : 7 2𝑏 𝑎 ⇒ 𝑏 3
𝑥 : 3 2𝑐 𝑏 ⇒ 𝑐 3
𝑥 :3 𝑐 is consistent with 𝑐 3
2𝑥 7𝑥 3𝑥 3 2𝑥 1 𝑥 3𝑥 3
The quadratic factor has discriminant Δ 3 4 1 3 21 0
The quadratic therefore has two distinct (non-integer) real roots and so the cubic has
three distinct real roots.
29 a
f 𝑥 2𝑥 𝑝𝑥 2𝑝 𝑥 𝑝
f 𝑝 2𝑝 𝑝 2𝑝 𝑝 0
By the factor theorem, 𝑥 𝑝 is a factor of f 𝑥
b
2𝑥 𝑝𝑥 2𝑝 𝑥 𝑝 𝑥 𝑝 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
Expanding and comparing coefficients:
𝑥 :2 𝑎 ⇒ 𝑎 2
𝑥 : 𝑝 𝑏 𝑝𝑎 ⇒ 𝑏 𝑝
𝑥 : 2𝑝 𝑐 𝑝𝑏 ⇒ 𝑐 𝑝
𝑥 :𝑝 𝑝𝑐 is consistent with 𝑐 𝑝
2𝑥 𝑝𝑥 2𝑝 𝑥 𝑝 𝑥 𝑝 2𝑥 𝑝𝑥 𝑝 𝑥 𝑝 2𝑥 𝑝 𝑥 𝑝
The roots of the function are 𝑝, and 𝑝
30 a
f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑘 𝑥 𝑘
f 1 1 1 𝑘 𝑘 0 so by the factor theorem, 𝑥 1 is a factor of f 𝑥 for
any value of 𝑘.
b
𝑥 𝑥 𝑘 𝑥 𝑘 𝑥 1 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
Expanding and comparing coefficients:
𝑥 :1 𝑎 ⇒ 𝑎 1
𝑥 : 1 𝑏 𝑎⇒𝑏 0
𝑥 :𝑘 𝑐 𝑏⇒𝑐 𝑘
𝑥 : 𝑘 𝑐 is consistent with 𝑐 𝑘
𝑥 𝑥 𝑘 𝑥 𝑘 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑘
The quadratic factor is a sum of squares and so has no real roots.
The only real root of the cubic is therefore 𝑥 1.
31
𝑎𝑥 𝑏 is a factor of f 𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑎𝑏𝑥 𝑎
By the factor theorem, f 0
𝑏 𝑏
f 0 𝑏 𝑎
𝑎 𝑎
𝑏 1 𝑎 𝑎
𝑎
𝑏
1 𝑎

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 7


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

32

Worked solutions
f 𝑥 2𝑥 3𝑥 16𝑥 27𝑥 18 has factors 2𝑥 1 𝑥 2
2𝑥 3𝑥 16𝑥 27𝑥 18 2𝑥 1 𝑥 2 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
2𝑥 3𝑥 2 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
Expanding and comparing coefficients:
𝑥 : 2 2𝑎 ⇒ 𝑎 1
𝑥 : 3 2𝑏 3𝑎 ⇒ 𝑏 0
𝑥 : 16 2𝑐 3𝑏 2𝑎 ⇒ 𝑐 9
𝑥 : 27 3𝑐 2𝑏 is consistent with 𝑏 0, 𝑐 9
𝑥 : 18 2𝑐 is consistent with 𝑐 9
2𝑥 3𝑥 16𝑥 27𝑥 18 2𝑥 1 𝑥 2 𝑥 9
2𝑥 1 𝑥 2 𝑥 3i
The roots of f 𝑥 0 are 𝑥 , 2, 3i
33
f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑎𝑥 3𝑥 𝑏
By the remainder theorem, f 1 6 1 𝑎 3 𝑏
𝑎 𝑏 10
f 1 1 𝑎 3 𝑏 4 𝑎 𝑏 14
By the remainder theorem, the remainder when f 𝑥 is divided by 𝑥 1 is 𝑓 1 14
34
𝑥 5𝑥 6 𝑥 3 𝑥 2
Let f 𝑥 2𝑥 15𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑏
By the factor theorem, if 𝑥 3 𝑥 2 is a factor of f 𝑥 then f 3 f 2 0
f 2 0 2 8 15 4 2𝑎 𝑏
2𝑎 𝑏 44 1
f 3 0 2 27 15 9 3𝑎 𝑏
3𝑎 𝑏 81 2
2 1 : 𝑎 37
2 : 𝑏 81 3𝑎 30
35
Arithmetic sequence of three terms with central value 3 can be expressed as 3
𝑢, 3, 3 𝑢
If these are the roots of the equation then
𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐𝑥 𝑑 𝑥 3 𝑢 𝑥 3 𝑥 3 𝑢
𝑥 3 𝑥 6𝑥 9 𝑢
𝑥 9𝑥 27 𝑢 𝑥 3𝑢 27
𝑐 27 𝑢 , 𝑑 3𝑢 27
3𝑐 𝑑 3 27 𝑢 3𝑢 27 54

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 8


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Exercise 6C

Worked solutions
21
1
Sum of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞
2
3
Product of the roots: 𝑝𝑞
2
3 39
𝑝 4 𝑞 4 𝑝𝑞 4 𝑝 𝑞 16 2 16
2 2
22
𝑎
Sum of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞 𝑎
1
3𝑎
Product of the roots: 𝑝𝑞 3𝑎
1
a 5𝑝𝑞 15𝑎
b 𝑝 𝑞 𝑎
23
3
Sum of the roots: 𝛼 𝛽
𝑘
5𝑘
Product of the roots: 𝛼𝛽 5
𝑘
a 𝛼 𝛽 2 2
b
24
3
Sum of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞
𝑎
𝑎
Product of the roots: 𝑝𝑞 𝑎
𝑎
9
𝑝 𝑞 𝑝 𝑞 2𝑝𝑞 𝑝 𝑞 4𝑝𝑞 4𝑎
𝑎

25
𝑘
Sum of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞
𝑘
1
2𝑘
Product of the roots: 𝑝𝑞 2𝑘
1
3 3 3 𝑝 𝑞 3𝑘 3
𝑝 𝑞 𝑝𝑞 2𝑘 2

26
6
Sum of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞 𝑟 2
3
4
Product of the roots: 𝑝𝑞𝑟
3
8
𝑝 𝑞𝑟 𝑝𝑞 𝑟 𝑝𝑞𝑟 𝑝𝑞𝑟 𝑝 𝑞 𝑟
3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 9


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

27

Worked solutions
5
Sum of the roots: 𝛼 𝛽 𝛾
2
3
Product of the roots: 𝛼𝛽𝛾
2
1 1 1 𝛾 𝛼 𝛽 5
𝛼𝛽 𝛽𝛾 𝛾𝛼 𝛼𝛽𝛾 3

28
3
Sum of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞
5
2
Product of the roots: 𝑝𝑞
5
a 𝑝 3 𝑞 3 𝑝𝑞 3 𝑝 𝑞 9
b For the new polynomial 5𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐 0:
33 𝑏
Sum of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞 6
5 5
56 𝑐
Product of the roots: 𝑝 3 𝑞 3
5 5
𝑏 33, 𝑐 56
29
This answer uses the fact that if a complex number is a root of a polynomial with real
coefficients then its complex conjugate must also be a root. Students can use this result in
examinations without proof.
a Since 3i and 3 i are roots, the other two roots are 3i, 3 i
b Sum of the roots: 3i 3i 3 i 3 i 𝑎 6
𝑑
Product of the roots: 3i 3i 3 i 3 i 𝑑
1
𝑑 9 10 90
30 a Sum of the roots: 𝑅 𝑅
𝑎
Total resistance is
3
b Product of the roots: 𝑅 𝑅
1 1 𝑅 𝑅
Total resistance is 2
𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅
31
11
Sum of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞 𝑟 𝑠 11
1
The arithmetic mean of the roots is therefore 11 4 2.75

32
0
Sum of the roots: 𝛼 𝛽 𝛾 0⇒𝛼 𝛽 𝛾
3
3 1
Full product of the roots: 𝛼𝛽𝛾 1⇒𝛾
3 𝛼𝛽
Substituting the second result into the first:
1
𝛼 𝛽
𝛼𝛽

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 10


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

33 a

Worked solutions
3
Sum of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞
5
2
Product of the roots: 𝑝𝑞
5
9 4 11
𝑝 𝑞 𝑝 𝑞 2𝑝𝑞
25 5 25
b
For the new quadratic 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐 0:
𝑏 11
Sum of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞
𝑎 25
𝑐 4
Product of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞 𝑝𝑞
𝑎 25
For minimum integer coefficients select 𝑎 25 so 𝑏 11, 𝑐 4
The quadratic is 25𝑥 11𝑥 4 0
34 a
1
Sum of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞
3
8
Product of the roots: 𝑝𝑞
3
1 16 49
𝑝 𝑞 𝑝 𝑞 2𝑝𝑞
9 3 9
b
For the new quadratic 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐 0:
𝑏 49
Sum of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞
𝑎 9
𝑐 64
Product of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞 𝑝𝑞
𝑎 9
For minimum integer coefficients select 𝑎 9 so 𝑏 49, 𝑐 64
The quadratic is 9𝑥 49𝑥 64 0
35 a Using binomial expansion,
𝑝 𝑞 𝑝 3𝑝 𝑞 3𝑝𝑞 𝑞 𝑝 𝑞 3𝑝𝑞 𝑝 𝑞
b
1
Sum of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞
4
2 1
Product of the roots: 𝑝𝑞
4 2
From part a, 𝑝 𝑞 𝑝 𝑞 3𝑝𝑞 𝑝 𝑞
1 1 1 23
𝑝 𝑞 3
4 2 4 64
c
For the new quadratic 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐 0:
𝑏 23
Sum of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞
𝑎 64
𝑐 1
Product of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞 𝑝𝑞
𝑎 8
For minimum integer coefficients select 𝑎 64 so 𝑏 23, 𝑐 8
The quadratic is 64𝑥 23𝑥 8 0

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 11


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
36 a √𝛼 𝛽 𝛼 𝛽 2 𝛼𝛽
b
3𝑥 30𝑥 73 3 𝑥 10𝑥 73
3 𝑥 5 25 73
3 𝑥 5 2
c
From part b, the vertex of the parabola is at 5, 2 .
From the equation, the 𝑦-intercept is at 0, 73
Since the curve is a positive quadratic, the vertex is a minimum; since it lies midway
between the two roots, and the curve has passed into the positive region to the right of
the 𝑦-axis, it follows that both roots must be real and positive.

d
Sum of the roots: 𝛼 𝛽
10
73
Product of the roots: 𝛼𝛽
3

73
From part 𝐚: √𝛼 𝛽 𝛼 𝛽 2 𝛼𝛽 10 2
3
37
𝑏
Sum of the roots: 𝑝 2𝑝 3𝑝 4𝑝 ⇒𝑏 10𝑝
1
𝑒
Product of the roots: 𝑝 2𝑝 3𝑝 4𝑝 ⇒ 𝑒 24𝑝
1
Then 3𝑏 30000𝑝 1250 24𝑝 1250𝑒
38
2
Sum of the roots: 𝛼 𝛽
5
3
Product of the roots: 𝛼𝛽
5
For the new quadratic 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐 0:
𝑏 𝛼 𝛽 𝛼 𝛽 𝛼 𝛽 2𝛼𝛽 26
Sum of the roots:
𝑎 𝛽 𝛼 𝛼𝛽 𝛼𝛽 15
𝑐 𝛼 𝛽
Product of the roots: 1
𝑎 𝛽 𝛼
For minimum integer coefficients select 𝑎 15 so 𝑏 26, 𝑐 15
The quadratic is 15𝑥 26𝑥 15 0

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 12


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

39 a

Worked solutions
𝑥 𝑝 𝑥 𝑞 𝑥 𝑟 𝑥 𝑝 𝑞 𝑥 𝑝𝑞 𝑥 𝑟
𝑥 𝑝 𝑞 𝑟 𝑥 𝑝𝑞 𝑞𝑟 𝑟𝑝 𝑥 𝑝𝑞𝑟
Comparing the coefficient in 𝑥 , 𝑝𝑞 𝑞𝑟 𝑟𝑝 3𝑎
b
Comparing the coefficient in 𝑥 , 𝑝 𝑞 𝑟 2𝑎
𝑝 𝑞 𝑟 𝑝 𝑞 𝑟 2 𝑝𝑞 𝑞𝑟 𝑟𝑝
Therefore 𝑝 𝑞 𝑟 𝑝 𝑞 𝑟 2 𝑝𝑞 𝑞𝑟 𝑟𝑝 4𝑎 6𝑎 2𝑎
c
The sum of the squares of the roots gives a negative value; this is not possible if all the
roots have real values, so we conclude that they are not all real.
40 ai
𝑝 𝑞 𝑟 𝑝 𝑝 𝑞 𝑟 𝑞 𝑝 𝑞 𝑟 𝑟 𝑝 𝑞 𝑟
𝑝 𝑝𝑞 𝑝𝑟 𝑞𝑝 𝑞 𝑞𝑟 𝑟𝑝 𝑟𝑞 𝑟
𝑝 𝑞 𝑟 2 𝑝𝑞 𝑞𝑟 𝑟𝑝
Therefore 𝑝 𝑞 𝑟 𝑝 𝑞 𝑟 2 𝑝𝑞 𝑞𝑟 𝑟𝑝
aii
𝑝𝑞 𝑞𝑟 𝑟𝑝 𝑝𝑞 𝑝𝑞 𝑞𝑟 𝑟𝑝 𝑞𝑟 𝑝𝑞 𝑞𝑟 𝑟𝑝 𝑟𝑝 𝑝𝑞 𝑞𝑟 𝑟𝑝
𝑝 𝑞 𝑝𝑞 𝑟 𝑝 𝑞𝑟 𝑝𝑞 𝑟 𝑞 𝑟 𝑝𝑞𝑟 𝑝 𝑞𝑟 𝑝𝑞𝑟
𝑝 𝑟
𝑝 𝑞 𝑞 𝑟 𝑟 𝑝 2𝑝𝑞𝑟 𝑝 𝑞 𝑟
Therefore 𝑝 𝑞 𝑞 𝑟 𝑟 𝑝 𝑝𝑞 𝑞𝑟 𝑟𝑝 2𝑝𝑞𝑟 𝑝 𝑞 𝑟
bi
𝑏
Sum of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞 𝑟
𝑎
𝑑
Product of the roots: 𝑝𝑞𝑟
𝑎
bii
𝑎 𝑥 𝑝 𝑥 𝑞 𝑥 𝑟 𝑎 𝑥 𝑝 𝑞 𝑥 𝑝𝑞 𝑥 𝑟
𝑎𝑥 𝑎 𝑝 𝑞 𝑟 𝑥 𝑎 𝑝𝑞 𝑞𝑟 𝑟𝑝 𝑥 𝑎𝑝𝑞𝑟
Comparing the coefficient in 𝑥 , 𝑝𝑞 𝑞𝑟 𝑟𝑝
ci
0
Sum of the roots: 𝛼 𝛽 𝛾 0
2
7
Paired products of the roots: 𝛼𝛽 𝛽𝛾 𝛾𝛼
2
4
Full product of the roots: 𝛼𝛽𝛾 2
2
Using part ai: 𝛼 𝛽 𝛾 𝛼 𝛽 𝛾 2 𝛼𝛽 𝛽𝛾 𝛾𝛼 7
cii
49
𝛼 𝛽 𝛽 𝛾 𝛾 𝛼 𝛼𝛽 𝛽𝛾 𝛾𝛼 2𝛼𝛽𝛾 𝛼 𝛽 𝛾
4
𝛼 𝛽 𝛾 𝛼𝛽𝛾 4
ciii
For the new cubic 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐𝑥 𝑑 0:
𝑏
Sum of the roots: 𝛼 𝛽 𝛾 7
𝑎
𝑐 49
Paired products of the roots: 𝛼 𝛽 𝛽 𝛾 𝛾 𝛼
𝑎 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 13


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Full product of the roots: 𝛼 𝛽 𝛾 4
𝑎
For minimum integer coefficients select 𝑎 4 so 𝑏 28, 𝑐 49, 𝑑 16
The cubic is 4𝑥 28𝑥 49𝑥 16 0

Mixed Practice
1 a
f 𝑥 3𝑥 2𝑥 𝑥
𝑥 3𝑥 2𝑥 1
𝑥 3𝑥 1 𝑥 1
b
Coefficient of 𝑥 0 so positive cubic shape
𝑥-intercepts at 𝑥 0, ,1
𝑦-intercept at 𝑦 0

2
𝑦 𝑥 3 𝑥 1 5 2𝑥
Coefficient of 𝑥 0 so negative cubic shape
𝑥-intercepts at 𝑥 1, , 3
𝑦-intercept at 𝑦 15

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 14


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

3 roots at 𝑥 2, 1, 1

Worked solutions
𝑦 𝑎 𝑥 2 𝑥 1 𝑥 1 𝑎 𝑥 2 𝑥 1 𝑎 𝑥 2𝑥 𝑥 2
𝑦 0 6 2𝑎 ⇒ 𝑎 3
𝑦 3𝑥 6𝑥 3𝑥 6
4 𝑦 0.3 𝑥 𝑝 𝑥 𝑘
root at 𝑥 2 so 𝑝 2
𝑦 0 5.4 0.3𝑝𝑘 ⇒ 𝑘 9
𝑘 3
5 f 𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑏
By the remainder theorem, f 2 8 and f 3 27
f 2 8 2𝑎 𝑏 ⇒ 2𝑎 𝑏 2 1
f 3 27 3𝑎 𝑏 ⇒ 3𝑎 𝑏 3 2
1 2 : 5𝑎 5 ⇒ 𝑎 1, 𝑏 0
6 f 𝑥 𝑥 4𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑏
By the factor theorem, 𝑓 1 0 and by the remainder theorem, f 2 17
f 1 0 1 4 𝑎 𝑏⇒𝑎 𝑏 5 1
f 2 17 8 16 2𝑎 𝑏 ⇒ 2𝑎 𝑏 7 2
2 1 :𝑎 2⇒𝑎 2, 𝑏 3
7 f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑝𝑥 𝑥 𝑞
By the factor theorem, 𝑓 1 0 and by the remainder theorem, f 3 52
f 1 0 1 𝑝 1 𝑞⇒𝑝 𝑞 2 1
f 3 52 81 9𝑝 3 𝑞 ⇒ 9𝑝 𝑞 26 2
2 1 : 8𝑝 24 ⇒ 𝑝 3, 𝑞 1
8 Real coefficients: Complex roots occur in conjugate pairs
5𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐 0 has roots 4 7i and 4 7i
𝑏
Sum of the roots: 8⇒𝑏 40
5
𝑐
Product of the roots: 4 7i 4 7i 65 ⇒ 𝑐 325
5
9
𝑎 3
Sum of the roots: ⇒𝑎 6
4 2
10
8
Sum of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞 𝑟 𝑠
𝑘
𝑝 𝑞 𝑟 𝑠 1
Mean of the roots:
4 2
8
2⇒𝑘 4
𝑘

11
1536
Product of the roots: 𝑎 2𝑎 3𝑎 4𝑎 384
4
24𝑎 384
𝑎 16
𝑎 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 15


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

12 a

Worked solutions
5
Product of the roots: 𝑎𝑏𝑐
3
b
2
Sum of the roots: 𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
3
1 1 1 𝑐 𝑏 𝑎 2
𝑎𝑏 𝑏𝑐 𝑐𝑎 𝑎𝑏𝑐 5

13
Let f 𝑥 2𝑥 𝑘𝑥 6𝑥 32 and g 𝑥 𝑥 6𝑥 𝑘 𝑥 9
By the remainder theorem, f 1 g 1
f 1 2 𝑘 6 32 𝑘 24
g 1 1 6 𝑘 9 4 𝑘
4 𝑘 𝑘 24
𝑘 𝑘 20 0
𝑘 5 𝑘 4 0
𝑘 5 or 4
14
With four distinct roots, the problem could be approached by forming five simultaneous
equations in 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐, 𝑑, 𝑒 by evaluating the function at each root and at 𝑥 0, then using the
calculator to solve the system of equations. With a repeated root, the constructive solution
below is arguably simpler. However, a system of simultaneous equations could be set up using
the three roots, 𝑥 0 and the fact that 𝑦 3 0 as the fifth equation. This approach is given
below as an alternative; it avoids some of the complexity of expanding multiple brackets. Either
way, the final answer can readily be checked by plotting the proposed curve on the GDC.
Roots at 𝑥 3 repeated root , 1, 3
𝑦 𝑎 𝑥 3 𝑥 1 𝑥 3
𝑎 𝑥 6𝑥 9 𝑥 4𝑥 3
𝑎 𝑥 2𝑥 12𝑥 18𝑥 27
𝑦 0 27 27𝑎 ⇒ 𝑎 1
𝑦 𝑥 2𝑥 12𝑥 18𝑥 27
𝑎 1, 𝑏 2, 𝑐 12, 𝑑 18, 𝑒 27
Alternatively:
𝑦 3 0: 81𝑎 27𝑏 9𝑐 3𝑑 𝑒 0 1

⎪𝑦 0 27: 0𝑎 0𝑏 0𝑐 0𝑑 𝑒 27 2
𝑦 1 0: 𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 𝑑 𝑒 0 3
⎨ 𝑦 3 0: 81𝑎 27𝑏 9𝑐 3𝑑 𝑒 0 4

⎩𝑦 3 0 108𝑎 27𝑏 6𝑐 𝑑 0 5
Solving this system using GDC:
𝑎 1, 𝑏 2, 𝑐 12, 𝑑 18, 𝑒 27
15
Roots at 𝑥 1, 1 triple repeated root
𝑦 𝑎 𝑥 1 𝑥 1
𝑎 𝑥 1 𝑥 2𝑥 1
𝑎 𝑥 2𝑥 2𝑥 1
𝑦 0 1 𝑎⇒𝑎 1
𝑦 𝑥 2𝑥 2𝑥 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 16


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

16

Worked solutions
Roots at 𝑥 0 triple repeated root , 12
𝑦 𝑎𝑥 𝑥 12
𝑎 𝑥 12𝑥
1
𝑦 9 27 2187𝑎 ⇒ 𝑎
81
1 4
𝑦 𝑥 𝑥
81 27

17 a
f 𝑥 2𝑥 5𝑥 𝑥 2
f 2 2 8 5 4 2 2 0
By the factor theorem, 𝑥 2 must be a factor of f 𝑥
b
f 𝑥 2𝑥 5𝑥 𝑥 2 𝑥 2 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
Expanding and comparing coefficients:
𝑥 :2 𝑎 ⇒ 𝑎 2
𝑥 : 5 𝑏 2𝑎 ⇒ 𝑏 1
𝑥 : 1 𝑐 2𝑏 ⇒ 𝑐 1
𝑥 :2 2𝑐 is consistent with 𝑐 1
f 𝑥 𝑥 2 2𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 2 2𝑥 1 𝑥 1
c
Coefficient of 𝑥 0 so positive cubic shape
𝑥-intercepts at 𝑥 2, 0.5,1
𝑦-intercept at 𝑦 2

18 a
f 𝑥 𝑥 4𝑥 𝑥 6
f 1 1 4 1 1 6 0
By the factor theorem, 𝑥 1 must be a factor of f 𝑥
b
f 𝑥 𝑥 4𝑥 𝑥 6 𝑥 1 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
Expanding and comparing coefficients:
𝑥 :1 𝑎 ⇒ 𝑎 1
𝑥 : 4 𝑏 𝑎⇒𝑏 5
𝑥 :1 𝑐 𝑏 ⇒ 𝑐 6

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 17


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

𝑥 :6 𝑐 is consistent with 𝑐 6

Worked solutions
f 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 5𝑥 6 𝑥 1 𝑥 2 𝑥 3
c
Coefficient of 𝑥 0 so positive cubic shape
𝑥-intercepts at 𝑥 1, 2, 3
𝑦-intercept at 𝑦 6

19
𝑦 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 𝑏 𝑥 𝑐 where 𝑏 0 𝑎 𝑐
Coefficient of 𝑥 0 so positive quartic shape
𝑥-intercepts at 𝑥 𝑏, 𝑎 repeated root , 𝑐
𝑦-intercept at 𝑦 𝑎 𝑏𝑐 0

20
Let f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑎𝑥 7𝑥 15
f 3 0 27 9𝑎 21 15 ⇒ 𝑎 1
By the factor theorem, if f 3 0 then 𝑥 3 is a factor of f 𝑥
f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 7𝑥 15 𝑥 3 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
Expanding and comparing coefficients:
𝑥 :1 𝑎 ⇒ 𝑎 1
𝑥 : 1 𝑏 3𝑎 ⇒ 𝑏 4
𝑥 : 7 𝑐 3𝑏 ⇒ 𝑐 5
𝑥 : 15 3𝑐 is consistent with 𝑐 5
f 𝑥 𝑥 3 𝑥 4𝑥 5 𝑥 3 𝑥 2 i 𝑥 2 i
The roots are 3, 2 i

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 18


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

21

Worked solutions
Let f 𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 177𝑥 210
f 2 0 8𝑎 4𝑏 354 210
8𝑎 4𝑏 144
2𝑎 𝑏 36 1
𝑏
Sum of the roots: 2 12
𝑎
𝑏 14𝑎 2
Substituting 2 into 1 :
12𝑎 36
𝑎 3, 𝑏 42
22
Let f 𝑥 3𝑥 12𝑥 16𝑥 8
f 0 8
f 1 3 12 16 8 1
f 2 3 8 12 4 16 2 8 0
By the factor theorem, 𝑥 2 must be a factor of f 𝑥
f 𝑥 3𝑥 12𝑥 16𝑥 8 𝑥 2 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
Expanding and comparing coefficients:
𝑥 :3 𝑎 ⇒ 𝑎 3
𝑥 : 12 𝑏 2𝑎 ⇒ 𝑏 6
𝑥 : 16 𝑐 2𝑏 ⇒ 𝑐 4
𝑥 : 8 2𝑐 is consistent with 𝑐 4
f 𝑥 𝑥 2 3𝑥 6𝑥 4
The roots of the quadratic factor are
6 6 4 3 4 √ 12 √3
𝑥 1 1 i
6 6 3
23
𝑏
Sum of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞
𝑎
𝑐
Product of the roots: 𝑝𝑞
𝑎
1 1 𝑝 𝑞 𝑏
3
𝑝 𝑞 𝑝𝑞 𝑐
𝑏 3𝑐
𝑏 3𝑐 0
24
f 𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑏
By the remainder theorem, f 2 16, f 1 81
f 2 2𝑎 𝑏 16 ⇒ 2𝑎 𝑏 2 1
f 1 𝑎 𝑏 81 ⇒ 𝑎 𝑏 3 2
Taking each combination of simultaneous equations and solving
1 2 : 3𝑎 1 or 5
𝑏 𝑎 3 𝑏 𝑎 3
2𝑎 𝑏 2 1 8 5 4
𝑎 ,𝑏 𝑎 ,𝑏
3 3 3 3
2𝑎 𝑏 2 5 4 1 8
𝑎 ,𝑏 𝑎 ,𝑏
3 3 3 3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 19


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

25

Worked solutions
f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑝𝑥 14𝑥 18𝑥 𝑞
Real coefficients: Complex roots occur in conjugate pairs
3i and 1 2i are roots and therefore so are 3i and 1 2i
f 𝑥 𝑥 3i 𝑥 3i 𝑥 1 2i 𝑥 1 2i
𝑥 9 𝑥 2𝑥 5
𝑥 2𝑥 14𝑥 18𝑥 45
𝑝 2, 𝑞 45
26 a
4
Sum of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞
3
7
Product of the roots: 𝑝𝑞
3
16 14 26
𝑝 𝑞 𝑝 𝑞 2𝑝𝑞
9 3 9
b
For the new quadratic 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐 0:
𝑏 26
Sum of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞
𝑎 9
𝑐 7 49
Product of the roots: 𝑝 𝑞
𝑎 3 9
For minimum integer coefficients select 𝑎 9 so 𝑏 26, 𝑐 49
The quadratic is 9𝑥 26𝑥 49 0
27 a
6
Sum of the roots: 𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 𝑑 𝑒 2
3
b
Translation of the original graph 4 units to the right, so all roots will increase by 4
The sum of the new roots is therefore 2 5 4 22
28 a
2
Sum of the roots: 𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 𝑑
5
3
Product of the roots: 𝑎𝑏𝑐𝑑
5
b
Horizontal stretch with scale factor so all new roots will have values of the original
roots.
The product of the new roots is therefore
29 a
f 𝑥 4𝑥 2𝑎𝑥 7𝑎
By the remainder theorem, f 𝑎 10
f 𝑎 10 4𝑎 2𝑎 7𝑎 ⇒ 4𝑎 2𝑎 7𝑎 10 0
From GDC, this cubic has a single real root 𝑎 2
b
f 𝑥 4𝑥 4𝑥 14
This cubic has turning points where f 𝑥 0
f 𝑥 12𝑥 4 4 3𝑥 1
1
Turning points are at 𝑥
√3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 20


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

1 4 4

Worked solutions
f 14 0
√3 3√3 √3
1 4 4
f 14 0
√3 3√3 √3
Since both turning points lie above the 𝑥-axis, there must only be a single real root to
the equation f 𝑥 0.
A coherent argument such as the one above is acceptable; alternatively, students could offer a
well-labelled graph from the GDC indicating the single root.

30
Let f 𝑥 5𝑥 48𝑥 100𝑥 2 𝑎
48
Sum of the roots: 𝑟 𝑟 𝑟
5
2 𝑎 𝑎 2
Product of the roots: 𝑟 𝑟 𝑟
5 5
48 𝑎 2
If 𝑟 𝑟 𝑟 𝑟𝑟𝑟 0 then 0
5 5
𝑎 50
31 a 𝑥 4𝑥 5 0
Using quadratic formula:
4 4 4 1 5
𝑥 2 i
2
b Let f 𝑥 𝑥 4𝑥 8𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑏 𝑥 4𝑥 5 𝑥 𝑝𝑥 𝑞
Expanding and comparing coefficients:
𝑥 :1 1
𝑥 : 4 𝑝 4⇒𝑝 0
𝑥 : 8 𝑞 4𝑝 5 ⇒ 𝑞 3
𝑥 : 𝑎 5𝑝 4𝑞 12
𝑥 : 𝑏 5𝑞 15
𝑎 12, 𝑏 15
32
𝑥 4𝑥 3 𝑥 1 𝑥 3
𝑥 1 and 𝑥 3 are factors of f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑎𝑥 27𝑥 𝑏
By the factor theorem, f 1 f 3 0
f 1 1 𝑎 27 𝑏 0 ⇒ 𝑎 𝑏 28 1
f 3 27 9𝑎 81 𝑏 0 ⇒ 9𝑎 𝑏 108 2
2 1 : 8𝑎 80
𝑎 10, 𝑏 18

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 21


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

33 a

Worked solutions
f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑎 g 𝑥 for some polynomial g 𝑥
By the product rule:
f 𝑥 2 𝑥 𝑎 g 𝑥 𝑥 𝑎 g 𝑥 𝑥 𝑎 2g 𝑥 𝑥 𝑎 g 𝑥
Since g 𝑥 is a polynomial, g 𝑥 must also be a polynomial, so 𝑥 𝑎 is a factor of
f 𝑥
b
Let f 𝑥 2𝑥 𝑏𝑥 11𝑥 12𝑥 𝑒 so f 𝑥 8𝑥 3𝑏𝑥 22𝑥 12
By the factor theorem, f 2 0 and by the reasoning in part a, f 2 0
f 2 0 2 16 8𝑏 11 4 12 2 𝑒 ⇒ 8𝑏 𝑒 52 1
f 2 0 8 8 3𝑏 4 22 2 12 ⇒ 12𝑏 96 2
2 :𝑏 8
1 :𝑒 52 8𝑏 12
34
Let f 𝑥 6𝑥 19𝑥 𝑐𝑥 𝑑
Three roots forming a geometric sequence with second term 1 can be expressed as
𝑟 , 1 and 𝑟
𝑑
Product of the roots: 𝑟 1 𝑟 ⇒𝑑 6
6
Also, f 1 0 6 19 𝑐 𝑑 ⇒ 𝑐 13 𝑑 19
35 a
Let f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑝𝑥 𝑞𝑥 𝑐 𝑥 𝛼 𝑥 𝛽 𝑥 𝛾
𝑥 𝛼 𝑥 𝛽 𝑥 𝛾 𝑥 𝛼 𝛽 𝑥 𝛼𝛽 𝑥 𝛾
𝑥 𝛼 𝛽 𝛾 𝑥 𝛼𝛽 𝛾 𝛼 𝛽 𝑥 𝛼𝛽𝛾
Comparing coefficients:
ai 𝑥 :𝑝 𝛼 𝛽 𝛾
aii 𝑥 : 𝑞 𝛼𝛽 𝛾 𝛼 𝛽 𝛼𝛽 𝛽𝛾 𝛾𝛼
aiii 𝑥 :𝑐 𝛼𝛽𝛾
b f 𝑥 𝑥 6𝑥 18𝑥 𝑐
bi If the roots form an arithmetic sequence then they have values
𝑎 𝑑, 𝑎, 𝑎 𝑑
Sum of the roots: 𝑎 𝑑 𝑎 𝑎 𝑑 𝑝 6 ⇒ 3𝑎 6
One of the roots has value 𝑎 2
bii By the factor theorem, if 2 is a root then f 2 0
f 2 0 8 6 4 18 2 𝑐 20 𝑐 ⇒ 𝑐 20
Alternatively: 𝑞 18 2 𝑑 2 2 2 𝑑 2 𝑑 2 𝑑
12 𝑑

𝑑 i√6

𝑐 2 2 i√6 2 i√6 2 4 6 20

c If the roots form a geometric sequence then they have values 𝑏𝑟 , 𝑏, 𝑏𝑟


Sum of the roots: 𝑏 𝑟 1 𝑟 6 1
Paired product of the roots: 𝑏𝑟 𝑏 𝑏𝑏𝑟 𝑏𝑟𝑏𝑟 18
𝑏 𝑟 𝑟 1 18 2
2 1 :𝑏 3
Product of the roots: 𝑐 𝑏𝑟 𝑏 𝑏𝑟 𝑏 27
𝑐 27

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 22


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 
 

7 Functions

Worked solutions
These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 7A
9 a
Vertical asymptotes occur at the roots of the denominator
4𝑥 9
3
𝑥
2
b
5
When 𝑥 0, 𝑦
9
𝑥-intercept at root of numerator:
5
4𝑥 5 0 ⇒ ,0
4
Degree of the numerator < degree of the denominator: 𝑦 → 0 as 𝑥 → ∞

10 a
Vertical asymptotes occur at the roots of the denominator
3𝑥 2𝑥 8 0
3𝑥 4 𝑥 2 0
4
𝑥 or 2
3
b
10 5
When 𝑥 0, 𝑦
8 4
𝑥-intercept at root of numerator:
5𝑥 10 0 ⇒ 2,0
Degree of the numerator < degree of the denominator: 𝑦 → 0 as 𝑥 → ∞

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 1


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
11 a
Require 𝑥 4 to be a root of the denominator. Substituting:
2 4 𝑘 4 12 0
20 4𝑘 0
𝑘 5
b
2𝑥 5𝑥 12 0
𝑥 4 2𝑥 3 0
3
𝑥 4 or 𝑥
2
3
The other vertical asymptote is 𝑥
2
c
1
When 𝑥 0, 𝑦
12
𝑥-intercept at root of numerator:
𝑥 1 0 ⇒ 1,0
Degree of the numerator < degree of the denominator: 𝑦 → 0 as 𝑥 → ∞

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 2


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

12 a

Worked solutions
3𝑥
For 𝑦 :
𝑥 2𝑥 1
Vertical asymptotes at roots of denominator:
𝑥 1 0 ⇒ 𝑥 1 multiplicity 2
Axis intercept:
When 𝑥 0, 𝑦 0
𝑥-intercept at root of numerator: 0, 0
Degree of the numerator < degree of the denominator: 𝑦 → 0 as 𝑥 → ∞

b
The line crosses the curve of the rational function in three places, so there are
three solutions.

13 a
𝑥 1
For 𝑦 :
2𝑥 5𝑥 3
Vertical asymptotes at roots of denominator: 2𝑥 1 𝑥 3 0⇒𝑥
1
or 3
2
Axis intercepts:
1
When 𝑥 0, 𝑦
3
𝑥-intercept at root of numerator: 1, 0
Degree of the numerator < degree of the denominator: 𝑦 → 0 as 𝑥 → ∞

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 3


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
The line crosses the curve of the rational function in one place, so there is one
solution.

14 ai
2𝑥 3
𝑘
𝑥 4
𝑘𝑥 2𝑥 3 4𝑘 0
Real solution when discriminant Δ 0
Δ 4 4 3 4𝑘 𝑘 0
16𝑘 12𝑘 4 0
4𝑘 3𝑘 1 0
aii
Factorising:
4𝑘 1 𝑘 1 0
1
The curve intersects 𝑦 𝑘 for 1 𝑘 , so the turning points are at 𝑦
4
1
1 and 𝑦
4
𝑘 1: 𝑥 2𝑥 1 0 ⇒ 𝑥 1 0. The turning point is 1, 1
1 1 1
𝑘 : 𝑥 2𝑥 4 0 ⇒ 𝑥 4 0. The turning point is 4,
4 4 4
b
3
When 𝑥 0, 𝑦
4
𝑥-intercept at root of numerator:
3
2𝑥 3 0 ⇒ , 0
2
Degree of the numerator < degree of the denominator: 𝑦 → 0 as 𝑥 → ∞

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 4


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

15 ai

Worked solutions
If there are real roots the discriminant Δ 0
Δ 𝑘 1 4 𝑘 2𝑘 2 9𝑘 10𝑘 1 9𝑘 1 𝑘 1
1
Δ 0 for 𝑘 1 or 𝑘
9
aii
𝑥 2 1
The curve of 𝑦 has tangent 𝑦 𝑘 for 𝑘 1 or
𝑥 𝑥 2 9
3
𝑦 1 , indicating that the range lies outside the interval between these.
2
1
The range of f 𝑥 is f 𝑥 or f 𝑥 1
9
b
Vertical asymptotes occur at the roots of the denominator
𝑥 𝑥 2 0
𝑥 2 𝑥 1 0
The asymptotes are 𝑥 2 and 𝑥 1
f 0 1 so the 𝑦-intercept is at 0, 1
The 𝑥-intercepts occur at the roots of the numerator: 𝑥 2 0 so 2, 0 is the only
one.
c
Degree of the numerator < degree of the denominator: 𝑦 → 0 as 𝑥 → ∞

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 5


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

16

Worked solutions
𝑥 𝑎
𝑦
𝑥 𝑏 𝑥 𝑐
Vertical asymptotes 𝑥 𝑏, 𝑥 𝑐
𝑥-intercept 𝑎, 0
𝑦-intercept 0,
Degree of the numerator < degree of the denominator: 𝑦 → 0 as 𝑥 → ∞
a

17 a
𝑥 6𝑥 10 𝑥 𝑥 3 3 𝑥 3 1 1
f 𝑥 𝑥 3
𝑥 3 𝑥 3 𝑥 3
As 𝑥 → ∞, 𝑦 → 𝑥 3 so 𝑦 𝑥 3 is an oblique asymptote of the curve.
𝐴 1, 𝐵 3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 6


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Solving intersections of 𝑦 f 𝑥 and 𝑦 𝑘:
𝑥 6𝑥 10 𝑘 𝑥 3
𝑥 6 𝑘 𝑥 10 3𝑘 0
This has real roots when discriminant Δ 0
Δ 6 𝑘 4 1 10 3𝑘
𝑘 4
Δ 0 when 𝑘 2
The curve has turning points at 𝑦 2
𝑘 2: 𝑥 8𝑥 16 0 ⇒ 𝑥 4
𝑘 2: 𝑥 4𝑥 4 0 ⇒ 𝑥 2
Turning points are 2, 2 and 4, 2
c
Vertical asymptote s at root s of denominator: 𝑥 3 0 ⇒ 𝑥 3
10
f 0
3
𝑥-intercept at roots of numerator: 𝑥 3 1 0 has no real solution so there are no
𝑥-intercepts.
10
Axis intercept is 0,
3
d

18 a
2𝑥 𝑥 3 2𝑥 5𝑥 4𝑥 3 4𝑥 3 2 2𝑥 5 7
𝑥 𝑥
2𝑥 5 2𝑥 5 2𝑥 5 2𝑥 5
7
𝑥 2
2𝑥 5
𝐴 1, 𝐵 2, 𝐶 7
b
As 𝑥 → ∞, 𝑦 → 𝑥 2 so 𝑦 𝑥 2 is an oblique asymptote of the curve.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 7


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
f 𝑥 𝑘
2𝑥 𝑥 3 𝑘 2𝑥 5
2𝑥 1 2𝑘 𝑥 5𝑘 3 0
This has real roots when discriminant Δ 0
Δ 1 2𝑘 4 2 5𝑘 3
4𝑘 36𝑘 25
36 √36 400 9
Δ 0 when 𝑘 √14
8 2
9
The curve has turning points at 𝑦 √14
2
3 9 9 9
f 0 √14 so the curve lies outside the interval √14 𝑦 √14
5 2 2 2
9 9
The range is f 𝑥 √14 or f 𝑥 √14
2 2
d
5
Vertical asymptote s at root s of denominator: 2𝑥 5 0⇒𝑥
2
3
f 0
5
𝑥-intercept at roots of numerator: 2𝑥 3 𝑥 1 0
3 3
Axis intercepts are , 0 , 1, 0 , 0,
2 5
e

19
𝑥 𝑐
f 𝑥 has range f 𝑥 ∈ ℝ
𝑥 3𝑥 𝑐
f 𝑥 𝑘 has a solution for all real values 𝑘
𝑥 𝑐 𝑘 𝑥 3𝑥 𝑐
𝑘𝑥 3𝑘 1 𝑥 𝑐 𝑘 1 0
Require that 𝑐 is such that 𝑥 has at least one real solution for any value of 𝑘.
The quadratic has real roots when discriminant Δ 0
Δ 3𝑘 1 4 𝑘 𝑐 𝑘 1
𝑘 9 4𝑐 6 4𝑐 𝑘 1
Require that Δ 0, for all 𝑘. Since this is a positive quadratic, this will be the case if
there is no real root.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 8


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

6 4𝑐 6 4𝑐 36 16𝑐 3 2𝑐 √4𝑐 8𝑐

Worked solutions
𝑘
2 9 4𝑐 9 4𝑐
For this not to have distinct real solutions, 4𝑐 8𝑐 0
4𝑐 𝑐 2 0
2 𝑐 0
Considering the boundary cases:
𝑥
If 𝑐 0 then f 𝑥 , which has range f 𝑥 0, so 𝑐
𝑥 3𝑥
0 is not valid for the condition.
𝑥 2
If 𝑐 2 then f 𝑥
𝑥 3𝑥 2
𝑥 2
f 𝑥 has range f 𝑥 0, so 𝑐
𝑥 1 𝑥 2
2 is also not valid for the condition.
Hence the solution is 2 𝑐 0

20 a
𝑥 2𝑎𝑥 𝑎 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑎 𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 1 1
f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑎
𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 𝑎
As 𝑥 → ∞, 𝑦 → 𝑥 𝑎 so 𝑦 𝑥 𝑎 is an oblique asymptote of the curve.
b
Consider solutions to f 𝑥 𝑘:
𝑥 2𝑎𝑥 𝑎 1 𝑘 𝑥 𝑎
𝑥 2𝑎 𝑘 𝑥 𝑎 𝑘𝑎 1 0
This has real roots when discriminant Δ 0
Δ 2𝑎 𝑘 4 1 𝑎 𝑘𝑎 1
𝑘 4
Since Δ 0 for all values of 𝑘, the range is f 𝑥 ∈ ℝ
The function is the sum of a linear equation and a simple rational; if there is no interval
not within the range then the function cannot have a turning point.

Knowing the shape the curve must take, the above argument is robust but may feel insufficient.
Using calculus to show that there is no stationary point is also an option:
Quotient rule gives
𝑥 𝑎 2𝑥 2𝑎 𝑥 2𝑎𝑥 𝑎 1
f 𝑥
𝑥 𝑎
𝑥 2𝑎𝑥 𝑎 1
𝑥 𝑎
𝑥 𝑎 1
𝑥 𝑎
Stationary point occurs when f 𝑥 0
𝑥 𝑎 1 has no solution, so there is no stationary point.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 9


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Alternatively, you could observe that the function is

Worked solutions
𝑥 𝑎 1
f 𝑥
𝑥 𝑎
which is a translation 𝑎 units to the left of the curve
𝑥 1 1
g 𝑥 𝑥
𝑥 𝑥
Then irrespective of the value of 𝑎, the curve will have the same characteristics as g 𝑥 which
has no stationary point.
c
Vertical asymptote s at root s of denominator: 𝑥 𝑎 0⇒𝑥 𝑎
𝑎 1
When 𝑥 0, 𝑦
𝑎
𝑥-intercept at root of numerator:
𝑥 𝑎 1 0 ⇒ 𝑎 1,0 and 𝑎 1,0

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 10


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Exercise 7B

Worked solutions
11
2𝑥 𝑥 6𝑥 0
𝑥 2𝑥 3 𝑥 2 0
Positive cubic with three distinct roots; the value will be greater than zero between the
first and second root and for values greater than the third root.

3
2 𝑥 0 or 𝑥
2

12 a
Let f 𝑥 2𝑥 𝑥 7𝑥 6
𝑓 2 2 8 4 7 2 6 0 so by the factor theorem, 𝑥 2 is a factor of f 𝑥
b
3𝑥 2𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 7𝑥 6
2𝑥 𝑥 7𝑥 6 0
𝑥 2 2𝑥 5𝑥 3 0
𝑥 2 2𝑥 3 𝑥 1 0
Positive cubic with three distinct roots; the value will be less than zero for values less
than the first root and between the second and third roots.

3
𝑥 or 1 𝑥 2
2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 11


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

13 a

Worked solutions
Let f 𝑥 2𝑥 11𝑥 12𝑥 9
𝑓 3 2 27 11 9 12 3 9 0 so by the factor theorem, 𝑥 3 is a
factor of f 𝑥
b
11𝑥 4 5 12𝑥 2𝑥
2𝑥 11𝑥 12𝑥 9 0
𝑥 3 2𝑥 5𝑥 3 0
𝑥 3 2𝑥 1 𝑥 3 0
Positive cubic with a repeated root at 𝑥 3 and a single root at 𝑥 0.5.
The value will be greater than zero for values greater than the third root.

1
𝑥
2

14
Let f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 𝑏 𝑥 𝑐
Positive cubic with three distinct roots; the value will be greater than zero between the
first and second root and for values greater than the third root.

𝑎 𝑥 𝑏 or 𝑥 𝑐

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 12


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

15

Worked solutions
Let f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 𝑏
Positive cubic with a single root at 𝑥 𝑎 and a repeated root at 𝑥 𝑏 𝑎
the value will be less than zero for values less than the first root.

𝑥 𝑎

16
Let f 𝑥 𝑥 4𝑥 3𝑥 1
From the calculator, f 𝑥 0 for 2.26 𝑥 0.251
17
Let f 𝑥 2𝑥 6𝑥 8𝑥 1
From the calculator, f 𝑥 0 for 0.933 𝑥 0.377 or 0.371 𝑥 1.76 or 𝑥
2.18
18
Let f 𝑥 3 ln 𝑥 1 𝑥 2
From the calculator, f 𝑥 0 for 0.727 𝑥 1.48 or 𝑥 13.7
19
Let f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐𝑥 𝑑 2
f 𝑥 is a positive cubic. If the solutions to f 𝑥 0 are 𝑥 3, 𝑥 1 then 1 must be a
repeated root and 3 the upper root

f 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 3
𝑥 2𝑥 1 𝑥 3
𝑥 5𝑥 7𝑥 3
𝑏 5, 𝑐 7, 𝑑 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 13


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

20

Worked solutions
Let f 𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐𝑥 𝑑 3
f 𝑥 0 at 4, 1, 1.5
f 𝑥 is a cubic which is positive for 𝑥 less than the least root or between the two greater
roots so f 𝑥 must be a negative cubic.
3
f 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 4 𝑥 1 𝑥
2
Require that all coefficients are integers, so 𝑎 must be an even value (and negative, by
the above argument).
If 𝑎 2𝑘 then
3
f 𝑥 2𝑘 𝑥 4 𝑥 1 𝑥
2
𝑘 𝑥 5𝑥 4 2𝑥 3
𝑘 2𝑥 7𝑥 7𝑥 12
𝑎 2𝑘, 𝑏 7𝑘, 𝑐 7𝑘, 𝑑 12𝑘 3 for any positive integer 𝑘.
If |𝑎| is the least possible then 𝑘 1
𝑎 2, 𝑏 7, 𝑐 7, 𝑑 15
21
3𝑥
Let f 𝑥 2
𝑥 3 𝑥 2
Vertical asymptotes are 𝑥 3 and 𝑥 2
From calculator, f 𝑥 0 for 3 𝑥 1 or 2 𝑥 2.27
22
𝑥 2
Let f 𝑥 ln 𝑥 4
3𝑥 4 𝑥 2
4
Vertical asymptotes are 𝑥 4, 𝑥 2 and 𝑥
3
The graph is not defined for 𝑥 4
4
From calculator, f 𝑥 0 for 3.26 𝑥 2 or 1.54 𝑥 1.29 or 𝑥
3
23
A function is strictly decreasing when its derivative has a negative value.
f 𝑥 24𝑥 4𝑥 4𝑥 6 𝑥
f 𝑥 0 for 𝑥 6
Properly, the question asked for ‘decreasing’ not ‘strictly decreasing’. This would also allow for
f 𝑥 0 to be within the solution, so the answer would be 𝑥 0 or 𝑥 6.
This nuance is not detailed within the IB syllabus.
24
A function is strictly increasing when its derivative has a positive value.
f 𝑥 4𝑥 12𝑥 4𝑥 12
4 𝑥 3𝑥 𝑥 3
4 𝑥 1 𝑥 3
4 𝑥 1 𝑥 1 𝑥 3
f 𝑥 is a positive cubic with roots at 1 and 3
f 𝑥 0 for 1 𝑥 1 or 𝑥 3
As with question 23 above, since the question says ‘increasing’ not ‘strictly increasing’ the
correct answer would actually be 1 𝑥 1 or 𝑥 3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 14


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
25 a
3𝑥 5
𝑦
𝑥 2
Vertical asymptote at root(s) of denominator: 𝑥 2
𝑥-intercept(s) at root(s) of numerator: 𝑥 so intercept is ,0
𝑦-intercept when 𝑥 0: 0,
Degree of numerator equals degree of denominator. Horizontal asymptote at ratio of
lead coefficients. As 𝑥 → ∞, 𝑦 → 3

b
3𝑥 5
Single intersection: 4 ⇒ 3𝑥 5 4𝑥 8⇒𝑥 13
𝑥 2
Solution is 2 𝑥 13

26 a
2𝑥 7
𝑦
𝑥 1
Vertical asymptote at root(s) of denominator: 𝑥 1
𝑥-intercept(s) at root(s) of numerator: 𝑥 so intercept is , 0
𝑦-intercept when 𝑥 0: 0, 7
Degree of numerator equals degree of denominator. Horizontal asymptote at ratio of
lead coefficients. As 𝑥 → ∞, 𝑦 → 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 15


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
2𝑥 7
Checking for an intersection point: 𝑥 3
𝑥 1
𝑥 2𝑥 3 2𝑥 7
𝑥 4𝑥 4 0
𝑥 2 0
The line is tangent to the curve.
2𝑥 1
𝑥 3 has solution 1 𝑥 2 or 𝑥 2
𝑥 5

27 a
2𝑥 𝑎
𝑦
𝑥 𝑏
Vertical asymptote at root(s) of denominator: 𝑥 𝑏
𝑥-intercept(s) at root(s) of numerator: 𝑥 so intercept is ,0
𝑦-intercept when 𝑥 0: 0,
Degree of numerator equals degree of denominator. Horizontal asymptote at ratio of
lead coefficients. As 𝑥 → ∞, 𝑦 → 2

b
2𝑥 𝑎
3 has a single solution:
𝑥 𝑏
3𝑥 3𝑏 2𝑥 𝑎
𝑥 𝑎 3𝑏
2𝑥 𝑎
3 has solution 𝑎 3𝑏 𝑥 𝑏
𝑥 𝑏

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 16


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

28

Worked solutions
Finding boundaries to the solution set:
The vertical asymptote of the rational function is 𝑥
16𝑥 1
𝑥 4
𝑝𝑥 1
16𝑥 1 𝑝𝑥 4𝑝 1 𝑥 4
𝑝𝑥 4𝑝 15 𝑥 3 0

The expression on the left is a quadratic with roots 𝑥 𝛼 or 𝛽 (with 𝛼 𝛽)


The solution to the inequality therefore has boundaries 𝑥 , 𝑥 𝛼 and 𝑥 𝛽
The solution has the form 𝑥 𝑞 or 𝑟 𝑥 3

Then 3 or 𝛽 3

1 1 1
3: 𝑝 , the quadratic is 𝑥
𝑝 3 3
49
𝑥 3 0
3
𝑥 49𝑥 9 0 has roots 49.2 and 0.183

The solution to 𝑥 4 would be


𝑥 49.2 or 0.183 𝑥 3
1
𝑝 ,𝑞 49.2, 𝑟 0.183
3

If 3 is a root of the quadratic then 𝑥 3 is a factor


so 𝑝𝑥 4𝑝 15 𝑥 3 𝑥 3 𝑎𝑥 𝑏

Comparing coefficients:
𝑥 :𝑏 1
𝑥 : 4𝑝 15 𝑏 3𝑎 1 3𝑎
𝑥 :𝑝 𝑎
Substituting: 4𝑎 15 1 3𝑎 ⇒ 𝑎 2
and the other factor is 2𝑥 1

The solution to 𝑥 4 would be


𝑥 0.5 or 0.5 𝑥 3
𝑝 2, 𝑞 0.5, 𝑟 0.5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 17


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Exercise 7C

Worked solutions
25 a b

26 a b

27

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 18


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

28

Worked solutions
29

30 From calculator: 1.28 𝑥 0.720


31 From calculator: 𝑥 4.80 or 3.32 𝑥 4.80
32 From calculator: 𝑥 0.146  or  0.180 𝑥 0.967 
33  a 

b 𝑥 4 or 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 19


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

34 a

Worked solutions
b
| |
3𝑒 5
5
|𝑥| ln
3
3 5
𝑥 ln or 𝑥 ln
5 3

35
As 𝑥 → ∞, 𝑦 → ∞ ⇒ 𝑎 0
Point of symmetry is at 𝑥 3 so 𝑏 3

𝑦 0 1 𝑎|𝑏| 𝑐 1
11 11
𝑦 0 𝑐 𝑎 𝑏 2
2 2
1 1
𝑦 0 𝑐 𝑎 𝑏 3
2 2

1 : 3𝑎 𝑐 1 4
2 : 2.5𝑎 𝑐 0 5

4 5 : 0.5𝑎 1⇒𝑎 2
𝑎 2, 𝑏 3, 𝑐 5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 20


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

36

Worked solutions
|2𝑥 3| 3𝑥 7
Left arm of the modulus graph: 2𝑥 3 0
2𝑥 3 3𝑥 7 ⇒ 5𝑥 10 ⇒ 𝑥 2
Right arm of the modulus graph: 2𝑥 3 0
2𝑥 3 3𝑥 7 ⇒ 𝑥 4 contradicts condition; no intersection

|2𝑥 3| 3𝑥 7
𝑥 2

37
|𝑥 3𝑥 5| 3 𝑥
Left arm of the modulus graph: 𝑥 3𝑥 5 0
𝑥 3𝑥 5 𝑥 3 ⇒ 𝑥 4𝑥 2 0 ⇒ 𝑥 2 √6
Only 𝑥 2 √6 satisfies the condition.
Right arm of the modulus graph: 𝑥 3𝑥 5 0
𝑥 3𝑥 5 3 𝑥 ⇒ 𝑥 2𝑥 8 0 ⇒ 𝑥 4 𝑥 2 0⇒𝑥 4 or 2
Only 𝑥 2 satisfies the condition.

The solutions are 𝑥 2 or 2 √6

38
Boundary points when |𝑥 5𝑥 4| 2
Left arm of the modulus graph: 𝑥 5𝑥 4 0
𝑥 5𝑥 4 2⇒𝑥 5𝑥 6 0 ⇒ 𝑥 2 or 3
Both values satisfy the condition
Right arm of the modulus graph: 𝑥 5𝑥 4 0
5 √17
𝑥 5𝑥 4 2 ⇒ 𝑥 5𝑥 2 0 ⇒ 𝑥
2
Both values satisfy the condition
5 √17 5 √17
The solutions are 𝑥 or 2 𝑥 3 or 𝑥  
2 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 21


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
|𝑥 5𝑥 4| 2

39 Split into three regions:


Case 1: 𝑥 1
|𝑥 1| |𝑥 1| 1 𝑥 1 𝑥 2𝑥
2𝑥 𝑥 4
4
𝑥
3
Case 2: 1 𝑥 1
|𝑥 1| |𝑥 1| 𝑥 1 1 𝑥 2
2 𝑥 4
𝑥 2 which contradicts the case presumption
Case 3: 𝑥 1
|𝑥 1| |𝑥 1| 𝑥 1 𝑥 1 2𝑥
2𝑥 𝑥 4
𝑥 4
4
The solutions are 𝑥 or 4
3

40 Split into three regions:


Case 1: 𝑥
|3𝑥 1| 1 3𝑥; 𝑥 |2 𝑥| 𝑥 2 𝑥 2
1 3𝑥 2
1
𝑥
3
Case 2: 𝑥 2
|3𝑥 1| 3𝑥 1; 𝑥 |2 𝑥| 𝑥 2 𝑥 2
3𝑥 1 2
𝑥 1
Case 3: 𝑥 2
|3𝑥 1| 3𝑥 1; 𝑥 |2 𝑥| 𝑥 𝑥 2 2𝑥 2
3𝑥 1 2𝑥 2
𝑥 1 which contradicts the case presumption
1
The solutions are 𝑥 or 1
3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 22


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

41 a

Worked solutions
𝑥 𝑥 0
𝑥|𝑥|
𝑥 𝑥 0

b
𝑥|𝑥| 𝑘𝑥
𝑥 0: 𝑥 𝑘𝑥 ⇒ 𝑥 0, 𝑘
𝑥 0: 𝑥 𝑘𝑥 ⇒ 𝑥 0, 𝑘
Solutions: 𝑥 0, 𝑘

42
0 f 𝑥 0
f 𝑥 |f 𝑥 |
2f 𝑥 f 𝑥 0

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 23


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

43 Split into cases:

Worked solutions
Case 1: 𝑥 𝑎
|𝑥 𝑎 | 𝑎 𝑥; |𝑥 2𝑎 | 2𝑎 𝑥
𝑎 𝑥 2𝑎 𝑥
No solution
Case 2: 𝑎 𝑥 2𝑎
|𝑥 𝑎 | 𝑥 𝑎 ; |𝑥 2𝑎 | 2𝑎 𝑥
𝑥 𝑎 2𝑎 𝑥
2𝑥 𝑎
𝑎
𝑥
2
Case 3: 𝑥 2𝑎
|𝑥 𝑎 | 𝑥 𝑎 ; |𝑥 2𝑎 | 𝑥 2𝑎
𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 2𝑎
No solution

44
Let f 𝑥 𝑥 4𝑥 7 𝑥 2 11
f 𝑥 has range f 𝑥 11
For |f 𝑥 | 𝑘 to have four solutions, require that f 𝑥 𝑘 has two distinct solutions
and also f 𝑥 𝑘 has two distinct solutions; this can only happen for 0 𝑘 11

45
Let f 𝑥 𝑥 12𝑥 4
f 𝑥 3𝑥 12 3 𝑥 2 𝑥 2
f 𝑥 is a positive cubic, so the stationary point at 2, 20 is a local maximum and
2, 12 is a local minimum.
f 𝑥 𝑘 has
one solution for 𝑘 12 or 𝑘 20
two solutions for 𝑘 12 or 20
three solutions for 12 𝑘 20
For |f 𝑥 | 𝑘 to have four solutions, require that
f 𝑥 𝑘 has one solution and f 𝑥 𝑘 has three distinct solutions: No such values
or
f 𝑥 𝑘 has two distinct solutions and f 𝑥 𝑘 has two distinct solutions: No such
values
or
f 𝑥 𝑘 has three distinct solutions and f 𝑥 𝑘 has one solution: 12 𝑘 20
There are four solutions for 12 𝑘 20
 
   

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 24


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Exercise 7D

Worked solutions
17 a
has vertical asymptotes at roots of f 𝑥 : 𝑥 3, 𝑥 0, 𝑥 4
Local minima of f 𝑥 are maxima of and vice versa:
has min at 2, ,max at 2,
If f 𝑥 → ∞ then →0

b
f 𝑥 has the same roots as f 𝑥 , intersections with the axis become minima.
Local minima at 3, 0 , 0, 0 , 4, 0
Positive stationary points keep the same character, negative stationary points take the
opposite character:
f 𝑥 has max at 2, 9 and 2, 25

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 25


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

18 a

Worked solutions
has vertical asymptotes at roots of f 𝑥 : 𝑥 6, 𝑥 0, 𝑥 3, 𝑥 6
Local minima of 𝑓 𝑥 are maxima of and vice versa:
has max at 4, and 5, , min at 2,
If f 𝑥 → ∞ then →0

b
f 𝑥 has the same roots as f 𝑥 , intersections with the axis become minima.
Local minima at 6, 0 , 0, 0 , 3, 0 , 6, 0
Positive stationary points keep the same character, negative stationary points take the
opposite character:
f 𝑥 has max at 4, 64 , 2, 4 and 5, 9

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 26


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

19 a

Worked solutions
has vertical asymptotes at roots of f 𝑥 : 𝑥 1, 𝑥 3
Local minima of 𝑓 𝑥 are maxima of and vice versa: has max at 1,
f 0 2 so
𝑓 𝑥 → 5 so →

1
𝑦
5

b
f 𝑥 has the same roots as f 𝑥 , intersections with the axis become minima.
Local minima at 1, 0 , 3, 0
Positive stationary points keep the same character, negative stationary points take the
opposite character:
has max at 1, 9
f 0 2 so f 𝑥 4
𝑓 𝑥 → 5 so f 𝑥 → 25

20 a 3,
b 3, 16
c 𝑥 2 3⇒𝑥 2
2, 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 27


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

21

Worked solutions
𝑥 replaced by 𝑥 : translation to the right
𝑥 replaced by 3𝑥: horizontal stretch with scale factor

The total transformation is a translation followed by a horizontal stretch


0
with scale factor
22
𝑥 replaced by 𝑥 3: translation 3 to the left
𝑥 replaced by 𝑥: horizontal stretch with scale factor
3
The total transformation is a translation followed by a horizontal stretch
0
with scale factor
23
f 𝑥 3𝑥 4𝑥
Horizontal stretch scale factor : replace 𝑥 with 2𝑥
f 𝑥 12𝑥 8𝑥
1
Translation : Replace 𝑥 with 𝑥 1
0
f 𝑥 12 𝑥 1 8 𝑥 1 12𝑥 16𝑥 4
24
f 𝑥 f 𝑥
4
Translation : Replace 𝑥 with 𝑥 4 ; f 𝑥 f 𝑥 4
0
f 𝑥 f 𝑥 4
Horizontal stretch scale factor : replace 𝑥 with 2𝑥; f 𝑥 f 2𝑥
f 𝑥 f 2𝑥 4
0
Translation :f 𝑥 f 𝑥 3
3
f 𝑥 f 2𝑥 4 3
Vertical stretch scale factor 2: f 𝑥 2f 𝑥
f 𝑥 2f 2𝑥 4 6
25
f 𝑥 f 𝑥
Vertical stretch scale factor : f 𝑥 f 𝑥
1
f 𝑥 f 𝑥
3
0
Translation :f 𝑥 f 𝑥 4
4
1
f 𝑥 f 𝑥 4
3
Horizontal stretch scale factor 2: f 𝑥 f
1 𝑥
f 𝑥 f 4
3 2
1
Translation : Replace 𝑥 with 𝑥 1 ; f 𝑥 f 𝑥 1
0
1 𝑥 1
f 𝑥 f 4
3 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 28


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

26

Worked solutions
A: Reflection in the 𝑦-axis. Replace 𝑥 with 𝑥 ; g 𝑥 f 𝑥
5
B: Translation . Replace 𝑥 with 𝑥 5 ; g 𝑥 f 𝑥 5
0
a)
A then B: g 𝑥 f 𝑥 5 f 5 𝑥
b)
B then A: g 𝑥 f 𝑥 5 f 𝑥 5

27
f 𝑥 has vertical asymptotes at roots of :𝑥 4
f 𝑥 has 𝑥-intercepts at vertical asymptotes of : 3, 0 , 5, 0

Local minima of are maxima of f 𝑥 and vice versa:


No local minima or maxima
If → 5 as 𝑥 → ∞ then f 𝑥 →
has 𝑦-intercept at 5, 0 so f 𝑥 has 𝑦-intercept 0,

28
f 𝑥 has the same roots and vertical
asymptotes as f 𝑥 ; intersections with the axis
become minima.
Local minima at 3, 0 , 11, 0 , vertical
asymptote 𝑥 0.
Positive stationary points keep the same
character, negative stationary points take the
opposite character:
f 𝑥 has max at 5, 9
f 𝑥 → 1 as 𝑥 → ∞ so f 𝑥 →1
f 𝑥 → ∞ as 𝑥 → ∞ so f 𝑥 →∞

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 29


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

29

Worked solutions
Transforming f 𝑥 to g 𝑥
f 𝑥 f 𝑥
𝑏
f 𝑥 f 𝑥 𝑏 f 𝑥 𝑏 : Translation
0
Roots are at 𝑏 𝑝, 0 , local maximum is at 𝑏, 𝑐 . Shape is the same.
f 𝑥 f 𝑎𝑥 f 𝑎𝑥 𝑏 : Horizontal stretch with scale factor
Roots are at , 0 , local maximum is at , 𝑐 . Shape is the same.
f 𝑥 : Reciprocal transformation
Vertical asymptotes are at 𝑥 , local minimum is at , . As 𝑥 → ∞, 𝑦 → 0

30
Transforming f 𝑥 to g 𝑥 𝑓 𝑎𝑥 𝑏
f 𝑥 f 𝑥
𝑏
f 𝑥 f 𝑥 𝑏 f 𝑥 𝑏 : Translation
0
Intercept is at 𝑎 𝑏, 0 , vertical asymptote is 𝑥 𝑏. Shape is the same.
f 𝑥 f 𝑎𝑥 f 𝑎𝑥 𝑏 : Horizontal stretch with scale factor
Intercept is at , 0 , vertical asymptote is 𝑥 . Shape is the same.
f 𝑥 f 𝑥 f 𝑎𝑥 𝑏 : Squaring the function
Intercept is at , 0 is now a local minimum, vertical asymptote is 𝑥 .
Horizontal asymptote is now 𝑦 𝑐

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 30


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

31

Worked solutions
There are infinitely many possible answers to this question, due to the periodic nature of the
sine curve. It would be expected that a student would either give a general answer or a sensible
low absolute value answer.
The solution below approaches the problem as a graph transformation question; there are more
direct approaches available and a student familiar with the sine curve might be expected to be
able to read the values of 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐 directly from the graph without this working, citing amplitude
𝑎, period and left shift 𝑐.
Transforming f 𝑥 sin 𝑥 to 𝑔 𝑥 𝑎 sin 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
f 𝑥 sin 𝑥
𝑐
f 𝑥 f 𝑥 𝑐 sin 𝑥 𝑐 : Translation
0
f 𝑥 f 𝑏𝑥 sin 𝑏𝑥 𝑐 : Horizontal stretch with scale factor
f 𝑥 𝑎f 𝑥 𝑎 sin 𝑏𝑥 𝑐 : Vertical stretch with scale factor 𝑎

g 𝑥 has period 4𝜋, sin 𝑥 has period 2𝜋


Horizontal stretch scale factor is 2 ⇒𝑏
g 𝑥 has amplitude 4 𝑎
𝜋 𝜋
g 4 4 sin 𝑐
3 6
𝜋 𝜋
sin 𝑐 1 sin 2𝑛𝜋 for integer 𝑛
6 2
𝜋
𝑐 2𝑛𝜋
3
1 1
𝑎 4, 𝑏 ,𝑐 2𝑛 𝜋
2 3
An alternative solution set is 𝑎 4, 𝑏 , 𝑐 2𝑛𝜋

32
Transforming f 𝑥 sin 𝑥 to 𝑔 𝑥 𝑎 sin 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
f 𝑥 sin 𝑥
𝑐
f 𝑥 f 𝑥 𝑐 sin 𝑥 𝑐 : Translation
0
f 𝑥 f 𝑏𝑥 sin 𝑏𝑥 𝑐 : Horizontal stretch with scale factor
0
f 𝑥 𝑎 f 𝑥 𝑎 sin 𝑏𝑥 𝑐 : Translation
𝑎

g 𝑥 has period , sin 𝑥 has period 2𝜋


Horizontal stretch scale factor is ⇒𝑏 3
g 𝑥 has central value 1 𝑎
𝜋
g 2 1 sin 𝑐 𝜋
3
𝜋
sin 𝑐 𝜋 1 sin 2𝑛𝜋 for integer 𝑛
2
𝜋
𝑐 2𝑛𝜋
2
1
𝑎 1, 𝑏 3, 𝑐 2𝑛 𝜋
2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 31


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

33

Worked solutions
f f 𝑥
2
Translate :
0
f 𝑥 f 𝑥 2 f 𝑥 2
Stretch horizontally with scale factor :
g 𝑥 f 5𝑥 f 5𝑥 2
Alternatively, g 𝑥 f 5 𝑥
0.4
This is a horizontal stretch with scale factor followed by a translation
0
34
f 𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
2
Translate :
0
f 𝑥 f 𝑥 2 𝑎 𝑥 2 𝑏 𝑥 2 𝑐 𝑎𝑥 𝑏 4𝑎 𝑥 𝑐 2𝑏 4𝑎
Stretch horizontally with scale factor 3:
𝑥 𝑎 𝑏 4𝑎
f 𝑥 f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑐 2𝑏 4𝑎 𝑥 𝑐𝑥 14
3 9 3
Comparing coefficients:
𝑎
⎧ 𝑥 : 1 1
⎪ 9
𝑏 4𝑎
⎨ 𝑥 : 3 𝑐 2

⎩𝑥 : 𝑐 2𝑏 4𝑎 14 3
1 :𝑎 9
2 : 𝑏 3𝑐 36
3 : 𝑐 2𝑏 22
Substituting: 5𝑐 72 22
𝑐 10
𝑏 6
Solution: 𝑎 9, 𝑏 6, 𝑐 10
35
f 𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
Stretch horizontally with scale factor :
f 𝑥 f 2𝑥 8𝑎𝑥 2𝑏𝑥 𝑐
1
Translate
0
f 𝑥 f 𝑥 1 8𝑎 𝑥 1 2𝑏 𝑥 1 𝑐
8𝑎𝑥 24𝑎𝑥 24𝑎 2𝑏 𝑥 8𝑎 2𝑏 𝑐
8𝑎𝑥 24𝑎𝑥 24𝑎 2𝑏 𝑥 8𝑎 2𝑏 𝑐 2𝑥 6𝑥 𝑏𝑥 2
Comparing coefficients:
𝑥 : 8𝑎 2 1

𝑥 : 24𝑎 6 2
⎨ 𝑥 : 24𝑎 2𝑏 𝑏 3
⎩𝑥 : 8𝑎 2𝑏 𝑐 2 4
1
1 , 2 :𝑎
4
3 : 3𝑏 6⇒𝑏 2
4 :𝑐 0

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 32


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

36

Worked solutions
f 𝑥 f 2𝑥 1
0.5
Translate :f 𝑥 f 𝑥 0.5 f 2 𝑥 0.5 1 f 2𝑥
0
Horizontal stretch scale factor : f 𝑥 f 𝑥 f 3𝑥
A translation right by half a unit followed by a horizontal stretch scale factor would
achieve the result.

Alternatively:
f 𝑥 f 2𝑥 1
Horizontal stretch scale factor : f 𝑥 f 𝑥 f 3𝑥 1

Translate :f 𝑥 f 𝑥 f 3𝑥
0
A horizontal stretch scale factor followed by a translation right by one third of a unit
would achieve the same result.

37
𝜋
f 𝑥 tan 3𝑥
2
Translate :f 𝑥 f 𝑥 tan 3𝑥
0
Reflect through 𝑦-axis: f 𝑥 f 𝑥 tan 3𝑥

38
f 𝑥 8
Vertical stretch scale factor 5: f 𝑥 5f 𝑥 5 8

g 𝑥 2
𝑐
Translate :g 𝑥 g 𝑥 𝑐 2 2 2
0
Stretch horizontally with scale factor : g 𝑥 g 3𝑥 2 2 2 8

Require that 5 8 ≡2 8
5 2
𝑐 log 5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 33


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Exercise 7E

Worked solutions
15
𝑥 𝑥
f 𝑥 f 𝑥
𝑥 6 𝑥 6
f 𝑥 is an odd function.

16
f 𝑥 tan 𝑥 3 𝑥 tan 𝑥 3𝑥
f 𝑥 is neither odd nor even.

17
f 𝑥 𝑥 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 𝑥 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 f 𝑥
f 𝑥 is an odd function.

18 a
f 𝑥 𝑥 4 3, 𝑥 𝑘
This is one-to-one for 𝑘 4

b
𝑦 f 𝑥 𝑥 4 3, 𝑥 4 has range 𝑦 3
𝑦 3 𝑥 4
𝑥 4 𝑦 3 f 𝑦
Changing variables:
f 𝑥 4 √𝑥 3, with domain 𝑥 3

19 a
3 5
f 𝑥 𝑥
2 4
The vertex of the full function is at ,
The function f 𝑥 can be one-to-one with reduced domain 𝑥

b
3 5 3 5
𝑦 f 𝑥 𝑥 ,𝑥 has range 𝑦
2 4 2 4
5 3
𝑦 𝑥
4 2

3 5
𝑥 𝑦 f 𝑦
2 4
Changing variables:
3 5 5
f 𝑥 𝑥 , with domain 𝑥
2 4 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 34


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

20 a

Worked solutions
3 2𝑥
𝑦 f 𝑥
2
2𝑦 3 2𝑥
2𝑥 3 2𝑦
3 2𝑦
𝑥 f 𝑦
2
Changing variables:
3 2𝑥
f 𝑥 f 𝑥
2
Therefore f 𝑥 is self-inverse.

b
A self-inverse function will have range and domain that match; the domain of f 𝑥 is
𝑥∈ℝ

21 a
f 𝑥 is even so f 𝑥 f 𝑥
g 𝑥 is odd so g 𝑥 g 𝑥
f 𝑥 f 𝑥
h 𝑥 h 𝑥
g 𝑥 g 𝑥
Therefore h 𝑥 is an odd function.

b
The sum of an even function and an odd function is neither even nor odd.
For example:
f 𝑥 1 is an even function since f 𝑥 f 𝑥 for all 𝑥
g 𝑥 𝑥 is an odd function since g 𝑥 𝑥 g 𝑥 for all 𝑥
Let k 𝑥 f 𝑥 g 𝑥 1 𝑥
k 1 2, k 1 0
Then k 𝑎 𝑎 for 𝑎 1; therefore k 𝑥 is neither odd nor even.

22
If f 𝑥 is even then f 𝑥 f 𝑥 for all 𝑥 in the domain of f 𝑥
If f 𝑥 is odd then f 𝑥 f 𝑥 for all 𝑥 in the domain of f 𝑥
If both are true then f 𝑥 f 𝑥 ⇒f 𝑥 0 for all 𝑥 in the domain of f 𝑥

23
f 𝑥 |𝑥 1| |𝑥 1|
Then f 𝑥 | 𝑥 1| | 𝑥 1|
|𝑥 1| |𝑥 1|
f 𝑥
Therefore f 𝑥 is even.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 35


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

24 a

Worked solutions
f 𝑥 𝑥 6𝑥 9𝑥 2 for 5 𝑥 1
f 𝑥 3𝑥 12𝑥 9 3 𝑥 4𝑥 3 3 𝑥 1 𝑥 3
Stationary points are at 𝑥 1 and 𝑥 3
f 3 27 54 27 2 2
f 1 1 6 9 2 6
The end point values are f 5 22 and f 1 14
Positive cubic with two stationary points will have local maximum at the first and local
minimum at the second.
Then the function is one-to-one for 3 𝑥 1
It is alternatively one-to-one for 1 𝑥 1 or for 5 𝑥 3

b
If f 𝑥 has domain 3 𝑥 1 then it has range 6 f 𝑥 2
f 𝑥 has domain 6 𝑥 2

If f 𝑥 has domain 5 𝑥 3 then it has range 22 f 𝑥 6


f 𝑥 has domain 22 𝑥 6

If f 𝑥 has domain 1 𝑥 1 then it has range 2 f 𝑥 14


f 𝑥 has domain 2 𝑥 14

25 a
f 𝑥 𝑥 8𝑥 5 𝑥 4 11 for 𝑥 𝑘
f 𝑥 4𝑥 16𝑥 4𝑥 𝑥 4
Stationary points are at 𝑥 0, 2; the positive quartic has two local minima at 𝑥 2
and a local maximum at 𝑥 0.
The function is one-to-one for 𝑥 2 so 𝑘 2

b
f 2 16 32 5 11
The range of f 𝑥 for 𝑥 2 is f 𝑥 11
Therefore, the domain of f 𝑥 is 𝑥 11

26 a
f 𝑥 e 4𝑥 for 𝑥 𝑘
f 𝑥 e 4
There is a single stationary point at 𝑥 ln 4, which must be a local minimum since the
function grows without limit as 𝑥 → ∞
Then the domain over which f 𝑥 is one-to-one is 𝑥 ln 4 so 𝑘 ln 4

b
f ln 4 4 4 ln 4
The range of f 𝑥 for 𝑥 ln 4 is f 𝑥 4 1 ln 4
Therefore, the domain of f 𝑥 is 𝑥 4 1 ln 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 36


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

27 a

Worked solutions
2𝑥 1
Let 𝑦 f 𝑥
3𝑥 2
3𝑥 2 𝑦 2𝑥 1
3𝑥𝑦 2𝑥 2𝑦 1
2𝑦 1
𝑥 f 𝑦
3𝑦 2
2𝑥 1
Changing variable: f 𝑥 f 𝑥
3𝑥 2
Therefore, f 𝑥 is self-inverse.

b
The domain of f 𝑥 must be the same as the domain of f 𝑥 if the function is self-
inverse: 𝑥

28
Let 𝑦 f 𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑏
𝑦 𝑏
𝑥 f 𝑦
𝑎
Changing variable:
𝑥 𝑏
f 𝑥
𝑎
If the function is self-inverse then f 𝑥 f 𝑥
𝑥 𝑏
𝑎𝑥 𝑏
𝑎
𝑥 𝑏 𝑎 𝑥 𝑎𝑏
𝑥 1 𝑎 𝑏 1 𝑎
𝑎 1 1 𝑎 𝑥 𝑏 1 𝑎
For the above to be true for all values of 𝑥 in the domain, one of the following must be
true:
 𝑏 0 and the domain is 𝑥 0 (which is a trivial case) 
 𝑏 0, 𝑎 1: f 𝑥 𝑥 
 𝑎 1: f 𝑥 𝑏 𝑥 

29 a
Let g 𝑥 f 𝑥 f 𝑥
Then g 𝑥 f 𝑥 f 𝑥 g 𝑥 so by definition g 𝑥 is an even function.

b
Let h 𝑥 f 𝑥 f 𝑥
Then h 𝑥 f 𝑥 f 𝑥 h 𝑥 so by definition h 𝑥 is an odd function.

c
Since f 𝑥 g 𝑥 h 𝑥 , it follows that every function can be expressed as the sum
of an even and an odd function.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 37


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

30

Worked solutions
3 2𝑥
Let 𝑦 f 𝑥
𝑥 𝑐
𝑥 𝑐 𝑦 3 2𝑥
𝑥 𝑦 2 3 𝑐𝑦
3 𝑐𝑦
𝑥 f 𝑦
𝑦 2
Changing variable:
3 𝑐𝑥
f 𝑥
𝑥 2
If f 𝑥 is self-inverse then f 𝑥 f 𝑥 for all 𝑥 in the domain of f 𝑥
3 2𝑥 3 𝑐𝑥
𝑥 𝑐 𝑥 2
3 2𝑥 𝑥 2 3 𝑐𝑥 𝑥 𝑐
2𝑥 𝑥 6 𝑐𝑥 3 𝑐 𝑥 3𝑐
𝑥 𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑐 4 6 3𝑐 0 for all 𝑥
𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑐 2 𝑥 3 0 for all 𝑥

This can only be true for 𝑐 2, or if 𝑥
Since the domain is (assumed to be) 𝑥 2, the only possible solution is that 𝑐 2

Mixed Practice
1 a
Vertical asymptotes occur at the roots of the denominator
2
𝑥 or 2
3

b
When 𝑥 0, 𝑦 so the 𝑦-intercept is 0,
The 𝑥-intercept occurs at the root of the numerator: ,0

c
Degree of the numerator < degree of the denominator: 𝑦 → 0 as 𝑥 → ∞

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 38


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

2 ai

Worked solutions
Vertical asymptotes occur at the roots of the denominator
𝑥 4
aii
As 𝑥 → ∞, 𝑦 → 𝑥 so the oblique asymptote is 𝑦 𝑥 2
b
𝑥 4𝑥 2𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 6
f 𝑥
𝑥 4 𝑥 4
When 𝑥 0, 𝑦 0 so the 𝑦-intercept is 0, 0
The 𝑥-intercepts occur at the roots of the numerator, so there is also
an 𝑥-intercept at 6, 0

3
6𝑥 𝑥 2𝑥 0
Boundaries are at solutions to 2𝑥 𝑥 6𝑥 0
𝑥 2𝑥 3 𝑥 2 0
The function is a negative cubic with three distinct roots: , 0 and 2
It will take negative values between the first and second root and for 𝑥 greater than the
third root:
3
𝑥 0 or 𝑥 2
2

4 a
Let f 𝑥 𝑥 3𝑥 6𝑥 8
f 2 8 12 12 8 0 so by the factor theorem, 𝑥 2 is a factor of f 𝑥
b
𝑥 1 3 𝑥 2𝑥 3
𝑥 3𝑥 6𝑥 8 0
𝑥 2 𝑥 5𝑥 4 0
𝑥 2 𝑥 1 𝑥 4 0
f 𝑥 is a positive cubic with three distinct roots: 2,1 and 4
It will take positive values between the first and second root and for 𝑥 greater than the
third root:
2 𝑥 1 or 𝑥 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 39


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
2𝑥 5𝑥 𝑥 1 0
From calculator, 1.62 𝑥 0.366 or 0.618 𝑥 1.37

6
ln 𝑥 e
From calculator, 0 𝑥 3.04 or 7.01 𝑥 8.56

7 a

b
|cos 3𝑥| for 0 𝑥 𝜋
1 𝜋
cos 3𝑥 ⇒ 3𝑥 𝑛𝜋
2 3
1 𝜋
𝑥 𝑛𝜋
3 9
Within the interval, the solutions are 𝑥 , , , , ,

8 a

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 40


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Intersections of the two graphs:
1
4 𝑥 5 3𝑥 ⇒ 𝑥
4
9
4 𝑥 3𝑥 5 ⇒ 𝑥
2
1 9
|4 𝑥| |5 3𝑥| for 𝑥 or 𝑥
4 2

9 a

b
Intersections of the two graphs:
3 𝑥 1 5𝑥 ⇒ 𝑥 1
1
3 𝑥 1 5𝑥 ⇒ 𝑥
3
1
3 𝑥 |5𝑥 1| for 1 𝑥
3

10 a
𝑦 |f 𝑥 | takes the parts of f 𝑥 that lie below the 𝑥-axis and reflects them through the
𝑥-axis:

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 41


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝑦 f |𝑥| is composed of f 𝑥 for 𝑥 0 and its reflection through the 𝑦-axis:

11 a
has vertical asymptotes at roots of f 𝑥 : 𝑥 0, 𝑥 3
Local minima of f 𝑥 are maxima of and
vice versa:
has min at 2,
1 1
f 𝑥 → 2 as 𝑥 → ∞ so →
f 𝑥 2
1
f 𝑥 → ∞ as 𝑥 → ∞ so → 0
f 𝑥

b
f 𝑥 has the same roots as f 𝑥 , intersections
with the axis become minima.
Local minima at 0, 0 , 3, 0
Positive stationary points keep the same character, negative stationary points take the
opposite character:
f 𝑥 has max at 2, 4
f 𝑥 → 2 as 𝑥 → ∞ so f 𝑥 → 4
f 𝑥 → ∞ as 𝑥 → ∞ so f 𝑥 →∞

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 42


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Transforming 𝑦 f 𝑥 to 𝑦 f 2𝑥 1 :
1
f 𝑥 f 𝑥 1 : translation
0
New roots are 1, 0 and 4, 0 , max is at 3, 2 . Asymptote remains 𝑦 2
f 𝑥 f 2𝑥 : Horizontal stretch with scale factor
New roots are , 0 and 2, 0 , max is at , 2 . Asymptote remains 𝑦 2

12
f 𝑥 3 3
Then f 𝑥 3 3 f 𝑥
Therefore f 𝑥 is an even function

13 a
f 𝑥 𝑥 3 5 so the vertex is at 3, 5
The function is therefore one-to-one for 𝑥 3
𝑘 3
b
Let 𝑦 f 𝑥 𝑥 3 5, 𝑥 3
5 𝑦 𝑥 3
𝑥 3 5 𝑦 f 𝑦
Changing variables, f 𝑥 3 √5 𝑥
The range of f 𝑥 is f 𝑥 5 so the domain of f 𝑥 is 𝑥 5

14 a
f 𝑥 is even so f 𝑥 f 𝑥 for all 𝑥
𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐 𝑎 𝑥 𝑏 𝑥 𝑐
𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
2𝑏𝑥 0 for all 𝑥
Therefore 𝑏 0
b
g 𝑥 is odd so g 𝑥 g 𝑥 0 for all 𝑥
𝑝 sin 𝑥 𝑞𝑥 𝑟 𝑝 sin 𝑥 𝑞 𝑥 𝑟 0
sin 𝑥 sin 𝑥 so 2𝑟 0
Therefore 𝑟 0

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 43


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
If h 𝑥 is both odd and even, then h 𝑥 h 𝑥 and h 𝑥 h 𝑥 for all 𝑥
Therefore h 𝑥 ℎ 𝑥 for all 𝑥
Hence h 𝑥 0

15 ai
Real roots when discriminant Δ 0
Δ 2 𝑘 1 4 𝑘 7 3𝑘 0
16𝑘 20𝑘 4 0
4𝑘 5𝑘 1 0
(4𝑘 1 𝑘 1 0
Positive quadratic in 𝑘 will have values greater than zero outside the roots
1
𝑘 or 𝑘 1
4
aii
The range of the function f 𝑥 is the set of values 𝑘 for which f 𝑥 𝑘 has real
solutions.
2𝑥 7
𝑘
𝑥 2𝑥 3
2𝑥 7 𝑘𝑥 2𝑘𝑥 3𝑘
𝑘𝑥 2 𝑘 1 𝑥 7 3𝑘 0
From part a, the range of f 𝑥 is therefore f 𝑥 or f 𝑥 1

b
When 𝑥 0, 𝑦 so the 𝑦-intercept is 0,
𝑥-intercept at root of the numerator: , 0
Vertical asymptotes occur at roots of the denominator: 𝑥 3 𝑥 1 0 so 𝑥 1
or 𝑥 3
Degree of the numerator < degree of the denominator: 𝑦 → 0 as 𝑥 → ∞

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 44


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

16 a

Worked solutions
b
|2|𝑥| 3| 2
2|𝑥| 3 2
2|𝑥| 3 2
|𝑥| 1.5 1
𝑥 1.5 1 2.5, 0.5

17
f 𝑥 is a positive quadratic with roots at 𝑎 and 𝑏.
𝑦 f |𝑥| is composed of f 𝑥 for 𝑥 0 and its reflection through the 𝑦-axis:

a
0 𝑏 𝑎
Both roots are positive

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 45


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝑏 0 𝑎
Only one root is positive

c
Both roots are negative

18 a
f 𝑥 f : Horizontal stretch with scale factor 3
6
f 𝑥 f 𝑥 6 f : Translation
0
𝑦 f 𝑥 is transformed to 𝑦 f by a horizontal stretch with scale factor 3 followed
by a translation 6 units in the positive 𝑥 direction.

b
Alternatively:
2
f 𝑥 f 𝑥 2 : Translation
0
f 𝑥 f f 2 f : Horizontal stretch with scale factor 3
𝑦 f 𝑥 is transformed to 𝑦 f by a translation 2 units in the positive 𝑥 direction
followed by a horizontal stretch with scale factor 3.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 46


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

19 a

Worked solutions
f 𝑥 is a positive quadratic with roots at √3.
𝑦 |f 𝑥 | takes the parts of f 𝑥 that lie below the 𝑥-axis and reflects them through the
𝑥-axis
𝑦 has vertical asymptotes at the roots of f 𝑥 and since f 𝑥 → ∞ as 𝑥 → ∞,
→0

b
The curves intersect when |𝑓 𝑥 |
f 𝑥 |f 𝑥 | 1
f 𝑥 1
𝑥 4
𝑥 2
Then |𝑓 𝑥 | for 2 𝑥 √3 or √3 𝑥 2

20
f 𝑥 |𝑥 𝑎| |𝑥 𝑏|
Assume without loss of generality that 𝑎 𝑏
𝑎 𝑏 2𝑥 𝑥 𝑏
Then f 𝑥 𝑏 𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 𝑎
𝑎 𝑏 2𝑥 𝑎 𝑥
The graph of 𝑦 f 𝑥 looks like this:

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 47


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

𝑓 𝑥 |𝑥 𝑎| |𝑥 𝑏|; 𝑎 𝑏, no y axis shown

Worked solutions
Require that f 𝑥 is even so the graph must be symmetrical through the 𝑦-axis, line 𝑥
0
Since the graph is only symmetrical through 𝑥 then 𝑎 𝑏
You could alternatively use algebraic manipulation or by breaking into cases to show that 𝑎
𝑏 is the only condition which allows f 𝑥 to be even, but a graphical approach is tidily direct.

21 a
f 𝑥 e 4 9 is a quadratic in e , which has its vertex at e 4, or 𝑥 ln 4
Therefore, restricting the domain so that f 𝑥 is one-to-one, 𝑥 𝑘 where 𝑘 ln 4

b
Let 𝑦 f 𝑥 e 4 9, 𝑥 ln 4
e 4 𝑦 9
𝑥 ln 4 𝑦 9 f 𝑦
Changing variables:
f 𝑥 ln 4 √𝑥 9
As 𝑥 → ∞, f 𝑥 → 7 so the range of f 𝑥 for 𝑥 ln 4 is 9 f 𝑥 7
Then the domain of f 𝑥 is 9 𝑥 7

22 a
f 𝑥 𝑥e .
f 𝑥 e . 0.5𝑥e . 1 0.5𝑥 e .
.
f 𝑥 0.5𝑒 0.5 1 0.5𝑥 e . 1 0.25𝑥 e .

b
The stationary point of f 𝑥 from part a is when 1 0.5𝑥 0 so 𝑥 2
The function is therefore one-to-one if the domain is restricted to 𝑥 2
𝑘 2

c
As 𝑥 → ∞, f 𝑥 → ∞ so the range of f 𝑥 is 2e f 𝑥
Therefore, the domain of f 𝑥 is 𝑥 2e

23 ai
3𝑥
f 𝑥
𝑥 1
3 𝑥 3𝑥
f 𝑥 f 𝑥 for all 𝑥 in the domain of f 𝑥
𝑥 1 𝑥 1
Therefore, f 𝑥 is an odd function.

aii
The graph of f 𝑥 will have degree 2 rotational symmetry about the origin.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 48


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

bi

Worked solutions
f 𝑥 𝑘
𝑘𝑥 3𝑥 𝑘 0
This quadratic has real solutions if discriminant Δ 0
Δ 3 4𝑘 9 4𝑘 0
4𝑘 9 0
bii
Therefore, the range of f 𝑥 is f 𝑥
3 3 3
𝑘 : 𝑥 3𝑥 0⇒𝑥 2𝑥 1 0 ⇒ 𝑥 1 0⇒𝑥 1
2 2 2
3 3 3
𝑘 : 𝑥 3𝑥 0⇒𝑥 2𝑥 1 0 ⇒ 𝑥 1 0⇒𝑥 1
2 2 2
The turning points are 1, and 1,

c
𝑦 |f 𝑥 | takes the parts of f 𝑥 that lie below the 𝑥-axis and reflects them through the
𝑥-axis

d
Intersections of 𝑦 |𝑥| and 𝑦 |f 𝑥 |:
f 𝑥 𝑥
3𝑥
𝑥
𝑥 1
𝑥 1 3
𝑥 2
𝑥 √2
Then |𝑓 𝑥 | |𝑥| for √2 𝑥 √2

24 a
𝑥 is in the domain of g 𝑥 if f 𝑥 𝑎 𝑏
𝑥 𝑎 𝑎
𝑥 0, 2𝑎

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 49


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Transforming f 𝑥 to g 𝑥 :
𝑎
f 𝑥 f 𝑥 𝑎 : Translate
0
Local minimum at 𝑎, 0 , passes through 0, 𝑏 and 2𝑎, 𝑏
0
f 𝑥 f 𝑥 𝑏 f 𝑥 𝑎 𝑏: Translate
𝑏
Local minimum at 𝑎, 𝑏 , passes through 0, 0 and 2𝑎, 0
f 𝑥 g 𝑥 : Reciprocal transformation
Local maximum at 𝑎. ,
vertical asymptotes at 𝑥 0, 𝑥 2𝑎. As 𝑥 → ∞, g 𝑥 → 0

25 a
2𝑥 1 2 𝑥 2 5 5
f 𝑥 2
𝑥 2 𝑥 2 𝑥 2

b
5
f 𝑥 0 for all 𝑥
𝑥 2

c
Since from part b, f 𝑥 is always increasing, the range is the interval between f 1
3 and f 8
3 f 𝑥 1.5

di
Let 𝑦 f 𝑥
𝑥𝑦 2𝑦 2𝑥 1
𝑥 𝑦 2 1 2𝑦
1 2𝑦
𝑥 f 𝑦
2 𝑦
Changing variables:
1 2𝑥
f 𝑥
2 𝑥
Range of f 𝑥 is 3 f 𝑥 1.5 so the domain of f 𝑥 is 3 𝑥 1.5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 50


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

dii, diii

Worked solutions
ei
𝑦 f |𝑥| is composed of f 𝑥 for 𝑥 0 and its reflection through the 𝑦-axis:

dii
1
f |𝑥|
4
1
2|𝑥| 1 |𝑥| 2
4
9 1
|𝑥|
4 2
2
|𝑥|
9
2
𝑥
9

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 51


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

26 a

Worked solutions
𝑥 7𝑥 10 𝑥 𝑥 1 6 𝑥 1 4 4
f 𝑥 𝑥 6
𝑥 1 𝑥 1 𝑥 1
As 𝑥 → ∞, f 𝑥 → 𝑥 6
The oblique asymptote is 𝑦 𝑥 6

b
If f 𝑥 𝑘 has real solutions then 𝑥 7𝑥 10 𝑘 𝑥 1 has real solutions
𝑥 7 𝑘 𝑥 10 𝑘 0
This quadratic has real solutions if its discriminant Δ 0
Δ 7 𝑘 4 10 𝑘
𝑘 10𝑘 9 0
𝑘 1 𝑘 9 0
This is a positive quadratic in 𝑘, which will have values greater than zero for 𝑘 outside
the roots.
𝑘 1 or 𝑘 9
Therefore, the function f 𝑥 has range f 𝑥 1 or f 𝑥 9
When 𝑘 1: 𝑥 6𝑥 9 0 𝑥 3 so 𝑥 3
When 𝑘 9: 𝑥 2𝑥 1 0 𝑥 1 so 𝑥 1
The turning points are 3, 1 and 1, 9

c
When 𝑥 0, 𝑦 10 so the 𝑦-intercept is 0, 10
𝑥-intercepts are at the roots of the numerator: 𝑥 2 𝑥 5 0 so 5, 0 and
2, 0
Vertical asymptote at the root of the denominator: 𝑥 1
Asymptotes intersect at 1, 5 which also lies on the line 𝑦 𝑥 6

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 52


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
The two graphs intersect where 2𝑥 7
𝑥 7𝑥 10 2𝑥 7 𝑥 1
𝑥 7𝑥 10 2𝑥 9𝑥 7
𝑥 2𝑥 3 0
𝑥 3 𝑥 1 0
𝑥 3 or 1
𝑥 7𝑥 10
2𝑥 7 for 3 𝑥 1 or 𝑥 1
𝑥 1

e
𝑦 |f 𝑥 | takes the parts of f 𝑥 that lie below the 𝑥-axis and reflects them through the
𝑥-axis

f
For there to be two solutions, 𝑐 must either equal zero or be a value above the local
maximum of the left part of the function and below the local minimum of the right part
of the function.
𝑐 0 or 1 𝑐 9

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 53


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

27

Worked solutions
𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐 1 𝑑𝑥 𝑒
f 𝑥 ,g 𝑥
𝑑𝑥 𝑒 f 𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
Vertical asymptotes of g 𝑥 are the roots of its denominator.
3 5
𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐 𝑎 𝑥 𝑥 4 𝑎𝑥 𝑎𝑥 6𝑎
2 2
Comparing coefficients: 𝑏 𝑎, 𝑐 6𝑎
f 𝑥 has oblique asymptote 𝑦 𝑥 1 so 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐 𝑥 1 𝑑𝑥
𝑒 𝑘 for some remainder 𝑘.
𝑎
2𝑥 5𝑥 12 𝑑𝑥 𝑑 𝑒 𝑥 𝑒 𝑘
2
Comparing coefficients:𝑑 𝑎, 𝑑 𝑒 𝑎 so 𝑒 𝑎
Putting all these details together,
5
𝑎 𝑥 𝑥 6 2𝑥 5𝑥 12
f 𝑥 2
3 2𝑥 3
𝑎 𝑥
2
If f 𝑥 g 𝑥 then f 𝑥 1 so f 𝑥 1
2𝑥 5𝑥 12 2𝑥 3
2𝑥 3𝑥 15 0 or 2𝑥 7𝑥 9 0
2𝑥 3𝑥 15 0 or 2𝑥 9 𝑥 1 0
3 √129 9
𝑥 or 𝑥 or 1
4 2
𝑥 2.09, 3.59, 4.5 or 1

28
This is a question equivalent to the final question in exercise 7E.
Rather than again find the inverse and equate the functions, a different approach is shown below
for variety. Students may consider which they find more elegant.
3𝑥 5
f 𝑥 ,𝑥 𝑐
𝑥 𝑐
If f 𝑥 is self-inverse then f f 𝑥 𝑥 for all 𝑥 in the domain.
3𝑥 5
3 5
𝑥 𝑐 𝑥
3𝑥 5
𝑐
𝑥 𝑐
3 3𝑥 5 5 𝑥 𝑐
𝑥
3𝑥 5 𝑐 𝑥 𝑐
4𝑥 15 5𝑐 3 𝑐 𝑥 𝑐 5 𝑥
3 𝑐 𝑥 𝑐 9 𝑥 15 5𝑐 0
3 𝑐 𝑥 𝑐 3 𝑥 5 0
For this to be true for all 𝑥 in the domain, 𝑐 3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 54


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 
 

8 Vectors

Worked solutions
These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 8A
28 a 𝐴𝐸⃗ 𝐴𝐵⃗ 𝐵𝐸⃗ 𝐚 𝐛
b 𝐸𝐹⃗ 𝐸𝐶⃗ 𝐶𝐹⃗ 𝐛 𝐚
c 𝐷𝐺⃗ 𝐷𝐴⃗ 𝐴𝐺⃗ 𝐛 2𝐚
29 a 𝐵𝐴⃗ 𝐵𝑂⃗ 𝑂𝐴⃗ 𝐚 𝐛
b 𝑂𝑁⃗ 𝑂𝐵⃗ 𝐵𝐴⃗ 𝐚 2𝐛
c 𝑀𝑁⃗ 𝑀𝑂⃗ 𝑂𝑁⃗ 𝐚 𝐚 2𝐛 4𝐛 𝐚
2 2 0 8
30 a 3𝐚 𝐜 5𝐛 3 1 2 5 1 0
3 3 5 19
4
b |𝐛 2𝐚| 3 √16 9 121 √146
11
31
3𝑘
𝑘 |𝑘|√9 1 1 √11|𝑘| 22
𝑘
|𝑘| 2√11
𝑘 2√11
32
2
3𝑡 3 4 9𝑡 𝑡 1
𝑡 1
4 9𝑡 𝑡 2𝑡 1 9
10𝑡 2𝑡 4 0
1 √41
𝑡
10
33
1 1 5 1 1 8
𝐱 𝐛 3𝐚 3 3 1 0
4 4 4
3 2 3
34
1 1 3 2 1
𝑡𝐛 𝑡 1 𝐜 𝐚 0 2 2 2 1
2 1 5 4 2
𝑡 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 1


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

35 a

Worked solutions
1 1
√36 36 9 1 9 6 1 2 1
Unit vector is 6 2 2𝐢 2𝐣 𝐤
9 3 3
3 1
b
4
1 √16 1 8 5
2√2
8
A vector of magnitude 10 parallel to the vector is 2
4√2
36
2 3𝑝 3
𝐚 𝑝𝐛 𝑝 𝑘 2
2 3𝑝 3
Require 𝑝 2𝑘 and 2 3𝑝 3𝑘
Solving by substitution: 2 6𝑘 3𝑘
2
𝑘
3
4
Then 𝑝
3

37
2𝜆 4 0
𝜆𝐱 𝐲 3𝜆 1 𝑘 1
𝜆 2 0
Require 𝜆 2 0
𝜆 2

38
4
1 √16 1 1 3√2
1
4
Then √2 1 has magnitude 6
1

39
2𝜆 2
|𝐚 𝜆𝐛| 𝜆 4𝜆 8𝜆 4 𝜆 4𝜆 4𝜆 1 5√2
2𝜆 1
9𝜆 12𝜆 5 50
9𝜆 12𝜆 45 0
3𝜆 4𝜆 15 0
3𝜆 5 𝜆 3 0
5
𝜆 3 or
3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 2


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

40

Worked solutions
2𝑡
𝑡 3 4𝑡 𝑡 6𝑡 9 4𝑡 4𝑡 1
2𝑡 1
9𝑡 10𝑡 10
5 65
3𝑡
3 9
√65
From the completed square form, this has minimum value .
3

41 a
3 sin 𝜃
3 cos 𝜃 9 sin 𝜃 9 cos 𝜃 16 √25 5, independent of the value of 𝜃
4
b
1 3 sin 𝜃
1 3 cos 𝜃 2 6 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 25
4
√ 27 6 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃
1 1 𝜋
sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 √2 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 √2 sin 𝜃
√2 √2 4
So this has maximum value √2
1 3 sin 𝜃
Then 1 3 cos 𝜃 has minimum value 27 6√2
4
This can be easily interpreted geometrically:
The position vector describes the locus of a circle parallel to the 𝑥-𝑦 plane, radius 3 and centred
at 0,0,4
The value found is the distance between 1, 1, 0 and the point on the circle furthest from it,
which will by rapid consideration be at 3√2, 3√2, 4 .

The distance between them is 27 6√2.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 3


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Exercise 8B

Worked solutions
16
–2
𝐴𝐵 2 3
1
3
Then distance 𝐴𝐶
2
17 a
3 6
𝐴𝐵⃗ 5 , 𝐶𝐴⃗ 10 2𝐴𝐵⃗
1 2
Therefore the three points are collinear.
b
𝐴𝐵: 𝐵𝐶 1: 3
18 a
1
𝐴𝐵 |𝐛 𝐚| 2 √1 4 25 √30
5
b
1 1
𝐚 𝐛 3𝐢 2𝐣 3𝐤
2 2

19 a
4 2 1
𝐵𝐶⃗ 2 so 𝐵𝐷⃗ 1 and so 𝐷 has position vector 𝐛 𝐵𝐷⃗ 2
10 5 2
b
3
𝐴𝐷⃗ 13 so 𝐴𝐷 √9 169 49 √227
7
20
𝐝 2𝐢 3𝐣 𝐢 𝐣 3𝐢 4𝐣

21
1 2
𝐴𝐵⃗ 12 𝐵𝐶⃗ so 𝐜 𝐛 𝐵𝐶⃗ 13
3 1
22 a
2 1
Require 𝐶𝐷⃗ 𝐵𝐴⃗ 2 so 𝐝 2
1 2
b
𝐴𝐵 √4 4 1 3
2
𝐵𝐶 3 √4 9 √13. Since adjacent sides have unequal length,
0
parallelogram 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷 is not a rhombus.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 4


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

23 a

Worked solutions
6
Require 𝐶𝐷⃗ 𝐵𝐴⃗ 3 so 𝐷 has coordinates 13, 4, 6
6
b
1
If 𝑀 is the midpoint of 𝐴𝐶 then 𝐴𝑀⃗ 𝐴𝐶⃗
2
1 2
8 so 𝑀 has coordinates 6, 3, 1
2
2
c
14
If 𝑁 is the midpoint of 𝐵𝐷 then 𝐵𝑁⃗ 𝐵𝐷⃗ 2 so 𝑁 has coordinates 6, 3, 1
14
𝑀 and 𝑁 are the same point; the midpoint of 𝐴𝐶 is also the midpoint of 𝐵𝐷 (the centre
of the parallelogram).

24 a
𝐵𝐶⃗ 𝐜 𝐛
1 1 1
𝑀𝑁⃗ 𝑀𝐴⃗ 𝐴𝑁⃗ 𝐚 𝐛 𝐜 𝐚 𝐜 𝐛
2 2 2
b
1
𝐵𝐶 and 𝑀𝑁 must be parallel, with 𝑀𝑁 half the length of 𝐵𝐶, since 𝑀𝑁⃗ 𝐵𝐶⃗
2
25
If 𝑀 is the midpoint of 𝐴𝐵, 𝑁 is the midpoint of 𝐵𝐶 and so on then:
1 1 1 1
𝐦 𝐚 𝐛 ,𝐧 𝐛 𝐜 ,𝐩 𝐜 𝐝 , and 𝐪 𝐝 𝐚 ,
2 2 2 2
Then the vectors joining consecutive vertices of 𝑀𝑁𝑃𝑄 are
1
𝑀𝑁⃗ 𝐧 𝐦 𝐜 𝐚
2
1
𝑁𝑃⃗ 𝐩 𝐧 𝐝 𝐛
2
1
𝑄𝑃⃗ 𝐩 𝐪 𝐜 𝐚
2
1
𝑀𝑄⃗ 𝐪 𝐦 𝐝 𝐛
2
Since 𝑀𝑁⃗ 𝑄𝑃⃗ and 𝑁𝑃⃗
𝑀𝑄⃗ , it follows by definition that 𝑀𝑁𝑃𝑄 is a parallelogram.
26 a
15 3 𝑝
𝐴𝐶 ⃗ 5 ⃗
𝑘𝐴𝐵 𝑘 𝑞 2
5 3
3
Inspecting the third component, 𝑘
5
So 3 𝑝 9 ⇒ 𝑝 6
And 𝑞 2 3 ⇒ 𝑞 5
b
𝐴𝐵: 𝐵𝐶 𝑘 ∶ 1 𝑘 3∶2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 5


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

27

Worked solutions
2
𝐴𝐵⃗ 5
4
2 0.8
𝐴𝐶⃗ 𝐴𝐵⃗ so 𝐶 has position vector 𝐚 2 2.2𝐢 𝐣 2.4𝐤
5
1.6
28
2 2𝑡
𝐴𝐵⃗ 4 𝑡 so 𝐴𝐵 4 8𝑡 4𝑡 16 8𝑡 𝑡 81 90𝑡 25𝑡 3
9 5𝑡
Squaring: 30𝑡 106𝑡 101 9
15𝑡 53𝑡 46 0
𝑡 2 15𝑡 23 0
23
𝑡 2 or
15

29 a
1 1
𝐦 𝐩 𝐪 3𝐢 3𝐣 4𝐤
2 2
b
1
Require 𝑄𝑅⃗ 𝑀𝑄⃗
𝐢 5𝐣 2𝐤
2
1 13
𝑅 has coordinates , ,0
2 2
30 a
1 1
𝐷 has position vector 𝐝 𝐛 𝐜 𝐛 2𝐛 𝐜
3 3
1 1
𝑀 has position 𝐦 𝐚 𝐝 3𝐚 2𝐛 𝐜
2 6
b
1 1
𝑋 has position 𝐱 𝐚 𝐜 𝐚 3𝐚 𝐜
4 4
1
𝐵𝑀⃗ 𝐦 𝐛 3𝐚 4𝐛 𝐜
6
1 1 1
𝑀𝑋⃗ 𝐱 𝐦 9𝐚 3𝐜 2 3𝐚 2𝐛 𝐜 3𝐚 4𝐛 𝐜 𝐵𝑀⃗
12 12 2
This shows that 𝐵, 𝑀 and 𝑋 are collinear, with 𝐵𝑀 ∶ 𝑀𝑋 2 ∶ 1

31 a
2 1
𝐝 𝐛 𝐜 𝐛 3𝐛 2𝐜
5 5
1 1
𝐞 𝐚 𝐚 𝐜 3𝐚 𝐜
2 2
2 1
𝐟 𝐛 𝐚 𝐛 2𝐚 𝐛
3 3
b
1
𝐷𝐹⃗ 𝐟 𝐝 10𝐚 4𝐛 6𝐜
15
1 1 5
𝐹𝐸⃗ 𝐞 𝐟 5𝐚 2𝐛 3𝐜 10𝐚 4𝐛 6𝐜 𝐷𝐹⃗
6 12 4
This shows that 𝐷, 𝐹 and 𝐸 are collinear, with 𝐷𝐹 ∶ 𝐹𝐸 4 ∶ 5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 6


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

32 a

Worked solutions
𝑘 2 𝑘 3
𝐴𝐵⃗ 𝐷𝐶⃗ and 𝐵𝐶⃗ 𝐴𝐷⃗
2 𝑘 2𝑘 1
None of these vectors can be the zero vector so, by definition, 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷 is a parallelogram.

b
𝐴𝐵 𝑘 2 2 𝑘 2𝑘 8
𝐵𝐶 𝑘 3 2𝑘 1 5𝑘 2𝑘 10
For 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷 to be a rhombus, these two side lengths must be equal
2𝑘 8 5𝑘 2𝑘 10
3𝑘 2𝑘 2 0
The discriminant for this quadratic is 2 4 3 2 20 0 so there are no real
roots.
There is no real value 𝑘 for which the adjacent side lengths are equal, so 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷 cannot
be a rhombus.

Exercise 8C
19 a
2 4
𝐚∙ 𝐛 𝐜 2 ∙ 4 8 8 3 19
1 3
b
1 0
𝐛 𝐚 ∙ 𝐝 𝐜 3 ∙ 2 0 6 1 7
1 1
c
4 4
𝐛 𝐝 ∙ 2𝐚 2 ∙ 4 16 8 8 32
4 2

20
3
𝐴𝐵⃗ 5
1
𝐴𝐵⃗ ∙ 𝑂𝐴⃗ 6 10 3 1
cos 𝜃
|𝐴𝐵||𝑂𝐴| √35√17 √595
1
𝜃 cos 87.7°
√595

21
4 6
𝐴𝐶⃗ 0 , 𝐵𝐷⃗ 4
1 1
𝐴𝐶⃗ ∙ 𝐵𝐷⃗ 24 0 1 23
cos 𝜃
|𝐴𝐶||𝐵𝐷| √17√53 √901
23
𝜃 cos 40.0°
√901

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 7


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

22

Worked solutions
𝐩∙𝐪 1 1 4 4 2
cos 𝜃
|𝐩||𝐪| √6√6 6 3

23
𝐚∙𝐛 10 2
cos 𝜃
|𝐚||𝐛| 15 3
2
𝜃 cos 48.2°
3

24
𝐜∙𝐝 15 5
cos 𝜃
|𝐜||𝐝| 9 12 36
5
𝜃 cos 98.0°
36

25 a
1 0
𝐛∙𝐝 3 ∙ 2 1 0 3 2 1 1 7
1 1
0 1
𝐝∙𝐛 2 ∙ 3 0 1 2 3 1 1 7
1 1
Scalar product of vectors is commutative because it can be represented as the sum of products
of elements, and arithmetic multiplication is commutative.
b
2 6
𝐚∙ 𝐛 𝐜 1 ∙ 3 2 6 1 3 2 4 23
2 4
2 1 2 5
𝐚∙𝐛 𝐚∙𝐜 1 ∙ 3 1 ∙ 0
2 1 2 3
2 1 1 3 2 1 2 5 1 0 2 3
7 16 23
Scalar product of vectors is distributive across addition because it can be represented as the sum
of products of elements, and arithmetic multiplication is distributive across addition.
c
5 5
𝐜 𝐝 ∙𝐜 2 ∙ 0 5 5 2 0 4 3 37
4 3
5 5 0
|𝐜| 𝐜∙𝐝 0 0 ∙ 2
3 3 1
5 0 3 5 0 0 2 3 1
34 3 37

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 8


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
3 3
𝐚 𝐛 ∙ 𝐚 𝐛 4 ∙ 4 3 3 4 4 3 3 34
3 3
2 1 2 1
|𝐚| |𝐛| 2𝐚 ∙ 𝐛 1 3 2 1 ∙ 3
2 1 2 1
2 1 2 1 3 1
2 2 1 1 3 2 1
9 11 2 7 34

26
𝐚∙𝐛
cos 𝜃
|𝐚||𝐛|
1 12
2 8|𝐛|
|𝐛| 3

27
1 2 5
Position vectors of the vertices are 𝐚 1 ,𝐛 1 ,𝐜 1
3 1 2
1 4 3
So 𝐛 𝐚 2 ,𝐜 𝐚 0 ,𝐛 𝐜 2
2 1 1
𝐛 𝐚 ∙ 𝐜 𝐚 4 0 2 2
cos 𝐴 ⇒ 𝐴 61.0°
|𝐛 𝐚||𝐜 𝐚| √9√17 √17
𝐛 𝐚 ∙ 𝐛 𝐜 3 4 2 1
cos 𝐵 ⇒ 𝐵 74.5°
|𝐛 𝐚||𝐛 𝐜| √9√14 √14
𝐶 180° 𝐴 𝐵 44.5°

28
2 5 3
𝐛 𝐚 2 ,𝐜 𝐚 0 , 𝐛 𝐜 2
3 4 7
𝐛 𝐚 ∙ 𝐜 𝐚 10 0 12 2
cos 𝐴 ⇒𝐴 94.3°
|𝐛 𝐚||𝐜 𝐚| √17√41 √697
𝐛 𝐚 ∙ 𝐛 𝐜 6 4 21 19
cos 𝐵 ⇒𝐵 54.2°
|𝐛 𝐚||𝐛 𝐜| √17√62 √1054
𝐶 180° 𝐴 𝐵 31.5°

29 a
1 3 5
𝐚 2 ,𝐛 1 ,𝐜 0
2 7 0
2 4 2
𝐛 𝐚 1 ,𝐜 𝐚 2 ,𝐛 𝐜 1
5 2 7
𝐛 𝐚 ∙ 𝐜 𝐚 8 2 10
cos 𝐴 0⇒𝐴 90°
|𝐛 𝐚||𝐜 𝐚| √30√24

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 9


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝐛 𝐚 ∙ 𝐛 𝐜 4 1 35 √5
cos 𝐵 ⇒𝐵 41.8°
|𝐛 𝐚||𝐛 𝐜| √30√54 3
𝐶 180° 𝐴 𝐵 48.2°

c
1 1
Area 𝐴𝐵 𝐴𝐶 √30√24 6√5
2 2

30
𝐩∙𝐪
cos 𝜃
|𝐩||𝐪|
1 3√2
√2 1 |𝐪|
|𝐪| 6

31
4 2𝑡 3
Require 1 𝑡 ∙ 5 0
2 𝑡 1
12 6𝑡 5 5𝑡 2 𝑡 0
12𝑡 9
3
𝑡
4

32
𝑡 2𝑡
Require 0 ∙ 1 0
3 𝑡
2𝑡 3𝑡 0
3
𝑡 0,
2

33
𝐚 is a unit vector so 𝐚 ∙ 𝐚 1
𝐚 is perpendicular to 𝐛 so 𝐚 ∙ 𝐛 0
𝐚 ∙ 2𝐚 3𝐛 2𝐚 ∙ 𝐚 3𝐚 ∙ 𝐛 2

34 a

6 2𝜆 7
𝐵𝐶⃗ 17 𝜆 , 𝐴𝐶⃗ 4
5 2
⃗ ⃗
Require 𝐵𝐶 ∙ 𝐴𝐶 0
42 14𝜆 68 4𝜆 10 0
10𝜆 16
𝜆 1.6

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 10


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
From part a, 𝐶 90°
2.2 7
𝐛 𝐚 22.6 , 𝐜 𝐚 4
3 2
𝐛 𝐚 ∙ 𝐜 𝐚 15.4 90.4 6 √69
cos 𝐴 ⇒𝐴 68.7°
|𝐛 𝐚||𝐜 𝐚| √524.6√69 √524.6
𝐵 180° 𝐴 𝐶 21.3°

c
9.2
𝐵𝐶⃗ 18.6 so 𝐵𝐶 √455.6 . From part b, 𝐵𝐶 √69
5
1 1
Area 𝐵𝐶 𝐴𝐶 √455.6√69 88.7
2 2

35
𝐚 and 𝐛 have equal magnitude: |𝐚| |𝐛| so 𝐚 ∙ 𝐚 𝐛∙𝐛 ∗
3𝐚 𝐛 ∙ 𝐚 3𝐛 0
Expanding and rearranging:
⇒ 3𝐚 ∙ 𝐚 𝐛 ∙ 𝐚 9𝐚 ∙ 𝐛 3𝐛 ∙ 𝐛 𝟎
⇒3 𝐚∙𝐚 𝐛∙𝐛 8𝐚 ∙ 𝐛 0
⇒ 8𝐚 ∙ 𝐛 𝟎 by ∗
⇒𝐚∙𝐛 𝟎
⇒ 𝐚 is perpendicular to 𝐛

36 a
𝐴𝐶⃗ 𝐴𝐵⃗ 𝐵𝐶⃗ 𝐴𝐵⃗ 𝐴𝐷⃗ 𝐚 𝐛
𝐵𝐷⃗ 𝐵𝐴⃗ 𝐴𝐷⃗ 𝐴𝐷⃗ 𝐴𝐵⃗ 𝐛 𝐚

b
𝐚 𝐛 ∙ 𝐛 𝐚 𝐚∙𝐛 𝐛∙𝐛 𝐚∙𝐚 𝐛∙𝐚
𝐛∙𝐛 𝐚∙𝐚
|𝐛| |𝐚|
c
If 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷 is a rhombus then |𝐚| |𝐛| so 𝐚 𝐛 ∙ 𝐛 𝐚 0
That is, 𝐴𝐶 ⊥ 𝐵𝐷, the diagonals are perpendicular.

37 a
If 𝐴 and 𝐵 have position vectors 𝐚 and 𝐛 respectively, then 𝑂𝐴⃗ 𝐚 and 𝑂𝐵⃗ 𝐛 𝜆𝐚
By definition, if 𝑂𝐵⃗ 𝜆𝑂𝐴⃗ then 𝑂, 𝐴 and 𝐵 are collinear.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 11


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
2
𝐵𝐴⃗ 1 𝜆 1
4
2𝜆 12
𝐶𝐵⃗ 𝜆 2
4𝜆 4
Require 𝐵𝐴⃗ ∙ 𝐶𝐵⃗ 0
1 𝜆 4𝜆 24 𝜆 2 16𝜆 16 0
1 𝜆 21𝜆 42 0
𝜆 2
(𝜆 1 represents the degenerate case where 𝐴 and 𝐵 are collocated, which does not
represent a solution to the problem posed).
c)
𝐵 is the point on extended line 𝑂𝐴 for which the distance from 𝐶 to the line is shortest.
8
𝐶𝐵⃗ 0 so 𝐶𝐵 √80 4√5
4

Exercise 8D
26 a
3 1
𝐚 1 ,𝐛 1
5 2
4
Line direction vector 𝐝 𝐛 𝐚 2
3
3 4
Line has equation 𝐫 1 𝜆 2
5 3
b
0 3 4
If 0, 1, 5 lies on the line then 1 1 𝜆 2 for some 𝜆
5 5 3
From the 𝑦 element: 1 2𝜆 1 so 𝜆 1
This does not provide a consistent solution for the other two elements.
0, 1, 5 does not lie on the line.

27
1 2
The required line has vector equation 𝐫 1 𝜆 1
2 3
𝑥
𝐫 𝑦 ; rearranging each of the three element equations to solve for 𝜆 gives
𝑧
𝑥 1 𝑦 1 𝑧 2
𝜆
2 1 3
𝑥 1 𝑦 1 𝑧 2
The Cartesian equation is
2 1 3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 12


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

28

Worked solutions
1 1
The lines have direction vectors 𝐝𝟏 1 and 𝐝𝟐 4
3 1
Acute angle 𝜃 between the lines is such that
𝐝𝟏 ∙ 𝐝𝟐 2
cos 𝜃
|𝐝𝟏 ||𝐝𝟐 | √11√18
𝜃 81.8°

29
2 2
The lines have direction vectors 𝐝𝟏 1 and 𝐝𝟐 1
3 1
𝐝𝟏 ∙ 𝐝𝟐 4 1 3 0 so the two lines have perpendicular vectors.
Both lines pass through the same point 0, 0, 1 so they are perpendicular within a
single plane.
Remember to show or observe that the two vectors are coplanar. While it might be argued that
any two lines with perpendicular direction vectors should be considered perpendicular, general
usage would say that if the lines do not intersect, they are simply skew and not truly
perpendicular.
Any pair of parallel lines are necessarily coplanar, and it is standard to also require that two
lines must cross at 90° angle (that is, must intersect and so be coplanar) to be considered
perpendicular.

30
Substituting 𝑥 3, 𝑦 2, 𝑧 2:
𝑥 1
⎧ 2
⎪ 2
4 𝑦
2
⎨ 3
⎪2𝑧 4
⎩3 2
3
The point 3, 2, 2 does not lie on the given line.

31 a
|𝐯| 0.5 2 1.5 √6.5 2.55 m s

b
𝐫 12𝐢 5𝐣 11𝐤 𝑡 0.5𝐢 2𝐣 1.5𝐤

c
Solving for 𝐫 16𝐢 8𝐣 14𝐤 :
12 0.5𝑡 16 1
5 2𝑡 8 2
11 1.5𝑡 14 3
4 1 2 : 53 56
This is a contradiction, so the particle does not pass through the point 16, 8, 14

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 13


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

32

Worked solutions
13 0.5
At 𝑡 3, 𝐫𝟏 2 and 𝐫𝟐 6
9 1.5
Then |𝐫𝟏 𝐫𝟐 | 12.5 4 10.5 √282.5 16.8 m

33 a
𝑥 0 so 𝜆 3. The point is 0, 12, 5 so 𝑝 12, 𝑞 5
b
1
Direction vector of the line is 𝐝 4
1
0
Angle with 𝐤 0 is 𝜃 where
1
𝐝∙𝐤 1
cos 𝜃
|𝐝| √18
𝜃 76.4°

34 a
4
When 𝑡 2, 𝐫 1 𝑂𝐴⃗ so 𝐴 lies on the line.
8
2
When 𝑡 0, 𝐫 1 𝑂𝐵⃗ so 𝐵 lies on the line.
4
b
𝐶 must then be represented by 𝑡 2 so that the distance between 𝐴𝐵 and 𝐵𝐶 is the
same.
𝐶 has coordinates 0, 3, 0

35 a
4 7 4
𝑃𝑄⃗ 2 so the line has vector equation 𝐫 1 𝜆 2
3 2 3
b
𝑄 is represented by 𝜆 1 and 𝑃 by 𝜆 0
Then if 𝑃𝑅 3𝑃𝑄, 𝑅 must be represented by 𝜆 3 or 𝜆 3
𝑅 has coordinates 5, 5, 11 or 19, 7, 7

36 a
2 2 2
Direction vector 𝐝 3 so the line equation is 𝐫 1 𝜆 3
6 4 6
b
2
3 2 3 6 7
6
c
𝐴𝑃 35 5|𝐝| so 𝑃 has position given by 𝜆 5
𝑃 has coordinates 12, 14, 34 or 8, 16, 26

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 14


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

37 a

Worked solutions
Solving for 𝜆:
𝑥 1 𝑦 4 𝑧 1
𝜆
3 2 3
𝑥 1 𝑦 4 𝑧 1
The Cartesian equation is
3 2 3
b
3
Reading off the denominators, 𝐝 2
3
1 3
|𝐝| √22 so the unit direction vector is 2
√22 3

38 a
3 𝑥 3𝑧 1
𝜆, 𝑦 1
2 4
4 1
𝑥 3 2𝜆, 𝑦 1, 𝑧 𝜆
3 3
3 2
1 3
1 0
𝐫 1 𝜆 4 1 𝜇 0
1 2
3 3
(using 𝜇 1.5 𝜆 1 to get integer values throughout)

b
2
1 1 1
When 𝜇 ,𝐫 1 so 𝑝
3 3
3

39 a
2𝑥 1 2 𝑧
𝜆, 𝑦 7
3 4
Rearranging:
𝑥 1.5𝜆 0.5, 𝑦 7, 𝑧 2 4𝜆
0.5 1.5 2 3
𝐫 7 𝜆 0 7 𝜇 0
2 4 2 8
(using 𝜇 2 𝜆 1 to get integer values throughout)

b
3
Direction vector of the line is 𝐝 0
8
1
Angle with 𝐢 0 is 𝜃 where
0
𝐝∙𝐢 3
cos 𝜃
|𝐝| √73
𝜃 69.4°

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 15


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

40

Worked solutions
𝑥 3 𝑦 2 𝑧 1.5
Line 𝑙 has equation
5 1 1
𝑥3 1 𝑧
Line 𝑙 has equation ,𝑦 1
3 1
Reading direction vectors from the denominators of the Cartesian form:
5 3
Direction vectors 𝐝𝟏 1 and 𝐝𝟐 0
1 1
𝐝𝟏 ∙ 𝐝𝟐 16
Angle between the lines is given by 𝜃 where cos 𝜃
|𝐝𝟏 ||𝐝𝟐 | √27√10
𝜃 13.2°

41
4 2
𝐶 has position vector 𝐜 2 𝜆 1 for some value 𝜆
1 2
2
Require that 𝑃𝐶⃗ ∙ 1 0
2
2𝜆 3 2
𝜆 ∙ 1 0
2𝜆 4 2
9𝜆 14 0
14
𝜆
9
64 4 19
𝐶 has coordinates , ,
9 9 9

42 a
At 𝑡 0, the position of the object is 3, 1, 4
b
1
Speed is 1 √11 3.32 m s
3

c
6
𝐫 3 4 so the distance from the origin is 6 4 13 √221
13
14.9 m

43 a
𝐫𝟏 3 2𝑡 𝐢 5𝑡 𝐣
𝐫𝟐 4𝑡 𝐢 5 𝑡 𝐣

b
3 6𝑡
𝐫𝟏 𝐫𝟐 so |𝐫𝟏 𝐫𝟐 | 3 6𝑡 4𝑡 5
4𝑡 5
52𝑡 76𝑡 34

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 16


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Completing the square:
|𝐫𝟏 𝐫𝟐 | 52𝑡 76𝑡 34
38 38
52 𝑡 34
52 52

19 81
52 𝑡
26 13

81
The minimum separation distance is therefore 2.50
13
44
2
Direction vector is 𝐝 2
1
|𝐝| √9 3 so the vector position of the aeroplane at time 𝑡 is 𝐫
2 894 2
0 𝑡 2
3
0 1
2 596
𝐫 0 𝑡 596
0 298

45 a
2
The direction vector of the line 𝐝 3
3
2𝜆 16
𝑃𝑀⃗ 3𝜆 4
3𝜆 8
Require 𝑃𝑀⃗ ∙ 𝐝 0
22𝜆 44 0
𝜆 2
𝑀 has coordinates 9, 5, 8

b
When 𝜆 5, 𝐫 15, 14, 17 𝑂𝑄⃗ so 𝑄 lies on the line.
c
𝑀𝑄⃗ 𝟑𝐝 so if 𝑅 is distinct from 𝑄, 𝑀𝑅⃗ 3𝐝, so 𝑅 is at the position described by
𝜆 1
𝑅 has coordinates 3, 4, 1

46 a
5 1 5
When 𝜆 ,𝐫 19 so 𝑃 lies on 𝑙
6 6
27
7 1 5
When 𝑡 ,𝐫 19 so 𝑃 also lies on 𝑙
6 6
27

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 17


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
1 1
The direction vectors of the lines are 𝐝𝟏 5 , 𝐝𝟐 1
3 3
The acute angle 𝜃 between the lines has
𝐝𝟏 ∙ 𝐝𝟐 |13|
cos 𝜃
|𝐝𝟏 ||𝐝𝟐 | √35√11
𝜃 48.5°
c
1
When 𝑡 3, 𝐫 5 so 𝑄 lies on 𝑙
10
d
11 11
𝑃𝑄⃗ 𝐝𝟐 so 𝑃𝑄 √11 6.08
6 6

e
If the point on 𝑙 closest to 𝑄 is 𝑅 then 𝑄𝑅 𝑃 90°, so 𝑄𝑅 𝑃𝑄 sin 𝜃 4.55

47
Let 𝑃, with position vector 𝐫, be the point on the line closest to the origin.
2
Then 𝑂𝑃⃗ ∙ 2 0
1
1 2 2
2 𝜆 2 ∙ 2 0
2 1 1
0 9𝜆 0
𝜆 0
1
𝑂𝑃⃗ 2 so 𝑂𝑃 2 2 1 3
2

48
1
Let 𝑃 be the point with position vector 1 and 𝑄 the point on the line with position
2
vector 𝐫, which lies closest to 𝑃.
3

Then 𝑃𝑄 ∙ 1 0
1
2 3 3
1 𝑡 1 ∙ 1 0
0 1 1
7 11𝑡 0
7
𝑡
11
1 1 1 √66
𝑃𝑄⃗ 4 so 𝑃𝑄 1 4 7 0.739
11 11 11
7

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 18


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Exercise 8E

Worked solutions
9
1 5
Line 𝐴𝐵 has equation 𝐫𝟏 0 𝜆 5
0 5
8 2
Line 𝐶𝐷 has equation 𝐫𝟐 3 𝜇 0
3 0
Solving 𝐫𝟏 𝐫𝟐 :
1 5𝜆 8 2𝜇 1
5𝜆 3 2
3
2 :𝜆
5
Point of intersection is 4, 3, 3
10
1 1
Direction vectors 𝐝𝟏 2 , 𝐝𝟐 3
4 3
Since 𝐝𝟏 𝑘𝐝𝟐 , the two lines are not parallel.
Solving for a point of intersection:
3 𝜆 8 𝜇 1
5 2𝜆 5 3𝜇 2
2 4𝜆 1 3𝜇 3
2 : 2𝜆 3𝜇
Substituting into 3 : 2 6𝜇 1 3𝜇 ⇒ 9𝜇 1
1 1
Then 𝜇 ,𝜆
9 6
Substituting into 1 : 3 𝜆 ,8 𝜇
Since these values are inconsistent with equation 1 , the two lines do not intersect;
since they are not parallel, they are skew.
When you have completed Section F on the vector product, you will find a more direct way to
solve this type of problem.
If the two lines are given by 𝐫𝟏 𝐚𝟏 𝜆𝐝𝟏 and 𝐫𝟐 𝐚𝟐 𝜇𝐝𝟐 :
Find vector 𝐯 which is perpendicular to both 𝐝𝟏 and 𝐝𝟐 .
𝐚𝟏 𝐚𝟐 ∙ 𝐯
Then the value of scalar product is the shortest distance between the two lines.
|𝐯|
18
In this question, you can determine that 𝐯 7 is perpendicular to both.
1
3 8 18 11 18
5 5 ∙ 7 0 ∙ 7 199
2 1 1 1 1
199
|𝐯| √374 so the minimum distance between the two lines is .
√374
Since this is non-zero, the two lines do not intersect and so are skew.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 19


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

11 a

Worked solutions
𝑥2𝑧 3
For 𝑙 :
𝑦2𝑧 9
11 3𝑧
𝑥
For 𝑙 : 5
𝑧 27
𝑦
5

b
If the two lines intersect then equating the equations for 𝑥 in the two lines:
11 3𝑧
2𝑧 3 ⇒ 10𝑧 15 11 3𝑧 ⇒ 𝑧 2
5
Equating the equations for 𝑦 in the two lines:
𝑧 27
2𝑧 9 ⇒ 10𝑧 45 𝑧 27 ⇒ 𝑧 2
5
Since the two equations give consistent results, the point, which has coordinates
1, 5, 2 , must lie on both lines.

12
1 2
Direction vectors 𝐝𝟏 1 , 𝐝𝟐 2
2 3
Since 𝐝𝟏 𝑘𝐝𝟐 , the two lines are not parallel.
Solving for a point of intersection:
1 𝜆 7 2𝜇 1
𝜆 2 2𝜇 2
5 2𝜆 7 3𝜇 3
1 2 : 1 9 4𝜇 ⇒ 𝜇 2
2 ⇒𝜆 2
Substituting into 3 : 5 4 7 6
Since this is true, the two lines intersect; the point of intersection is 3, 2, 1

13 a
2
The direction vector of the first line is 𝐝𝟏 2 and, reading the denominators of the
1
6
Cartesian form of the second line, 𝐝𝟐 6 3𝐝𝟏
3
The two direction vectors are parallel.
Substituting 𝑥 1, 𝑦 1, 𝑧 2, the position of the known point on the first line, into
the second equation, gives
1 5 1 7 2 5
6 6 3
Each of these fractions has the value 1, so this is a true statement.
The two lines are parallel and pass through the point 1, 1, 2 so must be the same
line.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 20


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Substituting 𝑥 4𝑡 5, 𝑦 4𝑡 3, 𝑧 1 2𝑡 into the Cartesian equation in part a:
4𝑡 4𝑡 10 2𝑡 4
6 6 3
These equations are inconsistent so there can be no common point between the lines;
they are parallel and distinct, not coincident.

14 a
The 𝑦-axis is the line where 𝑥 𝑧 0.
–6 𝑦 1 9
Substituting into the line equation:
2 7 3
𝑦 22
The point of intersection with the 𝑦-axis is 0, 22, 0
b
The 𝑧-axis is the line where 𝑥 𝑦 0.
–6 1 𝑧 9
Substituting into the line equation:
2 7 3
–6 1
so there is no solution where this equation is true.
2 7
Hence the line does not intersect the 𝑧-axis

15 a
The first equation can be parameterised to 𝑥 3𝜇 2, 𝑦 4𝜇 1, 𝑧 𝜇 1
Substituting these into the second equation:
4𝜇 1 𝜇 8
3 3𝜇
3 2
18 18𝜇 8𝜇 2 3𝜇 24
𝜇 2 gives a consistent solution to this set of equations.
There is a point of intersection at 8, 7, 1
b
8
If 𝜆 1 then the vector equation 𝐫 7 which shows that the line passes through the
1
point found in part a.

16
0 1 1 1
𝐫𝟏 1 𝜇 2 , 𝐫𝟐 7 𝜆 0
1 1 4 𝑝
Setting these equal:
𝜇 1 𝜆 1
1 2𝜇 7 2
𝜇 1 𝜆𝑝 4 3
2 :𝜇 3
1 :𝜆 2
3 : 2 2𝑝 4
𝑝 3 allows the two lines to have a consistent solution (point of intersection)
The point of intersection is 3, 7, 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 21


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

17 a

Worked solutions
1 2
Direction vectors 𝐝𝟏 1 , 𝐝𝟐 1
2 3
Since 𝐝𝟏 𝑘𝐝𝟐 , the two lines are not parallel.
Solving for a point of intersection:
1 𝜆 1 2𝜇 1
𝜆 1 𝜇 2
3 2𝜆 4 3𝜇 3
1 2 : 1 𝜇 so 𝜆 2
Substituting into 3 : 7 7
This is true, so the two lines have a point of intersection at 3, 2, 7
b
Although they both pass through the same point, the first line does so at 𝑡 2 and the
second at 𝑡 1 so (taking the two helicopters as having point locations – that is,
assuming they are small enough given the scale of the model) they will not collide.

18 a
Re-expressing the two particle positions with different time parameters 𝜆 and 𝜇:
1 2 9 2
𝐫𝟏 3 𝜆 1 , 𝐫𝟐 1 𝜇 1
3 7 22 2
2
𝑣 1 √54
7
2
𝑣 1 √9 3
2

b
Solving for a point of intersection:
1 2𝜆 9 2𝜇 1
3 𝜆 1 𝜇 2
3 7𝜆 22 2𝜇 3
1 3 : 4 9𝜆 31 ⇒ 𝜆 3, 𝜇 1
Substituting into 2 : 3 3 2 2 is true, so the system is consistent and the two
paths intersect, at point 7, 0, 24 .
However, the two particles are not at the intersection point at the same time; the first
particle is at the intersection point at 𝑡 3 and the second particle is there at 𝑡 1, so
they do not meet.
19 a

0 1.2 7.7 1
𝐫𝟏 0.7 𝑡 0.8 , 𝐫𝟐 0 𝑡 1
3 0.1 1 0.3
If one fly is directly above the other then the 𝑥 and 𝑦 components must match.
1.2𝑡 7.7 𝑡 1
0.7 0.8𝑡 𝑡 2
1 : 2.2𝑡 7.7 ⇒ 𝑡 3.5
2 : 0.7 0.2𝑡 ⇒ 𝑡 3.5
The equations are consistent; the two flies are aligned over the 𝑥-𝑦 plane at 𝑡 3.5.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 22


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
4.2 4.2
𝐫𝟏 3.5 3.5 , 𝐫𝟐 3.5
2.65 2.05
The first fly is 0.6 m above the second.

20 a
64 0 40
𝐫𝐁 𝑡 0 , 𝐫𝐒 0.5 𝑘𝑡 25
0 0.02 𝑐
If they two vessels coincide at a time 𝑡 then
64𝑡 40𝑘𝑡 1
0 0.5 25𝑘𝑡 2
0 0.02 𝑐𝑘𝑡 3
1 : 𝑘 1.6
2 : 0.5 40𝑡 ⇒ 𝑡 0.0125
0.02
3 :𝑐 1
𝑘𝑡

b
40 64
The velocity of the submarine is 𝑘 25 40 so the speed is 75.5 km h
𝑐 1.6

21 a
4 1 1 1 3 𝜆 𝜇
𝑃𝑄⃗ 1 𝜇 0 10 𝜆 3 11 3𝜆
5 2 12 4 7 4𝜆 2𝜇
Require 𝑃𝑄⃗ is perpendicular to both lines, so 𝑃𝑄⃗ ∙ 𝐝𝟏 𝑃𝑄⃗ ∙ 𝐝𝟐 0
𝑃𝑄⃗ ∙ 𝐝𝟏 0:
3 𝜆 𝜇 1
11 3𝜆 ∙ 3 64 26𝜆 7𝜇 0
7 4𝜆 2𝜇 4
⇒ 26𝜆 7𝜇 64 1

𝑃𝑄⃗ ∙ 𝐝𝟐 0:
3 𝜆 𝜇 1
11 3𝜆 ∙ 0 11 7𝜆 5𝜇 0
7 4𝜆 2𝜇 2
⇒ 7𝜆 5𝜇 11 2

b
5 1 7 2 : 81𝜆 243
𝜆 3
⇒𝜇 2
2
𝑃𝑄⃗ 2
1
𝑃𝑄 √9 3 is the shortest distance between the two lines.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 23


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Exercise 8F

Worked solutions
14 a
|𝐚 𝐛| |𝐚||𝐛| sin 𝜃 17.5

15
|𝐚 𝐛| |𝐚||𝐛| sin 𝜃
7 2 5 sin 𝜃
𝜃 sin 0.7 0.775

16
|𝐚 𝐛| |𝐚||𝐛| sin 𝜃
2
3 7 1 sin 𝜃
2
√17 7 sin 𝜃
√17
𝜃 sin 0.630
7

17
1
|𝐩 𝐪| 10 ⇒ |𝐩 𝐪| √150 5√6
7

18
2 1 8
𝐚 𝐛 3 1 5
1 3 1
A vector perpendicular to both 𝐚 and 𝐛 is 8𝐢 5𝐣 𝐤

19 a
2 1 0
1 1 1
1 1 1

b
0 √2 0
1 √2 so a unit vector perpendicular to the two vectors would be 1
2
1 1

20
1 3 3
1 1 1
2 5 2
3
1 √14
2
1 3 1 3
A unit vector perpendicular to both 1 and 1 is 1
2 5 √14 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 24


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

21 a

Worked solutions
𝐚 𝐛 𝐚 𝐛 𝐚 𝐚 𝐚 𝐛 𝐛 𝐚 𝐛 𝐛 distributing
𝟎 𝐚 𝐛 𝐚 𝐛 𝟎 𝐯 𝐯 𝟎, 𝐯 𝐰 𝐰 𝐯
2𝐚 𝐛
b
2𝐚 3𝐛 3𝐚 2𝐛 6𝐚 𝐚 4𝐚 𝐛 9𝐛 𝐚 6𝐛 𝐛
13𝐚 𝐛

22 a
𝐚 𝐛 gives a vector perpendicular to both 𝐚 and 𝐛.
The scalar product of two perpendicular vectors is always zero.
Taking the scalar product of 𝐚 𝐛 and 𝐚 must therefore produce the value zero.
b)
Distributing:
𝐚 𝐛 ∙ 𝐚 𝐛 𝐚 𝐛 ∙𝐚 𝐚 𝐛 ∙𝐛
0 0 using the reasoning in part 𝐚
0

23 a

4 4 8
𝐴𝐵⃗ 12 , 𝐴𝐶⃗ 6 , 𝐵𝐶⃗ 𝐴𝐶⃗ 𝐴𝐵⃗ 6
1 2 1
4 4 18
𝐩 12 6 12
1 2 72
4 8 18
𝐪 12 6 12
1 1 72

b 𝐩 𝐪

24
3 1 2 1 2 7
𝐚 𝐛 𝐜 1 1 0 7 0 3
2 3 1 2 1 14
3 1 2 3 1 12
𝐚 𝐛 1𝐜 1 0 1 5 8
2 3 1 2 2 14
The two vector results are not the same.

25 a

2
𝐴𝐵⃗ 7 𝐷𝐶⃗
2
2
𝐵𝐶⃗ 4 𝐴𝐷⃗
7
The quadrilateral has two pairs of parallel (and equal length) sides, so is a parallelogram

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 25


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
A parallelogram with side vectors 𝐮 and 𝐯 has area |𝐮 𝐯|
2 2 41
Area 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷 7 4 10 √1817 42.6
2 7 6

26
3 3
𝐴𝐵⃗ 1 , 𝐴𝐶⃗ 2
1 3
1
A triangle with side vectors 𝐮 and 𝐯 has area |𝐮 𝐯|
2
1 3 3 1 1 1
Area 1 2 6 √46 3.39
2 2 2
1 3 3

27 a
8
𝐵𝐶⃗ 3 𝐴𝐷⃗ so 𝐷 has coordinates 11, 2, 0
2

b
A parallelogram with side vectors 𝐮 and 𝐯 has area |𝐮 𝐯|
4
𝐴𝐵⃗ 0 𝐷𝐶⃗
3
8 4 9
Area 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷 3 0 16 √481 21.9
2 3 12

28
|𝐚 𝐛| |𝐚||𝐛| cos 𝜃
|𝐚 ∙ 𝐛| |𝐚||𝐛| sin 𝜃
where 𝜃 is the angle between vectors 𝐚 and 𝐛
|𝐚 𝐛| 𝐚∙𝐛 |𝐚||𝐛| cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
|𝐚| |𝐛|

29
𝐩 𝐪 𝐫 𝟎 so 𝐫 𝐩 𝐪
𝐪 𝐫 𝐪 𝐩 𝐪
𝐪 𝐩 𝐪 𝐪 distributing
𝐩 𝐪 𝟎 𝐮 𝐯 𝐯 𝐮, 𝐮 𝐮 𝟎
𝐩 𝐪
𝐫 𝐩 𝐩 𝐪 𝐩
𝐩 𝐩 𝐪 𝐩 distributing
𝐩 𝐪 𝟎 𝐮 𝐯 𝐯 𝐮, 𝐮 𝐮 𝟎
𝐩 𝐪

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 26


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

30 a

Worked solutions
𝐶 5,4,0 , 𝐹 5,0,2 , 𝐺 5,4,2 , 𝐻 0,4,2

b
5 0
𝐵𝐸⃗ 0 and 𝐵𝐺⃗ 4
2 2
1
Area 𝐵𝐸𝐺 𝐵𝐸⃗ 𝐵𝐺⃗
2
1 8
10
2
20
1
√564 11.9
2

Exercise 8G
13
Solving
2 4𝜆 𝜇 4 1
1 𝜆 4𝜇 8 2
1 2𝜆 7𝜇 13 3
3 2 2 : 𝜇 1 3⇒𝜇 2
2 : 𝜆 7 4𝜇 1
Substituting into equation 1 :
2 4𝜆 𝜇 2 4 2 4
The point 4, 8, 13 lies on the plane.

14 a

3 0 0 4 1
𝑂𝐴⃗ 1 , 𝐴𝐵⃗ 4 2 2 , 𝐴𝐶⃗ 4 4 1
2 2 1 4 1
3 0 1
Π has vector equation 𝐫 1 𝜆 2 𝜇 1
2 1 1
b
Solving
3 𝜇 4 1
1 2𝜆 𝜇 4 2
2 𝜆 𝜇 0 3
1 :𝜇 1
3 :𝜆 𝜇 2 1
Substituting into equation 2 :
1 2𝜆 𝜇 1 2 1 4
The point 4, 4, 0 does not lie on the plane.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 27


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

15 a

Worked solutions
The plane is described by 𝐫 ∙ 𝐧 𝐚 ∙ 𝐧
1 4
𝐚∙𝐧 0 ∙ 1 39
5 7
The plane has Cartesian equation 4𝑥 𝑦 7𝑧 39

b
𝐛∙𝐧 2 39 so 𝐵 does not lie in the plane.
5
16 a 𝐧 1
4
b
5
Plane Π has scalar product form 𝐫 ∙ 1 20
4
2 5
Require 𝑐 ∙ 1 20
1 4
6 𝑐 20
𝑐 14

17 a
1
From the coefficients of the Cartesian equation, the normal vector is 𝐧 5
8
|𝐧| √90 3√10
√10 1
A unit normal vector is 5
30
8
b
1
Π has scalar product form 𝐫 ∙ 5 37
8
𝑝 1
Require 3 ∙ 5 37 ⇒ 𝑝 7 37 ⇒ 𝑝 30
1 8
48 1
Require 𝑞 ∙ 5 37 ⇒ 5𝑞 32 37 ⇒ 𝑞 1
2 8
c
18
The line connecting 𝑝, 3, 1 and 48, 𝑞, 2 has direction vector 2 and passes
1
through 30, 3, 1
𝑥 30 18
It therefore has vector equation 𝐫 𝑦 3 𝜆 2
𝑧 1 1
Solving for 𝜆:
𝑥 30 𝑦 3 𝑧 1
𝜆
18 2 1
𝑥 30 𝑦 3 𝑧 1
The Cartesian equation of the line is
18 2 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 28


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

18 a

Worked solutions
Solving for 𝐫𝟏 𝐫𝟐
7 1 1 0
3 𝑡 0 1 𝑠 1
2 2 26 3
7 𝑡 1 1
3 1 𝑠 2
2 2𝑡 26 3𝑠 3
1 :𝑡 6
2 :𝑠 4
Substitute into 3 :
2 12 14 26 12
Since the three equations are consistent for 𝑡 6, 𝑠 4 the two lines do intersect, at
1, 3, 14

b
1 0 2
0 1 3
2 3 1

c
2 7 2
𝐫∙ 3 3 ∙ 3
1 2 1
2𝑥 3𝑦 𝑧 25
2𝑥 3𝑦 𝑧 25

19 a
The first line has 𝑥 1 3𝜆, 𝑦 1 4𝜆, 𝑧 3 3𝜆
Substituting these into the second line equation:
13 3𝜆
4𝜆 1 20 3𝜆
2
This has consistent solution 𝜆 3, so the two lines intersect at 10, 11, 6
b
3 2
The two lines have direction vectors 𝐝𝟏 4 and 𝐝𝟐 1
3 1
7
𝐝𝟏 𝐝𝟐 9 is perpendicular to both lines.
5
c
7
From part b, the vector 𝐧 9 must be normal to the plane containing the two lines.
5
1
The plane has scalar product equation 𝐫 ∙ 𝐧 1 ∙𝐧
3
x 7 1 7
𝑦 ∙ 9 1 ∙ 9
𝑧 5 3 5
7𝑥 9𝑦 5𝑧 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 29


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

20

Worked solutions
6
The line 𝑙 is 𝐫 𝐚 𝑡𝐝𝟏 for 𝐴 9, 3, 7 and direction 𝐝𝟏 3
1
2
A second direction vector in the plane is 𝐝𝟐 𝐴𝑃⃗ 15
6
A vector equation of the plane is 𝐫 𝐚 𝑡𝐝𝟏 𝑠𝐝𝟐
9 6 2
𝐫 3 𝜆 3 𝜇 15
7 1 6

21 a
The line 𝑙 passes through the origin, so the plane containing 𝑙 and 𝑃 is parallel to
4 2
direction vector 𝐝𝟐 𝑂𝑃⃗ 0 as well as the line direction 𝐝𝟏 1
2 1
0 0 0
2𝐝𝟏 𝐝𝟐 2 2 1 so the vector 1 is parallel to the plane.
0 0 0
b
2 0 1
1 1 0
1 0 2

c
0
The plane has scalar product equation 𝐫 ∙ 𝐧 0 ∙𝐧
0
x 1 0 1
𝑦 ∙ 0 0 ∙ 0
𝑧 2 0 2
𝑥 2𝑧 0

22
5
The plane 5𝑥 𝑦 2𝑧 15 has normal 𝐧 1
2
and so can be expressed as 𝐫 ∙ 𝐧 15.
𝑥 4 𝑦 1
The line
1 1
𝑧 2 1
has direction vector 1 and passes through point 4, 1, 2
3
3
4 1
The line can be expressed by vector equation 𝐫 1 𝜆 1
2 3
Substituting the general position of a point on the line into the vector equation:
4 1 5
1 𝜆 1 ∙ 1 20 1 4 𝜆 5 1 6 15 0𝜆
2 3 2
That is, every point on the line satisfies the equation of the plane, so the line lies fully
within the plane.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 30


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

23

Worked solutions
4
The line’s direction vector 𝐝𝟏 1 is one of the stated directions of the plane, so the
2
line is parallel to the plane.
3
The point on the line with position vector 5 lies in the plane, with 𝜆 0, 𝜇 1
1
Since a point on the line lies in the plane and the line is parallel to the plane, the line
must lie entirely within the plane.

24
2 1 15 5
𝐴𝐵⃗ 4 2 2 and 𝐴𝐶⃗ 6 3 2
6 3 6 2
1 5
let 𝐝𝟏 2 and let 𝐝𝟐 2
3 2
Plane 𝐴𝐵𝐶 can be expressed by 𝐫 𝐚 𝜆𝐝𝟏 𝜇𝐝𝟐
11 1 5
𝐫 0 𝜆 2 𝜇 2
6 3 2
3 11 1 5
If 𝐷 lies in the plane 𝐴𝐵𝐶 then 8 0 𝜆 2 𝜇 2 for some 𝜆 and 𝜇
8 6 3 2
11 𝜆 5𝜇 3 1
2𝜆 2𝜇 8 2
6 3𝜆 2𝜇 8 3
2 3 : 6 5𝜆 16 ⇒ 𝜆 2
2 :𝜇 𝜆 4 2
Substituting into 1 :
11 2 10 3
The system of equations is so 𝐷 must lie in the plane 𝐴𝐵𝐶.

There are many possible approaches to this question. A reasonable alternative would be to find
the scalar product equation of the plane and show that 𝐷 satisfies the equation:
10
𝐝𝟏 𝐝𝟐 13 so the equation of the plane 𝐴𝐵𝐶 can be expressed as
12
10 11 10
𝐫∙ 13 0 ∙ 13
12 6 12
10𝑥 13𝑦 12𝑧 38
Substituting the coordinates of 𝐷: 𝑥 3, 𝑦 8, 𝑧 8
30 104 96 38
𝐷 lies in the plane 𝐴𝐵𝐶

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 31


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Exercise 8H

Worked solutions
3
19 a 𝐧𝟏 1
1
b
Acute angle 𝜃 between the planes is the same as the angle between the normals.
1
𝐧𝟐 5
5
|𝐧𝟏 ∙ 𝐧𝟐 | 13
cos 𝜃
|𝐧𝟏 ||𝐧𝟐 | √11√51
𝜃 57°

2
20 a 𝐧 2
1
3 2
b 𝐫 3 𝜆 2
4 1
c
2
The plane has equation 𝐫 ∙ 2 11
1
Substituting the line equation into the plane equation to find the value of 𝜆 at the
intersection:
3 2 2
3 𝜆 2 ∙ 2 11
4 1 1
16 9𝜆 11
𝜆 3 at the intersection point.
𝑁 has coordinates 3, 3, 1
d 𝑃𝑁⃗ 3𝐧 so 𝑃𝑁 3|𝐧| 9

21 a
3 4
𝐴𝐵⃗ 3 , 𝐴𝐶⃗ 4
1 4
8 1
𝐴𝐵⃗ 𝐴𝐶⃗ 16 8 2
24 3
b
1
The normal of the plane is 𝐧𝟏 2
3
The plane has equation 𝐫 ∙ 𝐧𝟏 𝐚 ∙ 𝐧𝟏
𝑥 1 2 1
𝑦 ∙ 2 2 ∙ 2
𝑧 3 1 3
𝑥 2𝑦 3𝑧 9

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 32


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Acute angle 𝜃 between the planes is the same as the angle between the normals.
3
𝐧𝟐 1
2
|𝐧𝟏 ∙ 𝐧𝟐 | 5
cos 𝜃
|𝐧𝟏 ||𝐧𝟐 | √14√14
𝜃 69.1°

22 a
4 1
Line 𝐿 has equation 𝐫 1 𝜆 1
3 2
3
Plane Π has equation 𝐫 ∙ 0 20
1
Substituting the line equation into the plane equation to find the value of 𝜆 at the
intersection:
4 1 3
1 𝜆 1 ∙ 0 20
3 2 1
15 𝜆 20
𝜆 5 at the intersection point.
𝑀 has coordinates 9, 6, 7
b
If the angle between 𝐿 and Π is 𝜃 then the angle between 𝐿 and the plane normal is
90° 𝜃
1 3
𝐝 1 , 𝐧 0
2 1
|𝐝 ∙ 𝐧| 1
cos 90° 𝜃
|𝐝||𝐧| √6√10
90° 𝜃 82.58°
𝜃 7.42°
c
In the triangle 𝐴𝑀𝑁, 𝐴𝑁𝑀 90°, 𝐴𝑀𝑁 7.42°, 𝐴𝑀 5|𝐝| 5√6
𝑀𝑁 5√6 cos 7.42° 12.1

23 a
If the angle between 𝑙 and Π is 𝜃 then the angle between 𝐿 and the plane normal is
90° 𝜃
1 1
Line direction vector 𝐝 0 and plane normal is 𝐧 5
3 4
|𝐝 ∙ 𝐧| 11
cos 90° 𝜃
|𝐝||𝐧| √10√42
90° 𝜃 57.5°
𝜃 32.5°

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 33


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
3 1 1
Line 𝑙 has equation 𝐫 1 𝜆 0 , plane Π has equation 𝐫 ∙ 5 16
1 3 4
Substituting the line equation into the plane equation to find the value of 𝜆 at the
intersection:
3 1 1
1 𝜆 0 ∙ 5 16
1 3 4
6 11𝜆 16
𝜆 2 at the intersection point.
The intersection point has coordinates 1, 1, 5
c
If the intersection point is 𝑀 and the base of the perpendicular to the plane from 𝐴 is 𝑁:
In the triangle 𝐴𝑀𝑁, 𝐴𝑁𝑀 90°, 𝐴𝑀𝑁 32.5°, 𝐴𝑀 2|𝐝| 2√10
𝐴𝑁 2√10 sin 32.5° 3.39

24 a
1
The normal to the plane is 𝐧 3 , which must be the direction of the line.
5
4 1
The line has equation 𝐫 1 𝜆 3
2 5
b
1
The plane has equation 𝐫 ∙ 3 24
5
Substituting the line equation into the plane equation to find the value of 𝜆 at the
intersection:
4 1 1
1 𝜆 3 ∙ 3 24
2 5 5
11 35𝜆 24
𝜆 1 at the intersection point.
The intersection point has coordinates 3, 4, 3
c
1

If the intersection point is 𝐵 then part b shows that 𝐴𝐵 1 3 so if the reflection
5
1
of 𝐴 in the plane Π is 𝐶 then 𝐴𝐶⃗ 2 3
5
The coordinates of 𝐶 are 2, 7, 8

25 a
2 3 0 0
1 1 5 5 1
1 1 5 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 34


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
2 3 2
The plane Π has equation 𝐫 ∙ 1 4 ∙ 1
1 2 1
2𝑥 𝑦 𝑧 0
c
Substituting the coordinates of 𝐴 into the plane equation:
If 𝑥 3, 𝑦 4, 𝑧 2 then 3𝑥 𝑦 𝑧 9 4 2 15
Therefore 3, 4, 2 does lie in the plane 3𝑥 𝑦 𝑧 15
d
The line of intersection must pass through a point of intersection of the planes 𝐴 in a
direction perpendicular to both normals.
0
From part a, this direction vector is 1
1
3 0
The line of intersection of the planes has equation 𝐫 4 𝜆 1
2 1
e
Substituting the line equation into the equation of Π to find the value of 𝜆 at the
intersection:
3 0 2
4 𝜆 1 ∙ 1 12
2 1 2
6 3𝜆 12
𝜆 2 at the intersection point.
The intersection point has coordinates 3,6, 0
f
Acute angle 𝜃 between the planes is the same as the angle between the normals.
2 2
𝐧𝟏 1 , 𝐧𝟑 1
1 2
|𝐧𝟏 ∙ 𝐧𝟑 | 5
cos 𝜃
|𝐧𝟏 ||𝐧𝟑 | √6√9
𝜃 47.1°

26 a
3𝑥 5𝑦 𝑧 7 1
𝑥 3𝑦 4𝑧 22 2
7𝑥 21𝑦 11𝑧 𝑎 3
Eliminating 𝑥:
1 3 2 : 14𝑦 13𝑧 59 4
3 7 2 : 42𝑦 39𝑧 𝑎 154 5
5 3 4 : 0 𝑎 23
𝑎 23
b
When 𝑎 23, the equations are linked such that 3 7 2 3 1 3 2
That is, the system is consistent (has at least one solution), the planes are not parallel
but there are infinitely many solutions to the three planes simultaneously.
The three planes intersect along a line.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 35


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

The above argument is sufficient, but you could alternatively just find the line of intersection:

Worked solutions
3 1 7
The normal vectors of the planes are 𝐧𝟏 5 , 𝐧𝟐 3 and 𝐧𝟑 21
1 4 11
17
𝐧𝟏 𝐧𝟐 13
14
17
13 ∙ 𝐧𝟑 119 273 154 0
14
17
The direction vector 13 is perpendicular to all three normals so is parallel to all three planes.
14
Since the planes are consistent (have at least one intersection point) and have distinct normal
directions, and are all parallel to the same direction vector, they must intersect in a line.
13 17
The line has equation 𝐫 7 𝜆 13
3 14
27 a
𝑥 𝑦 2𝑧 2 1
2𝑥 2𝑦 𝑧 0 2
3𝑥 3𝑦 4𝑧 𝑎 3
Eliminating 𝑥:
2 2 1 : 5𝑧 4 4
3 3 1 : 10𝑧 𝑎 6 5
If 𝑎 1 then the system is inconsistent.
The three planes have distinct normal directions, so the three planes enclose a triangular
prism.

b
If 𝑎 2 then the system is consistent and has infinitely many solutions, so the planes
intersect in a line.
1 2 3
The normal vectors of the planes are 𝐧𝟏 1 , 𝐧𝟐 2 and 𝐧𝟑 3
2 1 4
5 1
𝐧𝟏 𝐧𝟐 5 5 1
0 0
1
The direction vector of the line of intersection is 𝐝 1
0
For a point on the intersection line:
4 ⇒𝑧 0.8
1 ⇒ 𝑥 𝑦 0.4
A point on the line is 0.4, 0, 0.8
0.4 1
The line has equation 𝐫 0 𝜆 1
0.8 0

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 36


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

28 a

Worked solutions
The line of intersection passes through a point of intersection 𝐴 in a direction 𝐝 which is
perpendicular to both plane normals.
1 2
𝐧𝟏 3 , 𝐧𝟐 2
1 1
1
𝐧𝟏 𝐧𝟐 1 𝐝
4
For a point 𝐴, fix 𝑥 0:
3𝑦 𝑧 7 1
2𝑦 𝑧 10 2
2 1 :𝑦 3
𝑦 3, 𝑧 16
0 1
Line has equation 𝐫 3 𝜆 1
16 4
b
5
The normal to plane Π is 𝐧𝟑 7
3
𝐝 ∙ 𝐧𝟑 5 7 12 0
The line is perpendicular to the normal of Π , so is parallel to the plane itself.

c
Substituting 𝑥 0, 𝑦 3, 𝑧 16 into the equation for Π :
5𝑥 7𝑦 3𝑧 0 21 48 27 16 so point 𝐴 does not line in Π
The planes do not have a common line of intersection, but each plane is parallel to
direction 𝐝.
The planes form a triangular prism.

29 a
Substituting 𝑥 3, 𝑦 4, 𝑧 𝑐 into the two plane equations:
𝑥 4𝑧 7 3 4𝑐 7 ⇒ 𝑐 1
4𝑥 5𝑦 𝑧 12 20 𝑐 7 ⇒ 𝑐 1
Hence 3, 4, 1 lies in both planes.
b

1 4 20 4
0 5 15 5 3
4 1 5 1

c
4
The direction of the line of intersection 𝐝 3 , and from part a, the line passes
1
through 3, 4, 1 .
The line has Cartesian equation
𝑥 3 𝑦 4
𝑧 1
4 3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 37


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

30 a

Worked solutions
7 5
𝐴𝐵⃗ 4 , 𝐵𝐶⃗ 6
1 1
2 1
𝐴𝐵⃗ 𝐵𝐶⃗ 12 2 6
62 31

b
1
Area 𝐴𝐵𝐶 𝐴𝐵⃗ 𝐵𝐶⃗ 1 6 31 √998 31.6
2
c
1
The normal to the plane is 𝐧 6
31
The scalar product form of the plane equation is 𝐫 ∙ 𝐧 𝐚∙𝐧
𝑥 1 3 1
𝑦 ∙ 6 11 ∙ 6
𝑧 31 5 31
𝑥 6𝑦 31𝑧 86

d
Substitute 𝑥 5, 𝑦 2, 𝑧 11 into the plane equation in part c:
𝑥 6𝑦 31𝑧 5 12 341 86 so 𝐷 is not a point in the plane.
e
5 1
Line 𝑙 has vector equation 𝐫 2 𝜆 6
11 31
Substituting the line equation into the scalar product plane equation to find the value of
𝜆 at the intersection:
5 1 1
2 𝜆 6 ∙ 6 86
11 31 31
334 998𝜆 86
248
𝜆 0.248 at the intersection point
998
Intersection point has approximate coordinates 4.75, 3.49, 3.30

f
1
Volume 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷 base area height
3
1
√998 0.248|𝐧|
3
1 248
√998 √998
3 998
248
3
You can alternatively use the ‘triple product’ formula for the volume of a tetrahedron:
1
𝑉 | 𝐮 𝐯 ∙ 𝐰|
6

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 38


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

where 𝐮,∙ 𝐯 and 𝐰 are any three edge vectors.

Worked solutions
We already have
2 1
𝐴𝐵⃗ 𝐵𝐶⃗ 12 2 6
62 31
8
𝐴𝐷⃗ 9
6
1 1 8
Volume 2 6 ∙ 9
6
31 6
248
3
See if you can prove the validity of the formula!

31 a
Using the coefficients of the Cartesian form, the normals are
6 2
𝐧𝟏 9 3 3
15 5
4 2
𝐧𝟐 6 2 3
10 5
2
So the two planes have a common normal direction 𝐧 3 and are therefore
5
parallel.
b
Substituting 𝑥 2, 𝑦 0, 𝑧 𝑘 into the equation for Π :
12 0 15𝑘 20
8
𝑘
15
c
2 2
𝐫 0 𝜆 3
8/15 5

d
This line intersects Π at 𝐴, represented by 𝜆 0.
Substituting the line equation into the scalar product plane equation of Π to find the
value of 𝜆 at the intersection:
2 2 4
0 𝜆 3 ∙ 6 3
8/15 5 10
16
8 76𝜆 3
3
49 49
76𝜆 at the intersection point: λ
3 228
2
The distance between the planes is 𝜆 3 1.32

5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 39


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

32 a

Worked solutions
5
The normal to Π is 𝐧𝟏 1
1
1
The normal to Π is 𝐧𝟐 3
2
𝐧𝟏 ∙ 𝐧𝟐 5 3 2 0
Since the two normals are perpendicular, it follows that the two planes are
perpendicular.
b
5 1 1
1 3 11
1 2 16

c
Substituting 𝑥 1, 𝑦 1, 𝑧 5 into eacb plane equation:
5𝑥 𝑦 𝑧 5 1 5 9 21 so 𝑃 does not lie in Π
𝑥 3𝑦 2𝑧 1 3 10 6 3 so 𝑃 does not lie in Π
d
The line direction must be perpendicular to both normals if the line is to be parallel to
both planes.
1
Direction vector 𝐝 11 from part b
16
The line passes through 1, 1, 5
𝑦 1 𝑧 5
The Cartesian equation of the line is 𝑥 1
11 16

33
3𝑥 𝑦 5𝑧 2 1
2𝑥 4𝑦 𝑧 1 2
𝑥 𝑦 𝑘𝑧 𝑐 3
Eliminating 𝑥:
1 3 3 : 4𝑦 5 3𝑘 𝑧 2 3𝑐 4
2 2 3 : 2𝑦 1 2𝑘 𝑧 1 2𝑐 5
4 2 5 : 7 7𝑘 𝑧 4 7𝑐 6
a
If the planes intersect at a unique point, there must be a unique solution to equation 6 :
𝑘 1
b
If the planes intersect along a line then the system must be consistent but with no unique
solution:
4
𝑘 1, 𝑐
7
c
If there should be no intersection, the system must be inconsistent:
4
𝑘 1, 𝑐
7

   

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 40


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Mixed Practice

Worked solutions
1 a 𝑀𝐷⃗ 𝐛 𝐚
b 𝐴𝑁⃗ 𝐴𝑀⃗ 𝑀𝑁⃗
1 1
𝐚 𝐛 𝑀𝐷⃗
2 2
1 3
𝐚 𝐛
2 4
c 𝐴𝑃⃗ 𝐚 𝐛 2𝐴𝑁⃗
This shows that 𝐴, 𝑃 and 𝑁 are collinear, with 𝑃 the midpoint of 𝐴𝑁.
2 a

3 1 3 4
𝐚 1 ,𝐛 5 ,𝐜 1 ,𝐝 1
1 2 1 𝑝
3
𝐚 𝐛 7
16
3
7 ∙𝐜 18
16

b
Require 𝐚 𝐛 ∙ 𝐝 0
3 4
7 ∙ 1 19 16𝑝
16 𝑝
19
𝑝
16

3
3 sin 𝑥 4 cos 𝑥
Require 8 ∙ 1 0
1 2
12 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 6 0
2 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 1
sin 2𝑥 1
3𝜋
2𝑥 2𝑛𝜋
2
3𝜋
The only solution for 0 𝑥 𝜋 is 𝑥
4
0 1 6
4 a 𝐚 𝐜 2 0 5
5 3 2
1
b 𝐛 𝐚 𝐜 2 so 𝐵 has coordinates 1, 2, 2
2
6
c Area 𝑂𝐴𝐵𝐶 |𝐚 𝐜| 5 √65
2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 41


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

5 a |𝐯| √116 52 12 √16304 128 m s

Worked solutions
b The 𝑧 coordinate will equal 1000 at time 𝑡 83.3 s

2
6 a 𝐴𝐷⃗ 0
𝑘 7
2
b 𝐴𝐵⃗ 5
4
𝐴𝐷⃗ ∙ 𝐴𝐵⃗ 0 4 4 𝑘 7
𝑘 7 1
𝑘 6
4
c 𝐵𝐶⃗ 2𝐴𝐷⃗0 so 𝐶 has coordinates 3, 6, 1
2
2 0
d 𝐷𝐴⃗ 0 , ⃗
𝐷𝐶 5
1 5
⃗ ⃗
𝐷𝐴 ∙ 𝐷𝐶 5 √10
cos 𝐴𝐷𝐶
𝐷𝐴⃗ 𝐷𝐶⃗ √5√50 10

7 a
1
Direction 𝐝𝟏 𝐴𝐵⃗ 5
1
1 1
A vector equation of the line is 𝐫 3 𝜆 5
2 1
1
b 𝐝𝟐 1
7
Angle 𝜃 between the lines is such that
𝐝𝟏 ∙ 𝐝𝟐 1
cos 𝜃
|𝐝𝟏 ||𝐝𝟐 | √27√51
𝜃 88.5°

c
4 1 7
Require 0 𝜆 1 3
3 7 𝑘
𝜆 3 so 𝑘 24

d
𝐴𝐶 6 6 22 √556 23.6

8 a
1 2 2
1 1 7
3 1 3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 42


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
5 1 5 2
Point of intersection occurs where 1 𝑡 1 4 𝑠 1
2 3 9 1
5 𝑡 5 2𝑠 1
1 𝑡 4 𝑠 2
12 3𝑡2 : 69 9𝑠 3𝑠 3 ⇒𝑠 1
2 :𝑡 3 𝑠 2
Substituting into 3 :
2 3𝑡 8 9 𝑠
The system is consistent for 𝑠 1, 𝑡 2 so there is an intersection point, at 3, 3, 8
c
2
From part a, 𝐧 7 is perpendicular to the plane containing the two lines.
3
d
5
The plane is given by 𝐫 ∙ 𝐧 1 ∙𝐧
2
The Cartesian form is 2𝑥 7𝑦 3𝑧 9

9 a
3
The plane is given by 𝐫 ∙ 𝐧 1 ∙𝐧
2
3𝑥 𝑦 𝑧 6
b
Substituting 𝑥 𝑎, 𝑦 2𝑎, 𝑧 𝑎 1 into the equation in part a:
3𝑎 2𝑎 1 𝑎 6
4𝑎 5
𝑎 1.25

10 ai 𝐴𝑀⃗ 𝐴𝐶⃗ 𝐜 𝐚
aii 𝐵𝑀⃗ 𝐵𝐴⃗ 𝐴𝑀⃗ 𝐚 𝐛 𝐜 𝐚 𝐚 2𝐛 𝐜
bi 𝑅𝐴⃗ 𝐵𝐴⃗ 𝐚 𝐛
bii 𝐴𝑆⃗ 𝐴𝐶⃗ 𝐜 𝐚
2 2 2 2
𝑅𝑇⃗ 𝑅𝑆⃗ 𝑅𝐴⃗ 𝐴𝑆⃗ 𝐚 𝐛 2 𝐜 𝐚 𝐚 𝐛 2𝐜
3 3 9 9
c 𝐵𝑇⃗ 𝐵𝑅⃗ 𝑅𝑇⃗
2
𝐵𝐴⃗ 𝑅𝑇⃗
3
2 2
𝐚 𝐛 𝐚 𝐛 2𝐜
3 9
4
𝐚 2𝐛 𝐜
9
8
𝐵𝑀⃗
9
Hence 𝑇 is on the line 𝐵𝑀.
11

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 43


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
1 √6
1
√6 2
The unit vector is therefore 1
6
1
12
𝐚 𝐛 𝑘𝐜
5 1
1 3𝑝 𝑘 4
15 3
𝑘 5
1 3𝑝 20
19
𝑝
3

13 a
𝑘 2
𝐴𝐵⃗ 0 𝐷𝐶⃗
2𝑘 1
4
𝐴𝐷⃗ 2𝑘 𝐶𝐵⃗
2
None of these vectors can be the zero vector so, by definition, 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷 is a parallelogram.
b
1 4
𝑘 1 ⇒ 𝐴𝐵 ⃗ 0 , 𝐴𝐷 ⃗ 2
1 2
𝐴𝐵⃗ ∙ 𝐴𝐷⃗ 2
Angle 𝐴 is such that cos 𝐵𝐴𝐷
𝐴𝐵⃗ 𝐴𝐷⃗ √2√24
𝐵𝐴𝐷 107° 𝐵𝐶 𝐷
𝐴𝐵𝐶 𝐴𝐷 𝐶 73.2°
c
If 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷 is a rectangle then 𝐴𝐵⃗ ∙ 𝐴𝐷⃗ 0
4 𝑘 2 2 2𝑘 1 0
8𝑘 10 0
5
𝑘
4
14
Properties of vector product: 𝐮 𝐮 𝟎, 𝐮 𝐯 𝐯 𝐮
2𝐚 𝐛 𝐚 3𝐛 𝟐𝐚 𝐚 6𝐚 𝐛 𝐛 𝐚 𝟑𝐛 𝐛
𝟎 6𝐚 𝐛 𝐚 𝐛 𝟎
7𝐚 𝐛
15 Area of a triangle with side vectors 𝐚 and 𝐛 is |𝐚 𝐛|
3 2
Two side vectors are 1 and 0
1 4
1 3 2 1 4 1
Area 1 0 10 √120 √30
2 2 2
1 4 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 44


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

16

Worked solutions
1 2𝑞
𝐚 1 ,𝐛 1
3 𝑞
1
Require 𝑝𝐚 𝐛 𝑘 1
2
𝑝2𝑞 𝑘 1
𝑝 1 𝑘 2
3𝑝 𝑞 2𝑘 3
Eliminating 𝑘:
1 2 : 2𝑝 2𝑞 1 0 4
3 2 2 : 5𝑝 𝑞 2 0 5
3
2 5 4 : 8𝑝 3 0⇒𝑝
8
1
5 :𝑞 2 5𝑝
8

17 a
|𝐚| |𝐛| 1 so 𝐚 ∙ 𝐚 𝐛 ∙ 𝐛 1 and 𝐚 ∙ 𝐛 cos 𝛼
|𝐚 𝐛| 𝐚 𝐛 ∙ 𝐚 𝐛
√𝐚 ∙ 𝐚 𝐛 ∙ 𝐛 2𝐚 ∙ 𝐛
√2 2 cos 𝛼
|𝐚 𝐛| 𝐚 𝐛 ∙ 𝐚 𝐛
√𝐚 ∙ 𝐚 𝐛 ∙ 𝐛 2𝐚 ∙ 𝐛
√2 2 cos 𝛼

b
|𝐚 𝐛| 4|𝐚 𝐛|
|𝐚 𝐛| 16|𝐚 𝐛|
2 2 cos 𝛼 32 32 cos 𝛼
34 cos 𝛼 30
15
𝛼 cos 28.1°
17

18 a
The direction vectors are not multiples of each other, so the lines are not parallel.
4 1
1 ∙ 2 4 2 6 0 so the two lines directions are perpendicular.
2 3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 45


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Solving for an intersection:
2 4𝜆 2 𝜇 1
1 𝜆 2𝜇 2
5 2𝜆 3 3𝜇 3
2 1 2 : 3 7𝜆 4⇒𝜆 1
1
2 :𝜇 1 𝜆 0
2
Substituting into 3 : 5 2𝜆 3 3 3𝜇
The system is consistent so the two lines do intersect and are perpendicular.

19 a
1 0 2
0 1 3
2 3 1

bi
Solving for an intersection:
7 𝑡 1 1
3 1 𝑠 2
2 2𝑡 26 3𝑠 3
1 ⇒𝑡 6
2 :𝑠 4
Substituting into 3 : 2 2𝑡 14 26 3𝑠
The system is consistent so the two lines do intersect
bii
Substituting 𝑡 6 into the first line equation gives the intersection point 1, 3, 14
c
2
From part a, the normal to the plane is 𝐧 3
1
7
The plane has scalar product equation 𝐫 ∙ 𝐧 3 ∙𝐧
2
2𝑥 3𝑦 𝑧 25

20 a
Rewriting the Cartesian form:
𝑥 1.5 𝑦 3 𝑧 0
1 4 5
1.5 1
The vector form of the equation is 𝐫 3 𝜆 4
0 5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 46


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
1.5 1 1
𝐚 3 𝜆 4 and 𝐚 ∙ 4 0
0 5 5
1.5 1 1
3 𝜆 4 ∙ 4 10.5 42𝜆 0
0 5 5
1
𝜆
4
7 5
𝐴 has coordinates , 2,
4 4
c
1 1
Shortest distance between 𝑙 and 𝑂 is 𝑂𝐴 7 8 5 √138 2.94
4 4
21 a
4
𝑙 has direction vector 𝐝 3 . If 𝑙 is parallel to 𝑙 through 0, 1, 2 then 𝑙 has
3
equation
0 4
𝐫 1 𝜆 3
2 3

b
Require 𝐴𝐵⃗ ∙ 𝐝 0
2 4
𝐵 has position vector 𝐛 1 𝜇 3
0 3
2 4
𝐴𝐵⃗ 0 𝜇 3
1 3
2 4 4 1
0 𝜇 3 ∙ 3 2 34𝜇 0⇒𝜇
17
2 3 3
30 14 3
𝐵 has coordinates , ,
17 17 17
30
c 𝐴𝐵⃗ 3 so 𝐴𝐵 √30 3 37 47.7
37
22 a
2 1
𝐫 4 𝜆 1
2 0
b
4
𝐴𝐵⃗ 1
1
Angle 𝜃 between the direction 𝐴𝐵⃗ and the direction vector 𝐥 of the line is such that
𝐴𝐵⃗ ∙ 𝐥 3 1
cos 𝜃
AB⃗ |𝐥| √18√2 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 47


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

c 𝐴𝐵 √18 3√2

Worked solutions
d 𝐶𝐴𝐵 cos 60°, 𝐴𝐶 𝐵 90°, 𝐴𝐵 3√2
1 3√2
𝐴𝐶 3√2
2 2
23 a
Rewriting the Cartesian form of the second line:
𝑥 1 𝑦 2 𝑧 0.5
4 3 2
1 4
The vector equation of the line is 𝐫 2 𝜇 3
0.5 2
Solving for an intersection:
4 3𝜆 1 4𝜇 1
1 3𝜆 2 3𝜇 2
2 𝜆 0.5 2𝜇 3
6
1 2 ⇒ 5 7𝜇 1 ⇒ 𝜇
7
1
2 : 3𝜆 3 3𝜇 ⇒ 𝜆
7
Substituting into 3 : 2 𝜆 0.5 2𝜇
The system is inconsistent so the two lines do not intersect

b
3 4 3
3 3 10
1 2 21
c
3
From part b, the normal to the plane will be 𝐧 10
21
3
If the plane passes through 3, 0, 1 then it has scalar product equation 𝐫 ∙ 𝐧 0 ∙𝐧
1
3𝑥 10𝑦 21𝑧 12

24 a
Rewriting the Cartesian form:
1 4
𝑥 𝑧 3
2 𝑦 2
2 3 2
1 4 2
The line passes through , 2, with direction 𝐝 3
2 3
2
3 2
The vector equation of the line is 𝐫 12 𝜆 3
8 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 48


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝑎
If the line intersects the 𝑥-axis then 𝐫 0 for some value 𝑎.
0
Solving for 𝜆:
1
⎧ 2𝜆 𝑎 1
⎪2
2 3𝜆 0 2
⎨4

⎩ 3 2𝜆 0 3
2
2 and 3 both have solution 𝜆
3
The line does intersect the 𝑥-axis.
11
The point of intersection is , 0, 0
6
c
The angle between line and 𝑥-axis is 𝜃 where
𝐝∙𝐢 2
cos 𝜃
|𝐝| √17
𝜃 61.0°

25 a
3
𝐿 passes through 3, 1, 4 with direction 𝐝 1
1
3 3
The line has vector equation 𝐫 1 𝜆 1
4 1
𝑥 3 𝑦 1 𝑧 4
In Cartesian form, this is
3 1 1
b
Substituting 𝑥 3 3𝜆, 𝑦 1 𝜆, 𝑧 4 𝜆 into the plane equation:
3 3 3𝜆 1 𝜆 4 𝜆 1
11𝜆 11
𝜆 1
The intersection point is 𝑃 0, 2, 3
c
𝐴 is equivalent to 𝜆 0 on the line equation and the plane is intersected at 𝑃 given by
𝜆 1
Then the image of 𝐴 is at 𝜆 2, which has coordinates 3, 3, 2
d
Substituting 𝑥 𝑦 𝑧 1 into the plane equation:
3𝑥 𝑦 𝑧 3 1 1 1
Therefore 𝐵 1, 1, 1 lies in the plane.
e 𝐵𝑃 √1 1 4 √18 3√2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 49


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

26 a

Worked solutions
4 3
𝐫 6 𝑡 1
7 2
3 15
Displacement at 𝑡 5 is 5 1 5
2 10
b
3
Speed is 1 √14 3.74 m s
2

c
3 2
The given line has equation 𝐫 0 𝜆 1
1 4
Solving for an intersection:
3 3𝜆 4 3𝑡 1
𝜆 6 𝑡 2
1 4𝜆 7 2𝑡 3
17
1 3 2 ⇒3 14 6𝑡 ⇒ 𝑡
6
19
2 :𝜆 𝑡 6⇒𝜆
6
Substituting into 3 : 1 4𝜆 7 2𝑡
The system is inconsistent so the particle’s path does not cross that line.

27 a
0 3
𝐫𝟏 5 𝑡 4
0 1

b
0 5
𝐫𝟐 0 𝑡 2
7 1
0 2
𝐫𝟐 𝐫𝟏 5 𝑡 6
7 2
𝑑 |𝐫𝟐 𝐫𝟏 |
0 2𝑡 5 6𝑡 7 2𝑡
4𝑡 25 60𝑡 36𝑡 49 28𝑡 4𝑡
44𝑡 88𝑡 74

c
Completing the square:
𝑑 44 𝑡 2𝑡 74
44 𝑡 1 44 74
44 𝑡 1 30
Hence 𝑑 30 at all times and the two aircraft cannot collide
d The minimum value of 𝑑 is √30 5.48 km

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 50


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

28

Worked solutions
𝑥-axis intercept: 𝑦 𝑧 0 so 3𝑥 30. Point is 10, 0, 0
𝑦-axis intercept: 𝑥 𝑧 0 so 𝑦 30. Point is 0, 30, 0
𝑧-axis intercept: 𝑥 𝑦 0 so 5𝑧 30. Point is 0, 0, 6
1
Area of a triangle is |𝐮
2
𝐯|, where 𝐮 and 𝐯 are vectors of the two of the edge vectors.
10 10
Two of the side vectors are 30 and 0
0 6
1 10 10 1 180 1
Area 30 0 60 √12600 30√35 177
2 2 2
0 6 300

29 a
𝐮 𝐮 𝟎, 𝐮 𝐯 𝐯 𝐮 and 𝐮 𝐯 𝐰
𝐮 𝐰 𝐯 𝐰 for any vectors 𝐮, 𝐯 and 𝐰.
For the unit vectors, 𝐢 𝐣 𝐤, 𝐣 𝐤 𝐢, 𝐤 𝐢 𝐣

𝐢 𝐣 4𝐤 2𝐢 𝐣 𝐤
𝐢 2𝐢 𝐣 𝐤 𝐣 2𝐢 𝐣 𝐤 4𝐤 2𝐢 𝐣 𝐤
2𝐢 𝐢 𝐢 𝐣 𝐢 𝐤 2𝐣 𝐢 𝐣 𝐣 𝐣 𝐤 8𝐤 𝐢
4𝐤 𝐣 4𝐤 𝐤
𝟎 𝐤 𝐣 2𝐤 𝟎 𝐢 8𝐣 4𝐢 𝟎
3𝐢 7𝐣 𝐤
b
2 2 2
2 ∙𝐚 2 ∙ 1 4 2 3 5 so 2, 2, 3 lies in 𝐫 ∙ 𝐚 5
3 3 1
2 2 1
2 ∙𝐛 2 ∙ 1 2 2 12 12 so 2, 2, 3 lies in 𝐫 ∙ 𝐛 12
3 3 4

c
The line of intersection of planes has direction perpendicular to both plane normals.
3
From part a, the direction of the line is 𝐝 7
1
2 3
The line has vector equation 𝐫 2 𝜆 7
3 1
𝑥 2 𝑦 2
In Cartesian form, this is 𝑧 3
3 7

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 51


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

30 a

Worked solutions
1 2 1
𝐴𝐵⃗ 1 , 𝐴𝐶 ⃗ 0 , 𝐴𝐷 ⃗ 5
3 1 2
1 1
𝐴𝐵⃗ ∙ 𝐴𝐷⃗ 1 ∙ 5 1 5 6 0 so 𝐴𝐵⃗ is perpendicular to 𝐴𝐷⃗
3 2
2 1
𝐴𝐶⃗ ∙ 𝐴𝐷⃗ 0 ∙ 5 2 0 2 0 so 𝐴𝐶⃗ is perpendicular to 𝐴𝐷⃗
1 2
b
From part a, the normal to the plane containing 𝐴, 𝐵 and 𝐶 has normal vector 𝐧 𝐴𝐷⃗
The plane has vector equation 𝐫 ∙ 𝐧 𝐚 ∙ 𝐧
1
𝐫∙ 5 5
2
c 𝐴𝐷 1 5 2 √30
d Volume base area height
1 1
𝐴𝐵⃗ 𝐴𝐶⃗ 𝐴𝐷⃗
3 2
1 1
√30 √30
3 2
5
31
Substituting 𝑥 0, the point 0, 20, 25 lies on the line.
If the line is the intersection of the planes then this point must lie in both planes.
Substituting into the second plane equation,
4 0 20 25 𝑘
𝑘 5
32 a
2 1
The angle 𝜃 between the direction vectors 𝐝𝟏 2 and 𝐝𝟐 5 satisfies
1 3
𝐝𝟏 ∙ 𝐝𝟐 11
cos 𝜃
|𝐝𝟏 ||𝐝𝟐 | √9√35
𝜃 51.7°
b
Solving for the intersection:
5 2𝜆 𝜇 1
3 2𝜆 7 6𝜇 2
1 𝜆 5 4𝜇 3
1 2 : 2 7 5𝜇 ⇒ 𝜇 1
𝜇 5
1 :𝜆 2
2
Substituting into 3 : 1 𝜆 1 5 4𝜇
The three equations are consistent so the lines intersect, at 𝑋 1, 1, 1
c
9
When 𝜆 2, 𝐫𝟏 7 so 𝑌 9, 7, 3 lies on 𝐿
3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 52


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
8
𝑋𝑌𝑍 90°, 𝑌𝑋𝑍 51.7°, 𝑋𝑌 8 12
4
1
Area 𝑋𝑌𝑍 𝑋𝑌 𝑋𝑌 tan 51.7° 91.2
2

33 a
|𝐚 ∙ 𝐛| sin 2𝛼 cos 𝛼 sin 𝛼 cos 2𝛼 1 sin 3𝛼 1
cos 𝜃
|𝐚||𝐛| √sin 2𝛼 cos 2𝛼 1 √cos 𝛼 sin 𝛼 1 2

b
The vectors are perpendicular when cos 𝜃 0
sin 3𝛼 1
𝜋
𝛼 or 30°
6
c
If 𝛼 , sin 3𝛼 sin 1 so cos 𝜃 1; 𝜃 𝜋 or 180°; the two vectors are
parallel and run in opposite directions. (ie are antiparallel)

34 a
𝑎 0:
2𝑦 𝑧 3 1
𝑥 𝑦 3𝑧 1 2
2𝑥 𝑦 2𝑧 𝑘 3
Eliminating 𝑥:
1 : 2𝑦 𝑧 3 1
2 2 3 : 𝑦 4𝑧 2 𝑘 4
2 4 1 : 7𝑧 1 𝑘
3 𝑧 𝑘
1 :𝑦 1
2 2
5𝑘
2 : 𝑥 𝑦 3𝑧 1 3
2
There is a unique solution, for each value of 𝑘.
b
The original mark scheme for this question suggests using matrices to solve part b, which would
allow a faster method. In the new curriculum, this method is not available in Analysis, so a
somewhat laborious elimination method is likely the most obvious option. Alternatively, given
below, a slightly less cumbersome option using normal vectors is possible.
𝑎𝑥 2𝑦 𝑧 3 1
𝑥 𝑎 1 𝑦 3𝑧 1 2
2𝑥 𝑦 𝑎 2 𝑧 𝑘 3
Eliminating 𝑥:
1 𝑎 2 : 𝑎 𝑎 2 𝑦 1 3𝑎 𝑧 3 𝑎 4
2 2 3 : 2𝑎 1 𝑦 4 𝑎 𝑧 2 𝑘 5
2 4 1 : 7𝑧 1 𝑘

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 53


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Eliminating 𝑧:

Worked solutions
1 3𝑎 5 4 𝑎 4 :
2𝑎 1 6𝑎 3𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 2𝑎 4𝑎 4𝑎 8 𝑦
1 3𝑎 2 𝑘 3 𝑎 4 𝑎
𝑎 3𝑎 3𝑎 7 𝑦 𝑎 5𝑎 10 1 3𝑎 𝑘
𝑎 1 𝑎 4𝑎 7 𝑦 𝑎 5𝑎 10 1 3𝑎 𝑘
This has no solution for 𝑦 when 𝑎 1.
c
When 𝑎 1, the equation in part b reduces to
4 4𝑘 0
Therefore when 𝑎 1, 𝑘 1, the equations are consistent but have no unique
solution, but the planes have no common normal; therefore the planes meet in a line.

1 1 4 1
𝐧𝟏 𝐧𝟐 2 2 4 4 1
1 3 4 1
1
The vector 𝐝 1 is the direction vector of this line.
1
Setting 𝑧 0 in equation 4 to find a point on the line:
4𝑦 4 ⇒ 𝑦 1
1 :𝑥 2 3 ⇒ 𝑥 1
1 1
The line has equation 𝐫 1 𝜆 1
0 1
The vector product approach is shown here:
The planes’ normal vectors are
𝑎 1 2
𝐧𝟏 2 , 𝐧𝟐 𝑎 1 , 𝐧𝟑 1
1 3 𝑎 2
5 𝑎
𝐧𝟏 𝐧𝟐 1 3𝑎 which cannot be the zero vector for any value of 𝑎
𝑎 𝑎 2
2𝑎 3
𝐧𝟏 𝐧𝟑 𝑎 2𝑎 2 which cannot be the zero vector for any value of 𝑎
𝑎 4
𝑎 3𝑎 1
𝐧𝟐 𝐧𝟑 𝑎 4 which cannot be the zero vector for any value of 𝑎
2𝑎 1
If the cross product of two vectors is not the zero vector, then the two vectors are not parallel.
Since none of the normal vectors are parallel, none of the planes can be parallel.
If the planes intersect in a line then all three vector products above must be parallel to the
direction vector of the line.
5 𝑎 2𝑎 3
1 3𝑎 𝑘 𝑎 2𝑎 2
𝑎 𝑎 2 𝑎 4
5 𝑎 1 3𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 2
2𝑎 3 𝑎 2𝑎 2 𝑎 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 54


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Taking the first pair of expressions:

Worked solutions
5 𝑎 2 2𝑎 𝑎 2𝑎 3 1 3𝑎
𝑎 3𝑎 8𝑎 10 6𝑎 11𝑎 3
𝑎 3𝑎 3𝑎 7 0
𝑎 1 𝑎 4𝑎 7 0
The only real solution is 𝑎 1.
c)
4 1 1 1 1
Then 𝐧𝟏 𝐧𝟐 4 4 1 , 𝐧𝟏 𝐧𝟑 5 1 , 𝐧𝟐 𝐧𝟑 3 1 so 1 is the
4 1 1 1 1
direction of the intersection line.
The planes will intersect in a line if there is a solution, or will form a prism if not.
Finding a point on the intersection of the first two planes:
Fix 𝑧 0:
𝑥 2𝑦 3 1
𝑥 2𝑦 1 2
1 2 : 4𝑦 4⇒𝑦 1, 𝑥 1
For intersection of three planes in a line, require that 1, 1, 0 must lie in the third plane.
Substituting: 2𝑥 𝑦 𝑎 2 𝑧 1 𝑘
1 1
If 𝑎 1 and 𝑘 1 then the three planes intersect on the line 𝐫 1 𝜆 1
0 1
35 a
Other points on the cube are
𝐴 2, 0, 0 , 𝐵 2, 2, 0 , 𝐶 0, 2, 0 , 𝐷 0, 0, 2 , 𝐸 2, 0, 2 , 𝐺 0, 2, 2
1 0 0
𝑂𝑀 ⃗ 2 , 𝑂𝑁 ⃗ 1 , 𝑂𝑃⃗ 2
2 2 1

b
1 1
𝑀𝑃⃗ 0 , 𝑀𝑁⃗ 1
1 0
1
𝑀𝑃⃗ 𝑀𝑁 ⃗ 1
1
ci
1
Area of a triangle with side vectors 𝐮 and 𝐯 is |𝐮 𝐯|
2
1 1 √3
Area 𝑀𝑁𝑃 1
2 2
1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 55


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

cii

Worked solutions
2 1
𝐴𝐺⃗ 2 2 1
2 1
1 1
𝐴𝐺⃗ ∙ 𝑀𝑃⃗ 1 ∙ 02 2 2 0 so 𝐴𝐺⃗ is perpendicular to 𝑀𝑃⃗
1 1
1 1
⃗ ⃗
𝐴𝐺 ∙ 𝑀𝑁 2 1 ∙ 1 2 2 0 so 𝐴𝐺⃗ is perpendicular to 𝑀𝑁⃗
1 0

Therefore 𝐴𝐺 is perpendicular to the plane 𝑀𝑁𝑃

ciii
1 1
The scalar product form of plane 𝑀𝑁𝑃 is therefore 𝐫 ∙ 1 𝑂𝑀⃗ ∙ 1
1 1
𝑥 𝑦 𝑧 3

d
2 1
Line 𝐴𝐺 has equation 𝐫 0 𝜆 1
0 1
Substituting this into the scalar product form of 𝑀𝑁𝑃 above to find the value of 𝜆 at the
point of intersection:
2 1 1
0 𝜆 1 ∙ 1 3
0 1 1
2 3𝜆 3
5
𝜆
3
1 5 5
The intersection point is , ,
3 3 3

36 a
53𝜆 3 𝜇 1
1 𝜇 2
10 4𝜆 9 7𝜇 3
2 :𝜇 1
8 𝜇
1 :𝜆 3
3
Substituting into 3 :
10 4𝜆 2 9 7𝜇
The system is consistent so the two lines intersect. The point of intersection is
𝑃 4, 1, 2
5
b When 𝜇 2, 𝐫𝟐 2 so 𝑄 lies on the line.
5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 56


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
10 3𝜆 3
𝑄𝑀⃗ 1 . Require 𝑄𝑀⃗ ∙ 0 0
5 4𝜆 4
30 9𝜆 20 16𝜆 0
50 25𝜆
𝜆 2
𝑀 has coordinates 1, 1, 2

d
4 3
𝑃𝑀𝑄 90°, 𝑃𝑀 1 0 5, 𝑄𝑀 √26
3 4
1 5√26
Therefore the area of triangle 𝑃𝑄𝑀 is 5 √26
2 2

37
2 𝑡 1
𝑃𝑄 1 𝑡 1
1 𝑡 3
1 𝑡 𝑡 𝑡 2
3𝑡 2𝑡 5
1 14
3 𝑡
3 3
1 14
This is minimal when 𝑡 , with value √
3 3
√42 1
The minimum distance 𝑃𝑄 is at 𝑡
3 3

38
𝑥 3 𝑦 1 𝑧 5 1
The line has direction vector 𝐝 2.5
1 2.5 𝑘
𝑘
3
If the line is within the plane with normal 𝐧 2 then 𝐧 ∙ 𝐝 0
1
3 5 𝑘 0
𝑘 8
Alternatively:
3 2
The line has equation 𝐫 1 𝜆 5
5 2𝑘
Then setting 𝜆 1, the point 5, 4, 5 2𝑘 lies on the line. Substituting this into the plane
equation:
3𝑥 2𝑦 𝑧 2 15 8 5 2𝑘
2𝑘 16
𝑘 8

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 57


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

39 a

Worked solutions
The direction of the line of intersection must be perpendicular to both normals.
1 5
𝐧𝟏 3 , 𝐧𝟐 1
5 1
8 1
𝐧𝟏 𝐧𝟐 24 8 3
16 2
1
The line has direction vector 𝐝 3
2
For a point on the line, take 𝑥 0 and substitute into both plane equations:
3𝑦 5𝑧 12 1
𝑦 𝑧 20 2
1 3 2 : 8𝑧 72
𝑧 9 ⇒ 𝑦 11
0 1
The line has equation 𝐫 11 𝜆 3
9 2
b
Require that Π has direction vectors 𝐝 and 𝐧𝟏 , so must have normal 𝐧𝟑 𝐝 𝐧𝟏
1 1 21 3
3 3 7 7 1
2 5 0 0
3
The line passes through 0, 11, 9 so the plane has scalar product equation 𝐫 ∙ 1
0
0 3
11 ∙ 1
9 0
3𝑥 𝑦 11
8
40 a for 𝜇 3, 𝐫𝟐 2 so 𝑄 8, 2, 6 lies on 𝑙
6
b
1
Both lines pass through 𝑃 2, 1, 0 and both direction vectors 𝐝𝟏 2 and 𝐝𝟐
2
2
1 have length 3.
2
Then 𝑃𝑄 3|𝐝𝟐 | 9
So 𝑃𝑅 9.
3
𝑃𝑅⃗ 3𝐝𝟏 6
6
𝑅 has coordinates 5, 7, 6 or 1, 5, 6

c
The angle bisector will have direction vector which is the sum of the two line direction
vectors.
Since 𝑅 could be on either side of 𝑃, the relevant direction vector for 𝑙 could be 𝐝𝟏 .

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 58


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

2 3 2 1

Worked solutions
𝐫 1 𝜇 1 or 𝐫 1 𝜇 3
0 4 0 0

41 a
3 2𝜆
𝑃𝐶⃗ 𝜆
4 2𝜆
2
Require 𝑃𝐶⃗ ∙ 𝐝 0 where 𝐝 1 is the direction vector of 𝑙.
2
14
14 9𝜆 0⇒𝜆
9
64 4 19
𝐶 has coordinates , ,
9 9 9

b
1 1 √29
𝑃𝐶 14
9 3
8

c
1 1
𝑃𝐶⃗ 14 𝐶𝑄⃗
9
8
65 10 11
𝑄 has coordinates , ,
9 9 9

42 a Area 𝐵𝐶𝐷 |𝐚 𝐛|
b ℎ |𝐜| cos 𝜃
c
| 𝐚 𝐛 ∙ 𝐜| |𝐚 𝐛||𝐜| cos 𝜃
(Since 𝜃 is the acute angle between 𝐴𝐸 and 𝐴𝐶, the value must be positive, but 𝐚 𝐛
may yield the upward of downward vector, depending on the orientation of the triangle,
so an absolute value is needed in this formula)
1
The volume of a tetrahedron base area height
3
1 1
|𝐚 𝐛| |𝐜| cos 𝜃
3 2
1
| 𝐚 𝐛 ∙ 𝐜|
6

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 59


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
1 2 1
𝐚 𝐶𝐵⃗ 0 ,𝐛 𝐶𝐷⃗ 7 , 𝐜 𝐶𝐴⃗ 2
1 1 1
1 1 1 2 1
| 𝐚 𝐛 ∙ 𝐜| 0 7 ∙ 2
6 6
1 1 1
1 7 1
1 ∙ 2
6
7 1
1
|2|
6
1
3
e
1
Area 𝐵𝐶𝐷 |𝐚 𝐛|
2
1 7
1
2
7
1
√99
2
1 1 1
𝑉 ℎ √99
3 2 3
2 2√11

√99 3
f
1
Area 𝐴𝐶𝐷 |𝐜 𝐛|
2
1 1 2
2 7
2
1 1
1 9
1
2
11
1
√203
2
√ √
Therefore the distance from 𝐵 to the face 𝐴𝐶𝐷 is .
𝐵 is closer to its opposite face.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 60


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

43 a

Worked solutions
Solving for an intersection:
3 2𝜆 5 𝜇 1
3 𝜆 𝜇 2
18 8𝜆 2 𝜇 3
11
1 2 ⇒ 6 3𝜆 5⇒𝜆
3
2
2 :𝜇 3 𝜆
3
Substituting into 3 :
34
18 8𝜆 2 𝜇
3
The system is inconsistent so the lines do not intersect.
b
1
When 𝜆 2, 𝐫𝟏 1 so 𝑃 1, 1, 2 lies on 𝑙
2
c
2 1
Require that 𝑃𝑄 be perpendicular to both line directions 𝐝𝟏 1 and 𝐝𝟐 1
8 1
9 3
𝐝𝟏 𝐝𝟐 6 3 2
3 1
1 3
The line 𝑃𝑄 must therefore have equation 𝐫 1 𝜈 2
2 1
Finding the intersection of 𝑃𝑄 with 𝑙 will give the coordinates of 𝑄:
1 3𝜈 5 𝜇 4
1 2𝜈 𝜇 5
2 𝜈 2 𝜇 6
4 5 : 5𝜈 5 ⇒ 𝜈 1
5 :𝜇 1
Substituting into 6 :
2 𝜈 3 2 𝜇
There is a consistent solution, so the two do intersect, at 𝑄 4, 1, 3

d
The plane Π must pass through the midpoint of 𝑃𝑄, point 𝑀 2.5, 0, 2.5 and have
3
normal 2
1
3 2.5 3
The plane has scalar product equation 𝐫 ∙ 2 0 ∙ 2
1 2.5 1
3𝑥 2𝑦 𝑧 10
e
𝑙 will have the same direction vector 𝐝𝟐 but would pass through point 𝑃 instead of 𝑄
1 1
𝐫 1 𝜅 1
2 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 61


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

44 a

Worked solutions
Substituting 𝑥 2, 𝑦 1, 𝑧 6 into the plane equation:
5𝑥 3𝑦 𝑧 10 3 6 1 so 𝑃 does lie in 5𝑥 3𝑦 𝑧 1

b
5
𝑃𝑄⃗ 2
4
5
The angle between the direction vector and the plane normal 𝐧 3 is 90° 𝜃
1
where 𝜃 is the angle between the direction vector and the plane.
𝑃𝑄⃗ ∙ 𝐧 35 √7
cos 90° 𝜃
𝑃𝑄⃗ |𝐧| √45√35 3
√7
Then sin 𝜃
3
c 𝑃𝑄 √45 3√5
d
If 𝑅 lies on the plane such that 𝑅𝑄 is perpendicular to the plane
√7
𝑃𝑅𝑄 90°, 𝑃𝑄 3√5, sin 𝑅𝑃𝑄
3
𝑄𝑅 𝑃𝑄 sin 𝑅𝑃𝑄 √35

45 a
Solving the system for an intersection:
𝑥 3𝑦 𝑎 1 𝑧 1 1
2𝑥 2𝑦 𝑎 2 𝑧 1 2
3𝑥 𝑦 𝑎 3 𝑧 𝑏 3
Eliminating 𝑥:
2 1 2 : 4𝑦 𝑎𝑧 1 4
3 1 3 : 8𝑦 2𝑎𝑧 3 𝑏 5
It is not possible to eliminate 𝑦 from this pair of simultaneous equations.
Either 4 and 5 are consistent and 5 2 4 , in which case there is a line
intersection or 4 and 5 are inconsistent and there is no common intersection at all,
the three planes form a prism.
b If 4 and 5 are consistent then 𝑏 1 so that 5 2 4
c
The line of intersection has direction perpendicular to the plane normals.
1 2 𝑎 4
𝐝 𝐧𝟏 𝐧 𝟐 3 2 𝑎
𝑎 1 𝑎 2 4
1
Require that 𝐝 is perpendicular to 3
5
𝑎 4 1
𝑎 ∙ 3 𝑎 4 3𝑎 20 0
4 5
2𝑎 24
𝑎 12

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 62


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

46 a 𝐫 𝐩 𝜆𝐧

Worked solutions
b
Substituting the line equation into the plane equation will give the value of 𝜆
representing the intersection 𝑄, and 𝑃𝑄⃗ 𝜆𝐧
𝐩 𝜆𝐧 ∙ 𝐧 𝑘
𝐩 ∙ 𝐧 λ𝐧 ∙ 𝐧 𝑘
𝑘 𝐩∙𝐧 𝑘 𝐩∙𝐧
𝜆
𝐧∙𝐧 |𝐧|

𝑘 𝐩∙𝐧
Then 𝑃𝑄⃗ 𝐧
|𝐧|
c
Since 𝑃𝑄 is perpendicular to the plane, it follows that the shortest distance from 𝑃 to
Π is 𝑃𝑄
𝑘 𝐩∙𝐧 |𝑘 𝐩 ∙ 𝐧| |𝑘 𝐩 ∙ 𝐧|
𝑃𝑄 𝐧 |𝐧|
|𝐧| |𝐧| |𝐧|

d
3 4
𝐧 1 , 𝑘 22, 𝐩 2
4 8
Then the shortest distance is
|𝑘 𝐩 ∙ 𝐧| |22 22| 44 22√26
|𝐧| √26 √26 13

47
Let the meeting point be 𝐶
Require that the path of 𝑆 , which is 𝐵𝐶, should be of minimal length.
It follows that 𝐴𝐶 must be perpendicular to 𝐵𝐶.
10 60
Since the velocity of 𝑆 is , the velocity of 𝑆 must be , if it is to be
20 30
perpendicular and with a magnitude three times as great.
70 60 10
𝐵𝐶 has equation 𝐫 𝜆 , while 𝐴𝐶 has equation 𝐫 𝑡
30 30 20
These intersect at 𝐶:
70 60𝜆 10𝑡 1
30 30𝜆 20𝑡 2
2 2 1 : 130 50𝑡 ⇒ 𝑡 2.6
70 10𝑡 44
𝜆
60 60
The second ship requires 44 minutes to reach the intersection, and the first ship takes 2
hours and 36 minutes.
If the first ship leaves at 10: 00, they meet at 12: 36 so the second ship leaves port at
11: 52.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 63


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

48 ai

Worked solutions
𝐚 𝐛 ∙ 𝐚 𝐛 𝐚 ∙ 𝐚 𝐛 ∙ 𝐛 2𝐚 ∙ 𝐛 by expanding the product
Also, 𝐚 𝐛 ∙ 𝐚 𝐛 |𝐚 𝐛|
𝐚 𝐛 ∙ 𝐚 𝐛 𝐚 ∙ 𝐚 𝐛 ∙ 𝐛 2𝐚 ∙ 𝐛 by expanding the product
Also, 𝐚 𝐛 ∙ 𝐚 𝐛 |𝐚 𝐛|

If |𝐚 – 𝐛| |𝐚 𝐛| so 𝐚 ∙ 𝐚 𝐛 ∙ 𝐛 2𝐚 ∙ 𝐛 𝐚∙𝐚 𝐛∙𝐛 2𝐚 ∙ 𝐛
⇒𝐚∙𝐛 0
That is, 𝐚 and 𝐛 are perpendicular.

aii
|𝐚 𝐛| |𝐚 𝐛| ∙ |𝐚 𝐛|
𝐚 𝐛 |𝐚||𝐛| sin 𝜃 𝐧, where 𝜃 is the angle between the 𝐚 and 𝐛 and 𝐧 is a unit vector.
Therefore |𝐚 𝐛| |𝐚||𝐛| sin 𝜃 |𝐚||𝐛| sin 𝜃
(𝐧 ∙ 𝐧 1 by the definition of a unit vector)
|𝐚 𝐛| |𝐚| |𝐛| sin 𝜃 |𝐚| |𝐛| 1 cos 𝜃
But 𝐚 ∙ 𝐛 |𝐚||𝐛| cos 𝜃
So |𝐚 𝐛| |𝐚| |𝐛| – 𝐚 ∙ 𝐛

bi
1
Triangle area is given by |𝐮
2
𝐯| where 𝐮 and 𝐯 are vectors of two of the triangle edges.
In 𝐴𝐵𝐶, two of the edge vectors are 𝐴𝐵⃗ 𝐛 𝐚 and 𝐴𝐶⃗ 𝐜 𝐚
1
Area | 𝐛 𝐚 𝐜 𝐚 |
2
1
|𝐛 𝐜 𝐛 𝐚 𝐚 𝐜 𝐚 𝐚|
2
1
|𝐛 𝐜 𝐚 𝐛 𝐜 𝐚|
2
(Using that 𝐮 𝐮 𝟎 and 𝐮 𝐯 𝐯 𝐮 for any vectors 𝐮 and 𝐯).
Reordering the products:
1
Area |𝐚 𝐛 𝐛 𝐜 𝐜 𝐚|
2

bii
Length 𝐴𝐶 is |𝐜 𝐚|
The area of a triangle equals one half the base length multiplied by the altitude to the
third vertex.
If the altitude to 𝐵 is ℎ then
1
Area |𝐜 𝐚|ℎ
2
1 1
|𝐛 𝐜 𝐚 𝐛 𝐜 𝐚| |𝐜 𝐚|ℎ
2 2
Rearranging:
|𝐚 𝐛 𝐛 𝐜 𝐜 𝐚|
ℎ as required.
|𝐜 – 𝐚|

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 64


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 
 

9 Probability

Worked solutions
These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 9A
7 a

b P 𝐿 0.6 0.7 0.4 0.9 0.78


∩ . .
c P 𝐵|𝐿 0.538
.
8 a

b P 𝐵 0.1 0.2 0.157


∩ .
c P 𝑆|𝐵 0.273
.

9 a P 𝑆 P 𝑆|𝑊 P 𝑊 P 𝑆|𝑌 P 𝑌
0.4 0.2 0.1 0.8
0.16

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 1


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

∩ . .

Worked solutions
b P 𝑊|𝑆 0.5
.
10 Using the notation 𝐵 is the event that the 𝑖 th ball is blue, 𝑅 that it is red:
a P different P 𝐵𝑅 P 𝑅 𝐵
8 10 10 8
18 17 18 17
80
153
0.523
b P 𝐵 |𝑅

c P 𝑅 |different 0.5
11 a Since there is replacement, the probability is unaffected by the first draw.
P 𝐺 0.3
b Since there is replacement, the probabilities of the first and second draw
are independent.
P 𝐺 0.3
12 a P 𝐼 P 𝐼|𝐶 P 𝐶 P 𝐼|𝐵 P 𝐵
0.9 0.7 0.8 0.3
0.87
∩ . .
b P 𝐶|𝐼 0.724
.
13 a P 𝐶 P 𝐶|𝐴 P 𝐴 P 𝐶|𝐸 P 𝐸
20 18
0.9 0.93
38 38
0.914

b P 𝐸|𝐶
18
0.93 38
0.914
0.482
14 a

b P 𝐿 0.01 0.04 0.08 0.13

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 2


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

∩ .

Worked solutions
c P 𝑊|𝐿 0.0769
.
15 a

b P 𝑅

c P 𝑆|𝑅

∩ . . .
16 P 𝑀|𝑃 0.471
. . . . .

17
P 10 heads|20 fair coins P 𝑋 10 𝑋~B 20,0.5 0.176
2
P 10 heads|15 biased P 𝑌 10|𝑌~B 15, 0.214
3
0.176
P fair|all heads 0.451
0.176 0.214

18
Let 𝑋 be the outcome of the roll.
P 4 sides ∩ 𝑋 6
P 4 sides |𝑋 6
P 𝑋 6
10
1
45
10 15 5 20 5
1
45 45 6 45 8
2
7

19
1
P 𝐴∩𝑆 3 0.3 3
P 𝐴|𝑆
P 𝑆 1 1 1 7
0.3 0.2 0.2
3 3 3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 3


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

20

Worked solutions
P 𝐷∩ 0.003 0.98
P 𝐷| 0.0286
P 0.003 0.98 0.997 0.1
This highlights the problems of false positive results in tests for rare diseases.
It is a peculiarity of testing that such a test may appear to become more ‘accurate’ (in the sense
that the number of false results decreases) if the prevalence of the disease increases – or more
accurately, if the test is more often used on individuals who are infected – even though nothing
changes about the test itself!
21
Let and – be the results of the test (positive and negative) and 𝐷 be the event that an
individual in the population has the disease.
P |𝐷 P |𝐷 0.9
Let P 𝐷 𝑝
Then P P |𝐷 P 𝐷 P |𝐷 P 𝐷
0.9𝑝 0.1 1 𝑝
0.1 0.8𝑝
P 𝐷| 0.775
P 𝐷∩
P
P |𝐷 P 𝐷
P
0.9𝑝
0.1 0.8𝑝
Rearranging:
0.775 0.1 0.8𝑝 0.9𝑝
0.0775
𝑝 0.277
0.9 0.8 0.775

Approximately 27.7% of the population have the disease.

22
P 3 yellow|𝐴 P 𝑋 3 𝑋~B 7,0.3 0.227
P 3 yellow|𝐵 P 𝑌 3 𝑌~B 10,0.3 0.267
P 𝐴 ∩ 3 yellow
P 𝐴|3 yellow
P 3 yellow
0.5 0.227
0.5 0.227 0.5 0.267
0.460
23 a
P Same P 𝐵 𝐵 ∪𝑊 𝑊
𝑚 𝑚 1 𝑛 𝑛 1
𝑚 𝑛 𝑚 𝑛 1 𝑚 𝑛 𝑚 𝑛 1
𝑚 𝑚 1 𝑛 𝑛 1
𝑚 𝑛 𝑚 𝑛 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 4


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
P Blue ∩ same
P Blue|same
P same
1 7 6 8 7
2 15 14
1 5 4 15 14 1 7 6 8 7
2 20 19 2 15 14
0.435

Exercise 9B
12 a
P 𝑋 𝑥 1 0.7 𝑘

𝑘 0.3
b
E 𝑋 𝑥P 𝑋 𝑥 1.9

c
E 𝑋 𝑥 P 𝑋 𝑥 6.3

Var 𝑋 E 𝑋 E 𝑋 2.69
13 a
P 𝑋 𝑥 1 0.6 𝑘

𝑘 0.4
b
E 𝑋 𝑥P 𝑋 𝑥 2.8

E 𝑋 𝑥 P 𝑋 𝑥 9.2

Var 𝑋 E 𝑋 E 𝑋 1.36
SD 𝑋 Var 𝑋 1.17
14 a
E 𝑋 𝑥P 𝑋 𝑥 4.2

E 𝑋 𝑥 P 𝑋 𝑥 22.6

Var 𝑋 E 𝑋 E 𝑋 4.96
b
E 3𝑋 1 3E 𝑋 1 13.6
Var 3𝑋 1 9Var 𝑋 44.64

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 5


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

15 a

Worked solutions
1 1 1 15
P 𝑊 𝑤 1 𝑘 1 𝑘
2 4 8 8
8
𝑘
15
b
32
E 𝑊 𝑤P 𝑊 𝑤 4𝑘
15
E 𝑊 𝑤 P 𝑊 𝑤 8

776
Var 𝑊 E 𝑊 E 𝑊 3.45
225
c
Var 2𝑊 2 4Var 𝑊 13.8
16 a
1 6 15 28 25
E 𝑋 𝑥P 𝑋 𝑥
16 8
85
E 𝑋 𝑥 P 𝑋 𝑥
8
85 625 55
Var 𝑋 E 𝑋 E 𝑋
8 64 64
b
E 10𝑋 3 10E 𝑋 3 34.25
Var 10𝑋 3 100Var 𝑋 85.9
17 a
E 𝑋 𝑥P 𝑋 𝑥 4.1

E 𝑋 𝑥 P 𝑋 𝑥 19.9

Var 𝑋 E 𝑋 E 𝑋 3.09
b
𝑦 7 10 16 25
P 𝑌 𝑦 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1
c
E 𝑌 𝑦P 𝑌 𝑦 13.3

E 𝑌 𝑦 P 𝑌 𝑦 204.7

Var 𝑌 E 𝑌 E 𝑌 27.81 9Var 𝑋


18 a
𝑣 2 4 6 8
P 𝑉 𝑣 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
E 𝑉 𝑣P 𝑉 𝑣 6

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 6


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
E 𝑉 𝑣 P 𝑉 𝑣 40

Var 𝑉 E 𝑉 E 𝑉 4
b
𝑊 5 𝑉
𝑊 3 1 –1 –3
P 𝑊 𝑤 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
c
E 𝑊 𝑤P 𝑊 𝑤 1

E 𝑊 𝑤 P 𝑊 𝑤 5

Var 𝑊 E 𝑊 E 𝑊 4 Var 𝑉
19
𝐵 5 0.5𝐴
E 𝐵 5 0.5E 𝐴 3.1
Var 𝐵 0.25Var 𝐴 0.3
20
𝑉 4 0.4𝑈
E 𝑉 4 0.4E 𝑈 6
Var 𝑉 0.16Var 𝑈 2.56
21 a
𝑌 0 1 2 3 4
P 𝑌 𝑦 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.2
b
E 𝑌 𝑦P 𝑌 𝑦 2.3

E 𝑌 𝑦 P 𝑌 𝑦 6.9

Var 𝑌 E 𝑌 E 𝑌 1.61
c
𝑋 3 100𝑌
E 𝑋 3 100E 𝑌 233
Var 𝑋 10000Var 𝑌 16100
22 a X~𝐵 3,
𝑋 0 1 2 3
P 𝑋 𝑥 1 3 3 1
8 8 8 8
b E 𝑋 3 1.5
c
E 𝑋 𝑥 P 𝑋 𝑥 3

Var 𝑋 E 𝑋 E 𝑋 0.75
√3
Then SD 𝑋 Var 𝑋
2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 7


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

23

Worked solutions
𝑋 1 2 3
P 𝑋 𝑥 2 3 1
6 6 6
11
E 𝑋 𝑥P 𝑋 𝑥
6
23
E 𝑋 𝑥 P 𝑋 𝑥
6
17
Var 𝑋 E 𝑋 E 𝑋 0.472
36

If 𝑌 𝑋 𝑋
11
E 𝑌 2E 𝑋
3
17
Var 𝑌 2Var 𝑋
18
SD 𝑌 Var 𝑌 0.972

24 a
E 𝑊 2 𝑤P 𝑊 𝑤 0.4 0.6 3𝑎 4𝑏

3𝑎 4𝑏 1 1
b
P 𝑊 𝑤 1 0.7 𝑎 𝑏

𝑎 𝑏 0.3 2
c
1 3 2 :𝑏 0.1 ⇒ 𝑎 0.2
E 𝑊 𝑤 P 𝑊 𝑤 5

Var 𝑊 E 𝑊 E 𝑊 1
25
E 𝑋 1.5 𝑥P 𝑋 𝑥 𝑝 2𝑞 0.6

𝑝 2𝑞 0.9 1
P 𝑋 𝑥 1 0.3 𝑝 𝑞

𝑝 𝑞 0.7 2
1 2 :𝑞 0.2 ⇒ 𝑝 0.5
E 𝑋 𝑥 P 𝑋 𝑥 3.1

Var 𝑋 E 𝑋 E 𝑋 0.85

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 8


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

26 a

Worked solutions
1
𝑋~B 30,
6
1
E 𝑋 30 5
6
1 5 25
Var 𝑋 30
6 6 6
b
𝑇 10𝑋 𝑐
E 𝑇 10E 𝑋 𝑐 50 𝑐
1250
Var 𝑇 100Var 𝑋
3
c
The game is fair if the expectation is zero; 𝑐 50 cents

27
1 26 𝑐
E 𝑆 𝑠P 𝑆 𝑠 1 2 5 8 10 𝑐
6 6
1 194 𝑐
E 𝑆 𝑠 P 𝑆 𝑠 1 4 25 64 100 𝑐
6 6
1 185
Var 𝑆 E 𝑆 E 𝑆 6 194 𝑐 26 𝑐
36 9
6 194 𝑐 26 𝑐 740
488 52𝑐 5𝑐 740
5𝑐 52𝑐 252 0
52 √52 5040
𝑐 14 or 3.6
10
Since 𝑐 10, the value is 14.

28
E 𝑋 𝑥P 𝑋 𝑥 𝑞 1

E 𝑋 𝑥 P 𝑋 𝑥 𝑞 2.6

Var 𝑋 E 𝑋 E 𝑋 2.6 𝑞 𝑞 1 0.85


𝑞 𝑞 0.75 0
𝑞 1.5 𝑞 0.5 0
𝑞 1.5 reject or 𝑞 0.5

Then E 𝑋 1 𝑞 1.5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 9


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Exercise 9C

Worked solutions
Except in non-calculator questions, it is expected that students will calculate probabilities from
the integrals of probability generating functions using technology rather than integral calculus.
However, to assist those wishing to practice techniques learned in the Chapter 10, many have
been given full worked algebraic solutions.
22 a
π π 2
P 𝑋 tan 𝑥 d𝑥
16 8 ln 2
2
ln sec 𝑥
ln 2
0.172
b
3π 2
P 𝑋 tan 𝑥
16 ln 2
2
ln sec 𝑥
ln 2
0.467
23 a
3
P 0.5 𝑌 1 𝑦 2 𝑦 d𝑦
. 4
3 1
𝑦 𝑦
4 4 .
3 1 3 1
4 4 16 32
11
32
b
2 3
P 𝑌 𝑦 2 𝑦 d𝑦
3 4
3 1
𝑦 𝑦
4 4
1 2
3 2
3 27
20
27
24 a
f 𝑥 d𝑥 1 𝑘e d𝑥
𝑘 e 1
1
𝑘 20.2
e e

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 10


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
P 𝑋 5 𝑘e d𝑥
𝑘e
e e
e e
0.129
c
E 𝑋 𝑥 f 𝑥 d𝑥

𝑘𝑥e d𝑥
3.97 GDC
This function can be integrated directly using the method of integration by parts, described in
Chapter 10. However, unless the question explicitly requires an analytical method, remember
that evaluation of an integral using your calculator is acceptable, and even preferred.
25 a
f 𝑥 d𝑥 1 𝑘𝑥 d𝑥

1
𝑘 𝑥 1
3
1
𝑘
9
b
E 𝑋 𝑥 f 𝑥 d𝑥

𝑘𝑥 d𝑥

1
𝑥
36
9
4
26
1
Median 𝑚 is such that f 𝑥 d𝑥
2
1
2 2𝑥 d𝑥 2𝑥 𝑥 2𝑚 𝑚
2
2𝑚 4𝑚 1 0
4 √8 √2
𝑚 1
4 2
√2
𝑚 1 so 𝑚 1 0.293
2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 11


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

27 a

Worked solutions
𝑡
P 𝑇 1 d𝑡
2
1
𝑡
4
3
4
b
1
Median 𝑚 is such that f 𝑥 d𝑥
2
1 1
𝑡 d𝑡 𝑡
2 4
𝑚 1
4 2
𝑚 √2 (selecting positive root since 0 𝑚 2)
28 a
E 𝑌 𝑦 f 𝑦 d𝑦

𝑦
sin 𝑦 d𝑦
2𝜋
3.87 GDC
b
E 𝑌 𝑦 f 𝑦 d𝑦

𝑦
sin 𝑦 d𝑦
2𝜋
20.0 GDC
Var 𝑌 E 𝑌 E 𝑌 5.043
SD 𝑌 Var 𝑌 2.25
c
1
Median 𝑚 is such that f 𝑦 d𝑦
2
1 1
sin 𝑦 d𝑦
2𝜋 2
From GDC, 𝑚 3.63
Again, using methods of substitution and integration by parts seen in Chapter 10, this integral
can be calculated analytically:
Let 𝑦 𝑢 so that d𝑦 2𝑢 d𝑢
√ 𝑢 𝑢 √ √ 1
sin 𝑢 d𝑢 cos 𝑢 cos 𝑢 d𝑢
𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
√𝑚 1 1
cos √𝑚 sin √𝑚
𝜋 𝜋 2
However, this final result cannot be solved algebraically and would require a calculator solution
to find 𝑚 3.63.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 12


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
From GDC, the probability density function has its maximum at 𝑥 2.47
29 a
E 𝑋 0 since the probability density function is symmetrical about 0.
b
E 𝑋 𝑥 f 𝑥 d𝑥

𝑥
cos 𝑥 d𝑥
2
0.467
Var 𝑋 E 𝑋 E 𝑋 0.467
Using the integration by parts method from Chapter 10, the variance can be calculated exactly:

𝑥 𝑥
cos 𝑥 d𝑥 sin 𝑥 𝑥 sin 𝑥 d𝑥
2 2

𝑥
sin 𝑥 𝑥 cos 𝑥 cos 𝑥 d𝑥
2

𝑥
sin 𝑥 𝑥 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
2
𝜋
2
4
30 a
e
P 𝑋 0.5 𝑥 e d𝑥
2e 5
.
0.821 GDC
b
Maximum on the PDF within the given domain is at 𝑥 1
c
E 𝑋 𝑥 f 𝑥 d𝑥
e
𝑥 e d𝑥
2e 5
0.709 GDC

31 a
1 1
f 𝑦 d𝑦 1 d𝑦 ln 3
𝑘𝑦 𝑘
𝑘 ln 3
b
1
Median 𝑚 is such that f 𝑦 d𝑦
2
1 1 1
d𝑦 ln 𝑚
𝑦 ln 3 ln 3 2
𝑚 √3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 13


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

32 a

Worked solutions
1
f 𝑥 4 12𝑥 f 𝑥 0 at a local maximum of the pdf; this occurs at 𝑥
√3
1
f 𝑥 24𝑥 0 at 𝑥 , so this is a maximum of the pdf and so is the mode.
√3
b
E 𝑋 𝑥 f 𝑥 d𝑥

4𝑥 4𝑥 d𝑥
4 4
𝑥 𝑥
3 5
4 4
3 5
8
15
33 a
E 𝑇 𝑡 f 𝑡 d𝑡
3
𝑡 30 𝑡 𝑡 10 d𝑡
40000
22 GDC
b
P 𝑇 25 f 𝑡 d𝑡 0.262
Let 𝑋 be the number of students taking more than 25 minutes. Assuming
independence between students, E 𝑋 30 0.262 7.85 8 students
34 ai
P 5 𝑋 10 f 𝑥 d𝑥

e
e
e 1
e e
e 1
0.237
aii
P 𝑋 10 f 𝑥 d𝑥

e
e
e 1
e e
e 1
0.881

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 14


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
E 𝑋 𝑥 f 𝑥 d𝑥
𝑥e
e d𝑥
5 e 1
4.63 minutes GDC
When you have completed Chapter 10, use integration by parts to show that the exact value is
5e 25
E 𝑋
e 1

35 a f 𝑥 is zero or positive throughout its domain


2𝑥
f 𝑥 d𝑥 d𝑥
𝑘
𝑥
𝑘
1
Since both these conditions are met, f 𝑥 is a valid pdf for 𝑘 0.
b
1
Median 𝑚 is such that f 𝑥 d𝑥
2
2𝑥 𝑚 1
d𝑥
𝑘 𝑘 2
𝑘
𝑚 Selecting positive root since 0 𝑚 𝑘
√2
c
2𝑥 𝑘 𝑐
P 𝑋 𝑐 d𝑥 0.19
𝑘 𝑘
𝑐 0.81𝑘
𝑐 0.9𝑘

36 a
Require that f 𝑡 d𝑡 1
1 𝑘 2
d𝑡 ln|1 𝑡| ln 1
1 𝑡 𝑘 1
𝑘 2
e
𝑘 1
e 2
𝑘 0.418
1 e

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 15


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
E 𝑇 𝑡 f 𝑡 d𝑡
𝑡
d𝑡
𝑡 1
1
1 d𝑡
𝑡 1
𝑡 1
0
E 𝑇 𝑡 f 𝑡 d𝑡
𝑡
d𝑡
𝑡 1
1
𝑡 1 d𝑡
𝑡 1
𝑡
𝑡 1
2
𝑘 1 𝑘
𝑘 1 𝑘 1
2 2
1
𝑘
2
e 3
0.0820
2 1 e

37 a
𝑥 1 𝑎
P 𝑋 𝑎 d𝑥 𝑥 1
9 27 27
𝑎
Require 0.95
27
𝑎 2.95
b
Lower quartile 𝐿 and upper quartile 𝑈 are such that
𝐿 𝑈
P 𝑋 𝐿 0.75 1 and P 𝑋 𝑈 0.25 1
27 27
𝐿 1.89, 𝑈 2.73
Interquartile range 𝑈 𝐿 0.836

38
1
P 𝑋 𝑎 d𝑥 ln|𝑥| 1 ln 𝑎
𝑥
Lower quartile 𝐿 and upper quartile 𝑈 are such that
P 𝑋 𝐿 0.75 1 ln 𝐿 and P 𝑋 𝑈 0.25 1 ln 𝑈
𝐿 e . ,𝑈 e .
Interquartile range 𝑈 𝐿 0.833

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 16


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

39 a

Worked solutions
Require f 𝑥 d𝑥 1
1 1
𝑘𝑥 d𝑥 𝑘 20 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑘𝑥 20𝑘𝑥 𝑘𝑥
2 2
50𝑘 400𝑘 200𝑘 200𝑘 50𝑘
100𝑘
1
𝑘
100
b
1 1
P 𝑋 15 𝑘 20 𝑥 d𝑥 20𝑘𝑥 𝑘𝑥 12.5𝑘
2 8
c
1 1
P 𝑋 𝑎 0.1 20𝑘𝑥 𝑘𝑥 200 20𝑎 𝑎 𝑘
2 2
𝑎 40𝑎 400 20
𝑎 40𝑎 380 0
𝑎 20 √20
Taking the negative root, since 𝑎 20, 𝑎 20 √20 15.5
d
E 𝑋 10 by symmetry
E 𝑋 𝑥 f 𝑥 d𝑥
𝑥 20𝑥 𝑥
d𝑥 d𝑥
100 100
𝑥 80𝑥 3𝑥
400 1200
10000 64000 480000 80000 30000
400 1200
350
3
50
Var 𝑋 E 𝑋 E 𝑋 16.7
3
40 a

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 17


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝑎 𝑏
By symmetry, if f 𝑥 is a pdf, then E 𝑋
2
c
𝐹𝑜𝑟 f 𝑥 to be a pdf, require that f 𝑥 d𝑥 1
1
𝑘
𝑏 𝑎
E 𝑋 𝑥 f 𝑥 d𝑥
𝑥
d𝑥
𝑏 𝑎
𝑥
3 𝑏 𝑎
𝑏 𝑎
3 𝑏 𝑎
𝑏 𝑎𝑏 𝑎
3
Var 𝑋 E 𝑋 E 𝑋
𝑎 𝑎𝑏 𝑏 𝑎 𝑏
3 2
1
4𝑎 4𝑎𝑏 4𝑏 3𝑎 6𝑎𝑏 3𝑏
12
1
𝑎 2𝑎𝑏 𝑏
12
𝑎 𝑏
12

41 a

b
The mode is the upper limit of the pdf, since the function is increasing
throughout the domain.
Mode is 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 18


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
E 𝑋 𝑥 f 𝑥 d𝑥
3
4𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥
20
3
5𝑥 𝑥
100
3
80 32
100
36
25
42 a
𝐹𝑜𝑟 f 𝑦 to be a pdf, require that f 𝑦 d𝑦 1
𝑎 2𝑎𝑘
𝑎𝑦 d𝑦 𝑦 1
3 3
3
𝑎
2𝑘
b
E 𝑌 0 by symmetry
E 𝑌 𝑦 f 𝑦 d𝑦

𝑎𝑦 d𝑦

1
𝑎𝑦
5
2
𝑎𝑘
5
3
𝑘
5
Var 𝑌 E 𝑌 E 𝑌
3
𝑘 5
5
25
𝑘
3
5√3
𝑘
3

43
𝐹𝑜𝑟 f 𝑥 to be a pdf, require that f 𝑥 d𝑥 1

𝑘
𝑘 9 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 27𝑥 𝑥 36𝑘 1
3
1
𝑘
36
By symmetry, E 𝑋 0

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 19


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
E 𝑋 𝑥 f 𝑥 d𝑥

𝑘 9𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥

𝑘
15𝑥 𝑥
5
324𝑘
5
9
5
Var 𝑋 E 𝑋 E 𝑋
9
5
3√5
Then SD 𝑋
5
√ √
6√5 6√5 𝑘 11√5
P 𝑋 𝑘 9 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 27𝑥 𝑥
5 5 √ 3 √ 25
0.984

44 a
P 𝑌 5 1 P 𝑌 5
1
1 6𝑦 𝑦 d𝑦
27
1
1 9𝑦 𝑦
81
8 225 125
1 4
3 81 81
73
0.901
81
b
From the graph, the median will be greater than 3, so use the upper part of the
distribution:
1
Median 𝑚 is such that f 𝑦 d𝑦
2
1 1
6𝑦 𝑦 d𝑦
27 2
1
9𝑦 𝑦
81
8 9𝑚 𝑚
4
3 81 81
108 𝑚 9𝑚
81
2𝑚 18𝑚 216 81
2𝑚 18𝑚 135 0
From GDC, this has solution 𝑚 3.50

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 20


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
E 𝑌 f 𝑦 d𝑦
𝑦 6𝑦 𝑦
d𝑦 d𝑦
27 27
𝑦 8𝑦 𝑦
108 108
3 3
16 12 2
4 4
7
2
45 a

b
10𝑡 𝑡
P 𝑇 5 d𝑡
125
15𝑡 𝑡
375
2
3
c
1
Median 𝑚 is such that f 𝑡 d𝑡
2
10𝑡 𝑡 15𝑡 𝑡 15𝑚 𝑚 1
d𝑡
125 375 375 2
2 15𝑚 𝑚 375
2𝑚 30𝑚 375 0
46 a
𝐹𝑜𝑟 f 𝑡 to be a pdf, require that f 𝑡 d𝑡 1

𝜋𝑡 𝑘 2𝑘 𝜋𝑡 𝑘 2𝑘 𝑘 𝜋 4
𝑘𝑡 d𝑡 𝑘 sin d𝑡 cos
2 2 𝜋 2 2 𝜋 2𝜋
2𝜋
𝑘
𝜋 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 21


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
c
From the graph, the median will be greater than 1, so use the upper part of the
distribution:
1
Median 𝑚 is such that f 𝑡 d𝑡
2
𝜋𝑡 2𝑘 𝜋𝑡 2𝑘 𝜋𝑚 1
𝑘 sin d𝑡 cos 1 cos
2 𝜋 2 𝜋 2 2
2 𝜋 2 𝜋 4
𝑚 arccos 1 arccos 1.07
𝜋 4𝑘 𝜋 8

Mixed Practice
1 a
E 𝑋 𝑥P 𝑋 𝑥 3.2

E 𝑋 𝑥 P 𝑋 𝑥 11.8

Var 𝑋 E 𝑋 E 𝑋 1.56
b
E 2 3𝑋 2 3E 𝑋 7.6
Var 2 3𝑋 9Var 𝑋 14.04
2 a
P 𝑉 𝑣 1 6𝑝 0.4

𝑝 0.1
b
E 𝑉 𝑣P 𝑉 𝑣 4.2

E 𝑉 𝑣 P 𝑉 𝑣 22.2

Var 𝑉 E 𝑉 E 𝑉 4.56
𝑆𝐷 𝑉 𝑉𝑎𝑟 𝑉 2.14

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 22


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
E 10 𝑉 10 E 𝑉 5.8
SD 10 𝑉 SD 𝑉 2.14
3 a
f 𝑥 d𝑥 1 𝑘 6𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥

𝑥
𝑘 3𝑥 36𝑘 1
3
1
𝑘
36
b
P 𝑋 2 𝑘 6𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥

𝑥
𝑘 3𝑥
3
8
36 12
3
36
20
27
c
By symmetry, E 𝑋 3
4 a

b
3
f 𝑥 8𝑥 3𝑥
64
From the shape of the graph, the mode is at the point in 0 𝑥 4 at which
f 𝑥 0
8
𝑥
3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 23


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
1
Median 𝑚 is such that f 𝑥 d𝑥
2
3 4 3 16𝑚 3𝑚 1
4𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
64 64 256 256 2
So 3𝑚 16𝑚 – 128
3𝑚 16𝑚 128 0
5 a
E 𝑌 𝑦 f 𝑦 d𝑦
𝑦
sin 𝑦 d𝑦
𝜋
1.87 GDC
E 𝑌 𝑦 f 𝑦 d𝑦
𝑦
sin 𝑦 d𝑦
𝜋
3.87 GDC
Var 𝑌 E 𝑌 E 𝑌 0.379
When you have studied Chapter 10, show that the exact values are
𝜋 4 16
E 𝑋 ,E 𝑋 𝜋 6, Var 𝑋 2
𝜋 𝜋
b
E 4𝑌 1 4E 𝑌 1 8.47
Var 4𝑌 1 16Var 𝑌 6.06
6
P 𝐵∩𝐴 P 𝐴|𝐵 P 𝐵 0.6 0.4 0.24
P 𝐵|𝐴
P 𝐴 P 𝐴|𝐵 P 𝐵 P 𝐴|𝐵 P 𝐵 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.6 0.36
2
3
7 a
𝑥 1 2 3 4
2 5 8 11
P 𝑋 𝑥
26 26 26 26

b
80 40
E 𝑋 𝑥P 𝑋 𝑥
26 13
c
135
E 𝑋 𝑥 P 𝑋 𝑥
13
135 40 155
Var 𝑋 E 𝑋 E 𝑋 0.917
13 13 169
d
Var 20 5𝑋 25𝑉𝑎𝑟 𝑋 22.9 23

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 24


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

8 a

Worked solutions
1
𝐻~B 3,
2
ℎ 0 1 2 3
1 3 3 1
P 𝐻 ℎ
8 8 8 8

b
3
E 𝐻 ℎP 𝐻 ℎ
2
E 𝐻 ℎ P 𝐻 ℎ 3

3
Var 𝐻 E 𝐻 E 𝐻
4
c
𝑊 3𝐻 5
𝐸 𝑊 $ 3𝐸 𝐻 5 $0.50
The game is not fair; in a fair game, the expected profit is zero.
d
27
Var 3𝐻 5 9Var 𝐻 6.75 dollars
4
9
P 𝑋 𝑥 1 0.5 𝑝 𝑞

𝑝 𝑞 0.5 1
E 𝑋 𝑥P 𝑋 𝑥 1.1 4𝑝 5𝑞 3.3

4𝑝 5𝑞 2.2 2
2 4 1 : 𝑞 0.2
𝑝 0.3, 𝑞 0.2
E 𝑋 𝑥 P 𝑋 𝑥 12.5

Var 𝑋 E 𝑋 E 𝑋 1.61
10 a
By symmetry, 𝐸 𝑌 4
b
E 𝑌 𝑦 P 𝑌 𝑦 50𝑎 34𝑏

Var 𝑌 E 𝑌 E 𝑌 50𝑎 34𝑏 16 4.2


50𝑎 34𝑏 20.2 1
P 𝑌 𝑦 1 2𝑎 2𝑏 2

1 17 2 : 16𝑎 3.2
𝑎 0.2, 𝑏 0.3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 25


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

11

Worked solutions
For a pdf f 𝑥 , f 𝑥 d𝑥 1
1
𝑎𝑥 𝑏 d𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥
2
4𝑎 2𝑏 1 1
E 𝑋 𝑥 f 𝑥 d𝑥
1 1
𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 d𝑥
𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥
3 2
26
𝑎 4𝑏 2.08 2
3
2 2 1 : 𝑎 0.08
𝑎 0.12, 𝑏 0.26
12 a
P 𝑅 P 𝑅|Spain P Spain P 𝑅|Sweden P Sweden
0.2 0.3 0.6 0.7
0.48
b
P Sweden ∩ 𝑅 0.42 7
P Sweden|𝑅
P 𝑅 0.48 8
13 a
Let 𝑊 be the event the canteen serves cheese sandwiches, and 𝐶 be the event
Emma eats in the canteen.
P 𝐶|𝑊 0.4, P 𝐶|𝑊 0.7
Let P 𝑊 𝑝
P 𝐶 P 𝐶|𝑊 P 𝑊 P 𝐶|𝑊 P 𝑊 0.52
0.52 0.4𝑝 0.7 1 p
0.7 0.3𝑝 0.52
0.3𝑝 0.18
𝑝 0.6
b
P 𝑊 ∩𝐶 𝑃 𝐶|𝑊 P 𝑊 0.7 1 𝑝 0.28 7
P 𝑊 |𝐶 0.538
P 𝐶 P 𝐶 0.52 0.52 13
14
P 𝐴∩𝐵 P 𝐵 P 𝐴|𝐵
𝐵 𝐵 𝐵 Total 
𝐴 0.12 0.24 0.1 0.46
𝐴′ 0.08 0.06 0.4 0.54
Total  0.2 0.3 0.5 1
P 𝐵 ∩𝐴 0.12 6
P 𝐵 |𝐴 0261
P 𝐴 0.46 23

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 26


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

15 a

Worked solutions
10
P 𝑋 2.5 𝑥 6𝑥 9𝑥 d𝑥
. 81
1
2𝑥 15𝑥 30𝑥
81 .
1 625 625 125
1 2 15 30
81 32 16 8
625
1
648
23
0.0355
648
b
E 𝑋 1.5 by symmetry
E 𝑋 𝑥 f 𝑥 d𝑥
10
𝑥 6𝑥 9𝑥 d𝑥
81
2.57 GDC
Var X E 𝑋 E 𝑋 0.321
SD 𝑋 Var 𝑋 0.567
c
From part a, P 𝑋 2.5 0.0355
80 0.0355 2.84 3
3 players should expect to win more than $2.50.
d
The expected win is E 𝑋 $1.50 so to be a fair game, the charge should also
be $1.50.
16
1
E 𝑋 200 50
4
1 3
Var 𝑋 200 37.5
4 4
SD 𝑋 Var 𝑋 6.12
P 43.88 𝑋 56.12 P 43 𝑋 57 since 𝑋 can only take integer values
0.712 GDC
So the probability that 𝑋 will take a value more than one standard deviation from the
mean is 0.288
17 a
By symmetry, E 𝑋 20
E 𝑋 𝑥 f 𝑥 d𝑥
3
𝑥 40𝑥 300𝑥 d𝑥
4000
420 GDC
Var X E 𝑋 E 𝑋 20

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 27


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
5
P 𝑋 25 f 𝑥 d𝑥 0.15625 GDC
32
c
If 𝑌~N 20, 20 then P 𝑌 25 0.132
d
41
0.137
300
This is closer to the value predicted by the student’s model, suggesting that the
normal distribution is more suitable for predicting.

18 a
f 𝑥 d𝑥 1 𝑘 𝑥e d𝑥 0.983𝑘
1
𝑘 1.018
0.983
1
Use techniques in Chapter 10 to show that 𝑘 is exactly given by 𝑘
1 7e
b
E 𝑋 𝑥 f 𝑥 d𝑥

𝑘 𝑥 e d𝑥 1.91
Mean lifetime is 1.91 years 23 months
c
P 𝑋 1 f 𝑥 d𝑥 0.269
d
P 𝑋 0.5 0.0918
P 𝑋 2 0.604
di
Let 𝐴 be the number from five which fail in less than six months.
𝐴~B 5, 0.0918
P 𝐴 0 1 0.0918 0.618
dii
Let 𝐶 be the number from five which fail in less than two years.
𝐶~B 5,0.604
P 𝐶 5 1 P 𝐶 5
1 0.604
0.919
19
After a blue ball is drawn, there are 6 blue balls remaining out of a total of
6 5 8 19
6
P 𝐵 |𝐵
19

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 28


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

20 a

Worked solutions
𝜋𝑚
f 𝑚 d𝑚 1 𝑘 𝑚 sin d𝑚 25𝑘 GDC
10
Use techniques from Chapter 10 to show that this is the value of the integral
1
𝑘
25
b

c
P 𝑀 6 f 𝑚 d𝑚 0.436 GDC
d
E 𝑀 𝑚 f 𝑚 d𝑚 5.65 kg GDC

E 𝑀 𝑚 f 𝑚 d𝑚 34.802 kg GDC

Var 𝑀 E 𝑀 E 𝑀 2.84 kg
SD 𝑀 Var 𝑀 1.69 kg
e
Let 𝑄~N 5.65, 2.84
P 𝑄 6 0.417
|True value estimated value|
Percentage error 100%
|true value|
4%
21
Let 𝐷 be the event that a fly dies within the first three days and 𝑀 be the event that it
has the mutation.
P 𝐷|𝑀 0.1, P 𝐷|𝑀 0.9, P 𝑀 0.03

𝑀 𝑀 Total 
𝐷 0.027 0.097 0.124
𝐷 0.003 0.873 0.876
Total  0.03 0.97 1
0.097
P 𝑀 |𝐷 0.782
0.124

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 29


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

22

Worked solutions
Let 𝐿 be the event that the bus is late and 𝑅 the event that it rains.
9 3 7
P 𝑅 , P 𝐿|𝑅 , P 𝐿|𝑅
20 20 20

𝑅 𝑅 Total 
𝐿 0.1575 0.0825 0.24
𝐿 0.2925 0.4675 0.76
Total  0.45 0.55 1
0.0825 11
P 𝑅 |𝐿 0.34375
0.24 32
23 ai

aii
P 𝐹 0.012 0.004 0.016
aiii
P 𝐴∩𝐹 0.012 3
P 𝐴|𝐹
P 𝐹 0.016 4
bi
If 𝐹 is the event that the 𝑖 th transistor selected is faulty.
P 𝑋 2 P 𝐹𝐹𝐹 P 𝐹𝐹𝐹 P 𝐹𝐹𝐹
3 2 4 3 4 2 4 3 2
7 6 5 7 6 5 7 6 5
12
35
bii
𝑥 0 1 2 3
4 18 12 1
P 𝑋 𝑥
35 35 35 35

biii
1 45 9
E 𝑋 𝑥P 𝑋 𝑥 0 4 1 18 2 12 3 1
35 35 7

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 30


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

24 a

Worked solutions
E 𝑇 𝑡 f 𝑡 d𝑡
1
8𝑡 𝑡 d𝑡
12
1
40𝑡 3𝑡
180
320 96
180
56
45
b
Since the function has a local maximum within the domain as its only turning
point, this must be the mode.
1
f 𝑡 8 3𝑡
12
8 2√6
f 𝑡 0 when 𝑡
3 3
c
1
Median 𝑚 is such that f 𝑡 d𝑡
2
1 1 1 1
8𝑡 𝑡 d𝑡 16𝑡 𝑡 16𝑚 𝑚
12 48 48 2
𝑚 16𝑚 24 0
𝑚 8 √40
Selecting negative root since 𝑚 2:
𝑚 8 2√10
Hence 𝑚 8 2√10
25 ai
P 𝑇 5 f 𝑡 d𝑡 0.407 GDC
aii
.
P 5 𝑇 5.5 f 𝑡 d𝑡 0.275 GDC
b
Let 𝑋 be the number of batteries, out of three, that last at least 500 hours
𝑋~B 3, 0.407
P 𝑋 3 0.407 0.0676
c
Let 𝑌 be the number of batteries, out of three, that last at least 550 hours
𝑌~B 3, 0.132
P 𝑌 3 0.132 0.00230
P 𝑌 3∩𝑋 3 P 𝑌 3 0.00230
P 𝑌 3|𝑋 3 0.0340
P 𝑋 3 P 𝑋 3 0.0676

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 31


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

26

Worked solutions
Let 𝑋 be the mass of the chicken and 𝐴, 𝐵, 𝐶 the event of the chicken being the indicated
breed.
P 𝑋 1.8|𝐴 0.159
P 𝑋 1.8|𝐵 0.00135
P 𝑋 1.8|𝐶 0.579
Then P 𝑋 1.8 0.2 0.159 0.45 0.00135 0.35 0.579 0.235
P 𝐵 ∩ 𝑋 1.8 0.45 0.00135
P 𝐵|𝑋 1.8 0.00258
P 𝑋 1.8 0.235
27 a
1
P 𝑋 1 f 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑒 1 𝑒 1
√2
1
e
√2
1 1
𝑎 ln ln √2 ln 2
√2 2
b
1
Median 𝑚 is such that f 𝑥 d𝑥
2
1
𝑎e d𝑥 e 1 e
2
1 1
e e
2 √2
𝑚 2
c
√2
P 𝑋 3 f 𝑥 d𝑥 1 e 1
4
√2 √2 √2
1 1
P 1 𝑋 3 4 2 4 1
P 𝑋 3|𝑋 1
P 𝑋 1 1 √2 2
√2 2
28 a

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 32


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
P 𝑋 𝜋 f 𝑥 d𝑥
1
cos 𝑥
4
1
2
c
For the 𝑓 𝑥 𝑡𝑜 be a pdf, require f 𝑥 d𝑥 1
1
So f 𝑥 d𝑥
2
𝑎 𝑎 𝜋 𝑎
𝑎 𝑥 𝜋 d𝑥 𝑥 2𝜋𝑥 4𝜋 4𝜋 𝜋 2𝜋
2 2 2
1
2
1
𝑎
𝜋

d
1
Median 𝑚 is such that f 𝑥 d𝑥
2
From part a, the median is 𝜋.
e
E 𝑋 𝑥 f 𝑥 d𝑥
𝑥 𝑥 𝜋𝑥
sin 𝑥 d𝑥 d𝑥
4 𝜋
3.40 GDC
f
E 𝑋 𝑥 f 𝑥 d𝑥
𝑥 𝑥 𝜋𝑥
sin 𝑥 d𝑥 d𝑥
4 𝜋
15.45 GDC
Var 𝑋 E 𝑋 E 𝑋 3.87
Use methods from Chapter 10 to show that the exact values are
13𝜋 5𝜋 71𝜋
E 𝑋 ,E 𝑋 1, Var 𝑋 1
12 3 144

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 33


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝜋 1 1
P 𝑋 𝜋 by symmetry; the left half of the distribution has area
2 4 2
3𝜋
P 𝜋 𝑋
2
1 1
whole triangle has area and this triangle has half the width and height
8 2
𝜋 3𝜋 3
Then P 𝑋
2 2 8

h
𝜋 3𝜋
𝜋 3𝜋 P 𝜋 𝑋 2𝜋 𝑋
P 𝜋 𝑋 2𝜋 𝑋 2 2
2 2 𝜋 3𝜋
P 𝑋
2 2
3𝜋
P 𝜋 𝑋
2
𝜋 3𝜋
P 𝑋
2 2
1
8 by part 𝐠
3
8
1
3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 34


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 
 

10 Further calculus

Worked solutions
These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 10A
Note: Throughout these worked solutions, we shall use, for clarity, braces around expressions in
limits. This has not been standard notation in the textbook and is not required from students, but
assists in keeping clear what is and is not within an individual limit.
31
f 𝑥 e
Proposition: f 𝑥 5 e for 𝑛 0
Base case: f 𝑥 f 𝑥 5 e e so the proposition is true for 𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 0
So f 𝑥 5 e
Working towards: f 𝑥 5 e
d
f 𝑥 f 𝑥
d𝑥
d
5 e using the assumption
d𝑥
5 5e
5 e
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1.
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical
induction.

32 ai
3
f 𝑥
e 2
3
lim f 𝑥
→ 2
aii
3e
f 𝑥
1 2e
0
lim f 𝑥 0
→ 1 0
aiii
3e
f 𝑥
1 2e
3
lim f 𝑥 1
→ 1 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 1


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Let 𝑢 3e , 𝑣 1 2e so 𝑢 3e , 𝑣 2e
d 𝑢 𝑢 𝑣 𝑢𝑣
d𝑥 𝑣 𝑣
3e 1 2e 6e 3e
f 𝑥
1 2e 1 2e
Since both numerator and denominator are always greater than zero, f 𝑥 0
for all 𝑥.
The function f 𝑥 is therefore always increasing.
c

33
e 𝑥 𝑥 2
f 𝑥
2e 𝑥 2
f 2 e 2 2e
e 2
𝑎 ln √2

34 a
3𝑥
f 𝑥 𝑎
2
As 𝑥 → ∞, 𝑎 converges to zero but diverges, so the sum must diverge.
b
𝑎 𝑥 2
f 𝑥
4𝑎 𝑥 2
f 2 𝑎 3 4𝑎
𝑎 4𝑎 3 0
𝑎 1 𝑎 3 0
𝑎 1 or 𝑎 3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 2


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝑎 1:

𝑎 3:

35
f 𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 2
𝑏𝑥 2 𝑥 2
2𝑎𝑥 1 𝑥 2
f 𝑥
𝑏 𝑥 2
f 2 4𝑎 2 2𝑏 2 ⇒ 4𝑎 2𝑏 1
f 2 4𝑎 1 𝑏 2
Substituting 1 into 2 : 2𝑏 1 𝑏
𝑏 1, 𝑎 0.5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 3


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

36

Worked solutions
𝑦 𝑥e
Proposition: 𝑦 𝑥 𝑛2 2 𝑥 e for 𝑛 0
Base case: 𝑦 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥e 0 2 2 𝑥 e so the proposition is true for
𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 0
So 𝑦 𝑥 𝑘2 2 𝑥 e
Working towards: 𝑦 𝑥 𝑘 1 2 2 𝑥 e
d
𝑦 𝑥 f 𝑥
d𝑥
d
𝑘2 2 𝑥 e using the assumption
d𝑥
2 𝑘2 2 𝑥 e 2 e
𝑘 1 2 2 𝑥 e
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1.
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical
induction.

37 a

1 1
d 1 1 𝑥 ℎ 1 𝑥
lim
d𝑥 1 𝑥 → ℎ
1 𝑥 1 𝑥 ℎ
1 𝑥 ℎ 1 𝑥
lim
→ ℎ


1 𝑥 ℎ 1 𝑥
lim
→ ℎ

1
lim
→ 1 𝑥 ℎ 1 𝑥
1
1 𝑥
b
1
f 𝑥
1 𝑥
!
Proposition: f 𝑥 for 𝑛 0
!
Base case: f 𝑥 f 𝑥 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 0
!
So f 𝑥
!
Working towards: f 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 4


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
f 𝑥 f 𝑥
d𝑥
d 𝑘!
using the assumption
d𝑥 1 𝑥
d
𝑘! 1 𝑥
d𝑥
𝑘! 𝑘 1 1 𝑥 using chain rule
𝑘 1 !
1 𝑥
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1.
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical
induction.

38
f 𝑥 sin 𝑥
The proof will use the fact that
𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
sin 𝐴 sin 𝐴 cos cos 𝐴 sin
2 2 2
cos 𝐴
So sin 𝐴 cos 𝐴 for all 𝐴 ∗

Proposition: f 𝑥 sin 𝑥
Base case: f 𝑥 f 𝑥 sin 𝑥 sin 𝑥 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 0
So f 𝑥 sin 𝑥
Working towards: f 𝑥 sin 𝑥
d
f 𝑥 f 𝑥
d𝑥
d 𝑘𝜋
sin 𝑥 using the assumption
d𝑥 2
𝑘𝜋
cos 𝑥
2
𝑘𝜋 𝜋
sin 𝑥 using ∗
2 2
𝑘 1 𝜋
sin 𝑥
2
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1.
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical
induction.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 5


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

39

Worked solutions
d √𝑥 ℎ √𝑥
√𝑥 lim
d𝑥 → ℎ
√𝑥 ℎ √𝑥 √𝑥 ℎ √𝑥
lim
→ ℎ √𝑥 ℎ √𝑥
𝑥 ℎ 𝑥
lim
→ ℎ √𝑥 ℎ √𝑥
1
lim
→ √𝑥 ℎ √𝑥
1
2√𝑥

40
Tip: Remember that you should never use the same letter for two meanings in any working.
Since h is used in the question as a function, we need to use a different letter for the
infinitessimal in the limit. Greek letters delta (𝛿) and epsilon (𝜖) are often used in this context in
mathematical analysis.
d g 𝑥 𝛿 h 𝑥 𝛿 g 𝑥 h 𝑥
g 𝑥 h 𝑥 lim
d𝑥 → 𝛿
f 𝑥𝛿 f 𝑥 g 𝑥 𝛿 g 𝑥
lim
→ 𝛿 𝛿
f 𝑥 𝛿 f 𝑥 g 𝑥 𝛿 g 𝑥
lim lim
→ 𝛿 → 𝛿
f 𝑥 g 𝑥
This assumes that f 𝑥 and g 𝑥 are well-defined.
There is some concern about rigour here – it is not necessarily true that the limit of a sum
always equals the sum of limits (for example, the sum of 𝑥 and 𝑥 as 𝑥 → ∞ clearly has limit
zero, but the individual limits are not defined). However, it is the case that if both expressions
have a finite limit (as here) then it is legitimate to split the limit of the sum of two expressions
into the sum of limits.

41
f 𝑥 𝑥 sin 𝑥
Proposition: f 𝑥 1 𝑥 sin 𝑥 2𝑛 cos 𝑥
Base case:
f 𝑥 f 𝑥 𝑥 sin 𝑥 1 𝑥 sin 𝑥 2 0 cos 𝑥 so the proposition is true for
𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 0
So f 𝑥 1 𝑥 sin 𝑥 2𝑘 cos 𝑥
Working towards: f 𝑥 1 𝑥 sin 𝑥 2 𝑘 1 cos 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 6


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

d d

Worked solutions
f 𝑥 f 𝑥
d𝑥 d𝑥
d d
1 𝑥 sin 𝑥 2𝑘 cos 𝑥 using the assumption
d𝑥 d𝑥
d
1 sin 𝑥 𝑥 cos 𝑥 2𝑘 sin 𝑥
d𝑥
1 cos 𝑥 cos 𝑥 𝑥 sin 𝑥 2𝑘 cos 𝑥
1 2𝑘 2 cos 𝑥 𝑥 sin 𝑥
1 𝑥 sin 𝑥 2𝑘 2 cos 𝑥
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1.
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical
induction.

42 f 𝑥 ln 𝑥
!
Proposition: f 𝑥
Base case:
!
f 𝑥 f 𝑥 so the proposition is true for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 0
1 𝑘 1 !
So f 𝑥
𝑥
!
Working towards: f 𝑥
d
f 𝑥 f 𝑥
d𝑥
d
1 𝑘 1 !𝑥 using the assumption
d𝑥
1 𝑘 1 ! 𝑘𝑥
1 𝑘! 𝑥
1 𝑘!
𝑥
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1.
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical
induction.

43
√𝑥 4 √𝑥 √𝑥 4 √𝑥 𝑥 4 𝑥 4
4
So √𝑥 4 √𝑥
√𝑥 4 √𝑥
4
Then lim √𝑥 4 √𝑥 lim
→ √𝑥 4 √𝑥→
The numerator within the limit is constant and the denominator tends to infinity
as 𝑥 → ∞
Hence the limit of this ratio is zero.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 7


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Exercise 10B

Worked solutions
9
Using L’Hôpital’s rule:
e 1 e
lim lim 1
→ 𝑥 → 1

10
Using L’Hôpital’s rule:
𝑥 2𝑥 2
lim lim lim 0
→ e → e → e

11
Using L’Hôpital’s rule:
1 cos 𝑥 2𝑥 sin 𝑥
lim lim using L Hopital s rule
→ 𝑥 → 4𝑥
sin 𝑥
lim cancellation
→ 2𝑥
2𝑥 cos 𝑥
lim using L Hopital s rule
→ 4𝑥
cos 𝑥
lim cancellation
→ 2
1
2
12 a
𝑥 cos 𝑥
lim 1
→ 𝑥 cos 𝑥
(The limit of the numerator is 1 and the limit of the denominator is 1 so the limit of
the ratio can be determined directly)
b
Using L’Hôpital’s rule:
𝑥 sin 𝑥 1 cos 𝑥
lim lim 0
→ 𝑥 sin 𝑥 → 1 cos 𝑥

13 a
Using L’Hôpital’s rule:
sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
lim lim ∞
→ 𝑥 → 2𝑥
b
Using L’Hôpital’s rule:
sin 𝑥 2 cos 𝑥 2 1
lim lim
→ 𝑥 4 → 2𝑥 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 8


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

14

Worked solutions
cos 5𝑥 10 sin 5𝑥 cos 5𝑥
lim lim using L Hopital s rule
→ cos 𝑥 → 2 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
5 sin 10𝑥
lim using double angle formulae
→ sin 2𝑥
50 cos 10𝑥
lim using L Hopital s rule
→ 2 cos 2𝑥
25
15
ln 𝑥 2𝑥 ln 𝑥
lim lim using L Hopital s rule
→ 𝑥 2𝑥 1 → 2𝑥 2
ln 𝑥
lim simplifying
→ 𝑥 𝑥
𝑥
lim using L Hopital s rule
→ 2𝑥 1
1
lim simplifying
→ 2𝑥 𝑥
1
16
ln 𝑥 2𝑥 ln 𝑥
lim lim using L Hopital s rule
→ 𝑥 𝑥 5𝑥 3 → 3𝑥 2𝑥 5
2 ln 𝑥
lim simplifying
→ 3𝑥 2𝑥 5𝑥
2𝑥
lim using L Hopital s rule
→ 9𝑥 4𝑥 5
2
lim simplifying
→ 9𝑥 4𝑥 5𝑥
1
4
17 a
sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
lim lim using L Hopital s rule
→ 𝑥 → 1
1
b
1 sin 𝑥 1
Considering that for all 𝑥:
|𝑥| 𝑥 |𝑥|
1 sin 𝑥 1
lim lim lim
→ 𝑥 → 𝑥 → 𝑥
sin 𝑥
0 lim 0
→ 𝑥
sin 𝑥
Hence lim 0
→ 𝑥
Tip: The limit of sin 𝑥 as 𝑥 → ∞ is neither zero nor infinity; for a sinusoidal the limit is simply
not defined, but the function does exist for a finite interval range; in such a situation, this sort of
trapping inequality can be the simplest approach to finding limits at infinity.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 9


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
18
Using L’Hôpital’s rule,
sin 3𝑥 3 cos 3𝑥
lim lim 3
→ sin 𝑥 → cos 𝑥
e 1 3e
lim lim 3
→ 𝑥 → 1
Hence the piecewise function is continuous at 3.

19
Using L’Hôpital’s rule,
𝑥 1
lim 𝑥e lim lim lim e 0
→ → e → e →
20
1 1 𝑥 sin 𝑥
lim lim
→ sin 𝑥 𝑥 → 𝑥 sin 𝑥
1 cos 𝑥
lim using L Hopital s rule
→ 𝑥 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
sin 𝑥
lim using L Hopital s rule
→ 2 cos 𝑥 𝑥 sin 𝑥
0
21
1 1 𝑒 1 𝑥
lim lim
→ 𝑥 e 1 → 𝑥 e 1
e 1
lim using L Hopital s rule
→ e 𝑥e 1
e
lim using L Hopital s rule
→ 2e 𝑥e
1
2
22
e e e 1
lim lim
→ e e → e 1
2e
lim using L Hopital s rule
→ 2e
1
This limit can be resolved without using L’Hôpital’s rule by an alternative manipulation and
then direct application of limits:

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 10


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
e e 1 e
lim lim 1
→ e e → 1 e
However, since the question specified method this is one of the rare cases where the simpler
method is not appropriate, even though it is valid and rigorous!

Exercise 10C
10 a
When 𝑥 1, 𝑦 2, 3𝑥 𝑦 3 1 2 3 8 11
So 1, 2 does lie on the curve.
b
Implicit differentiation:
d𝑦
6𝑥 3𝑦 0
d𝑥
d𝑦
2𝑥𝑦
d𝑥
2 1
Gradient at 1, 2 is
4 2
c
Perpendicular gradient is 2
Normal has equation 𝑦 2 2 𝑥 1
𝑦 2𝑥

11 a
When 𝑥 0, ln 𝑦 0 so 𝑦 1
𝑦-intercept is 0, 1
b
Implicit differentiation:
1 d𝑦
cos 𝑥
𝑦 d𝑥
d𝑦
𝑦 cos 𝑥
d𝑥
At 0, 1 , gradient is 1
Tangent has equation 𝑦 𝑥 1

12 a
e ln 𝑦 0
When 𝑥 𝑎, 𝑦 e .
Substituting: e 0.5
𝑎 ln 0.5 ln 2
b
Implicit differentiation:
d𝑦
e 𝑦 0
d𝑥
d𝑦
𝑦e
d𝑥
. .
1
At 𝐴 ln 0.5 , e , gradient is 0.5𝑒
2√e

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 11


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

13

Worked solutions
Implicit differentiation:
d𝑦
2𝑥 2 3𝑦 1 0
d𝑥
d𝑦 2𝑥 2
d𝑥 3𝑦 1
d𝑦 4
2
d𝑥 , 2
Equation of the tangent at 3, 1 is 𝑦 1 2 𝑥 3
𝑦 2𝑥 5
14
2𝑥𝑦 2𝑦 𝑥 𝑦
Implicit differentiation:
d𝑦 d𝑦
2𝑦 2𝑥 4𝑦 1
d𝑥 d𝑥
d𝑦 1 2𝑦
d𝑥 2𝑥 4𝑦 1
d𝑦 1
1
d𝑥 , 1
Tangent at 3, 1 has equation 𝑦 1 𝑥 3
𝑦 4 𝑥
15 sin 𝑥 𝑦 √2 cos 𝑥 𝑦
a
13𝜋 5𝜋
When 𝑥 and 𝑦
24 24
3𝜋 √2 𝜋 √2
sin 𝑥 𝑦 sin and √2 cos 𝑥 𝑦 √2 cos
4 2 3 2
13𝜋 5𝜋
So sin 𝑥 𝑦 √2 cos 𝑥 𝑦 at ,
24 24
Therefore this point does lie on the curve.
b
Implicit differentiation and chain rule:
d𝑦 d𝑦
1 cos 𝑥 𝑦 √2 1 sin 𝑥 𝑦
d𝑥 d𝑥
d𝑦 cos 𝑥 𝑦 √2 sin 𝑥 𝑦
d𝑥 √2 sin 𝑥 𝑦 cos 𝑥 𝑦
√2 √6
d𝑦 2 2
d𝑥 , √6 √2
2 2
√6 √2
√6 √2 √6 √2
√6 √2
6 2
6 2 2√12
4
2 √3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 12


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

16

Worked solutions
𝑥 3𝑥𝑦 𝑦 1 so when 𝑥 0, 𝑦 1.
The two 𝑦-intercepts of the curve are 0, 1

Implicit differentiation:
d𝑦
2𝑥 3𝑦 3𝑥 2𝑦 0
d𝑥
d𝑦 2𝑥 3𝑦
d𝑥 3𝑥 2𝑦
d𝑦 3 3
so the tangent has equation 𝑦 1 𝑥
d𝑥 , 2 2
d𝑦 3 3
so the tangent has equation 𝑦 1 𝑥
d𝑥 , 2 2

17 a
𝑦 𝑦 𝑥 0
When 𝑥 0, 𝑦 𝑦 0 so 𝑦 𝑦 1 0: 𝑦 0, 1
𝑦-intercepts are 0, 0 , 0, 1 and 0, 1
b
Implicit differentiation:
d𝑦
3𝑦 1 1 0
d𝑥
d𝑦 1
d𝑥 3𝑦 1
d𝑦 1
d𝑥 , 2
d𝑦
1
d𝑥 ,
d𝑦 1
d𝑥 , 2

18 a
e 𝑦 𝑥
When 𝑦 0, 𝑥 1 so 𝑥 1
𝑥-intercepts are 1, 0 and – 1, 0
b
Implicit differentiation:
d𝑦
e 1 2𝑥
d𝑥
d𝑦 2𝑥
d𝑥 e 1
When 𝑦 0, the tangent will be vertical so the two tangent lines are 𝑥 1 and 𝑥 1

19 a
𝑥 5𝑥𝑦 𝑦 1.
When 𝑥 1, 𝑦 5𝑦 0 so 𝑦 0 or 5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 13


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Implicit differentiation:
d𝑦
2𝑥 5𝑦 2𝑦 5 0
d𝑥
d𝑦 5𝑦 2𝑥
d𝑥 2𝑦 5
d𝑦 2 2 2
so the tangent equation is 𝑦 𝑥 1
d𝑥 , 5 5 5
d𝑦 23 23
so the tangent equation is 𝑦 5 𝑥 1 , which simplifies to 𝑦
d𝑥 , 5 5
23 2
𝑥
5 5
20
Implicit differentiation:
d𝑦 d𝑦 1 d𝑦
e sin 𝑦 𝑥 cos 𝑦
d𝑥 d𝑥 𝑦 d𝑥
d𝑦
e 𝑥 cos 𝑦 𝑦 sin 𝑦
d𝑥
d𝑦 sin 𝑦 𝑦 sin 𝑦
d𝑥 e 𝑥 cos 𝑦 𝑦 𝑦e 𝑥𝑦 cos 𝑦 1

21
Implicit differentiation:
d𝑦
𝑥 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 𝑦 cos 𝑦 sin 𝑦
d𝑥
d𝑦 𝑥 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
d𝑥 𝑦 cos 𝑦 sin 𝑦

22
Implicit differentiation:
d𝑦
2𝑥 2𝑦 0 1
d𝑥
d𝑦 𝑥
so 2
d𝑥 𝑦
Implicit differentiation again, applied to 1
d𝑦 d 𝑦
2 2 2𝑦 0
d𝑥 d𝑥
Substituting (2):
2𝑥 d 𝑦
2 2𝑦 0
𝑦 d𝑥
2 𝑥 𝑦 d 𝑦
2𝑦 0
𝑦 d𝑥
Substituting 𝑥 𝑦 9 and dividing through by 2:
9 d 𝑦
𝑦 0
𝑦 d𝑥
d 𝑦 9
d𝑥 𝑦

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 14


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

23

Worked solutions
Implicit differentiation:
d𝑦
2𝑥 4𝑦 4𝑥 4𝑦 0
d𝑥
d𝑦 𝑥 2𝑦
d𝑥 2𝑥 2𝑦
d𝑦
At stationary point, 0 so 𝑥 2𝑦
d𝑥
Substituting this into the original equation:
2𝑦 4 2𝑦 𝑦 2𝑦 1 0
2𝑦 1 0
√2
𝑦
2
√2 √2
Stationary points are √2, and √2,
2 2

24
Implicit differentiation:
d𝑦
– 3𝑦 6𝑥𝑦 3𝑦 3𝑥 0
d𝑥
d𝑦 𝑥 𝑦
d𝑥 – 𝑦 2𝑥𝑦
d𝑦
Turning points occur when 0 so 𝑥 𝑦
d𝑥
Substituting 𝑥 – 𝑦 into the original equation:
–2 –2 –2 –2
3𝑦 8 so 𝑦 √9, and the turning point is √9, √9
√3 3 3 3
Substituting 𝑥 𝑦 into the original equation:
𝑦 8 so 𝑦 2, and the turning point is – 2, 2

25 a

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 15


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Implicit differentiation:
d𝑦
2𝑦 3𝑥
d𝑥
d𝑦 3𝑥
d𝑥 2𝑦
d𝑦 3 16
3
d𝑥 , 2 8
The tangent at 4, 8 has equation 𝑦 8 3 𝑥 4 which simplifies to 𝑦 3𝑥 4
c
Substituting this into the original equation:
3𝑥 4 𝑥
𝑥 9𝑥 24𝑥 16 0
Since there is a tangent intersection at 4, 8 , it follows that 𝑥 4 must be a factor of
this cubic.
𝑥 9𝑥 24𝑥 16 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 4
Comparison of the constant term shows that 𝑎 1
The tangent meets the curve again when 𝑥 1; from the tangent equation, this is at
1, 1

Exercise 10D
5
d𝐴 d𝑥 d𝑦
2𝑥 2𝑦
d𝑡 d𝑡 d𝑡
6 8
2

6
d𝐵 d𝑥 d𝑦
3𝑥 3𝑦
d𝑡 d𝑡 d𝑡
3 24
21

7
d𝐶 d𝑥 d𝑦
𝑦 𝑥𝑦
d𝑡 d𝑡 d𝑡
3 3
4 16
15
16

8
If the side length is 𝑥 then the area of the square is 𝐴 𝑥
d𝐴 d𝑥
2𝑥
d𝑡 d𝑡
d𝑥 d𝐴
When 𝑥 5 and 2, 20 cm s
d𝑡 d𝑡

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 16


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
If the radius is 𝑟 then the area is 𝐴 𝜋𝑟
d𝐴 d𝑟
2𝜋𝑟
d𝑡 d𝑡
d𝑟 d𝐴
When 𝑟 3 and 1.2, 7.2𝜋 22.6 mm per day
d𝑡 d𝑡

10
4 3𝑉
If the radius is 𝑟 then the volume is 𝑉 𝜋𝑟 so 𝑟
3 4𝜋
d𝑟 1 3𝑉 d𝑉
d𝑡 4𝜋 4𝜋 d𝑡
d𝑉 d𝑟 50 75
When 𝑉 100 and 200, 1.92 cm s
d𝑡 d𝑡 𝜋 𝜋

11 Area 𝐴 𝑥𝑦 and diagonal 𝑑 𝑥 𝑦


a
d𝐴 d𝑥 d𝑦
𝑦 𝑥
d𝑡 d𝑡 d𝑡
10 cm s
b
d𝑑 1 d𝑥 d𝑦
2𝑥 2𝑦
d𝑡 2 𝑥 𝑦 d𝑡 d𝑡
1
24 16
10
0.8 cm s

12 a
The ratio of height to radius is 6 ∶ 1 for the cone, so for any partial filling, ℎ 6𝑟
1 𝜋ℎ
𝑉 𝜋𝑟 ℎ
3 108
b
d𝑉 𝜋ℎ dℎ
5
d𝑡 36 d𝑡
dℎ 180 5
When ℎ 18, 0.177 cm s
d𝑡 𝜋 18 9𝜋

13
d𝐴 d𝑟
𝐴 𝜋𝑟 so 2𝜋𝑟
d𝑡 d𝑡
d𝐴 d𝑟 86.5
When 86.5, 1.8 so 𝑟 7.65 cm
d𝑡 d𝑡 2𝜋 1.8

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 17


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

14

Worked solutions
Let the height of the ball above the sportsman be 𝑦 and the distance horizontally from
the sportsman be 𝑥.
Then the distance from the sportsman is 𝑑 𝑥 𝑦
1
𝑑 2𝑥𝑥 2𝑦𝑦
2 𝑥 𝑦
When 𝑥 4, 𝑦 2, 𝑥 3, 𝑦 0
1
𝑑 24 2.68 m s
2√20

15
If density is 𝑑, mass 𝑚 and volume 𝑉: 𝑑 𝑚𝑉
𝑑 𝑉 𝑚 𝑚𝑉 𝑉
When 𝑚𝑉 5, 𝑚 2, 𝑉 1
Then 𝑑 2𝑉 𝑚𝑉 𝑉 𝑚𝑉 2 3𝑉 0
The density is increasing.

16
Let 𝑥 be the distance of the foot of the ladder from the wall and 𝑦 be the height of the
top of the ladder above the base of the wall.
𝑥 𝑦 9 by Pythagoras theorem
Implicit differentiation:
2𝑥𝑥 2𝑦𝑦 0
𝑥 𝑥 𝑦𝑦
0.2
When 𝑦 2, 𝑦 0.1 and 𝑥 √5: 𝑥 0.0894 m s
√5

Exercise 10E
4
f 𝑥 2𝑥 1
Stationary point at 𝑥 0.5: 0.5, 0.25
End values f 0 0, f 2 2
Maximum value is f 2 2
Minimum value is f 0.5 0.25

5
From GDC, local maximum is at 1, e
End values f 0.5 0.5e . f 2 2e
Maximum value is f 1 e
Minimum value is f 2 2e

6
𝑥 6 2𝑦
Let 𝑧 𝑥𝑦 6𝑦 2𝑦 . This is a negative quadratic so has a single local maximum.
d𝑧
6 4𝑦
d𝑦
Stationary point at 𝑦 1.5, for which 𝑧 4.5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 18


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝑦 1 𝑥
Let 𝑧 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 1 𝑥 1 3𝑥 3𝑥
𝑧 is a positive quadratic so has a single local minimum.
𝑧 3 6𝑥 0 at 𝑥 0.5
Minimum value of 𝑧 is 𝑧 0.5 0.25

8
𝑦 5𝑥
Let 𝑧 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 5𝑥
𝑧 1 5𝑥
Stationary value when 𝑥 5. 𝑥 0 so 𝑥 √5
𝑧 √5 2√5 is a local minimum, since 𝑧 has no upper bound

9 a
Height of the box is 𝑥
Side length of the base square is 10 2𝑥
Volume 𝑉 𝑥 10 2𝑥 4𝑥 40𝑥 100𝑥
b
𝑉 12𝑥 80𝑥 100 4 3𝑥 20𝑥 25 4 3𝑥 5 𝑥 5
The volume is clearly minimal (zero) if 𝑥 5 so the maximal volume is for 𝑥
c
Maximum volume = 10
d
Minimal volume is 0 for 𝑥 0 or 𝑥 5
𝑥 0 is not a stationary point of the cubic but this is because the equation allows for negative
values of 𝑥, which the context would not permit.

10
Let 𝑥 be the side length of the square base and ℎ be the height.
Then 𝑉 𝑥 ℎ 64 so ℎ 64𝑥
Surface area 𝐴 2𝑥 4𝑥ℎ 2𝑥 256𝑥
𝐴 4𝑥 256𝑥
𝐴 0 if 𝑥 64 so 𝑥 4
Stationary value is a minimum of the function: When 𝑥 ℎ 4, 𝐴 96 cm
(The area has no upper bound, since 𝑥 has no upper bound)

11 a
If the height of the cone is ℎ and the radius is 𝑟 then ℎ 10 cos 𝜃 and 𝑟 10 sin 𝜃
1 100𝜋
𝑉 𝜋𝑟 ℎ sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃
3 3
100𝜋
𝑉 2 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃
3
𝜋 𝜋 3 1 5𝜋
When 𝜃 , 𝜃 0.01 so 𝑉 0.654 cm s
6 3 4 8 24

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 19


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝜋 𝜋
Since 𝑉 0 𝑉 0, a stationary point for 0 𝜃 must be maximal.
2 2
𝑉 0 when 2 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 0
sin 𝜃 2 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 0
sin 𝜃 0 or tan 𝜃 2
𝜃 0 (minimal volume) or 𝜃 arctan √2 0.955
𝜋 𝜋
Since 𝜃 0.01𝑡, this occurs at 𝑡 100 0.955 43.2 s
6 6

12
Let the two base vertices be 𝑥, 0 and 𝜋 𝑥, 0
The height of the rectangle is sin 𝑥
The area 𝐴 𝜋 2𝑥 sin 𝑥
𝐴 𝜋 2𝑥 cos 𝑥 2 sin 𝑥
From GDC, the maximum in 0 𝑥 𝜋 is at 0.71, 1.12
The maximum area is 1.12

13
Let 𝑑 be the distance from 1, 2 to the point 𝑥, 𝑥 on the curve.
𝑑 𝑥 1 𝑥 2
From GDC, the minimum occurs at 𝑥 1.25, 𝑑 0.254

14
Let 2𝐿 be the total length of the wire.
Let 2𝑥 be the length of the base of the isosceles, so that each leg of the isosceles has
length 𝐿 𝑥
The area is then 𝐴 𝑥 𝐿 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥√𝐿 2𝐿𝑥
𝑥𝐿 𝐿 2𝐿𝑥 𝑥𝐿
𝐴 𝐿 2𝐿𝑥
√𝐿 2𝐿𝑥 √𝐿 2𝐿𝑥
𝐿
𝐴 0 when 𝐿 3𝐿𝑥 ⇒ 𝑥
3
That is, the base of the isosceles triangle must be one third of the total perimeter; the
triangle must be equilateral.
Clearly the area is minimal for 𝑥 0 or 𝑥 𝐿, either of which reduce the area to zero.
The stationary point must therefore represent a local maximum for area.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 20


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

15

Worked solutions
The width of one corridor is 1 and the width of the other corridor is 𝑎.
Let 𝑥 𝜃 be the length of a line crossing the corner touching the inner wall, where 𝜃 is
the angle away from the wall as shown in the diagram:

𝜋
Restrict 𝜃 to only consider 0 𝜃
2
𝑥 can be split into two parts:
The part in the lower corridor is 𝑥 csc 𝜃
The part in the upper corridor is 𝑥 𝑎 cosec 90° 𝜃 𝑎 sec 𝜃
𝑥 cosec 𝜃 𝑎 sec 𝜃
The longest ladder that can fit around the corner is the minimum value of 𝑥 as 𝜃 varies.
a
𝑎 1
From GDC, minimum 𝑥 is 2√2 2.83 m
(This is also obvious from symmetry; minimum 𝑥 occurs when 𝜃 )
b
𝑎 8
From GDC, minimum 𝑥 11.2 m
Analytically, using the derivatives of trigonometric reciprocal functions shown in the table at
the top of the next section:
d𝑥
cosec 𝜃 cot 𝜃 8 sec 𝜃 tan 𝜃 0
d𝜃
1
tan 𝜃
8
1
tan 𝜃
2
1 2
sin 𝜃 , cos 𝜃 so 𝑥 √5 4√5 5√5 11.2
√5 √5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 21


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Exercise 10F

Worked solutions
24
𝑦 4 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥
𝜋
𝑦 4 √2 1 8
4
𝜋
𝑦 2 √2 4
4
𝜋
Tangent has equation 𝑦 4 8 𝑥
4
𝑦 8𝑥 2𝜋 4

25
𝑦 2 sec 2𝑥
𝜋 1
𝑦 2 2 8 so normal has gradient
6 8
𝜋
𝑦 √3
6
1 𝜋
Normal has equation 𝑦 √3 𝑥
8 3
1 𝜋
𝑦 √3 𝑥
8 48

26
2
𝑦
√1 𝑥
𝑦 0 2 so the gradient of the graph where it crosses the 𝑦-axis is 2.

27
3 6
𝑦
𝑥 4 𝑥
2 1
2

28 a
𝑦 tan 𝑥 tan 𝑥
d
tan 𝑥 sec 𝑥 so using chain rule:
d𝑥
sec 𝑥
𝑦 sec 𝑥
tan 𝑥
sec 𝑥 cosec 𝑥
sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
cos 2𝑥
1
sin 2𝑥
4
4 cot 2𝑥 cosec 2𝑥
b
𝑦 0: cot 2𝑥 0 or cosec 2𝑥 0 no real solutions
𝜋 3𝜋
cot 2𝑥 0: 𝑥 or
4 4
𝜋 3𝜋
Stationary points are , 2 and , 2
4 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 22


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

29

Worked solutions
𝑦 3
𝑦 3 ln 3
3 ln 3 ln 81
ln 81
3 ln 81 4
ln 3
𝑥 log 4
Coordinates are log 4 , 4

30
1 √3
sec 2𝑥 d𝑥 tan 2𝑥
2 2

31
1 7
2 d𝑥 2
ln 2 ln 2

32
6
d𝑥 𝜋 6 arcsin 𝑥 6 arcsin 𝑎
√1 𝑥
𝜋 1
𝑎 sin
6 2

33
𝑦 3𝜋 sec 𝜋𝑥
𝑦 3𝜋 sec 𝜋𝑥 d𝑥 3 tan 𝜋𝑥 𝑐
1
𝑦 5 3 𝑐⇒𝑐 2
4
𝑦 3 tan 𝜋𝑥 2

34
f 𝑥 tan 𝑥 cot 𝑥
f 𝑥 sec 𝑥 cosec 𝑥
The derivative is the sum of two squared functions with finite values in the interval 0
𝑥 , so is always positive.
By definition, since f 𝑥 0 in the interval, f 𝑥 is increasing.

35 a
3 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
𝑥 2 𝑥 1 𝑥 2 𝑥 1
Multiplying by the denominator on the LHS:
3 𝐴 𝑥 1 𝐵 𝑥 2
Substituting:
𝑥 1: 3 3𝐵 ⇒ 𝐵 1
𝑥 2: 3 3𝐴 ⇒ 𝐴 1
3 1 1
𝑥 2 𝑥 1 𝑥 2 𝑥 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 23


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
3 1 1
d𝑥 d𝑥
𝑥 2 𝑥 1 𝑥 2 𝑥 1
ln|𝑥 2| ln|𝑥 1| 𝑐
𝑥 2
ln 𝑐
𝑥 1

36 a
𝑥 6 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
𝑥 2 𝑥 2 𝑥 2 𝑥 2
Multiplying by the denominator on the LHS:
𝑥 6 𝐴 𝑥 2 𝐵 𝑥 2
Substituting:
𝑥 2: 8 4𝐵 ⇒ 𝐵 2
𝑥 2: 4 4𝐴 ⇒ 𝐴 1
𝑥 6 2 1
𝑥 2 𝑥 2 𝑥 2 𝑥 2

b
𝑥 6 2 1
d𝑥 d𝑥
𝑥 2 𝑥 2 𝑥 2 𝑥 2
2 ln|𝑥 2| ln|𝑥 2|
2 ln 3 0 2 ln 2 ln 2
2 ln 3 ln 2
9
ln
2

37
sin 𝑥
tan 𝑥
cos 𝑥
Let 𝑢 sin 𝑥 , 𝑣 cos 𝑥 so 𝑢 cos 𝑥 , 𝑣 sin 𝑥
Quotient Rule:
d 𝑢 𝑢 𝑣 𝑢𝑣
d𝑥 𝑣 𝑣
d cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 1
Then tan 𝑥 sec 𝑥
d𝑥 cos 𝑥 cos 𝑥

38
1
cosec 𝑥 sin 𝑥
sin 𝑥
By Chain rule:
d cos 𝑥 1
cosec 𝑥 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 cot 𝑥 cosec 𝑥
d𝑥 sin 𝑥 sin 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 24


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

39

Worked solutions
cos 𝑥
cot 𝑥
sin 𝑥
Let 𝑢 cos 𝑥 , 𝑣 sin 𝑥 so 𝑢 sin 𝑥 , 𝑣 cos 𝑥
Quotient Rule:
d 𝑢 𝑢 𝑣 𝑢𝑣
d𝑥 𝑣 𝑣
d sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 1
Then cot 𝑥 cosec 𝑥
d𝑥 sin 𝑥 sin 𝑥

40
ln 𝑥
f 𝑥 log 𝑥 using the change of base rule
ln 𝑎
1 d 1
Then f 𝑥 ln 𝑥
ln 𝑎 d𝑥 𝑥 ln 𝑎

41
Let 𝑦 arccos 𝑥 so 𝑥 cos 𝑦
Implicit differentiation:
1 sin 𝑦 𝑦
1 1 1
So 𝑦
sin 𝑦 1 cos 𝑦 √1 𝑥

42
Let 𝑦 arctan 𝑥 so 𝑥 tan 𝑦
Implicit differentiation:
1 sec 𝑦 𝑦
1 1 1
So 𝑦
sec 𝑦 1 tan 𝑦 1 𝑥

43
Let 𝑉 be the volume of water in the container.
1
𝑉
1 4𝑡
.
1
𝑉 0.25 d𝑡 𝑉 0
1 4𝑡
.
1
arctan 2𝑡 120
2
231.8 120
352 ml

44 a
Using Chain Rule:
d 1
arcsin 𝑥 . 0.5𝑥 .
d𝑥 √1 𝑥
1
2√𝑥 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 25


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
1
d𝑥 2 arcsin √𝑥 𝜋
√𝑥 𝑥

45 a
Using Chain Rule:
d sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥
ln sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥
d𝑥 sec 𝑥
b
2
2 tan 3𝑥 d𝑥 ln sec 3𝑥
3
2
ln 2 ln 1
3
2
ln 2
3

46
If you have the result from question 44a above, you can directly integrate this function; the
solution below does not use this knowledge, and so completing the square is the sensible
approach to convert the denominator into a form which can be used with a standard formula for
integration.
6𝑥 𝑥 9 𝑥 3
. .
1 1
d𝑥 d𝑥
√6𝑥 𝑥 9 𝑥 3
.
𝑥 3
arcsin
3
1
arcsin arcsin 0
2
𝜋
6

47 a
1 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
𝑥 1 𝑥 5 𝑥 1 𝑥 5
Multiplying by the denominator on the LHS:
1 𝐴 𝑥 5 𝐵 𝑥 1
Substituting:
1
𝑥 1: 1 4𝐴 ⇒ 𝐴
4
1
𝑥 5: 1 4𝐵 ⇒ 𝐵
4
1 1 1 1
𝑥 1 𝑥 5 4 𝑥 1 𝑥 5
1 1
d𝑥 ln|𝑥 1| ln|𝑥 5| 𝑐
𝑥 1 𝑥 5 4
1 𝑥 1
ln 𝑐
4 𝑥 5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 26


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
1 1
𝑥 6𝑥 18 𝑥 3 9
1 1 𝑥 3
d𝑥 arctan 𝑐
𝑥 3 9 3 3
c)
d
𝑥 6𝑥 18 2𝑥 6
d𝑥
f 𝑥
Then, since d𝑥 ln|𝑓 𝑥 | 𝑐:
f 𝑥
2𝑥 2𝑥 6 6
d𝑥 d𝑥
𝑥 6𝑥 18 𝑥 6𝑥 18 𝑥 6𝑥 18
𝑥 3
ln|𝑥 6𝑥 18| 2 arctan 𝑐
3
48
d 1
arcsin 𝑥
d𝑥 √1 𝑥
Then by Chain Rule:
d 𝑥 𝑏 1 1 1
arcsin
d𝑥 𝑎 𝑎 𝑥 𝑏 𝑎 𝑥 𝑏
1
𝑎
It then follows, since the indefinite integral equals the antiderivative plus a constant,
1 𝑥 𝑏
d𝑥 arcsin 𝑐
𝑎 𝑥 𝑏 𝑎

49 a
4𝑥 8𝑥 29 4 𝑥 2𝑥 29
4 𝑥 1 1 29
4 𝑥 1 25
2𝑥 2 25
b
1 1
d𝑥 d𝑥
4𝑥 8𝑥 19 5 2𝑥 2
1 2𝑥 2
arctan 𝑐
5 2 5
1 2𝑥 2
arctan 𝑐
10 5
50 a
d 𝑥
𝑥 arcsin 𝑥 arcsin 𝑥
d𝑥 √1 𝑥
b
From part a,
d 𝑥
arcsin 𝑥 𝑥 arcsin 𝑥
d𝑥 √1 𝑥
Then
𝑥
arcsin 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 arcsin 𝑥 d𝑥
√1 𝑥
𝑥 arcsin 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑐

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 27


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

51

Worked solutions
Using L’Hôpital’s Rule:
1
arctan 𝑥 1 𝑥
lim lim 1
→ 𝑥 → 1

52
Using L’Hôpital’s Rule:
2 1 2 ln 2
lim lim ln 2
→ 𝑥 → 1

Exercise 10G
10
Let 𝑢 𝑥 2 so d𝑢 d𝑥
Limits:
𝑥 2: 𝑢 0
𝑥 3: 𝑢 1
𝑥 𝑥 2 d𝑥 𝑢 2 𝑢 d𝑢

𝑢 2𝑢 d𝑢
1 1
𝑢 𝑢
5 2
7
10

11
Let 𝑢 𝑥 1 so d𝑢 d𝑥
Limits:
𝑥 0: 𝑢 1
𝑥 1: 𝑢 2
𝑥 √𝑥 1 d𝑥 𝑢 1 √𝑢 d𝑢

. . .
𝑢 2𝑢 𝑢 d𝑢
2 . 4 . 2 .
𝑢 𝑢 𝑢
7 5 3
2 4 2 2 4 2
8√2 4√2 2√2
7 5 3 7 5 3
240 336 140 30 84 70
√2
105 105
44√2 16
105

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 28


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

12

Worked solutions
Let 𝑢 𝑥 2 so d𝑢 d𝑥
Limits:
𝑥 0: 𝑢 2
𝑥 7: 𝑢 9
𝑥 𝑢 2
d𝑥 d𝑢
√𝑥 2 √𝑢
. .
𝑢 2𝑢 d𝑢
2 . .
𝑢 4𝑢
3
2 2
27 4 3 2√2 4 √2
3 3
8√2
6
3

13
Let 𝑥 𝑢 so d𝑥 2𝑢 d𝑢
e√ e
d𝑥 2𝑢 d𝑢
√𝑥 𝑢
2e d𝑢
2e 𝑐
2e√ 𝑐

14
Let 𝑢 𝑥 4 so d𝑢 d𝑥
Limits:
𝑥 0: 𝑢 4
𝑥 5: 𝑢 9
𝑥 𝑢 4
d𝑥 d𝑢
√𝑥 4 √𝑢
. .
𝑢 4𝑢 d𝑢
2 . .
𝑢 8𝑢
3
2 2
27 8 3 8 8 2
3 3
14
3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 29


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

15 a

Worked solutions
1 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
𝑢 𝑢 1 𝑢 𝑢 1
Multiplying by the denominator on the LHS:
1 𝐴 𝑢 1 𝐵𝑢
Substituting:
𝑥 0: 1 𝐴 ⇒ 𝐴 1
𝑥 1: 1 𝐵⇒𝐵 1
1 1 1
𝑢 𝑢 1 𝑢 𝑢 1

b
Let 𝑢 e so d𝑢 e d𝑥
1 1
d𝑥 e d𝑥
e 1 e e 1
1
d𝑢
𝑢 𝑢 1
1 1
d𝑢
𝑢 𝑢 1
ln|𝑢| ln|𝑢 1| 𝑐
𝑢
ln 𝑐
𝑢 1
𝑒
ln 𝑐
𝑒 1
ln|1 e | 𝑐

16
Let 𝑢 e 1 so d𝑢 e d𝑥
Limits:
𝑥 ln 3 : 𝑢 2
𝑥 ln 5 : 𝑢 4
e e
d𝑥 e d𝑥
e 1 e 1
𝑢 1
d𝑢
𝑢
1 𝑢 d𝑢
𝑢 ln|𝑢|
4 ln 4 2 ln 2
2 ln 2

17
Let 𝑢 ln 𝑥 so d𝑢 𝑥 d𝑥
ln 𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑢 d𝑢
1
𝑢 𝑐
3
1
ln 𝑥 𝑐
3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 30


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

18

Worked solutions
Let 𝑢 tan 𝑥 so d𝑢 sec 𝑥 d𝑥
sec 𝑥 d𝑥 sec 𝑥 sec 𝑥 d𝑥

1 tan 𝑥 sec 𝑥 d𝑥

1 𝑢 d𝑢
1
𝑢 𝑢 𝑐
3
1
tan 𝑥 tan 𝑥 𝑐
3

19
e
Let 𝑥 ln sec 𝑢 so 𝑢 arccos e and d𝑢 d𝑥
√1 e
1 e
d𝑥 d𝑥
√e 1 √1 e
1 d𝑢
𝑢 𝑐
arccos e 𝑐

20
Let 𝑢 sin 𝑥 so d𝑢 cos 𝑥 d𝑥
Limits:
When 𝑥 0, 𝑢 0
𝜋 1
When 𝑥 ,𝑢
6 2
3 cos 𝑥 3
d𝑥 cos 𝑥 d𝑥
10 cos 𝑥 9 sin 𝑥
3
d𝑢
9 𝑢
3 𝑢
arctan
3 3
1
arctan
6

21
Let 𝑢 1 e so d𝑢 e d𝑥
1 1
d𝑥 e d𝑥
1 e e e
1
d𝑢
𝑢 1 𝑢

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 31


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Partial Fractions:

Worked solutions
1 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
𝑢 𝑢 1 𝑢 𝑢 1
Multiplying through by the denominator on the LHS:
1 𝐴 𝑢 1 𝐵𝑢
Substituting:
𝑢 0: 1 𝐴⇒𝐴 1
𝑢 1: 1 𝐵
1 1 1
𝑢 𝑢 1 𝑢 1 𝑢
1 1 1
d𝑥 d𝑢
1 e 𝑢 1 𝑢
ln|𝑢 1| ln|𝑢| 𝑐
𝑥 ln|1 e | 𝑐

22
2√2 2√2 5𝑥
Let 𝑥 sin 𝑢 so d𝑥 cos 𝑢 d𝑢 and 𝑢 arcsin
5 5 2√2
1 1 1
d𝑥 d𝑥
√8 25𝑥 2√2 25
1 𝑥
8
1 1
cos 𝑢 d𝑢
5 √1 sin 𝑢
1 1
cos 𝑢 d𝑢
5 cos 𝑢
1
𝑢 𝑐
5
1 5𝑥
arcsin 𝑐
5 2√2
23
Let 𝑥 sin 𝑢 so d𝑥 cos 𝑢 d𝑢
Limits:
𝑥 0: 𝑢 0
𝜋
𝑥 1: 𝑢
2

1 𝑥 d𝑥 cos 𝑢 d𝑢

1
cos 2𝑢 1 d𝑢
2
1 1
sin 2𝑢 𝑢
4 2
𝜋
4
Tip: Alternatively, as hinted in the book answers, realise that this integral calculates the area of
the first quadrant of the unit square, whose equation is given by 𝑥 𝑦 1, so that 𝑦
√1 𝑥 in the upper two quadrants. The area is clearly one quarter of the area of the circle, 𝜋.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 32


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

24 a

Worked solutions
𝑥 e e
e 𝑥e 1 0
𝑥 √𝑥 4
e
2
Since e 0 for all real 𝑢, only the positive root is valid.
𝑥 √𝑥 4
e
2
b
Let 𝑥 e e so d𝑥 e e d𝑢
Limits:
𝑥 0: 𝑒 1 so 𝑢 0
1 √5 1 √5
𝑥 1: e so 𝑢 ln .
2 2
1 √5
For simplicity of algebra in the working, let 𝑎 ln
2
1 1
d𝑥 e e d𝑢
√4 𝑥 √e 2 e
e e
d𝑢
e e

1 d𝑢

𝑢
𝑎
1 √5
ln
2

Exercise 10H
10
1
Let 𝑢 𝑥, 𝑣 e so 𝑢 1, 𝑣 e
2
Integration by parts: 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥
1 1
𝑥e d𝑥 𝑥e e d𝑥
2 2
1 1
𝑥e e
2 4
1
e 1
4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 33


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

11

Worked solutions
Let 𝑢 𝑥, 𝑣 cos 𝑥 so 𝑢 1, 𝑣 sin 𝑥
Integration by parts: 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥

𝑥 cos 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 sin 𝑥 sin 𝑥 d𝑥

𝑥 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
𝜋
1
2
12
1
Let 𝑢 2𝑥, 𝑣 e so 𝑢 2, 𝑣 e
3
Integration by parts: 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥
2 2
2𝑥e d𝑥 𝑥e e d𝑥
3 3
2 2
𝑥e e 𝑐
3 9
2
3𝑥 1 e 𝑐
9
13
1
Let 𝑢 ln 𝑥 , 𝑣 𝑥 so 𝑢 𝑥 ,𝑣 𝑥
6
Integration by parts: 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥
1 1
𝑥 ln 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 ln 𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥
6 6
1 1
𝑥 ln 𝑥 𝑥
6 36
1 1 1
e e
6 36 36
1
5e 1
36

14
1
Let 𝑢 ln 2𝑥 , 𝑣 𝑥 so 𝑢 𝑥 ,𝑣 𝑥
3
Integration by parts: 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥
1 1
𝑥 ln 2𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 ln 2𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥
3 3
1 1
𝑥 ln 2𝑥 𝑥
3 9
8 8 1 1
ln 4 ln 2
3 9 3 9
7
5 ln 2
9

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 34


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

15

Worked solutions
. .
Let 𝑢 ln 𝑥 , 𝑣 𝑥 so 𝑢 𝑥 ,𝑣 2𝑥
Integration by parts: 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥

.
𝑥 ln 𝑥 d𝑥 2𝑥 ln 𝑥 2𝑥 d𝑥

2𝑥 ln 𝑥 4𝑥
4 ln 4 8 0 4
8 ln 2 4

16
Let 𝑢 𝑥 ,𝑣 e so 𝑢 2𝑥, 𝑣 e ,𝑢 2, 𝑣 e
Integration by parts twice : 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥

𝑢𝑣 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥

𝑥 e d𝑥 𝑥 e 2𝑥e 2e d𝑥
e 𝑥 2𝑥 2 𝑐

17
Let 𝑢 𝑥 ,𝑣 sin 𝑥 so 𝑢 2𝑥, 𝑣 cos 𝑥 , 𝑢 2, 𝑣 sin 𝑥
Integration by parts twice : 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥

𝑢𝑣 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥

𝑥 sin 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 cos 𝑥 2𝑥 sin 𝑥 2 sin 𝑥 d𝑥


𝑥 cos 𝑥 2𝑥 sin 𝑥 2 cos 𝑥
𝜋 2 2
𝜋 4

18
Let 𝑢 ln 𝑥 , 𝑣 2𝑥 1 so 𝑢 𝑥 ,𝑣 𝑥 𝑥
Integration by parts: 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥

2𝑥 1 ln 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 ln 𝑥 𝑥 1 d𝑥
1
𝑥 𝑥 ln 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑐
2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 35


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

19 a

Worked solutions
1
sec 2𝑥 d𝑥 tan 2𝑥 𝑐
2
b
1
Let 𝑢 𝑥, 𝑣 sec 2𝑥 so 𝑢 1, 𝑣 tan 2𝑥
2
Integration by parts: 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥
1 1
𝑥 sec 2𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 tan 2𝑥 tan 2𝑥 d𝑥
2 2
1 1
𝑥 tan 2𝑥 ln cos 2𝑥 𝑐
2 4

20 a
𝑥 1 𝑥 1
d𝑥 d𝑥
1 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 1
1
1 d𝑥 d𝑥
1 𝑥
𝑥 arctan 𝑥 𝑐
b
1 1
Let 𝑢 arctan 𝑥 , 𝑣 𝑥 so 𝑢 ,𝑣 𝑥
1 𝑥 2
Integration by parts: 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥
1 1 𝑥
𝑥 arctan 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 arctan 𝑥 d𝑥
2 2 1 𝑥
1 1
𝑥 arctan 𝑥 𝑥 arctan 𝑥 𝑐
2 2
1 1
𝑥 1 arctan 𝑥 𝑥 𝑐
2 2

21 a
Using Chain Rule:
d sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥
ln sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥
d𝑥 sec 𝑥

b
Let 𝑢 ln sec 𝑥 , 𝑣 sin 𝑥 so 𝑢 tan 𝑥 , 𝑣 cos 𝑥
Integration by parts: 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥

sin 𝑥 ln sec 𝑥 d𝑥 cos 𝑥 ln sec 𝑥 cos 𝑥 tan 𝑥 d𝑥

cos 𝑥 ln sec 𝑥 cos 𝑥


√2 √2
ln √2 1
2 2
√2
1 2 ln 2
4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 36


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

22 a

Worked solutions
Let 𝑢 cos 𝑥 , 𝑣 e so 𝑢 sin 𝑥 , 𝑣 e
Integration by parts: 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥

𝐼 e cos 𝑥 d𝑥

e cos 𝑥 e sin 𝑥 d𝑥
e cos 𝑥 𝐽 𝑐

Let 𝑢 sin 𝑥 , 𝑣 e so 𝑢 cos 𝑥 , 𝑣 e


𝐽 e sin 𝑥 d𝑥

e sin 𝑥 e cos 𝑥 d𝑥
e sin 𝑥 𝐼 𝑐

b
Substituting the second result into the first (and allowing the sum of two unknown
constants to be written as one):
𝐼 e cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 𝐼 𝑐
1
𝐼 e cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 𝑐
2

23
Let 𝑢 ln 𝑥 , 𝑣 1 so 𝑢 𝑥 ,𝑣 𝑥
Integration by parts: 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥

ln 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 ln 𝑥 1 d𝑥
𝑥 ln 𝑥 1 𝑐

24
Let 𝑢 ln 𝑥 , 𝑣 1 so 𝑢 2𝑥 ln 𝑥 , 𝑣 𝑥
Integration by parts: 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥

ln 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑥 ln 𝑥 2 ln 𝑥 d𝑥
Using the same working as shown in the previous question,
ln 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 ln 𝑥 1 𝑐

ln 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑥 ln 𝑥 2 ln 𝑥 2 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 37


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

25

Worked solutions
1
Let 𝑢 arctan 𝑥 , 𝑣 1 so 𝑢 ,𝑣 𝑥
1 𝑥
Integration by parts: 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥
𝑥
arctan 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 arctan 𝑥 d𝑥
1 𝑥
1 2𝑥
𝑥 arctan 𝑥 d𝑥
2 1 𝑥
1
𝑥 arctan 𝑥 ln 1 𝑥 𝑐
2
f 𝑥
using that d𝑥 ln|𝑓 𝑥 | 𝑐
f 𝑥
Tip: Note that modulus signs are not needed for the logarithm since 1 𝑥 is positive for all 𝑥

26
1 1
Let 𝑢 e ,𝑣 sin 2𝑥 so 𝑢 3e , 𝑣 cos 2𝑥 , 𝑢 9e , 𝑣 sin 2𝑥
2 4
Integration by parts twice : 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥

𝑢𝑣 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥

Let 𝐼 e sin 2𝑥 d𝑥
1 3 9
𝐼 e cos 2𝑥 sin 2𝑥 e sin 2𝑥 d𝑥
2 4 4
e 9
3 sin 2𝑥 2 cos 2𝑥 𝐼 𝑐
4 4
4 e 1
𝐼 3 sin 2𝑥 2 cos 2𝑥 e 3 sin 2𝑥 2 cos 2𝑥 𝑐
13 4 13

27
Let 𝑢 cos 3𝑥 , 𝑣 e so 𝑢 3 sin 3𝑥 , 𝑣 e ,𝑢 9 cos 3𝑥 , 𝑣 e
Integration by parts twice : 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥

𝑢𝑣 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥

Let 𝐼 e cos 3𝑥 d𝑥

𝐼 e cos 3𝑥 3 sin 3𝑥 9e cos 3𝑥 d𝑥


e 3 sin 3𝑥 cos 3𝑥 9𝐼 𝑐
1
𝐼 e 3 sin 3𝑥 cos 3𝑥 𝑐
10

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 38


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

28 a

Worked solutions
Taking 𝑛 1:
Let 𝑢 𝑥 , 𝑣 e so 𝑢 𝑛𝑥 ,𝑣 e
Integration by parts: 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥

𝐼 e 𝑥 d𝑥

e 𝑥 𝑛e 𝑥 d𝑥
e 𝑥 𝑛𝐼
b
By iteration,
𝐼 e 𝑥 3𝐼
e 𝑥 3 e 𝑥 2𝐼
e 𝑥 3𝑥 6 e 𝑥 𝐼
𝐼 e d𝑥 e 𝑐
So 𝐼 e 𝑥 3𝑥 6𝑥 6 𝑘
𝑥 e d𝑥 e 𝑥 3𝑥 6𝑥 6
e 1 3 6 6 6
6 2e

Exercise 10I
13

a
1 1
𝑦 so 𝑥
𝑥 𝑦
1
𝑦 d𝑦 ln 𝑥 . 0 ln ln 5
. 5

b
𝜋 𝑦 d𝑦 4𝜋
.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 39


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

14

Worked solutions
1 2
𝜋 𝑥 d𝑥 𝜋 𝑥 𝜋 1 𝜋
𝑎 3
𝑎 3

15
𝑦 𝑥 so 𝑥 𝑦
1 1
𝜋 𝑥 d𝑦 𝜋 𝑦 d𝑦 𝜋 𝑦 𝜋𝑎 8𝜋
2 2
𝑎 2

16 a 𝑥-coordinate of 𝐴 is 3
b
𝑉 𝜋 𝑦 d𝑥

𝜋 𝑥 3 d𝑥
18𝜋

17 a
𝐴 𝑥 d𝑦

4 𝑦 d𝑦
32
3
b
𝑉 𝜋 𝑥 d𝑦

𝜋 16 8𝑦 𝑦 d𝑦
512𝜋
15

18 a
𝐴 𝑦 d𝑥

√𝑥 sin 𝑥 d𝑥
2.43 GDC
b
𝑉 𝜋 𝑦 d𝑥

𝜋 𝑥 sin 𝑥 d𝑥
7.75 GDC

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 40


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Tip: Unlike part a, this could be calculated exactly by algebra, using integration by parts:

Worked solutions
𝜋
𝜋 𝑥 sin 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 1 cos 2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
2
𝜋
𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 cos 2𝑥 d𝑥
2
𝜋 𝜋 1 1
𝑥 sin 2𝑥 sin 2𝑥 d𝑥
4 2 2 2
𝜋 𝜋 1
cos 2𝑥
4 4 2
𝜋
4
7.75 GDC
19 a
𝑦 𝑥 9
𝑦 𝑥 9
𝑥 𝑦 9
𝑥 𝑦 9
𝑥 𝑦 9

b
𝐴 𝑥 d𝑦

𝑦 9 dy
5.25 GDC

ci
𝑉 𝜋 𝑦 d𝑥

𝜋 𝑥 9 d𝑥

44.1 GDC

cii
𝑉 𝜋 𝑥 d𝑦

𝜋 𝑦 9 d𝑥
30.1 GDC

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 41


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
20 Boundary points are 1,1 and 3, , and the curve is 𝑥

𝑉 𝜋 𝑥 d𝑦

𝜋 𝑦 d𝑦

1
𝜋
𝑦
𝜋 3 1
2𝜋

21
The volume if the entire rectangle with opposite vertices at the origin and at 20, 4 is
𝜋 20 4
The volume of revolution of the curve arc will give the inner volume 𝑉 , so the required
volume is the difference.
𝑦 √𝑥 4 so 𝑥 4 𝑦
𝑉 𝜋 𝑥 d𝑦

𝜋 16 8𝑦 𝑦 d𝑦
6592
𝜋
15
Then the required volume 𝑉 is given by
6592 17408
𝑉 1600 𝜋 𝜋 3646
15 15

22
𝑉 𝜋 𝑦 d𝑥

𝜋 sin 𝑥 d𝑥
𝜋
2

23 a

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 42


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝑉 𝜋 𝑦 d𝑥

𝜋 𝑥 d𝑥
81
𝜋 127
2

c
𝑦 √𝑥 so 𝑥 𝑦
The limits of the curve arc are 0, 0 and 9, 3
𝑉 𝜋 𝑥 d𝑦

𝜋 𝑦 d𝑦
243
𝜋 153
5

24 a 𝐴: 0, 2 , 𝐵: 2, 0
b
Area 𝑦 d𝑥

2 𝑥 e d𝑥
4.39 GDC

c
𝑉 𝜋 𝑦 d𝑥

𝜋 2 𝑥 e d𝑥
32.7 GDC

25
𝑦-intercept is at 0, 1
𝑦 𝑥 1 so 𝑥 𝑦 1
𝑉 𝜋 𝑥 d𝑦

𝜋 𝑦 1 d𝑦
1
𝜋 𝑦 𝑦
3
20
𝜋
3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 43


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

26

Worked solutions
Volume of revolution of the shaded region will be given by the difference between the
volume of revolution of the curve arc 𝑉 and volume of revolution of the line (the latter
producing a cylinder).
Intersection points are 2, 0 and 2, 2
𝑉 𝜋 𝑥 d𝑦 𝜋 2 2

𝜋 2 2𝑦 𝑦 d𝑦 8𝜋
72
𝜋 8𝜋 GDC
5
32
𝜋
5

27 a

𝐴 𝑥 d𝑦

e d𝑦
e
𝑎 1

b
The shaded area can also be seen as the area of the rectangle formed by the axes and
with vertices at the origin and 𝑎, ln 𝑎 less the unshaded area under the curve between
1, 0 and 𝑎, ln 𝑎 .
𝑎 1 𝑎 ln 𝑎 𝑦 d𝑥

𝑎 ln 𝑎 ln 𝑥 d𝑥

So ln 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑎 ln 𝑎 𝑎 1

28 a

Gradient is , with intercept 0, ℎ
𝑟

Line has equation 𝑦 𝑥 ℎ
𝑟
ℎ𝑥 𝑟𝑦 𝑟ℎ

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 44


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
If the line between the two points is rotated about the 𝑦-axis, the resultant shape is a
cone of radius 𝑟 and height ℎ, with axis along the 𝑦-axis.
𝑉 𝜋 𝑥 d𝑦

𝑟ℎ 𝑟𝑦
𝜋 d𝑦

𝑟
𝜋 ℎ 2ℎ𝑦 𝑦 d𝑦

𝜋𝑟 1
ℎ 𝑦 ℎ𝑦 𝑦
ℎ 3
𝜋𝑟 1
ℎ ℎ ℎ
ℎ 3
1
𝜋𝑟 ℎ
3
29 a 𝑥 𝑦 𝑟
b
Considering the curve 𝑦 √𝑟 𝑥 for 𝑥 between 𝑟 and 𝑟, a sphere is formed by
rotating the curve about the 𝑥-axis:
𝑉 𝜋 𝑦 d𝑥

𝜋 𝑟 𝑥 d𝑥
1
𝜋 𝑟 𝑥 𝑥
3
1 1
𝜋 𝑟 𝑟 𝑟 𝑟
3 3
4
𝜋𝑟
3
30 a
𝑦 𝑥 ,𝑦 √𝑥
Intersections where 𝑦 𝑦
𝑥 √𝑥
𝑥 𝑥
𝑥 1 or 0
𝑥 1 or 0.
Intersections are at 0, 0 and 1, 1
b
𝑉 𝜋 𝑦 𝑦 d𝑥

𝜋 𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥
1 1
𝜋 𝑥 𝑥
2 5
3
𝜋
10

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 45


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

31

Worked solutions
𝜋
The region is symmetrical about 𝑥
4
so the calculation can be made by just considering the part of the region under 𝑦 sin 𝑥
and doubling the result.

𝑉 2𝜋 sin 𝑥 d𝑥

1
2𝜋 1 cos 2𝑥 d𝑥
2
1 1
2𝜋 𝑥 sin 2𝑥
2 4
𝜋 1
2𝜋
8 4
𝜋 2𝜋
4

32 a
𝑦 𝑥 ,𝑦 2𝑥
Intersections where 𝑦 𝑦
𝑥 2𝑥
𝑥 0 or 2
Intersections are 0, 0 and 2, 4
b
𝑉 𝜋 𝑥 𝑥 d𝑦
𝑦
𝜋 𝑦 d𝑦
2
8
𝜋
3

33
The boundary points on the curve are at 𝑝, 𝑝 and 𝑞, 𝑞
1 1
𝐴 𝑦 d𝑥 𝑥 𝑞 𝑝
4 4
3 3
𝐵 𝑥 d𝑦 𝑦 d𝑦 𝑦 𝑞 𝑝
4 4
The ratio of 𝐴: 𝐵 is therefore 1: 3, independent of 𝑝 and 𝑞.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 46


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

34 a 𝑦 ln 𝑥 2

Worked solutions
b
𝑥 e 2
The volume obtained rotating 𝑦 ln 𝑥 for 1 𝑥 e is the same as when the curve
𝑦 ln 𝑥 2 for 3 𝑥 e 2 is rotated about the line 𝑥 0. Boundary points are
3, 0 and e 2, 1
𝑉 𝜋 𝑥 d𝑦

𝜋 e 4e 4 d𝑦
1
𝜋 e 4e 4𝑦
2
1 1
𝜋 e 4e 4 4
2 2
𝜋
e 8e 1
2

35 a

b
The volume obtained is the same as for 𝑦 cos 𝑥 1 rotated about the line 𝑦 0 (the
𝑥-axis).
𝑉 𝜋 𝑦 d𝑥

𝜋 cos 𝑥 2 cos 𝑥 1 d𝑥
1
𝜋 cos 2𝑥 1 2 cos 𝑥 1 d𝑥
2
1 3
𝜋 sin 2𝑥 2 sin 𝑥 𝑥
4 2
3𝜋

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 47


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

36 a

Worked solutions
𝑦 arccos 𝑥 so 𝑥 cos 𝑦

𝑅 𝑥 d𝑦

sin 𝑦
1 sin 𝜃
b
When 𝑥 𝑎, 𝑦 𝜃 so 𝑎 cos 𝜃
Then sin 𝜃 √1 𝑎
c
The area comprising both 𝑅 and the rectangle below it is given by the integral
𝑦 d𝑥
The rectangle has area 𝑎𝜃 𝑎 arccos 𝑎
Therefore
arccos 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑅 𝑎 arccos 𝑎 1 1 𝑎 𝑎 arccos 𝑎

Mixed Practice
1
𝑦 arcsin 3𝑥
3 1 3
𝑦 so 𝑦 2√3
√1 9𝑥 6 3
4
2
1
sec 2𝑥 d𝑥 tan 2𝑥
2
1 √3
√3
2 3
√3
3
3 a
𝑦 sec 𝑥
𝑦 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥
𝑦 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥 sec 𝑥
b
A point of inflection occurs when 𝑦 𝑥 0
𝑦 𝑥 sec 𝑥 sin 𝑥 1
Since sec 𝑥 0 for any real 𝑥 and sin 𝑥 1 1 for real 𝑥, it follows that 𝑦 𝑥 0
for real 𝑥.
Therefore there are no points of inflection.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 48


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝑦 10
𝑦 10 ln 10
𝑦 10 ln 10
𝑦 10 ln 10
5
𝑉 𝜋 𝑦 d𝑥

𝜋 ln 𝑥 d𝑥
19.0 GDC
6
Implicit differentiation:
6𝑥 15𝑦 𝑦 0
2𝑥
𝑦
5𝑦
8
𝑦| ,
5
7
Let 3𝑥 𝑢 so 3 d𝑥 d𝑢
6 2
d𝑥 d𝑢
1 9𝑥 1 𝑢
2 arctan 𝑢 𝑐
2 arctan 3𝑥 𝑐
8
If a side length is 𝑥 then Volume 𝑉 𝑥
𝑉 3𝑥 𝑥
When 𝑥 12, 𝑥 0.6 then 𝑉 259.2 cm s
9
𝑦 3 sin 2𝜋𝑥
𝑦 6𝜋 cos 2𝜋𝑥
7 √3
𝑦 6𝜋 3𝜋√3 16.3
12 2
10
Let 𝑦 𝑥 e for 3 𝑥 3
𝑦 2𝑥 𝑥 e 𝑥 2 𝑥 e
𝑦 0 ⇒ 𝑥 0 or 𝑥 2

𝑦 3 9𝑒 181
𝑦 0 0
𝑦 2 4𝑒 0.541
𝑦 3 9𝑒 0.448
The maximum value is approximately 181
11 a
Surface area equals the two square 𝑎 𝑎 faces and the four rectangular 𝑎 ℎ faces.
𝑆 2𝑎 4𝑎ℎ
𝑉 𝑎 ℎ 1000 so ℎ 1000𝑎
Then 𝑆 2𝑎 4000𝑎

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 49


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝑆 4𝑎 4000𝑎
𝑆 0 ⇒ 𝑎 1000𝑎
𝑎 1000
𝑎 10
c)
𝑆 4 8000𝑎 0 for 𝑎 10 so this represents a minimum of the function 𝑆
𝑆 10 200 400 600 cm
12 a
5 𝑥 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
𝑥 1 𝑥 2 𝑥 1 𝑥 2
Multiplying by the denominator on the LHS:
5 𝑥 𝐴 𝑥 2 𝐵 𝑥 1
Substituting:
𝑥 1: 6 3𝐴 ⇒ 𝐴 2
𝑥 2: 3 3𝐵 ⇒ 𝐵 1
5 𝑥 1 2
𝑥 1 𝑥 2 𝑥 2 𝑥 1
b)
5 𝑥 1 2
d𝑥 d𝑥
𝑥 𝑥 2 𝑥 2 𝑥 1
ln|𝑥 2| 2 ln|𝑥 1|
ln 3 2 ln 6 ln 1 2 ln 4
ln 3 2 ln 6 2 ln 4
3 4
ln
6
4
ln
3
13
Implicit differentiation:
3𝑥 𝑦 𝑦 3𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 𝑦 0
𝑦 3𝑥 𝑦
𝑦
3𝑥 𝑦 𝑥
2
𝑦| , 1
2
Normal gradient is therefore 1, through 1, 1 .
Normal has equation 𝑦 𝑥
14 a
𝑦 𝑥e
𝑦 1 3𝑥 e
b
Proposition: 𝑦 𝑥 𝑛3 𝑥3 e for 𝑛 1
Base case: 𝑦 𝑥 1 3𝑥 e 1 3 𝑥 3 e so the proposition is true
for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
So 𝑦 𝑥 𝑘3 𝑥3 e
Working towards: 𝑦 𝑥 𝑘 1 3 𝑥3 e

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 50


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝑦 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥
d𝑥
d
𝑘3 𝑥3 e using the assumption
d𝑥
3 𝑘3 𝑥3 3 e
𝑘3 𝑥3 3 e
𝑘 1 3 𝑥3 e
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1.
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℤ by the principle of mathematical
induction.

c
Stationary points occur wherever 𝑦 0
1
1 3𝑥 e 0 has a single solution at 𝑥
3
1 1
𝑦 6 9 e
3 3
0 so this is a local minimum and not a point of inflection
1 1 1 1
𝑦 so the minimum is at ,
3 3e 3 3e

d
Points of inflection occur when 𝑦 0
2
6 9𝑥 e 0 has a single solution at 𝑥
3
2 2 2 2
𝑦 so the minimum is at ,
3 3e 3 3e
e

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 51


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

15

Worked solutions
d𝑦 𝑦 𝑥 ℎ 𝑦 𝑥
First principles differentiation: lim
d𝑥 → ℎ
𝑦 𝑥 3𝑥
d𝑦 𝑥 ℎ 3 𝑥 ℎ 𝑥 3𝑥
lim
d𝑥 → ℎ
𝑥 3𝑥 ℎ 3𝑥ℎ ℎ 3𝑥 3ℎ 𝑥 3𝑥
lim
→ ℎ
3𝑥 ℎ 3𝑥ℎ ℎ 3ℎ
lim
→ ℎ
lim 3𝑥 2𝑥ℎ ℎ 3

3𝑥 3
16
𝑦 e
Proposition: 𝑦 𝑥 2 e for 𝑛 0
Base case: 𝑦 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 2 e so the proposition is true for 𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 0
So 𝑦 𝑥 2 e
Working towards: 𝑦 𝑥 2 e
d
𝑦 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥
d𝑥
d
2 e using the assumption
d𝑥
2 2 e
2 e
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1.
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical
induction.
17
1
𝑦 𝑦 1 2𝑥
1 2𝑥
Proposition: 𝑦 𝑥 2 𝑛! 1 2𝑥 for 𝑛 0
Base case: 𝑦 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 2 0! 1 2𝑥 so the proposition is true for
𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 0
So 𝑦 𝑥 2 𝑘! 1 2𝑥
Working towards: 𝑦 𝑥 2 𝑘 1 ! 1 2𝑥
d
𝑦 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥
d𝑥
d
2 𝑘! 1 2𝑥 using the assumption
d𝑥
2 𝑘 1 2 𝑘! 1 2𝑥 using the Chain Rule
2 𝑘 1 ! 1 2𝑥
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 52


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Conclusion:

Worked solutions
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1.
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical
induction.

18
𝑦 𝑥 e
Proposition: 𝑦 𝑥 𝑥 2𝑛𝑥 𝑛 𝑛 1 e for 𝑛 0
Base case: 𝑦 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 𝑥 2 0 𝑥 0 0 1 e so the proposition is true
for 𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 0
So 𝑦 𝑥 𝑥 2𝑘𝑥 𝑘 𝑘 1 e
Working towards: 𝑦 𝑥 𝑥 2 𝑘 1 𝑥 𝑘 1 𝑘 e
d
𝑦 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥
d𝑥
d
𝑥 2𝑘𝑥 𝑘 𝑘 1 e using the assumption
d𝑥
𝑥 2𝑘𝑥 𝑘 𝑘 1 2𝑥 2𝑘 e using the Product Rule
𝑥 2 𝑘 1 𝑥 𝑘 𝑘 1 e
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1.
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical
induction.

19 a
f 2 2 4 𝑘 3
4
𝑘
9
b
2 ln 2 𝑥 2
f 𝑥 4
3 ln 3 𝑥 2
9
Since f 𝑥 is not continuous at 𝑥 2, 𝑓 𝑥 is not differentiable here.

20
Using L’Hôpital’s rule:
3 1 3 ln 3
lim lim ln 3
→ 𝑥 → 1

21
Using L’Hôpital’s rule (repeatedly):
sin 𝑥 𝑥 cos 𝑥 1
lim lim
→ tan 𝑥 𝑥 → sec 𝑥 1
sin 𝑥
lim
→ 2 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥
cos 𝑥
lim
→ 2 sec 𝑥 2 sec tan 𝑥
1
2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 53


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

22

Worked solutions
2𝑥 5 2𝑥 5
d𝑥 d𝑥
𝑥 4 𝑥 4 𝑥 4
5 𝑥
ln 𝑥 4 arctan
2 2
5 𝜋
ln 8 ln 4 0
2 4
5𝜋
ln 2
8

23 a 𝑎 ln 11
b
1
𝑦 ln 5𝑥 1 so 𝑥 e 1
5
Area 𝑥 d𝑦
1 1
e d𝑦
5 5
1 1
𝑒 𝑦
5 5
11 1 1
ln 11
5 5 5
1
2 ln 11 1.52 GDC
5
c

Volume 𝜋 𝑥 d𝑦
1
𝜋 e 2e 1 d𝑦
25
1 2 1
𝜋 𝑒 𝑒 𝑦
50 25 25
121 22 1 1 2
𝜋 ln 11 𝜋
50 25 25 50 25
40 ln 11 𝜋
5.33 GDC
25

24 a
If 𝐴 has coordinates 𝑎, 0 then the base of the rectangle has length 2𝑎 and the height is
9 𝑎
Area 2𝑎 9 𝑎
d Area
18 6𝑎
d𝑎
Stationary value when 𝑎 √3
𝐴 has coordinates √3, 0

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 54


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

b If 𝑎 0 or 3, the area is zero.

Worked solutions
25
𝑦 ln 𝑥 so 𝑦 1 0, 𝑦 𝑒 4
𝑥 e
Volume 𝜋 𝑥 d𝑦

𝜋 e d𝑦
𝜋e
𝜋 e 1
26
𝑦 cos 𝑥

Volume 𝜋 𝑦 d𝑥

𝜋 cos 𝑥 d𝑥

1
𝜋 1 cos 2𝑥 d𝑥
2
1 1
𝜋 𝑥 sin 2𝑥
2 4
𝜋
4
27
Curve intersection at 1, 1
First curve: 𝑦 |𝑥| so 𝑥 𝑦
Second curve: 𝑦 2 𝑥 so 𝑥 2 𝑦

Volume 𝜋 𝑥 d𝑦 𝜋 𝑥 d𝑦

.
𝜋 𝑦 d𝑦 2 𝑦 d𝑦

1 2 .
𝜋 𝑦 2 𝑦
3 3
1 2
𝜋
3 3
𝜋
28
Axis intercepts are 3, 0 and 0, 2
Volume rotated about 𝑥-axis:
𝑉 𝜋 𝑦 d𝑥
4
𝜋 4 𝑥 d𝑥
9
4
𝜋 4𝑥 𝑥
27

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 55


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

64

Worked solutions
𝜋 16
27
368
𝜋
27
Volume rotated about 𝑦-axis:
𝑉 𝜋 𝑥 d𝑦
9
𝜋 9 𝑦 d𝑦
4
1
𝜋 9𝑦 𝑦
4
54
𝜋 54
4
81
𝜋
2
29
1
Let 𝑢 ln 𝑥 , 𝑣 𝑥 so 𝑢 𝑥 ,𝑣 𝑥
4
Integration by parts: 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥
1 1
𝑥 ln 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 ln 𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥
4 4
1 1
𝑥 ln 𝑥 𝑥
4 16
1
3e 1
16
30
Let 𝑢 √𝑥 1 so 𝑥 𝑢 1 and then 𝑑𝑥 2𝑢 𝑑𝑢
Limits:
When 𝑥 1, 𝑢 0
When 𝑥 3, 𝑢 2
1 √ 1
e d𝑥 e 2𝑢 d𝑢
2 2

𝑢e d𝑢

𝑢e e d𝑢 using integration by parts


𝑢e e
e 1
31 a
Let 𝑢 𝑡, 𝑣 e so 𝑢 1, 𝑣 e
Integration by parts: 𝑢𝑣 d𝑡 𝑢𝑣 𝑢𝑣 d𝑡

𝑡e d𝑡 𝑡e e d𝑡
𝑡 1 e c

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 56


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Let 𝑢 𝑥 so d𝑢 2𝑥 d𝑥
Limits:
When 𝑥 0, 𝑢 0
When 𝑥 1, 𝑢 1
2𝑥 e d𝑥 𝑥 e 2𝑥 d𝑥

𝑢e d𝑢
𝑢 1 e
2e 1
2
1
e
32
Let 𝑢 𝑥 1 so d𝑢 2𝑥 d𝑥
1
𝑥 𝑥 1 d𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 1 2𝑥 d𝑥
2
1
𝑢 1 √𝑢 d𝑢
2
1 . 1 .
𝑢 𝑢 d𝑢
2 2
1 . 1 .
𝑢 𝑢 𝑐
5 3
1 1
𝑥 1 . 𝑥 1 .
𝑐
5 3
33 a
Let 𝑢 √𝑥 so 𝑥 𝑢 and so 𝑑𝑥 2𝑢 𝑑𝑢
√𝑥e√ d𝑥 𝑢e 2𝑢 d𝑢

2𝑢 e d𝑢
b
Limits:
When 𝑥 0, 𝑢 0
When 𝑥 4, 𝑢 2
d 𝑞 d𝑝 d𝑞 d 𝑝
Let 𝑝 𝑢 , e so 2𝑢, e , 2, 𝑞 e
d𝑢 d𝑢 d𝑢 d𝑢
d𝑞 d𝑞 d𝑝 d𝑞
Integration by parts twice : 𝑝 d𝑢 𝑝 d𝑢
d𝑢 d𝑢 d𝑢 d𝑢
d𝑞 d𝑝 d 𝑝
𝑝 𝑞 𝑞 d𝑢
d𝑢 d𝑢 d𝑢
2𝑢 e d𝑢 e 𝑢 2𝑢 2e d𝑢
e 𝑢 2𝑢 2
4e 4 2 2
4 e 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 57


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

34

Worked solutions
Let 𝑥 tan 𝜃 so d𝑥 sec 𝜃 d𝜃
1 1
d𝑥 sec 𝜃 d𝜃
1 𝑥 1 tan 𝜃
1 d𝜃
𝜃 𝑐
arctan 𝑥 𝑐
35
f 𝑥 e– –𝑥 2𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 1
𝑎𝑥 𝑏 𝑥 1
Then
f 𝑥 e– – 3𝑥 4𝑥
1 2𝑥 4𝑥 2𝑥 𝑥 1
𝑎 𝑥 1
If the function is continuous at 𝑥 1 then 2e 𝑎 𝑏
If the function is differentiable at 𝑥 1 then e 3 4 1 2 4 2
2e 𝑎
𝑏 2e 𝑎 4e
36
𝑦 √𝑥 e and 𝑦 e√𝑥 Intersections occur when √𝑥e e√𝑥
√𝑥 𝑒 𝑒 0
𝑥 0 or 𝑥 1
Volume 𝜋 𝑦 y d𝑥

𝜋 𝑥e 𝑥e d𝑥

1
𝜋 𝑥 e 𝜋 𝑥e d𝑥
2
1
𝜋𝑒 𝜋 𝑥e d𝑥
2
1
Let 𝑢 𝑥, 𝑣 e so 𝑢 1, 𝑣 e
2
Integration by parts: 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥
1 1
𝜋 𝑥e d𝑥 𝜋 𝑥e e d𝑥
2 2
1 1
𝜋 𝑥 e
2 4
1 1
𝜋 e
4 4
1 1 1
Volume 𝜋 e e
2 4 4
π
e 1
4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 58


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

37 a

Worked solutions
d 1
arcsin 𝑥
d𝑥 √1 𝑥
b
1
Let 𝑢 arcsin 𝑥 , 𝑣 1 so 𝑢 ,𝑣 𝑥
√1 𝑥
Integration by parts: 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥
𝑥
arcsin 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 arcsin 𝑥 d𝑥
√1 𝑥
𝑥 arcsin 𝑥 1 𝑥 c

38 a
𝑥 8𝑥 25 𝑥 4 16 25
𝑥 4 9
b
2𝑥 7 2𝑥 8 15
d𝑥 d𝑥
𝑥 8𝑥 25 𝑥 8𝑥 25
2𝑥 8 15
d𝑥
𝑥 8𝑥 25 𝑥 4 9
15 𝑥 4
ln|𝑥 8𝑥 25| arctan 𝑐
3 3
𝑥 4
ln 𝑥 8𝑥 25 5 arctan 𝑐
3
It is not incorrect to write the logarithm argument as a modulus, but the completed square shows
that it is always positive, so this is not actually necessary in this case.

39
Let one of the vertices be at 𝑎, 0 .
Then the base of the rectangle is 2𝑎 and the height of the rectangle is √𝑟 𝑎
.
Area 2𝑎 𝑟 𝑎 2𝑎 𝑟 𝑎
d Area
2 𝑟 𝑎 . 2𝑎 𝑟 𝑎 .
d𝑎
.
2𝑟 2𝑎 2𝑎 𝑟 𝑎
Stationary point, which represents maximum area (since minimum area is clearly at 𝑎
0 or 𝑎 𝑟):
𝑟
2𝑟 4𝑎 0⇒𝑎
√2
𝑟 2𝑟 𝑟
Area 𝑟
√2 √2 √2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 59


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

40 a Let 𝑥 𝑎 sin 𝜃 so d𝑥 𝑎 cos 𝜃 d𝜃

Worked solutions
𝑎 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑎 cos 𝜃 𝑎 cos 𝜃 d𝜃

𝑎 cos 𝜃 d𝜃
𝑎
1 cos 2𝜃 d𝜃
2
𝑎
2𝜃 sin 2𝜃 𝑐
4
𝑎
𝜃 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 𝑐
2
𝑎 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
arcsin 1 𝑐
2 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎
𝑎 𝑥 𝑥
arcsin 𝑎 𝑥 𝑐
2 𝑎 2
b
Area 𝑦 d𝑥

𝑎 𝑥 d𝑥

𝑎 𝑥 𝑥
arcsin 𝑎 𝑥
2 𝑎 2
𝑎 𝜋 𝑎 𝜋
0 0
2 2 2 2
𝑎 𝜋
2
Radius of the semicircle is 𝑎 6, so Area 18𝜋
41
e e e e
Let 𝑥 so d𝑥 d𝑢
2 2
e e 2𝑥 so e 2𝑥e 1 0, e
𝑥 𝑥 1 ; take the positive root wlog.
e 2 e e 2 e e e
𝑥 so 𝑥 1
4 4 2
Limits:
When 𝑥 2, 𝑢 ln 2 √3
When 𝑥 4, 𝑢 ln 4 √15
1 √
d𝑥 1 d𝑢
√𝑥 1 √

𝑢

ln 4 √15 ln 2 √3
4 √15
ln
2 √3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 60


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

42

Worked solutions
Let 𝑟 be the distance from the bird to the observer (obliquely)
Then 𝑟 35 cosec 𝜃
Implicit differentiation:
𝑟 35 cosec 𝜃 cot 𝜃 𝜃
1
When 𝜃 1.2, 𝜃
60
35 cosec 1.2 cot 1.2
𝑟 0.243 m s
60
The bird’s distance to the observer is decreasing at a rate 0.243 m s
43
Let 𝑑 be the distance from the point 0, 1 to a point on the curve 𝑥, sin 𝑥
𝑑 𝑥 sin 𝑥 1
From GDC, minimum 𝑑 is 𝑑 0.478 0.721
44
Using L’Hôpital’s Rule:
sin 𝑥 1
lim tan 𝑥 sec 𝑥 lim
→ → cos 𝑥
cos 𝑥
lim
→ sin 𝑥
0
45
Let 𝐿 lim 𝑥 arctan 𝑥

𝜋
𝑥 arctan 𝑥
𝐿 lim 2
→ 𝑥
𝜋 𝑥
lim 2𝑥 arctan 𝑥 using L Hopital s Rule
→ 2 1 𝑥
1
lim 𝑥 2 arctan 𝑥 𝜋 1
→ 1 𝑥
𝜋
lim 2𝑥 arctan 𝑥 1
→ 2
2𝐿 1
Rearranging: 𝐿 1
46 a
Using compound angle formula:
𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
cos 𝑥 cos 𝑥 cos sin 𝑥 sin
2 2 2
0 cos 𝑥 1 sin 𝑥
sin 𝑥
b
Proposition: cos 𝑥 cos 𝑥 for 𝑛 1
Base case: cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 from part a so the proposition is true
for 𝑛 1
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
d 𝑘π
So cos 𝑥 cos 𝑥
d𝑥 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 61


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Working towards: cos 𝑥 cos 𝑥
d d d
cos 𝑥 cos 𝑥
d𝑥 d𝑥 d𝑥
d 𝑘𝜋
cos 𝑥 using the assumption
d𝑥 2
𝑘𝜋
sin 𝑥
2
𝑘𝜋 𝜋
cos 𝑥 using part 𝐚
2 2
𝑘 1 𝜋
cos 𝑥
2
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1.
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical
induction.
47
e 𝑦e 2e
Implicit differentiation:
e e 𝑦 e 𝑦 0
𝑦 𝑦 e
Stationary point occurs when 𝑦 0
𝑦 e
Substituting into the curve equation, 𝑦 2e e :
2e 2e so 𝑥 3
The stationary point is at 3, e

48 a
𝑥 𝑥𝑦 𝑦 12
Implicit differentiation:
2𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 2𝑦 𝑦 0
2𝑥 𝑦
𝑦
𝑥 2𝑦
Stationary points occur where 𝑦 0:
𝑦 2𝑥
Substituting into the curve equation:
3𝑥 12
𝑥 2
Stationary points are 2, 4 and 2, 4
b
2𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 2𝑦 𝑦 0
Implicit differentiation:
2 𝑦 1 2𝑦 𝑦 𝑥 2𝑦 𝑦 0
𝑥 2𝑦 𝑦 2 2 2𝑦 𝑦
At stationary points, 𝑦 0, so 𝑥 2𝑦 𝑦 2
c
At 2, 4 , 6𝑦 2 so 𝑦 0: 2, 4 is a local minimum
At 2, 4 , 6𝑦 2 so 𝑦 0: 2,4 is a local maximum

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 62


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

49 a

Worked solutions
In the diagram above:
0.5 1.5
𝛼 arctan , 𝛽 arctan
𝑥 𝑥
1.5 0.5
𝜃 𝛽 𝛼 arctan arctan
𝑥 𝑥

1.5 1 0.5 1
𝜃
𝑥 1.5 𝑥 0.5
1 1
𝑥 𝑥
0.5 1.5
𝑥 0.25 𝑥 2.25
0.5 𝑥 2.25 1.5 𝑥 0.25
𝑥 0.25 𝑥 2.25
𝑥 0.75
𝑥 0.25 𝑥 2.25
Maximum 𝜃 occurs when 𝜃 0:
√3
𝑥 reject negative root, given context
2
The picture will appear as large as possible when 𝑥 0.5√3 0.866 m
1
At this distance, 𝜃 arctan √3 arctan
√3
𝜋 𝜋
3 6
𝜋
6

50 a

Gradient is , passing through 𝑎, 0
𝑏 𝑎

Line equation is 𝑦 𝑥 𝑎
𝑏 𝑎

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 63


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Rearranging the line equation:
𝑏 𝑎 𝑦
𝑥 𝑎

𝑉 𝜋 𝑥 𝑑𝑦
𝑎ℎ 𝑏 𝑎 𝑦
𝜋 d𝑦

𝜋
𝑎 ℎ 2𝑎 𝑏 𝑎 𝑦 𝑏 𝑎 𝑦 d𝑦

𝜋 1
𝑎 ℎ 𝑦 𝑎 𝑏 𝑎 𝑦 𝑏 𝑎 𝑦
ℎ 3
𝜋 1
𝑎 ℎ 𝑎 𝑏 𝑎 ℎ 𝑏 𝑎 ℎ
ℎ 3
1 2 1
𝜋ℎ 𝑎 𝑎𝑏 𝑎 𝑏 𝑎𝑏 𝑎
3 3 3
𝜋ℎ
𝑎 𝑎𝑏 𝑏
3

51 a

b
Rearranging the curve formulae for the upper right quadrant of both curves:
Parabola: 𝑥 𝑟 𝑦
Circle: 𝑥 𝑟 𝑦

Difference in volumes 𝜋 𝑟 𝑦 d𝑦 𝑟 𝑦 d𝑦

1 1
𝜋 𝑟 𝑦 𝑦 𝑟 𝑦 𝑦
3 2
2 1
𝜋 𝑟 𝑟
3 2
If the difference is zero, then
2 1
𝑟 𝑟
3 2
4
𝑟
3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 64


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

52 a

Worked solutions
Curve to pass through 0, 10 , 20.5, 25 , 50, 17.5 , 55,18 .
Simultaneous equations:
𝑑 10 1

20.5 𝑎 20.5 𝑏 20.5𝑐 𝑑 25 2
⎨ 125000𝑎 2500𝑏 50𝑐 𝑑 17.5 3
⎩ 166375𝑎 3025𝑏 55𝑐 𝑑 18 4
Solving using GDC:
𝑎 0.000545, 𝑏 0.0582, 𝑐 1.69, 𝑑 10
𝑦 0.000545𝑥 0.0582𝑥 1.69𝑥 10

b
𝑉 𝜋 𝑦 d𝑥
74 400 cm
74.4 litres

53 a
𝑘 tan 𝜃 so 1 𝑘 1 tan 𝜃 sec 𝜃
sec 𝜃 1 𝑘

b
If 𝑘 tan 𝜃 then 𝜃 arctan 𝑘
Shaded area 𝑥 d𝑦

tan 𝑦 d𝑦
ln sec 𝑦
ln sec 𝜃 ln 1
ln 1 𝑘
1
ln 1 𝑘
2
c
The complete rectangle bounded by the axes and the lines 𝑦 arctan 𝑘 and 𝑥 𝑘 has
area 𝑘 arctan 𝑘
The area between the curve and the 𝑥-axis is the remainder after the area from part b is
removed from this rectangle.
1
arctan 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑘 arctan 𝑘 ln 1 𝑘
2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 65


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

54 a

Worked solutions
1
Since the sine of any integer multiple of 𝜋 has value zero, 𝑥 for some 𝑛 ∈ ℤ∗
𝑛
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Then for 0.1 𝑥 1, 𝑥 1, , , , , , , , ,
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
b
𝜋 𝜋
Let 𝑢 so d𝑢 d𝑥
𝑥 𝑥
Limits:
1
When 𝑥 ,𝑢 𝑛 1 𝜋
𝑛 1
1
When 𝑥 , 𝑢 𝑛𝜋
𝑛
𝜋 𝜋
sin d𝑥 sin 𝑢 d𝑢
𝑥 𝑥

sin 𝑢 d𝑢

cos 𝑢
2 𝑛 even
2 𝑛 odd
c
π 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
sin d𝑥 sin d𝑥 ∗
. 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥

𝜋 𝜋
sin d𝑥 ∗∗
𝑥 𝑥
9 2
18
∗ The interval for integration 0.1, 1 can be considered as the union of the intervals
, , , ,…, , , so that the integral over 0.1, 1 is the sum of the integrals over the
smaller intervals.
∗∗ It is legitimate to state that the modulus of the integral is the same as the integral of the
modulus in this instance because in each of the intervals the function 𝜋𝑥 sin 𝜋𝑥 is
entirely non-negative or entirely non-positive.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 66


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

55

Worked solutions
Implicit differentiation:
4𝑥 2𝑦 𝑦 0
2𝑥
𝑦
𝑦
𝑏
The normal at a point 𝑎, 𝑏 has gradient and 𝑏 18 2𝑎
2𝑎
𝑏
Normal has equation 𝑦 𝑏 𝑥 𝑎
2𝑎
Substituting 𝑥 1, 𝑦 0 to find a condition on 𝑎 for which the normal passes through
1, 0 :
𝑏
𝑏 1 𝑎
2𝑎
𝑏
1 𝑎 2𝑎 0
2𝑎
𝑏 0 or 𝑎 1
Points are 3, 0 and 1, 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 67


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 
 

11 Series and differential equations

Worked solutions
These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.
Throughout this chapter the worked solutions will adopt the notation 𝑦 for the general
solution of 𝑦 and 𝑦 for a particular solution of 𝑦, given initial or boundary conditions.

Exercise 11A
17 a
d 𝑦
8e
d𝑥
d𝑦
4e 𝑐
d𝑥
𝑦 2e 𝑐𝑥 𝑑
b
𝑦 0 2 𝑑 1⇒𝑑 3
𝑦 0 4 𝑐 2⇒𝑐 2
𝑦 3 2𝑥 2e

18
Tip: A table is shown here in the working so that students can check the detail of their calculator
output.
A full table of results is not typically needed for this sort of problem unless specifically required
in the examination question, but you should lay out the basis by which you generate the values
(the iteration formula) and then give the end results, indicating use of GDC.
d𝑦
2𝑥 𝑓 𝑥, 𝑦  
d𝑥
𝑦 𝑦 ℎ 𝑓 𝑥 ,𝑦
𝑥 𝑦 0

𝑛 𝑥 𝑦 ℎ 0.1 𝑦 ℎ 0.2
0 0 0 0
1 0.1 0
2 0.2 0.02 0
3 0.3 0.06
4 0.4 0.12 0.08
5 0.5 0.2
6 0.6 0.3 0.24
7 0.7 0.42
8 0.8 0.56 0.48
9 0.9 0.72
10 1 0.9 0.8

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 1


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

11 1.1 1.1

Worked solutions
12 1.2 1.32 1.2
13 1.3 1.56
14 1.4 1.82 1.68
15 1.5 2.1
16 1.6 2.4 2.24
17 1.7 2.72
18 1.8 3.06 2.88
19 1.9 3.42
20 2 3.8 3.6
a For ℎ 0.1:
i 𝑦 1 0.9 ii 𝑦 2 3.8
b For ℎ 0.2:
i 𝑦 1 0.8 ii 𝑦 2 3.6
c
𝑦 𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 0 0 𝑐
𝑦 𝑥
So, in absolute difference, bii is the furthest from the true value.

19
d𝑦 𝑥𝑦
𝑓 𝑥, 𝑦  
d𝑥 𝑥 𝑦
𝑦 𝑦 ℎ 𝑓 𝑥 ,𝑦
a From GDC: 𝑦 10 31.4
b Using a smaller step length would improve the estimate.

20
Calculating distance cumulatively, with
𝑑 𝑑 𝑡 𝑡 𝑣

𝑛  0 1 2 3 4 5
𝑡   0 3 6 9 12 15
𝑣   0 6 12 19 24 27
𝑑   0 0 18 54 111 183
Estimate distance travelled in the first 15 seconds as 183 m

21
Calculating distance cumulatively, with
𝑑 𝑑 𝑡 𝑡 𝑣

𝑛  0 1 2 3 4 5
𝑡   0 3 6 9 12 15
𝑣   20 15 10 8 6 5
𝑑   0 60 105 135 159 177
Estimate distance travelled in the first 15 seconds as 177 m

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 2


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

22

Worked solutions
d𝑦
𝑦 𝑥 𝑓 𝑥, 𝑦  
d𝑥
𝑦 𝑦 ℎ 𝑓 𝑥 ,𝑦
𝑥 1, 𝑦 1, ℎ 0.1
From GDC:

23 a
d𝑦
sin 𝑥 𝑦 𝑓 𝑥, 𝑦  
d𝑥
𝑦 𝑦 ℎ 𝑓 𝑥 ,𝑦
𝑥 0, 𝑦 0, ℎ 0.1
From GDC:

b
From the calculator data table, maximum 𝑦 for 0 𝑥 4 is approximately 1.1

24
Tip: Since the dependent variable in this question is ℎ, we need a new letter for the Euler
method step size. Greek letter delta (𝛿) is often used for small increments.
dℎ
0.1ℎ 0.5𝑡 𝑓 ℎ, 𝑡
d𝑡
ℎ ℎ 𝛿 𝑓 𝑡 ,ℎ
𝑡 0, ℎ 2, 𝛿 0.1
a
From GDC:
ℎ 1 1.46 m
b
In the model using Euler’s approximation, ℎ 2.5 0.05 m, ℎ 2.6 0.08 m
It will take approximately 3 seconds for the ash to reach the fire.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 3


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

25 a

Worked solutions
4
𝑉 𝜋𝑟 , 𝑆 4𝜋𝑟
3
d𝑉 d𝑟
4𝜋𝑟 𝑘𝑆
d𝑡 d𝑡
d𝑟
𝑘
d𝑡
d𝑉
When 𝑉 0.5, 0.1
d𝑡
4 1 3
𝜋𝑟 so 𝑟
3 2 8𝜋
0.1
𝑘 4𝜋𝑟 0.1 so 𝑘 0.0328
4𝜋𝑟
b
Integrating:
𝑟 𝑟 0 𝑘𝑡
3
𝑟 0
8𝜋
𝑟 0 0.1 3
Then when 𝑟 0, 𝑡 𝑟 0 40𝜋 𝑟 0 40𝜋
𝑘 4𝜋 𝑟 0 8𝜋
15 minutes
26
d𝑦
Let 𝑧
d𝑥
d𝑧 d 𝑦
Then 𝑥e
d𝑥 d𝑥
Euler’s method:
𝑦 𝑥 ℎ 𝑦 𝑥 ℎ 𝑧 𝑥
𝑧 𝑥 ℎ 𝑧 𝑥 ℎ 𝑥e
𝑦 0 0, 𝑧 0 1, ℎ 0.1
From GDC, 𝑦 1 0.904
27
d𝑦
Let 𝑧
d𝑥
d𝑧 d 𝑦
Then 2𝑥 𝑦
d𝑥 d𝑥
Euler’s method:
𝑦 𝑥 ℎ 𝑦 𝑥 ℎ 𝑧 𝑥
𝑧 𝑥 ℎ 𝑧 𝑥 ℎ 2𝑥 𝑦 𝑥
a
𝑦 0 1, 𝑧 0 2, ℎ 0.1
Then
𝑦 0.1 𝑦 0 0.1𝑧 0 1.2
d𝑦
0.1 𝑧 0.1 𝑧 0 0.1 2 0 1 2.1
d𝑥
b
From GDC, 𝑦 1 3.96

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 4


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
28
Euler’s method:
𝑥 𝑡 ℎ 𝑥 𝑡 ℎ 𝑥 𝑡
𝑦 𝑡 ℎ 𝑦 𝑡 ℎ 𝑦 𝑡
𝑥 0 1, 𝑦 0 2, ℎ 0.1
From GDC, 𝑥 1 9.46, 𝑦 1 3.71

Exercise 11B
In many of these solutions, the initial unknown constant will be multiplied by a constant during
rearrangement; a new letter is used for the amended constant without further justification, unless
the transformation imposes limits upon it. For example, in Q9, the initial constant of integration
𝑘 is multiplied by 3 to become 𝑐. Just as 𝑘 is an arbitrary constant, so is 3𝑘 𝑐, so no comment
is required.
8
𝑦 d𝑦 1 d𝑥
𝑦 𝑥 𝑐
1
𝑦
𝑥 𝑐
9
𝑦 d𝑦 cos 𝑥 d𝑥
1
𝑦 sin 𝑥 𝑘
3
𝑦 √3 sin 𝑥 𝑐
10
e d𝑦 2𝑥 d𝑥
e 𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 ln 𝑥 𝑐
11 a
𝑦 d𝑦 sec 𝑥 d𝑥
ln|𝑦| tan 𝑥 𝑐
|𝑦| e e 𝐴e , for arbitrary constant 𝐴 0
𝑦 𝐴e , for arbitrary constant 𝐴
b
𝑦 0 4 𝐴
𝑦 4e
12
4𝑦 d𝑦 9𝑥 d𝑥
2𝑦 3𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 0 3
2 3 3 0 𝑐
𝑐 18
2𝑦 3𝑥 18

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 5


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

13

Worked solutions
𝑦 d𝑦 𝑥 d𝑥
ln|𝑦| ln|𝑥| 𝑐
𝑦
ln 𝑐
𝑥
𝑦
e 𝐾
𝑥
𝐾 0 is an arbitrary constant. Removing the modulus restriction,
𝑦
𝐴
𝑥
where 𝐴 0 is an arbitrary constant.
𝑦 𝐴𝑥, 𝐴 0
Since 𝑦 0 is also a solution of the differential equation, the full solution is
𝑦 𝐴𝑥 with no restriction on constant 𝐴.

14
𝑦 d𝑦 2𝑥 d𝑥
𝑦 𝑥 𝑐
1
𝑦
𝑥 𝑐

15
𝑦 d𝑦 3𝑥 d𝑥
1 3
𝑦 𝑥 𝑐
3 2
𝑦 2 3
1 3
3 2 𝑐
3 2
9 6 𝑐
𝑐 3
9
𝑦 𝑥 9
2
9
𝑦 𝑥 2
2

16 a
𝑦 1 d𝑦 2𝑥 4 d𝑥
ln|𝑦 1| 𝑥 4𝑥 𝑐
|𝑦 1| e e 𝐴e , for arbitrary constant 𝐴 0
𝑦 1 𝐴e , for arbitrary 𝐴
𝑦 1 𝐴e
b
𝑦 0 2 1 𝐴⇒𝐴 1
𝑦 1 e

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 6


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

17

Worked solutions
sec 𝑦 d𝑦 cos 𝑥 d𝑥
tan 𝑦 sin 𝑥 𝑘
sin 𝑥 tan 𝑦 𝑘 𝑐

18 a
d𝑚
𝑘𝑚
d𝑡
d𝑚
When 𝑚 25, 5 so 𝑘 0.2
d𝑡
b
d𝑚
0.2𝑚
d𝑡
𝑚 d𝑚 0.2 d𝑡
ln|𝑚| 0.2𝑡 𝑐
|𝑚| e e . 𝐴e . , for arbitrary constant 𝐴 0
.
𝑚 𝐴𝑒 for arbitrary constant 𝐴
𝑚 0 25 𝐴
𝑚 25e .
c
When 𝑚 12.5, e . 0.5
𝑡 5 ln 0.5 3.47 seconds

19 a
d𝑁
𝑘𝑁
d𝑡
𝑑N
When 𝑁 2000, 500
𝑑t
𝑘 0.25
b
𝑁 d𝑁 0.25 d𝑡
ln|𝑁| 0.25𝑡 𝑐
|𝑁| e e . 𝐴e . , for arbitrary constant 𝐴 0
.
𝑁 𝐴e
𝑁 0 𝐴 2000
𝑁 10 2000e . 24 000

20 a
d𝑉
𝑘𝑉
d𝑡
d𝑉
When 𝑉 300, 10 ⇒ 𝑘 10 300
d𝑡
d𝑉 3000
d𝑡 𝑉

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 7


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝑉 d𝑉 3000 d𝑡
1
𝑉 3000𝑡 𝑐
2
𝑉 √6000𝑡 𝑐̃
𝑉 0 300 √𝑐̃ ⇒ 𝑐̃ 90000
𝑉 √6000𝑡 90000 20 15 𝑡 15

21 a
d𝑣
10 0.1𝑣 0.1 𝑣 100
d𝑡
Tip: When separating variables, it is often useful to factor out the expression so that the variable
taken to the left has a coefficient of 1, and you leave the multiple on the right side. This saves
additional rearrangement later.
𝑣 100 d𝑣 0.1 d𝑡
ln|𝑣 100| 0.1𝑡 𝑐
|𝑣 100| e e . 𝐴e . , for arbitrary constant 𝐴 0
.
𝑣 100 𝐴e
𝑣 0 0 100 𝐴 ⇒ 𝐴 100
.
𝑣 100 1 e
b)
Velocity is always positive in this model, so distance travelled will be the integral of 𝑣
over time:
𝑑 3 𝑣 d𝑡 40.8 m
22
𝑦 d𝑦 4e d𝑥
1
𝑦 2e 𝑐
2
𝑦 2𝑐 4e
𝑦 0 2 √2𝑐 4
The curve follows the negative root for the model, 2𝑐 4 4 so 𝑐 4
𝑦 2 2 e

23
d𝑦
e e e
d𝑥
e d𝑦 e d𝑥
e e 𝑐
𝑦 ln 𝑐 e
𝑦 ln 𝑘 e

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 8


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

24

Worked solutions
d𝑦
2e 2e e
d𝑥
e d𝑦 2e d𝑥
1
e 2e 𝑐
2
e 4e 𝑘
1
𝑦 ln 𝑘 4e
2
1
𝑦 0 0 ln 𝑘 4 so 𝑘 3
2
1
𝑦 ln 4e 3
2

25
d𝑦
𝑥𝑦 2𝑥 𝑦 2 𝑥 1 𝑦 2
d𝑥
Separating variables:
1
d𝑦 𝑥 1 d𝑥
𝑦 2
1
ln|𝑦 2| 𝑥 𝑥 𝑐
2
𝑦 2 𝐾e . 𝐾 e
𝑦 𝐾 e 2
𝑦 3 0 𝐾 e 2
.
So 𝐾 2e
𝑦 2 e 2
𝐴 2, 𝐵 2

26
𝑦 d𝑦 sin 𝑥 d𝑥
1
𝑦 𝑐 cos 𝑥
2
𝑦 √2𝑐 2 cos 𝑥
𝑦 0 10 √2𝑐 2 so the curve follows the positive root and 2𝑐 102
𝑦 √102 2 cos 𝑥

27 a
d𝑦 cos 𝑥
d𝑥 sin 𝑦
sin 𝑦 d𝑦 cos 𝑥 d𝑥
cos 𝑦 𝑐 sin 𝑥
sin 𝑥 cos 𝑦 𝑐

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 9


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝜋 𝜋
𝑦
6 3
𝜋 𝜋
sin cos 𝑐 1
6 3
sin 𝑥 cos 𝑦 1
𝜋
When 𝑥 , sin 𝑥 1
2
cos 𝑦 0
𝜋
𝑦
2

28
𝑦 𝑣𝑥 so 𝑦 𝑥𝑣′ 𝑣
𝑥𝑦 2𝑥 3𝑦
𝑥 𝑣 𝑥𝑣 2𝑥 3𝑥𝑣
𝑥𝑣 𝑣 2 3𝑣
𝑥𝑣 2 2𝑣
Separating variables:
1 2
d𝑣 d𝑥
1 𝑣 𝑥
ln|1 𝑣| 2 ln|𝑥| 𝑐 ln|𝐴|𝑥
|1 𝑣| |𝐴|𝑥
Since 𝐴 is an unrestricted unknown, we can drop the modulus signs.
𝑦
1 𝐴𝑥
𝑥
𝑦 𝐴𝑥 𝑥

29 a
𝑥𝑦𝑦 𝑥 𝑦
𝑥 𝑦 𝑦
Then 𝑦 𝑣 𝑣 where 𝑣
𝑦 𝑥 𝑥
Since 𝑦′ can be expressed as a function solely of 𝑥𝑦 , this is a homogeneous
differential equation.
b
Substitute 𝑦 𝑣𝑥 so 𝑦 𝑣 𝑥𝑣
𝑣 𝑥𝑣 𝑣 𝑣
𝑥𝑣 𝑣
Separating variables:
1
𝑣 d𝑣 d𝑥
𝑥
1
𝑣 ln|𝑥| 𝑐 ln|𝐴𝑥|
2
𝑦 2𝑥 ln|𝐴𝑥|

30 a
𝑦
2𝑥 𝑦 2 2 𝑣 𝑦
𝑦 𝑥 where 𝑣
4𝑥 4 4 𝑥
Since 𝑦′ can be expressed as a function solely of 𝑥𝑦 , this is a homogeneous
differential equation.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 10


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Substitute 𝑦 𝑣𝑥 so 𝑦 𝑣 𝑥𝑣
2 𝑣
𝑣 𝑥𝑣
4
4 𝑣
𝑥𝑣
4
Separating variables:
4 1
d𝑣 d𝑥
4 𝑣 𝑥
𝑣
2 arctan ln|𝑥| 𝑐 ln|𝐴𝑥|
2
𝑦 1
tan 𝑙𝑛|𝐴𝑥|
2𝑥 2
1
𝑦 2𝑥 tan 𝑙𝑛|𝐴𝑥|
2
1
𝑦 1 0 ⇒ 0 2 tan 𝑙𝑛|𝐴|
2
1
ln|𝐴| 0 so set 𝐴 1
2
1
𝑦 2𝑥 tan 𝑙𝑛|𝑥|
2

31
𝑦
𝑥 𝑦 1
𝑦′ 𝑥
𝑥 𝑥𝑦 𝑦
1
𝑥
𝑦
Let 𝑣 , so 𝑦 𝑣𝑥 and then 𝑦 𝑣𝑥 𝑣
𝑥
1 𝑣
𝑣𝑥 𝑣
1 𝑣
1 𝑣
𝑣𝑥
1 𝑣
1 𝑣 1
d𝑣 d𝑥
1 𝑣 𝑥
2 1
1 d𝑣 d𝑥
1 𝑣 𝑥
2 ln|1 𝑣| 𝑣 ln|𝑥| 𝑐
𝑦 𝑦
2 ln 1 ln|𝑘𝑥|
𝑥 𝑥
𝑦 𝑦 |𝑘| 𝑥 𝑦
ln 1 ln|𝐴𝑥| ln
𝑥 𝑥 |𝑥|
|𝐴𝑥|
𝑦 𝑥 ln
𝑥 𝑦

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 11


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

32 a

Worked solutions
𝑦
𝑦 2
𝑥
𝑦
Let 𝑣 , so 𝑦 𝑣𝑥 and then 𝑦 𝑣𝑥 𝑣
𝑥
𝑣𝑥 𝑣 2 𝑣
𝑣 𝑥 2 2𝑣 2 𝑣 1
1 2
d𝑣 d𝑥
𝑣 1 𝑥
ln|𝑣 1| 2 ln|𝑥| 𝑘
ln|𝑣 1| ln|𝐴𝑥 | 0
ln|𝐴 𝑥𝑦 𝑥 | 0
𝐴 𝑥𝑦 𝑥 1
𝑥 𝐴
𝑦
𝑥
Since 𝐴 is an arbitrary constant of unknown sign, we can generalise:
𝑐
𝑦 𝑥
𝑥

b
𝑦 1 5 1 𝑐⇒𝑐 4
4
𝑦 𝑥
𝑥

33
𝑦 3𝑥 4
𝑦
𝑥
1
d𝑦 3𝑥 4𝑥 d𝑥
𝑦
ln|𝑦| 3 ln|𝑥| 4𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 4
ln 𝑐
𝑥 𝑥
𝑦
e
𝑥
𝑦 𝑥 e
𝑦 2 8 8e ⇒𝑐 2
𝑦 𝑥 e

34
𝑦 9
𝑦
𝑥
1 1
d𝑦 d𝑥
𝑦 9 𝑥
1 𝑦
arctan ln|𝑥| 𝑐
3 3
𝑦
arctan 3 ln|𝐴𝑥|
3
𝑦 3 tan 3 ln|𝐴𝑥|

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 12


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

35

Worked solutions
𝑑𝑦 2𝑥 1 𝑦
𝑑𝑥 1 𝑥
1 2𝑥
d𝑦 d𝑥
1 𝑦 1 𝑥
arcsin 𝑦 ln|1 𝑥 | 𝑐
𝑦 sin ln|1 𝑥 | 𝑐
𝑦 0 0, 𝑐 0
𝑦 sin ln|1 𝑥 |

36
𝑦 1 𝑥 𝑦
𝑦
1 𝑥 1 𝑥
(𝑥 1)
1 1
d𝑦 d𝑥
𝑦 1 𝑥
ln|𝑦| ln|1 𝑥| 𝑐
𝑦
e
1 𝑥
𝑦 𝑘 1 𝑥
𝑦 0 2 𝑘
𝑦 2 1 𝑥

37
cos 𝑥 𝑦 sec 𝑦
cos 𝑦 d𝑦 sec 𝑥 d𝑥
sin 𝑦 tan 𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 arcsin tan 𝑥 𝑐

38 a
𝑁 0.6𝑁 0.002𝑁 0.002 300𝑁 𝑁
1
d𝑁 0.002 d𝑡
300𝑁 𝑁
1
d𝑁 0.002𝑡 𝑐
𝑁 300 𝑁
1 1 1
d𝑁 0.002𝑡 𝑐
300 𝑁 300 𝑁
𝑁
ln 0.6𝑡 300𝑐𝑒
300 𝑁
𝑁
e .
300 𝑁
200
𝑁 0 200 ⇒ e ⇒e 2
100
𝑁
2e .
300 𝑁
𝑁 1 2e . 600e .
.
600e 600
𝑁
1 2e . 2 e .

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 13


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
As 𝑡 → ∞, 𝑁 increases towards the limit population 300.

39 a
𝑎 𝑣 10 0.1𝑣 0.1 𝑣 100
1
d𝑣 0.1 d𝑡
𝑣 100
1 1 1
d𝑣 0.1 d𝑡
20 𝑣 10 𝑣 10
𝑣 10
ln 2𝑡 𝑐
𝑣 10
𝑣 10
𝐴e
𝑣 10
10
𝑣 0 0⇒ 𝐴⇒𝐴 1
10
𝑣 1 e 10 1 e
10 1 e 10 e 1
𝑣
1 e e 1

b
Let 𝑢 e 1 so d𝑢 2e d𝑡 2 𝑢 1 d𝑡 
10 e 1
𝑣 𝑥  
e 1
10 e 1 10 𝑢 2 1
𝑥 d𝑡 d𝑢 
e 1 𝑢 2 𝑢 1
5 𝑢 2
𝑥 d𝑢 
𝑢 𝑢 1
Partial fractions: 
5 𝑢 2 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵 
𝑢 𝑢 1 𝑢 𝑢 1
Multiplying through by the denominator of the LHS: 
5 𝑢 2 𝐴 𝑢 1 𝐵𝑢 
𝑢 1: 5 𝐵 
𝑢 0: 10 𝐴 
5 𝑢 2 10 5
 
𝑢 𝑢 1 𝑢 𝑢 1
10 5
𝑥 d𝑢 10 ln|𝑢| 5 ln|𝑢 1| 𝑐 
𝑢 𝑢 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 14


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

At 𝑡 0, 𝑥 0 and 𝑢 2 so 0 10 ln 2 𝑐⇒𝑐 10 ln 2 

Worked solutions
𝑥 10 ln e 1 5 ln 𝑒 10 ln 2 
5 ln e 1 ln e ln 4
e 1
5 ln
4e
 
40 a
𝑦 𝑥𝑦 𝑦 1  
Let 𝑧 𝑦  so 𝑧 𝑦 𝑦 
𝑧 𝑥𝑦 𝑦 1 𝑥 1 𝑦 𝑥 𝑧 1  

b
1
d𝑧 𝑥 d𝑥 
𝑧 1
1
ln|𝑧 1| 𝑥 𝑐 
2
𝑧 1 𝐴e  
1
𝑦  
1 𝐴e
1 1
𝑦 0 ⇒𝐴 2 
3 1 𝐴
1
𝑦  
1 2e
41 a
𝑥 𝑦 𝑥𝑦 𝑥 2
Let 𝑢 𝑦 𝑥 so 𝑦 𝑢 𝑥 and 𝑦 𝑢 𝑥
𝑢 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑢 𝑥 𝑥 2
𝑢𝑥 1 𝑥𝑢 1 𝑥 2
𝑢𝑥 𝑥𝑢 𝑥
𝑥𝑢 𝑢 1

b
1 1
d𝑢 d𝑥
𝑢 1 𝑥
ln|𝑢 1| ln|𝑥| 𝑐 ln 𝐴𝑥
𝑢 1 𝐴𝑥
𝑦 𝑥 1 𝐴𝑥
𝑦 𝐴𝑥 1 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 15


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

42

Worked solutions
2𝑥 3𝑦 3 𝑦 2𝑥 2𝑦 1
Let 𝑧 2𝑥 3𝑦 so 𝑧 2 3𝑦
𝑧 3 2 𝑧 2 2𝑥 𝑧
2𝑥 1
3 3
2 𝑧 3 𝑧 3 𝑧 6𝑥 4𝑥 2𝑧 3
𝑧 3 𝑧 2𝑥 3
𝑧 3 d𝑧 3 2𝑥 d𝑥
1
𝑧 3 3𝑥 𝑥 𝑐
2
𝑧 3 6𝑥 2𝑥 𝑐
When 𝑥 1, 𝑦 1 so 𝑧 1
2 6 2 𝑐⇒𝑐 0
𝑧 3 6𝑥 2𝑥
2𝑥 3𝑦 3 6 2𝑥

43 a
d𝑦 4𝑥 𝑦 7
d𝑥 2𝑥 𝑦 1
Let 𝑥 𝑢 1, 𝑦 𝑣 3 so
4𝑥 𝑦 7 4𝑢 𝑣, 2𝑥 𝑦 1 2𝑢 𝑣
𝑣
d𝑣 4𝑢 𝑣 4 𝑢
d𝑢 2𝑢 𝑣 2 𝑣
𝑢
This is a homogeneous equation because the derivative can be expressed as a function
of the ratio of the variables.
b
Let 𝑣 𝑢𝑤 so 𝑢 𝑤
d𝑤 4 𝑤
𝑢 𝑤
d𝑢 2 𝑤
d𝑤 4 3𝑤 𝑤
𝑢
d𝑢 2 𝑤
2 𝑤 1
d𝑤 d𝑢
4 𝑤 1 𝑤 𝑢
2 𝑤 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
4 𝑤 1 𝑤 4 𝑤 1 𝑤
Multiplying through by the denominator of the LHS: 
2 𝑤 𝐴 1 𝑤 𝐵 4 𝑤  
3
𝑤 1: 3 5𝐵 ⇒ 𝐵  
5
2
𝑤 4: 2 5𝐴 ⇒ 𝐴  
5
2 𝑤 1 3 2
4 𝑤 1 𝑤 5 1 𝑤 4 𝑤
1 3 2 1
d𝑤 d𝑢
5 1 𝑤 4 𝑤 𝑢

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 16


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

3 ln|1 𝑤| 2 ln|4 𝑤| 𝑘 10 ln|𝑢|

Worked solutions
ln |𝑢| |1 𝑤| 4 𝑤 𝑘
𝑢 1 𝑤 4 𝑤 𝑐
Substituting back 𝑤
𝑢 𝑣 4𝑢 𝑣 𝑐
Substituting back 𝑢 𝑥 1, 𝑣 𝑦 3:
𝑥 𝑦 4 4𝑥 𝑦 1 𝑐

44
𝑦 cos 𝑥 𝑦 1
Let 𝑧 𝑥 𝑦 so 𝑧 1 𝑦
𝑧 1 cos 𝑧 1
𝑧 cos 𝑧
sec 𝑧 d𝑧 1 d𝑥
tan 𝑧 𝑥 𝑐
𝑧 arctan 𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 𝑧 𝑥 arctan 𝑥 𝑐 𝑥

45
𝑦′ 1 𝑥 1 𝑦
1 1
d𝑦 d𝑥
1 𝑦 √1 𝑥
arcsin 𝑦 arcsin 𝑥 𝑐
Taking sine of both sides and using compound angle formulae:
𝑦 sin 𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑥 𝑐 𝑥 cos 𝑐 cos arcsin 𝑥 sin 𝑐
𝑥 cos 𝑐 1 𝑥 sin 𝑐
𝐶𝑥 𝐷 1 𝑥
Where 𝐶 cos 𝑐 is an unknown constant in 1, 1 and 𝐷 √1 𝐶 is also a value
in 1, 1
√3 1 𝐶 √3 𝐷
𝑦
2 2 2 2
1 𝐶√3 𝐷
1 2𝐶√3 3𝐶 1 𝐶
4𝐶 2𝐶√3 0
√3 1
𝐶 0, 𝐷 1 or 𝐶 ,𝐷
2 2
3 1
𝐴 0, 𝐵 1 or 𝐴 ,𝐵
4 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 17


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

46

Worked solutions
𝑀 𝛼𝑀 𝛽𝑀
a
At a point of inflection, 𝑀 0
2
𝑀 𝛼𝑀 𝛽 𝑀
3
Then 𝑀 0 (which only has solution 𝑀 0 or 𝑀 and is never achieved, given the
solution of the differential equation found in part b)
Or 𝛼𝑀 𝛽 0
3𝛽
𝑀
2𝛼
2𝛼 8𝛼
𝑀
3𝛽 27𝛽
b
Let 𝑣 𝑀 so 𝑣 𝑀 𝑀
1 𝛽 𝛼
𝑣 𝛼 𝛽𝑣 𝑣
3 3 𝛽
1 𝛽
𝛼 d𝑣 3
d𝑡
𝑣
𝛽
𝛼 𝛽𝑡
ln 𝑣 𝑐
𝛽 3
𝛼
𝑣 𝑘e
𝛽
𝛼
𝑣 𝑘e
𝛽
𝛼
𝑀 𝑘e
𝛽
c
𝛼
As 𝑡 → ∞, 𝑀 →
𝛽
d

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 18


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Exercise 11C

Worked solutions
5 a 𝜇 e e
b
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
e 3e 𝑦 e
d𝑥
d
e 𝑦 e
d𝑥
1
e 𝑦 e 𝑐
4
1
𝑦 e 𝑐e
4
6
𝜇 e e

Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:


d𝑦
e 2e 𝑦 e
d𝑥
d
e 𝑦 e
d𝑥
e 𝑦 e 𝑐
𝑦 e 𝑐e
7 a 𝜇 e e
b
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
e 2𝑥e 𝑦 1 8𝑥e
d𝑥
d
2𝑥e 𝑦 1 8𝑥e
d𝑥
e 𝑦 𝑥 4𝑒 𝑐
𝑦 𝑥e 4 𝑐e
8 a 𝜇 e e
b
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
e 4𝑥e 𝑦 5 12𝑥e
d𝑥
d
e 𝑦 5 12𝑥e
d𝑥
e 𝑦 5𝑥 3𝑒 𝑐
𝑦 5𝑥e 3 𝑐e
9 a 𝜇 e e e 𝑥
b
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
𝑥 3𝑥 𝑦 2𝑥
d𝑥
d
𝑥 𝑦 2𝑥
d𝑥
𝑥 𝑦 2 ln|𝑥| 𝑐
𝑦 2𝑥 ln|𝑥| 𝑐𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 19


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
10 a 𝜇 e e e 𝑥
b
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
𝑥 2𝑥𝑦 12𝑥
d𝑥
d
𝑥 𝑦 12𝑥
d𝑥
𝑥 𝑦 3𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 3𝑥 𝑐𝑥
𝑦 1 5 3 𝑐⇒𝑐 2
𝑦 3𝑥 2𝑥
11
𝜇 e e
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
e sin 𝑥 e 𝑦 2
d𝑥
d
e 𝑦 2
d𝑥
e 𝑦 2𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 2𝑥 𝑐 e
12
𝜇 e e
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
e 10𝑥e 𝑦 3
d𝑥
d
e 𝑦 3
d𝑥
e 𝑦 3𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 3𝑥 𝑐 e
𝑦 0 4 𝑐
𝑦 3𝑥 4 e

13
𝜇 e e 𝑥
b)
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
𝑥 𝑦 𝑥
d𝑥
d
𝑥𝑦 𝑥
d𝑥
𝑥𝑦 𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 𝑥 𝑐𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 20


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

14 a 𝜇 e e sec 𝑥

Worked solutions
b
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
sec 𝑥 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥 𝑦 sec 𝑥
d𝑥
d
sec 𝑥 𝑦 sec 𝑥
d𝑥
sec 𝑥 𝑦 tan 𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 sin 𝑥 𝑐 cos 𝑥

15 a 𝜇 e e e sec 𝑥 cos 𝑥
b
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
cos 𝑥 2 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 𝑦 1
d𝑥
d
cos 𝑥 𝑦 1
d𝑥
cos 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 𝑥 𝑐 sec 𝑥
𝜋 𝜋
𝑦 8 𝑐 2
4 4
𝜋
𝑐 4
4
𝜋
𝑦 𝑥 4 sec 𝑥
4

16 a 𝜇 e e
b
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
e e cos 𝑥 𝑦 e cos 𝑥
d𝑥
d
e 𝑦 e cos 𝑥
d𝑥
e 𝑦 e 𝑐
𝑦 1 𝑐e

17 a 𝜇 e e 𝑥
b
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
𝑥 𝑦 𝑥
d𝑥
d
𝑥𝑦 𝑥
d𝑥
𝑥𝑦 ln|𝑥| 𝑐
ln|𝑥| 𝑐
𝑦
𝑥
𝑦 1 2 𝑐
ln|𝑥| 2
𝑦
𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 21


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

18

Worked solutions
𝜇 e e 𝑥 2
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
𝑥 2 𝑦 𝑥 𝑥 2
d𝑥
d
𝑥 2 𝑦 𝑥 𝑥 2
d𝑥
1 1 2𝑥 3𝑥 12𝑥 𝑐
𝑥 2 𝑦 𝑥 𝑥 2𝑥 𝑘
3 2 6
2𝑥 3𝑥 12𝑥 𝑐
𝑦
6 𝑥 2

19
𝜇 e e 𝑥 1
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
𝑥 1 2𝑥𝑦 2𝑥 2𝑥
d𝑥
d
𝑥 1 𝑦 2𝑥 2𝑥
d𝑥
1 𝑥 2𝑥 𝑐
𝑥 1 𝑦 𝑥 𝑥 𝑘
2 2
𝑥 2𝑥 𝑐
𝑦
2 𝑥 1
𝑐
𝑦 0 0
2
𝑥 2𝑥
𝑦
2 𝑥 1

20
d𝑦
2𝑥 𝑦 4𝑥
d𝑥
𝜇 e e 𝑒 𝑥
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
𝑥 2𝑥𝑦 4𝑥
d𝑥
d
𝑥 𝑦 4𝑥
d𝑥
𝑥 𝑦 2𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 2 𝑐𝑥

21
Tip: If you do not recognise that the equation already has a perfect derivative on the left side,
rearrange and find the integrating factor in the normal way. If you do observe this fact, you can
integrate immediately but be clear about your reasoning.
d𝑦 𝑦 6𝑥
d𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 1
𝜇 e e 𝑥 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 22


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:

Worked solutions
d𝑦
𝑥 1 𝑦 6𝑥
d𝑥
d
𝑥 1 𝑦 6𝑥
d𝑥
𝑥 1 𝑦 3𝑥 𝑐
3𝑥 𝑐
𝑦
𝑥 1

22
𝜇 e e cos 𝑥
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 𝑦 cos 𝑥
d𝑥
d 1
cos 𝑥 𝑦 cos 𝑥 cos 2𝑥 1
d𝑥 2
1 1 1 1
cos 𝑥 𝑦 sin 2𝑥 𝑥 𝑐 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 𝑥 𝑐
4 2 2 2
1 1
𝑦 sin 𝑥 𝑥 𝑐 sec 𝑥
2 2

23
Left side is a perfect derivative
d
𝑥 𝑦 e
d𝑥
𝑥 𝑦 e 𝑐
e 𝑐
𝑦
𝑥
𝑦 1 0 e 𝑐⇒𝑐 e
e e
𝑦
𝑥
e e
Then 𝑦 2
4

24
d𝑦
2 tan 𝑥 𝑦 3 sec 𝑥
d𝑥
𝜇 e e cos 𝑥
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
cos 𝑥 2 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 𝑦 3 cos 𝑥
d𝑥
d
cos 𝑥 𝑦 3 cos 𝑥
d𝑥
cos 𝑥 𝑦 3 sin 𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 3 sin 𝑥 𝑐 sec 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 23


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

25

Worked solutions
d𝑦
cot 𝑥 𝑦 1
d𝑥
𝜇 e e sin 𝑥
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 𝑦 sin 𝑥
d𝑥
d
sin 𝑥 𝑦 sin 𝑥
d𝑥
sin 𝑥 𝑦 cos 𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 cot 𝑥 𝑐 cosec 𝑥
𝜋
𝑦 1 1 𝑐√2 ⇒ 𝑐 √2
4
𝑦 √2 cosec 𝑥 cot 𝑥

26
d𝑦 2 𝑥
𝑦
d𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 3
𝜇 e e 𝑥
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦 1
𝑥 2𝑥 𝑦
d𝑥 𝑥 3
d 1
𝑥 𝑦
d𝑥 𝑥 3
𝑥 𝑦 ln|𝑥 3| 𝑐
𝑦 𝑥 ln|𝑥 3| 𝑐

27
d𝑦
tan 𝑥 𝑦 cos 𝑥
d𝑥
𝜇 e e sec 𝑥
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
sec 𝑥 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥 𝑦 1
d𝑥
d
sec 𝑥 𝑦 1
d𝑥
sec 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 cos 𝑥 𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 0 2 𝑐
𝑦 𝑥 2 cos 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 24


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

28

Worked solutions
d𝑦 2 1
𝑦
d𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
d𝑦 2𝑥 𝑥
𝑦
d𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 1
𝜇 e e 𝑥 1
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
𝑥 1 2𝑥𝑦 𝑥
d𝑥
d
𝑥 1 𝑦 𝑥
d𝑥
1 𝑥 𝑐
𝑥 1 𝑦 𝑥 𝑘
2 2
𝑥 𝑐
𝑦
2 𝑥 1
29 a 2𝑣 10
ai
𝜇 e e
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑣
e 2𝑒 𝑣 10e
d𝑡
d
𝑒 𝑣 10e
d𝑡
e 𝑣 5e 𝑐
𝑣 5 𝑐e
𝑣 0 𝑣 5 𝑐⇒𝑐 𝑣 5
𝑣 5 𝑣 5 e
aii 𝑣 → 5 as 𝑡 → ∞
b 𝑣 10
bi
𝜇 e e 𝑡 1
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑣
𝑡 1 𝑣 10 𝑡 1
d𝑡
d
𝑡 1 𝑣 10 𝑡 1
d𝑡
𝑡 1 𝑣 5 t 1 𝑐
𝑐
𝑣 5 𝑡 1
𝑡 1
𝑣 0 𝑣 5 𝑐⇒𝑐 𝑣 5
𝑣 5
𝑣 5 𝑡 1
𝑡 1
bii Then
d𝑣 𝑣 5
5
d𝑡 𝑡 1
d𝑣
So → 5 as 𝑡 → ∞
d𝑡
Long term acceleration is 5 m s

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 25


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

30 a

Worked solutions
Using product rule:
d d𝑦
𝑥 𝑦 2𝑥𝑦 2𝑥 𝑦
d𝑥 d𝑥
b)
d𝑦 𝑦 1
d𝑥 𝑥 𝑥𝑦
Multiplying both sides by 2𝑥 𝑦:
d𝑦
2𝑥𝑦 2𝑥 𝑦 2𝑥
d𝑥
d
𝑥 𝑦 2𝑥
d𝑥
𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 1 𝑐𝑥
𝑦 1 𝑐𝑥 or 1 𝑐𝑥

31 a
d𝑦
3𝑥𝑦 𝑦 e
d𝑥
Let 𝑧 𝑦
d𝑧 d𝑦
Then 3𝑦 and 𝑧 𝑦
d𝑥 d𝑥
d𝑧
𝑥 𝑧 e
d𝑥
b
Left side is a perfect derivative
d
𝑥𝑧 e
d𝑥
𝑥𝑧 e 𝑐
e 𝑐
𝑧
𝑥
e 𝑐
𝑦 √𝑧 so 𝑦
𝑥

32 a
d𝑦 𝑦
2𝑦 𝑥
d𝑥 𝑥
d𝑧 d𝑦
Let 𝑧 𝑦 so 2𝑦
d𝑥 d𝑥
Substituting:
d𝑧 1
𝑧 𝑥
d𝑥 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 26


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝜇 e e 𝑥
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑧
𝑥 𝑥 𝑧 𝑥
d𝑥
d
𝑥 𝑧 𝑥
d𝑥
1
𝑥 𝑧 𝑥 𝑐
2
1
𝑧 𝑥 𝑐𝑥
2
𝑦 √𝑧
1 1
𝑦 𝑥 𝑐𝑥 or 𝑥 𝑐𝑥
2 2
𝑦 2 2 √4 2𝑐 using the negative root ⇒ 𝑐 0
𝑥
𝑦
2

33
d𝑦 𝑥 𝑦
d𝑥 2𝑥𝑦
d𝑦 1 d𝑢
Let 𝑦 √𝑢 so and 𝑦 𝑢
d𝑥 2√𝑢 d𝑥
1 d𝑢 𝑥 𝑢
2√𝑢 d𝑥 2𝑥√𝑢
d𝑢 𝑥 𝑢
𝑥 𝑥 𝑢
d𝑥 𝑥
d𝑢
𝑥 𝑢 𝑥
d𝑥
𝜇 e e 𝑥
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑢
𝑥 𝑥 𝑢 1
d𝑥
d
𝑥 𝑢 1
d𝑥
𝑥 𝑢 𝑥 𝑐
𝑢 𝑥 𝑐𝑥
𝑦 𝑥 𝑐𝑥

34 a
d𝑦
cos 𝑦 tan 𝑥 sin 𝑦 2 cos 𝑥
d𝑥
d𝑧 d𝑦
Let 𝑧 sin 𝑦 so cos 𝑦
d𝑥 d𝑥
Substituting:
d𝑧
tan 𝑥 𝑧 2 cos 𝑥
d𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 27


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝜇 e e sec 𝑥
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑧
sec 𝑥 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥 𝑧 2 cos 𝑥
d𝑥
d
sec 𝑥 𝑧 2 cos 𝑥
d𝑥
sec 𝑥 𝑧 2 sin 𝑥 𝑐
𝑧 2 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 𝑐 cos 𝑥 sin 2𝑥 𝑐 cos 𝑥
𝑧 sin 𝑦
sin 2𝑥 sin 𝑦 𝑐 cos 𝑥
𝜋 𝜋
𝑦
4 6
1 𝑐 1
1 so 𝑐
2 √2 √2

Then sin 2𝑥 sin 𝑦 cos 𝑥
35 a
d 𝑦 1 d𝑦
𝑥
d𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥
d𝑦 d𝑧 d𝑦 d 𝑦
Let 𝑧 𝑥 so 𝑥
d𝑥 d𝑥 d𝑥 d𝑥
d 𝑦 1 d𝑧 d𝑦 1 d𝑧 1
Then 𝑧
d𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥
Substituting:
1 d𝑧 1 1
𝑧 𝑧 𝑥
𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
d𝑧 2
𝑧 𝑥
d𝑥 𝑥

b
𝜇 e e 𝑥
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑧
𝑥 2𝑥 𝑧 1
d𝑥
d
𝑥 𝑧 1
d𝑥
𝑥 𝑧 𝑥 𝑐
𝑧 𝑥 𝑐𝑥

c
d𝑦
𝑥 𝑥 𝑐𝑥
d𝑥
d𝑦
𝑥 𝑐𝑥
d𝑥
1 1
𝑦 𝑥 𝑐𝑥 𝑑
3 2
Since half an unknown constant is still an unknown constant, relabelling:
1
𝑦 𝑥 𝑐̃ 𝑥 𝑑
3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 28


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
36 𝛽𝑃 𝛼e

ai
𝜇 e e
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑃
e 𝛽e 𝑃 𝛼e
d𝑡
d
e 𝑃 𝛼e
d𝑡
𝛼
e 𝑃 e 𝑐
𝛽 𝛾
𝛼
𝑃 e 𝑐e
𝛽 𝛾
𝛼 𝛼
𝑃 0 0 𝑐⇒𝑐
𝛽 𝛾 𝛽 𝛾
𝛼
𝑃 e e
𝛽 𝛾

aii
Stationary point where
d𝑃
𝛼e 𝛽𝑃 0
d𝑡
𝛼𝛽
𝛼e e e
𝛽 𝛾
𝛽 𝛾 e 𝛽e 𝛽e
𝛾e 𝛽e
𝛽
e
𝛾
1 𝛽
𝑡 ln
𝛽 𝛾 𝛾

aiii

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 29


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
b 𝛽𝑃 𝛼e
𝜇 e e
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑃
e 𝛽e 𝑃 𝛼
d𝑡
d
e 𝑃 𝛼
d𝑡
e 𝑃 𝛼𝑡 𝑐
𝑃 𝛼𝑡 𝑐 e
𝑃 0 0 𝑐⇒𝑐 0
𝑃 𝛼𝑡e

37 𝑘 Bi

a
Separating variables:
1
d Bi 𝑘 d𝑡
Bi
ln Bi 𝑘 𝑡 𝑐
Bi 𝐴e
Bi 0 Bi 𝐴
Bi Bi e

b
The rate of change in amount of Polonium is the resultant of the rate of gain due to
decay of Bismuth and the rate of loss due to decay of Polonium.

c
d Po
𝑘 Bi 𝑘 Po 𝑘 Bi e 𝑘 Po
d𝑡
d Po
𝑘 Po 𝑘 Bi e
d𝑡
This is a linear differential equation for Po .
𝜇 e e
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d Po
e 𝑘 e Po 𝑘 Bi e
d𝑡
d
e Po 𝑘 Bi e
d𝑡
𝑘
e Po Bi e 𝑐
𝑘 𝑘
𝑘
Po Bi e 𝑐e
𝑘 𝑘
𝑘 𝑘
Po 0 0 𝑐 Bi ⇒ 𝑐 Bi
𝑘 𝑘 𝑘 𝑘
𝑘
Po Bi e e
𝑘 𝑘

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 30


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Since the total concentration Bi Po Pb must always equal the initial
concentration Bi ,
Pb Bi Bi Po
𝑘
Bi Bi e Bi e e
𝑘 𝑘
𝑘 𝑘
Bi 1 e e
𝑘 𝑘 𝑘 𝑘

e
As 𝑡 → ∞, Pb → Bi
This is to say, in the long term, all the Bismuth will decay down to lead.

Exercise 11D
Tip at start of exercise: Throughout these worked solutions you will see the ‘order’ notation
𝑂 𝑛 . This means that terms in 𝑥 and greater powers are being discarded in the approximation,
and you may also see this notation in some past paper mark schemes.
Although this notation is not required, it is useful to be precise about exactly which terms you
are discarding, particularly when combining expansions using addition, multiplication or
division, so that you can be confident of the level of precision in your final answer, and so that
you do not leave out any necessary terms or parts of coefficients. It also allows the use of the
equals sign instead of approximately equals .
12 a
f 𝑥 sec 𝑥
f 𝑥 2 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥
f 𝑥 4 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥 2 sec 𝑥
b
f 0 0
f 0 1
f 0 0
f 0 2
Maclaurin series:
𝑥 𝑥
f 𝑥 f 0 𝑥f 0 f 0 f 0 𝑂 𝑥
2! 3!
1
f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3
c
|true value approximate value|
Percentage error 100%
|true value|
0.849%

13 a
f 𝑥 sec 𝑥
f 𝑥 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥
f 𝑥 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥 sec 𝑥
f 𝑥 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥 5 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 31


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
f 0 1
f 0 0
f 0 1
f 0 0
Maclaurin series:
𝑥 𝑥
f 𝑥 f 0 𝑥f 0 f 0 f 0 𝑂 𝑥
2! 3!
1
f 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2
c
1
sec 0.2 1 0.04 1.02
2
|true value approximate value|
Percentage error 100%
|true value|
0.0332%
14
f 𝑥 𝑥 cos 3𝑥
f 𝑥 3𝑥 sin 3𝑥 cos 3𝑥
f 𝑥 9𝑥 cos 3𝑥 6 sin 3𝑥
f 𝑥 27𝑥 sin 3𝑥 27 cos 3𝑥
f 𝑥 81𝑥 cos 3𝑥 108 sin 3𝑥
f 𝑥 243𝑥 sin 3𝑥 405 cos 3𝑥
f 0 0
f 0 1
f 0 0
f 0 27
f 0 0
f 0 405

Maclaurin series:
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
f 𝑥 f 0 𝑥f 0 f 0 f 0 f 0 f 0 𝑂 𝑥
2! 3! 4! 5!
27 405
f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6 120
9 27
f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 8

15 a
1 1
ln 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 3
1 1
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 3
b
When 𝑥 :
1 1 1
ln 0.9
10 200 3000
300 15 1 143
3000 1500

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 32


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

16 a

Worked solutions
f 𝑥 ln e 𝑥
f 𝑥 e 𝑥
f 𝑥 e 𝑥
f 𝑥 2 e 𝑥
f 0 1
f 0 e
f 0 e
f 0 2e

Maclaurin series:
𝑥 𝑥
f 𝑥 f 0 𝑥f 0 f 0 f 0 𝑂 𝑥
2! 3!
1 1 1
f 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
e 2e 3e
b
1 1 1
ln 1 e 1
e 2e 3e
6e 6e 3e 2
6e
c
|true value approximate value|
Percentage error 100%
|true value|
0.27%

17
f 𝑥 ln 1 𝑥 𝑥
1 2𝑥
f 𝑥
1 𝑥 𝑥
2 1 𝑥 𝑥 1 2𝑥 1 2𝑥 2𝑥 3 2
f 𝑥
1 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥
6 1 2𝑥 2 1 2𝑥
f 𝑥
1 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥
f 0 0
f 0 1
f 0 1
f 0 4

Maclaurin series:
𝑥 𝑥
f 𝑥 f 0 𝑥f 0 f 0 f 0 𝑂 𝑥
2! 3!
1 2
f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 33


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

18

Worked solutions
f 𝑥 1 𝑥 sin 2𝑥
f 𝑥 sin 2𝑥 2 1 𝑥 cos 2𝑥
f 𝑥 4 cos 2𝑥 4 1 𝑥 sin 2𝑥
f 𝑥 12 sin 2𝑥 8 1 𝑥 cos 2𝑥
f 𝑥 32 cos 2𝑥 16 1 𝑥 sin 2𝑥
f 0 0
f 0 2
f 0 4
f 0 8
f 0 32
Maclaurin series:
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
f 𝑥 f 0 𝑥f 0 f 0 f 0 f 0 𝑂 𝑥
2! 3! 4!
4 4
f 𝑥 2𝑥 2𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3 3
19 Tip: For a question of this sort you can either use the standard known
Maclaurin series for e and multiply by the polynomial, or you can use differentiation and
calculate coefficients that way. The choice is really a matter of convenience unless the question
specifies. The second method is shown here.
a
f 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 e
f 𝑥 2 3𝑥 𝑥 e
f 𝑥 5 5𝑥 𝑥 e
f 𝑥 10 7𝑥 𝑥 e
f 0 1
f 0 2
f 0 5
f 0 10
Maclaurin series:
𝑥 𝑥
f 𝑥 f 0 𝑥f 0 f 0 f 0 𝑂 𝑥
2! 3!
5 5
f 𝑥 1 2𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 3
b
f 𝑥 e
f 𝑥 1 2𝑥 e
f 𝑥 2 1 2𝑥 1 2𝑥 e 3 4𝑥 4𝑥 e
f 𝑥 4 8𝑥 3 4𝑥 4𝑥 1 2𝑥 e 7 𝑂 𝑥 e
f 0 1
f 0 1
f 0 3
f 0 7
Maclaurin series:
𝑥 𝑥
f 𝑥 f 0 𝑥f 0 f 0 f 0 𝑂 𝑥
2! 3!
3 7
f 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 6

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 34


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Tip: The alternative option here would be to substitute into the known expansion for e .

Worked solutions
Using the 𝑂 𝑥 notation, we can avoid unnecessary calculation of irrelevant terms. Anything
that would result in a power of 𝑥 greater than 3 can simply be ignored, captured by 𝑂 𝑥 :
1 1
e 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 6
1 1
1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 6
3 7
1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 6
20
f 𝑥 √cos 𝑥
1 sin 𝑥
f 𝑥
2 √cos 𝑥
1
1 sin 𝑥
cos 𝑥 √cos 𝑥 2
2 √cos 𝑥
f 𝑥
cos 𝑥
f 0 1
f 0 0
1
f 0
2
Maclaurin series:
𝑥
f 𝑥 f 0 𝑥f 0 f 0 𝑂 𝑥
2!
1
f 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
4

21 a
𝑥 𝑥
Maclaurin series for f 𝑥 ln 1 𝑥 is f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 3
9
So Maclaurin series for g 𝑥 ln 1 3𝑥 is g 𝑥 3𝑥 𝑥 9𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2
b
ln 1 3𝑥 3
𝑂 𝑥
2𝑥 2
ln 1 3𝑥 3
So lim
→ 2𝑥 2

22
Maclaurin series for f 𝑥 sin 2𝑥 is
2𝑥
2𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3!
sin 2𝑥
Then 2 𝑂 𝑥
𝑥
sin 2𝑥
lim 2
→ 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 35


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

23 a

Worked solutions
f 𝑥 tan 𝑥
f 𝑥 sec 𝑥
f 𝑥 2 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥
f 𝑥 4 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥 2 sec 𝑥
f 𝑥 8 sec tan 𝑥 8 sec tan 𝑥
f 𝑥 16 sec tan 𝑥 8 sec 𝑥 32 sec tan 𝑥 8 sec 𝑥
f 0 0
f 0 1
f 0 0
f 0 2
f 0 0
f 0 16

Maclaurin series:
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
f 𝑥 f 0 𝑥f 0 f 0 f 0 f 0 f 0 𝑂 𝑥
2! 3! 4! 5!
1 2
f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3 15
b
1 1 1
e 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 6 24
1 1 1 1 2
e tan 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 6 24 3 15
1 1 1 1
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 3 6 3
5 1
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6 2
24 a
1
sin 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6
1
cos 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2
1 1
sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6 2
1 1
𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 6
2
𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3
b
1
sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 sin 2𝑥
2
1 1
2𝑥 2𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 6
1 4
2𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 3
2
𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 36


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

25 a

Worked solutions
1 𝑥 1
ln ln 1 𝑥 ln 1 𝑥
1 𝑥 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
2 2 3 4 2 3 4

𝑂 𝑥

1 2
2𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 3
1
𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3
b
4 1 𝑥 1.8
When 𝑥 , √9 3
5 1 𝑥 0.2
Substituting:
4 1 64
ln 3
5 3 125
364
375
Tip: This is not a unique, or even a very good, approximation; the smaller the value of 𝑥, the
more accurate the truncated series will be. 𝑥 0.5 gives ln ln √3 ln 3.

Then ln 3 2

This is a more accurate approximation (1.3% error instead of 11.6%).


As long as you give clear justification for your decision, any relevant and useful answer will be
acceptable.
26 a
1
sin 2𝑥 2𝑥 2𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6
4
2𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3
b
sin 2𝑥 7𝑥
25
2𝑥 𝑥
3
6
𝑥
25
√6
𝑥
5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 37


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

27 a

Worked solutions
f 𝑥 arcsin 𝑥
1 .
f 𝑥 1 𝑥
√1 𝑥
.
f 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥
. .
f 𝑥 1 𝑥 3𝑥 1 𝑥
b
f 0 0
f 0 1
f 0 0
f 0 1
Maclaurin series:
𝑥 𝑥
f 𝑥 f 0 𝑥f 0 f 0 f 0 𝑂 𝑥
2! 3!
1
f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6
c
1
sin 2𝑥 2𝑥 2𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6
4
2𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3
d
sin 2𝑥 arcsin 𝑥
4 1
2𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
3 6
9
𝑥 𝑥
6
2
𝑥
3
2
𝑥
3
28 a
𝑥
ln e 𝑥 ln e ln 1
e
𝑥 1 𝑥 1 𝑥
1 𝑂 𝑥
e 2 e 3 e
𝑥 1 1
1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
e 2e 3e
b
When 𝑥 e:
1 1 5
ln 2e 1 1 1
2 3 6
So ln e ln 2 1
5
ln 2
6
Note: The convergence for the series of ln 1 is only valid for e 𝑥 e so we are
approximating at the boundary of convergence.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 38


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

29 a

Worked solutions
1
e 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2
1
1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2
b
1 1
e d𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
3 10
23
30
c
|true value approximate value|
Percentage error 100%
|true value|
2.66%
d
, .
1 1
e d𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
3 10
29903
300000
|true value approximate value|
Percentage error 100%
|true value|
0.009%
The accuracy is far greater for the smaller value of 𝑥.

30 a
f 𝑥 e tan 𝑥
f 𝑥 e sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥
f 𝑥 e 2 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥 2 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥
f 𝑥 e 4 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥 2 sec 𝑥 6 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥 3 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥
f 0 0
f 0 1
f 0 2
f 0 5
Maclaurin series:
𝑥 𝑥
f 𝑥 f 0 𝑥f 0 f 0 f 0 𝑂 𝑥
2! 3!
5
f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6
b
1 1 5
e tan 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
2 3 24
3
8
c
e tan 𝑥 1
𝑂 𝑥
2𝑥 2
e tan 𝑥 1
So lim
→ 2𝑥 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 39


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

31 a

Worked solutions
1 .
f 𝑥 1 𝑥
√1 𝑥
.
f 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥
. .
f 𝑥 1 𝑥 3𝑥 1 𝑥
f 0 1
f 0 0
f 0 1
Maclaurin series:
𝑥
f 𝑥 f 0 𝑥f 0 f 0 𝑂 𝑥
2!
1
f 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2
b
1 1 1
arcsin 𝑥 d𝑢 𝑢 𝑢 𝑂 𝑢 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
√1 𝑢 6 6
c
Let 𝑥
1 𝜋 1 1 25
arcsin
2 6 2 48 48
25
So 𝜋
8

32 a
Maclaurin series for e :
1 1
e 1 2𝑥 2𝑥 2𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 6
4
1 2𝑥 2𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3
So
4
1 𝑥 e 1 𝑥 1 2𝑥 2𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3
2
1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3
b
1 1
1 𝑥 e d𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
2 6
2
3

33 a
1 1
𝑥 cos 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 24
1 1
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 24

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 40


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
1 1
sin 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6 120
sin 𝑥 𝑥 cos 𝑥
1 1
𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
𝑥 3 30
sin 𝑥 𝑥 cos 𝑥 1
lim
→ 𝑥 3

34
1 1 1 1
𝑥 sin 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6 120 6 120
f 𝑥 tan 𝑥
f 𝑥 sec 𝑥
f 𝑥 2 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥
f 𝑥 2 sec 𝑥 4 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥
f 0 0
f 0 1
f 0 0
f 0 2
Maclaurin series:
𝑥 𝑥
f 𝑥 f 0 𝑥f 0 f 0 f 0 𝑂 𝑥
2! 3!
1
f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3
1
𝑥 tan 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3
1 1
𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
So
𝑥 sin 𝑥 6 6 𝑂 𝑥 1 𝑂 𝑥
𝑥 tan 𝑥 1 1 2 𝑂 𝑥
𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3 3
𝑥 sin 𝑥 1
lim
→ 𝑥 tan 𝑥 2

35 a
1 1 1
ln 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 3 4
1 1 1
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 3 4
b
1 1 1 1
1 cos 𝑥 1 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 24 2 24
ln 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 2 𝑂 𝑥
1 cos 𝑥 1 1 𝑂 𝑥
𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2
ln 1 𝑥
lim 2
→ 1 cos 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 41


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

36

Worked solutions
Using standard Maclaurin series:
1 1
e 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 6
Using binomial expansion:
1 3 1 3 5
1 2 2 2 2 2
1 𝑥 . 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 2! 3!
1 3 5
1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 8 16
1 1 1 3 5
e 1 𝑥 . 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 6 2 8 16
1 1 1 3
1 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 2 2 8
3 11
1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 8
37 a
1 1
ln 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 3
𝑥
ln 2 𝑥 ln 2 ln 1
2
𝑥 1 1
ln 2 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 8 24
b
ln 2 𝑥 1 𝑥 2 ln 2 𝑥 3 ln 1 𝑥
1 1 1 1 1
2 ln 2 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 3 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
2 8 24 2 3
𝑂 𝑥
7 11
2 ln 2 2𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
4 12
38 a
1 1
𝑥 sin 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6 120
1 1
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6 120
b
1 1 𝑥 sin 𝑥
sin 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 sin 𝑥
1 1
6𝑥 120 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
1 1
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6 120
𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6 𝑂 𝑥

1 1
lim 0
→ sin 𝑥 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 42


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

39 a

Worked solutions
1 1 1
𝑥 ln 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 3 4
1 1 1
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 3 4
b
1 1 𝑥 ln 1 𝑥
ln 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 ln 1 𝑥
1
𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2
𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
1 𝑂 𝑥
2 𝑂 𝑥
1 1 1
lim
→ ln 1 𝑥 𝑥 2

40 a
2 e
b
1
2 1 𝑥 ln 2 𝑥 ln 2 𝑂 𝑥
2
ln 2
1 ln 2 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2
c
2 1 ln 2 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3 1 ln 3 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
ln 2 𝑂 𝑥
ln 3 𝑂 𝑥

2 1 ln 2
lim log 2
→ 3 1 ln 3

41 a
f 𝑥 ln e cos 𝑥
d
e cos 𝑥 e cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
f 𝑥 d𝑥 1 tan 𝑥
e cos 𝑥 e cos 𝑥

f 𝑥 sec 𝑥
f 𝑥 2 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥
f 𝑥 4 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥 2 sec 𝑥
b)
f 0 0
f 0 1
f 0 1
f 0 0
f 0 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 43


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Maclaurin series:

Worked solutions
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
f 𝑥 f 0 𝑥f 0 f 0 f 0 f 0 𝑂 𝑥
2! 3! 4!
1 1
f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 12
1 1
ln 1 𝑥 e cos 𝑥 ln 1 𝑥 ln e cos 𝑥
𝑥 𝑥
1 1 1 1 1 1
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
𝑥 2 3 4 2 12
1 1
𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3 6
1 e cos 𝑥 1
lim ln
→ 𝑥 1 𝑥 3

42 a
1 1
sin 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6 120
b
1 1 1
Substituting into e 1 𝑎𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 𝑂 𝑎 :
2 6 24
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
e 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6 2 6 6 6 24 6
1 1 1 1 1
1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 6 6 6 24
1 1
1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 8
43 ai
1 1 1 1
ln 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 3 4 5
aii
𝑥 𝑥
arctan 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3 5
b
arctan ln 1 𝑥
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
2 3 4 5 3 2 3 5
𝑂 𝑥
Coefficient of
𝑥 :1
1
𝑥 :
2
1 1
𝑥 : 0
3 3
1 1 1 1 1 1
𝑥 : 3
4 3 2 4 2 4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11
𝑥 : 3 3
5 3 2 3 3 5 5 4 3 5 60
1 1 11
arctan ln 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 4 60

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 44


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
44 a
!
b
!
c
1
The coefficient of 𝑥 in the series for cos 𝑥 is
2𝑛 !
sin 𝑥 1 1
cos 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
𝑥 2𝑛 1 ! 2𝑛 !
1 2𝑛 1
1 𝑥
2𝑛 1 !
2𝑛
1 𝑥
2𝑛 1 !
2𝑛
0𝑥 1 𝑥
2𝑛 1 !
2𝑛
1 𝑥
2𝑛 1 !
45 a e ∑ 𝑥
!
Substituting:
1 2
e 2𝑥 𝑥
𝑛! 𝑛!
2
The coefficient of 𝑥 is
𝑛!
b
1
The coefficient of 𝑥 in the expansion of 2 cos 𝑥 is 2
2𝑛 !
2 1
The coefficient of 𝑥 in the expansion of e 2 cos 𝑥 is 2
𝑛! 2𝑛 !
46 a for 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
b
1 𝑥
ln ln 1 𝑥 ln 1 𝑥
1 𝑥
1 1
𝑥 𝑥
𝑛 𝑛
1 1
𝑥 𝑥
𝑛 𝑛
2
𝑥
𝑛
2
𝑥
2𝑛 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 45


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

47

Worked solutions
Maclaurin series:
𝑥
f 𝑥 f 0 𝑥f 0 f 0 𝑂 𝑥
2!
𝑥 3𝑥
3 𝑂 𝑥
4 2
1
So f 0 ,f 0 3
4
The tangent at 𝑥 0 is therefore
1
𝑦 3 𝑥 0
4
1
𝑦 𝑥 3
4

48
Maclaurin series:
𝑥 𝑥
f 𝑥 f 0 𝑥f 0 f 0 f 0 𝑂 𝑥
2! 3!
3
2 4𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2
So f 0 0, and there is therefore a stationary point at 𝑥 0
f 0 2, f 0 8 0
Stationary point 0,2 is a local maximum.

49
Maclaurin series:
𝑥
f 𝑥 f 0 𝑥f 0 f 0 𝑂 𝑥
2!
3𝑛 2
𝑥
4 2𝑛 1 !
1 5 1
𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 24 60

a f 0
b f′′ 0

50 a
f 𝑥 𝑥e
Proposition: f 𝑥 𝑛 𝑥 e
Base case 𝑛 0: f 𝑥 f 𝑥 0 𝑥 e
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 0
So f 𝑥 𝑘 𝑥 e
Working towards: f 𝑥 𝑘 1 𝑥 e
d
f 𝑥 𝑘 𝑥 e by assumption
d𝑥
𝑘 𝑥 e e
𝑘 1 𝑥 e
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 46


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Conclusion: The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for

Worked solutions
𝑛 𝑘 1. Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of
mathematical induction.

f 0 0
f′ 0 1
f′′ 0 2
f′′′ 0 3
f 0 4
f 0 5
Maclaurin series:
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
f 𝑥 f 0 𝑥f 0 f 0 f 0 f 0 f 0 𝑂 𝑥
2! 3! 4! 5!
1 1 1
f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 6 24

Exercise 10E
7
𝑦 2𝑦 𝑦 0
Let 𝑦 𝑎 𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
𝑦 0 𝑎 1
𝑦 0 𝑎 1
𝑦 0 2𝑎 2𝑦 0 𝑦 0 1
1
𝑎
2
1
𝑦 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2
8 a
𝑦 3𝑦 2𝑦 0
Let 𝑦 𝑎 𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
𝑦 0 𝑎 1
𝑦 0 𝑎 2
𝑦 0 2𝑎 3𝑦 0 2𝑦 0 4
𝑎 2
𝑦 1 2𝑥 2𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
b 𝑦 1 5
9 a
Using binomial expansion:
1 1
1 2 2 𝑥
1 𝑥 . 1 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 2!
1 1
1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 8

b
.
𝑦 1 𝑢 d𝑢
1 1
𝑐 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
8 56

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 47


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝑦 0 1 𝑐
1
𝑦 0.1 1 0.1 0.0000125
560000000
1.10001

10
𝑦 𝑦 0
Let 𝑦 𝑎 𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
𝑦 0 𝑎 1
𝑦 0 𝑎 2
𝑦 0 4 2𝑎 so 𝑎 2
𝑦 0 6𝑎 𝑦 0 1
1
𝑎
6
1
𝑦 1 2𝑥 2𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6

11 a
𝑦 𝑥𝑦 0 so 𝑦 𝑥𝑦 𝑦 0
Let 𝑦 𝑎 𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
𝑦 0 𝑎 1
𝑦 0 𝑎 0
𝑦 0 2𝑎 0 𝑦 0 0 so 𝑎 0
𝑦 0 6𝑎 0 𝑦′ 0 𝑦 0 1
1
𝑎
6
1
𝑦 1 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6
b 𝑦 0.5 0.979

12
𝑦 𝑦 0 so 𝑦 2𝑦𝑦
Let 𝑦 𝑎 𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
𝑦 0 𝑎 1
𝑦 0 𝑎 1
1
𝑦 0 2𝑎 𝑦 0 1 so 𝑎
2
𝑦 0 6𝑎 2𝑦 0 𝑦′ 0 2
1
𝑎
3
1 1
𝑦 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 48


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

13

Worked solutions
𝑦 𝑦 𝑦 𝑡
𝑦⃛ 2𝑦𝑦 2𝑦𝑦 1
Let 𝑦 𝑎 𝑎 𝑡 𝑎 𝑡 𝑎 𝑡 𝑂 𝑡
𝑦 0 𝑎 2
𝑦 0 𝑎 3
13
𝑦 0 2𝑎 0 𝑦 0 𝑦 0 13 so 𝑎
2
𝑦⃛ 0 6𝑎 1 2𝑦 0 𝑦 0 2𝑦 0 𝑦 0 1 78 12 91
91
𝑎
6
13 91
𝑦 2 3𝑡 𝑡 𝑡 𝑂 𝑡
2 6
14 a
1
𝑥e 𝑥
𝑘!

b
d𝑦
𝑥e
d𝑥
1
𝑦 𝑐 𝑥
𝑘 2 𝑘!

c
𝑦 0 𝑐 1
1 1
𝑦 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 3
𝑦 0.5 1.17

15
𝑦 e cos 𝑥
𝑦 e 𝑦 sin 𝑥
Let 𝑦 𝑎 𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
𝑦 0 𝑎 1
𝑦 0 𝑎 cos 0 e 1 e
1
𝑦 0 2𝑎 sin 0 e 𝑦 0 0 e 1 e so 𝑎 e e
2
1
𝑦 1 1 e 𝑥 e e 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 49


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

16 a

Worked solutions
𝑦 4𝑦 4𝑦 0

Let 𝑦 𝑎 𝑥

Then 𝑦′ 𝑘 1 𝑎 𝑥

and 𝑦′′ 𝑘 1 𝑘 2 𝑎 𝑥

Substituting the general coefficient for 𝑥 into the differential equation:


𝑘 1 𝑘 2 𝑎 4 𝑘 1 𝑎 4𝑎 0 for every 𝑘 0
4 𝑘 1 𝑎 4𝑎
𝑎
𝑘 2 𝑘 1

b
2 𝑥 2
If 𝑦 𝑎 𝑥 then 𝑎 0, 𝑎 for 𝑘 1
𝑘! 𝑘 1 !
Using the iteration from part a: 𝑎 4

Proposition: 𝑎 for 𝑛 1
!

Base case 𝑛 1: 𝑎 2
!
Base case 𝑛 2: 𝑎 4
!
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 1 and
𝑛 𝑘 2
So 𝑎 and 𝑎
! !

Working towards: 𝑎
!
4𝑘𝑎 4𝑎
𝑎 by assumption and iteration
𝑘 𝑘 1
𝑘 2 𝑘 1 2
𝑘 𝑘 1 𝑘 1 !
2
2𝑘 𝑘 1
𝑘 1 !
2 𝑘 1
𝑘 1 !
2
𝑘!
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclus The proposition is true for 𝑛 1, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical
induction.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 50


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

17 a

Worked solutions
𝑦 𝑥𝑦 𝑦 0

Let 𝑦 𝑎 𝑥

Then 𝑦 𝑘 1 𝑎 𝑥 so 𝑥𝑦 𝑘𝑎 𝑥

and 𝑦′′ 𝑘 1 𝑘 2 𝑎 𝑥

Substituting the general coefficient for 𝑥 into the differential equation:


𝑘 1 𝑘 2 𝑎 𝑘𝑎 𝑎 0 for every 𝑘 0
𝑎
𝑎
𝑘 2
𝑦 0 𝑎 1
𝑦 0 𝑎 0
Then by the iterative formula, all odd coefficients will equal zero.
𝑎
𝑎
2𝑘

Considering instead as a series of powers of 𝑥 :

Let 𝑦 𝑏 𝑥 where 𝑏 𝑎

𝑏 1
𝑏 and 𝑏 1 so 𝑏
2𝑘 2 𝑘!
𝑥
𝑦
2 𝑘!

b
1 𝑥
𝑦 e
𝑘! 2

18
𝑦 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥𝑦 0

Let 𝑦 𝑎 𝑥 so 𝑥𝑦 𝑎 𝑥

Then 𝑦 𝑘 1 𝑎 𝑥 so 𝑥 𝑦 𝑘 1 𝑎 𝑥

and 𝑦′′ 𝑘 1 𝑘 2 𝑎 𝑥

Substituting the general coefficient for 𝑥 into the differential equation:


𝑘 1 𝑘 2 𝑎 𝑘 1 𝑎 𝑎 0 for every 𝑘 2
𝑘𝑎
𝑎
𝑘 1 𝑘 2
𝑦 0 𝑎 0

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 51


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

𝑦 0 𝑎 1

Worked solutions
𝑦 0 2𝑎 0
The recurrence relation on the coefficients means that 𝑎 𝑎 0 for integer 𝑘;
only the 𝑎 coefficients will be non-zero.
𝑎 1
2
𝑎
3 4
2 5
𝑎 …
3 4 6 7
2 5 … 3𝑘 1
𝑎 1
3 4 6 7 … 3𝑘 3𝑘 1
2 5 … 3𝑘 1
1
3𝑘 1 !
2 5 … 3𝑘 1
𝑦 𝑥 1 𝑥
3𝑘 1 !

19
𝑦 𝑥𝑦 𝑦 0

Let 𝑦 𝑎 𝑥

Then 𝑦 𝑘 1 𝑎 𝑥 so 𝑥𝑦 𝑘𝑎 𝑥

and 𝑦′′ 𝑘 1 𝑘 2 𝑎 𝑥

Substituting the general coefficient for 𝑥 into the differential equation:


𝑘 1 𝑘 2 𝑎 𝑘𝑎 𝑎 0 for every 𝑘 0
𝑎
𝑎
𝑘 2
𝑦 0 𝑎
𝑦 0 𝑎
The recurrence relation links all odd coefficients in terms of 𝑎 and all even coefficients
in terms of 𝑎 .
Even coefficients:
1
𝑎 𝑎
2
1 1 1
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎
2 4 2 2!
𝑎 1
𝑎
2 𝑘!
Odd coefficients:
1
𝑎 𝑎
3
1 2 4 2 2!
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎
3 5 5! 5!
1 2 4 6 2 3!
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎
3 5 7 7! 7!

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 52


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

𝑎 1 2 𝑘!

Worked solutions
𝑎
2𝑘 1 !

1 2 𝑘!
𝑦 𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥
2 𝑘! 2𝑘 1 !

20 a
1 𝑥 𝑦 2𝑥𝑦 𝑙 𝑙 1 𝑦 0

Let 𝑦 𝑎 𝑥

Then 𝑦 𝑟 1 𝑎 𝑥 so 𝑥𝑦 𝑟𝑎 𝑥

and 𝑦 𝑟 1 𝑟 2 𝑎 𝑥 so 1 𝑥 𝑦

𝑟 1 𝑟 2 𝑎 𝑟 𝑟 1 𝑎 𝑥

Substituting the general coefficient for 𝑥 into the differential equation:


𝑟 1 𝑟 2 𝑎 𝑟 𝑟 1 𝑎 2𝑟𝑎 𝑙 𝑙 1 𝑎 0 for every 𝑟 0
𝑟 1 𝑟 2 𝑎 𝑎 𝑟 𝑟 𝑙 𝑙 1
𝑟 𝑟 1 𝑙 𝑙 1
𝑎 𝑎
𝑟 1 𝑟 2
b

𝑦 1 𝑎 1

The relationship given in part a means that when 𝑟 𝑙, 𝑎 0 and therefore


𝑎 0.
For finite series, since there is no restriction on the alternating values, the odd or even
coefficients not forced to zero by the relationship must therefore be zero throughout,
bi If 𝑙 1 then even coefficients 𝑎 0
𝑎 0 𝑎
So 𝑦 𝑎 𝑥
𝑦 1 1 𝑎
So 𝑦 𝑥
bii If 𝑙 2 then odd coefficients 𝑎 0
𝑎 0 𝑎
So 𝑦 𝑎 𝑎 𝑥
𝑦 1 1 𝑎 𝑎
0 0 2 2 1
𝑎 𝑎 3𝑎
0 1 0 2
𝑎 𝑎 2𝑎 1
1
𝑎
2
1
𝑦 3𝑥 1
2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 53


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

21 a

Worked solutions
𝑦 2𝑥𝑦 2𝑘𝑦 0

Let 𝑦 𝑎 𝑥

Then 𝑦 𝑟 1 𝑎 𝑥 so 𝑥𝑦 𝑟𝑎 𝑥

and 𝑦 𝑟 1 𝑟 2 𝑎 𝑥

Substituting the general coefficient for 𝑥 into the differential equation:


𝑟 1 𝑟 2 𝑎 2𝑟𝑎 2𝑘𝑎 0 for every 𝑟 0
𝑟 1 𝑟 2 𝑎 2𝑎 𝑟 𝑘
2 𝑟 𝑘
𝑎 𝑎
𝑟 1 𝑟 2
b
𝑦 0 𝑎 0
𝑦 0 𝑎 1
𝑎 0 for all integer 𝑟 because of the relationship in part a
For the solution to be a finite polynomial, it is necessary that 𝑟 𝑘 0 for some odd
positive integer 𝑟, so the requirement on 𝑘 is that it must be a positive, odd integer.
For 𝑘 1, 𝑎 0 so 𝑦 𝑥
2 2
For 𝑘 3, 𝑎 and 𝑎 0 so 𝑦 𝑥 𝑥
3 3

22 a
1 𝑥 f 𝑥 𝑥f 𝑥 𝑘 f 𝑥 0

Let 𝑦 𝑎 𝑥

Then 𝑦 𝑟 1 𝑎 𝑥 so 𝑥𝑦 𝑟𝑎 𝑥

and 𝑦 𝑟 1 𝑟 2 𝑎 𝑥 so 1 𝑥 𝑦

𝑟 1 𝑟 2 𝑎 𝑟 𝑟 1 𝑎 𝑥

Substituting the general coefficient for 𝑥 into the differential equation:


𝑟 1 𝑟 2 𝑎 𝑟 𝑟 1 𝑎 𝑟𝑎 𝑘 𝑎 0 for every 𝑟 0
𝑟 1 𝑟 2 𝑎 𝑎 𝑟 𝑘
𝑟 𝑘
𝑎 𝑎
𝑟 1 𝑟 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 54


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
The relationship between coefficients in part a means that for positive integer 𝑘, all
coefficients 𝑎 will be zero.
For a finite polynomial, if 𝑘 is odd then all even coefficients 𝑎 must be zero and if 𝑘
is even then all odd coefficients 𝑎 must be zero.
The degree of the finite polynomial will be 𝑘, since 𝑎 will be the final non-zero
coefficient.
𝑘 2: quadratic Chebyschev function:
4
𝑎 𝑎 2𝑎
1 2
𝑦 𝑎 1 2𝑥
Require that the range for 1 𝑥 1 is 1 𝑦 1 so 𝑎 1
𝑦 1 2𝑥
Tip: Strictly, the Chebyschev polynomial will be the polynomial with greatest lead coefficient
to satisfy the conditions, so 𝑦 2𝑥 1 is the unique correct solution.
𝑘 3: cubic Chebyschev function
1 9 4
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎
2 3 3
4
𝑦 𝑎 𝑥 𝑥
3
Require that the range for 1 𝑥 1 is 1 𝑦 1 so 𝑎 3
𝑦 3𝑥 4𝑥
Tip: As above, 𝑦 4𝑥 3𝑥 is the unique correct solution.

23 a
4𝑥 𝑦 4𝑥𝑦 𝑦 0

Let 𝑦 𝑎 𝑥

Then 𝑦 𝑟 1 𝑎 𝑥 so 𝑥𝑦 𝑟𝑎 𝑥

and 𝑦 𝑟 1 𝑟 2 𝑎 𝑥 so 𝑥 𝑦 𝑟 𝑟 1 𝑎 𝑥

Substituting the general coefficient for 𝑥 into the differential equation:


4𝑟 𝑟 1 𝑎 4𝑟𝑎 𝑎 0 for every 𝑟 0
4𝑟 1 𝑎 0
Since 4𝑟 1 0 for any 𝑟 ∈ ℕ, it follows that 𝑎 0 for all 𝑎 .
That is, the only Maclaurin series solution is 𝑦 0.

Let 𝑦 𝑎 𝑥

Then 𝑦 𝑟 1 𝑎 𝑥 so 𝑥𝑦 𝑟 𝑚 𝑎 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 55


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
and 𝑦 𝑟 1 𝑟 2 𝑎 𝑥 so 𝑥 𝑦 𝑟 𝑚 𝑟 𝑚 1 𝑎 𝑥

Substituting the general coefficient for 𝑥 into the differential equation:


4 𝑟 𝑚 𝑟 𝑚 1 𝑎 4 𝑟 𝑚 𝑎 𝑎 0 for every 𝑟 0
4 𝑟 𝑚 1 𝑎 0
Then 𝑎 0 except when 𝑟 𝑚
1
𝑟 𝑚
2
𝐴
𝑦 𝐵√𝑥
√𝑥

Mixed Practice
1 a
𝑦 d𝑦 3 cos 2𝑥 d𝑥
ln|𝑦| 1.5 sin 2𝑥 𝑐
|𝑦| 𝐴e . for 𝐴 0
𝑦 𝐴e .
b
𝑦 0 5 𝐴
𝑦 5e .
2
d𝑦
3𝑥 2 𝑦
d𝑥
𝑦 d𝑦 3𝑥 2 d𝑥
ln|𝑦| 𝑥 2𝑥 𝑐
|𝑦| 𝐴e for 𝐴 0
𝑦 𝐴e
3 a
𝜇 e e
b
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
e 3𝑥 e 𝑦 6𝑥 e
d𝑥
d
𝑒 𝑦 6𝑥 e
d𝑥
e 𝑦 2e 𝑐
𝑦 𝑐e 2
𝑦 0 1 𝑐 2
𝑐 3
𝑦 3e 2
4 a
1
𝜇 e e e
𝑥 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 56


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
1 𝑥 2𝑥𝑦 1 𝑥 1 𝑥
d𝑥
d 𝑦 1
d𝑥 1 𝑥 1 𝑥
𝑦
arctan 𝑥 𝑐
1 𝑥
𝑦 1 𝑥 arctan 𝑥 𝑐
5
d𝑦
e 𝑦 𝑓 𝑥, 𝑦  
d𝑥
𝑦 𝑦 ℎ 𝑓 𝑥 ,𝑦
𝑦 0 2, ℎ 0.1
From GDC: 𝑦 2 2.45
6
Maclaurin expansion of sin 𝑥:
1 1
sin 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6 120
1 1
Then 1 𝑥 sin 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6 120
1 1 1 1
𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥
6 120 6 120
7 7
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
6 40
7 a
1
e 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2
b
√e e
1 1 1 25
1
3 2 3 18
8 a
1 1
arctan 𝑢 𝑢 𝑢 𝑢 𝑂 𝑢
3 5
Substituting 𝑢 2𝑥:
8 32
arctan 2𝑥 2𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3 5
b
8 32
2𝑥 arctan 2𝑥 3 𝑥 5
𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
𝑥 𝑥
8
𝑂 𝑥
3
2𝑥 arctan 2𝑥 8
Hence lim
→ 𝑥 3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 57


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

9 a

Worked solutions
1
e 1 𝑢 𝑢 𝑂 𝑢
2
Substituting 𝑢 𝑥 :
e 1 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
b
Taking the indefinite Integral twice:
1
e d𝑥 𝑐 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3
1 1
e d𝑥 d𝑥 𝑑 𝑐𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 12
If 𝑦 e then
1 1
𝑦 𝑑 𝑐𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 12
10 a
d𝑦
cos 𝑥 𝑦 tan 𝑥 𝑓 𝑥, 𝑦  
d𝑥
𝑦 𝑦 ℎ 𝑓 𝑥 ,𝑦
𝑥 0, 𝑦 2, ℎ 0.1
From GDC: 𝑦 0.3 2.23
bi
𝜇 e e sec 𝑥
bii
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
sec 𝑥 𝑦 sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥 cos 𝑥
d𝑥
d
𝑦 sec 𝑥 cos 𝑥
d𝑥
𝑦 sec 𝑥 sin 𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 sin 𝑥 𝑐 cos 𝑥
𝑦 0 2 𝑐
𝑦 2 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
11 a
𝑅 d𝑅 𝑘 d𝑡
ln|𝑅| 𝑘𝑡 𝑐
𝑅 𝐴e
𝑅 0 𝑅 𝐴
𝑅 𝑅 e
b
1 1
When 𝑅 𝑅 ,e
2 2
1
𝑡 ln 2
𝑘
c
The time taken to halve the amount of the substance is independent of the amount at the
start; that is, half-life is independent of the amount of the substance involved.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 58


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

12 a Euler’s method:

Worked solutions
d𝑦
𝑦 𝑥 ℎ 𝑦 𝑥 ℎ 𝑥
d𝑥
𝑦 0 1, ℎ 0.25

b The minimum value of 𝑦 is approximately 0.6


13 a Euler’s method:
d𝑦
𝑦 𝑥 ℎ 𝑦 𝑥 ℎ 𝑥
d𝑥
𝑦 0 1, ℎ 0.1
From GDC: 𝑦 2 0.599
b
e d𝑦 e d𝑥
e e 𝑐
𝑦 ln e 𝑐
𝑦 0 1 ln 1 𝑐 so 𝑐 1 e
𝑦 ln e e 1
Then 𝑦 2 0.617
Error 0.0178
c Decreasing the step length is likely to decrease the error
14 a Euler’s method:
d𝑦
𝑦 𝑥 ℎ 𝑦 𝑥 ℎ 𝑥
d𝑥
𝑦 0 1, ℎ 0.05
From GDC: 𝑦 1 0.0392
b
𝜇 e e
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
e 2𝑥𝑒 𝑦 1
d𝑥
d
𝑦e 1
d𝑥
𝑦e 𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 𝑥 𝑐 e
𝑦 0 1 𝑐
𝑦 𝑥 1 e
Then 𝑦 1 0
Error 0.0392

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 59


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

15

Worked solutions
d𝑦
𝑦 sec 𝑥 sec 𝑥
d𝑥
𝜇 e e
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
e 𝑦e sec 𝑥 e sec 𝑥
d𝑥
d
𝑦e e sec 𝑥
d𝑥
𝑦e e 𝑐
𝑦 1 𝑐e
𝑦 0 3 1 𝑐
𝑐 2
𝑦 1 2e
16
Separating variables:
1 2
d𝑦 d𝑥
𝑦 1 𝑥 1
arctan 𝑦 2 arctan 𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 0 when 𝑥 0
0 0 𝑐⇒𝑐 0
arctan 𝑦 2 arctan 𝑥
𝑦 tan 2 𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝑥
2 tan arctan 𝑥
using double angle identity for tan
1 tan arctan 𝑥
2𝑥
using tan arctan 𝑥 𝑥
1 𝑥
17
d𝑦
4𝑥𝑦 e
d𝑥
𝜇 e e
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
e 4𝑥𝑦e 1
d𝑥
d
𝑦e 1
d𝑥
𝑦e 𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 𝑥 𝑐 e
𝑦 0 4 𝑐
𝑦 𝑥 4 e

18 a
Euler’s method:
d𝑦
𝑦 𝑥 ℎ 𝑦 𝑥 ℎ 𝑥
d𝑥
𝑦 1 2, ℎ 0.1
From GDC: 𝑦 1.3 3.92

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 60


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝑦 d𝑦 3𝑥 d𝑥
ln|𝑦| 3𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 𝐴e
𝑦 1 2 𝐴e ⇒ 𝐴 2e
𝑦 2e
c
So 𝑦 1.3 3.997
|estimated value actual value|
Percentage error 100% 1.90%
|actual value|
19 a
𝑥 1 𝑦 cos 𝑦
1
sec 𝑦 d𝑦 d𝑥
𝑥 1
tan 𝑦 ln|𝑥 1| 𝑐
𝑦 arctan ln|𝑥 1| 𝑐
𝑦 0 0 arctan 𝑐 ⇒ 𝑐 0
𝑦 arctan ln|𝑥 1|
b
Euler’s method:
d𝑦
𝑦 𝑥 ℎ 𝑦 𝑥 ℎ 𝑥, 𝑦 𝑥
d𝑥
d𝑦 cos 𝑦
𝑦 0 0, ℎ 0.1, 𝑥, 𝑦 𝑥
d𝑥 𝑥 1
From GDC: 𝑦 0.5 0.592
From part a, 𝑦 0.5 0.606
|true value approximate value|
Percentage error 100%
|true value|
2.39%
20
d𝑁 𝜋𝑡
0.2𝑁 1 2 sin
d𝑡 6
5 𝜋𝑡
d𝑁 1 2 sin d𝑡
𝑁 6
12 𝜋𝑡
5 ln|𝑁| 𝑡 cos 𝑐
𝜋 6
.
𝑁 𝐴e
. .
𝑁 0 2 𝐴e ⇒𝐴 2e
.
𝑁 2e

21 a
d𝑦
2𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑦
d𝑥
d𝑦
2𝑥𝑦 2𝑥 2𝑥
d𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 61


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
𝜇 e e
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
e 2𝑥𝑦e 2𝑥e 2𝑥 e
d𝑥
d
𝑦e 2𝑥e 2𝑥 e
d𝑥
𝑦e e 2𝑥 e d𝑥
Let 𝑢 𝑥 ,𝑣 2𝑥e so 𝑢 2𝑥, 𝑣 e
Integration by parts: 𝑢𝑣 d𝑥 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 d𝑥

2𝑥 e d𝑥 𝑥 e 2𝑥e d𝑥
𝑥 e e 𝑐
𝑦e 𝑥 e 𝑐
𝑦 𝑥 𝑥e
22 a
d𝑦 𝑦 𝑦
3 2
d𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
This is a homogeneous equation because the derivative can be expressed as a function
of the ratio of the variables.
b
Let 𝑦 𝑥𝑤 so 𝑦′ 𝑥𝑤 𝑤
𝑥𝑤 𝑤 3𝑤 2𝑤
2𝑤 2𝑤
𝑤
𝑥
1 2
d𝑤 d𝑥
𝑤 1 𝑤 𝑥
1 1 2
d𝑤 d𝑥
𝑤 1 𝑤 𝑥
𝑤
ln 2 ln|𝑥| 𝑐
1 𝑤
𝑤
𝑘𝑥
1 𝑤
𝑤 1 𝑘𝑥 𝑘𝑥
𝑘𝑥 𝑥
𝑤
1 𝑘𝑥 𝐴 𝑥
Substituting back with 𝑦 𝑥𝑤
𝑥
𝑦
𝐴 𝑥
8
𝑦 2 4 ⇒𝐴 6
𝐴 4
𝑥
𝑦
6 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 62


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

23

Worked solutions
Let 𝑓 𝑥 e and g 𝑥 1 2𝑥
Maclaurin expansion for f 𝑥 is
2𝑥
f 𝑥 1 2𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 1 2𝑥 2𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2
Maclaurin expansion for g 𝑥 is
1 2
1 3 3 2 4
g 𝑥 1 2𝑥 2𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3 2! 3 9
Then the Maclaurin expansion for f 𝑥 g 𝑥 is
2 4
f 𝑥 g 𝑥 1 2𝑥 2𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3 9
2 4 4
1 2 𝑥 2 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3 3 9
2
The term in 𝑥 is 𝑥
9
24
Let f 𝑥 1 𝑥
Maclaurin expansion for f 𝑥 is
f 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
Let g 𝑥 ln 𝑓 𝑥
Maclaurin expansion for g 𝑥 is
1
g 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2
1
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3
1 1
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 𝑥 2𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 3
1 1
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 3
25
Let 𝑓 𝑥 cos 𝑥 and g 𝑥 1 𝑥
Maclaurin expansion for f 𝑥 is
1 1
f 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 24
Maclaurin expansion for g 𝑥 is
1 3
1 2 2 1 3
g 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 2! 2 8
Then the Maclaurin expansion for f 𝑥 g 𝑥 is
1 1 1 3
f 𝑥 g 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 24 2 8
1 1 3 1 1
1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 2 8 4 24
4 1
The term in 𝑥 is 𝑥 𝑥
24 6

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 63


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

26 a

Worked solutions
𝑦 arcsin 𝑥
1
𝑦 1 𝑥
√1 𝑥
𝑦 𝑥 1 𝑥
𝑦 1 𝑥 3𝑥 1 𝑥 1 2𝑥 1 𝑥
b
𝑦 0 0
𝑦′ 0 1
𝑦 0 0
𝑦 0 1
Maclaurin series:
𝑥 𝑥
𝑦 𝑦 0 𝑥𝑦 0 𝑦 0 𝑦 0 𝑂 𝑥
2! 3!
1
𝑦 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6
c
1
sin 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6
1
arcsin 𝑥 sin 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 1
lim lim 3
→ 𝑥 → 𝑥 3
27
d 𝑦 d𝑦
𝑥 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥
d𝑥 d𝑥
d 𝑦 d𝑦
So 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑦
d𝑥 d𝑥
d 𝑦 d 𝑦 d𝑦 d𝑦
Then 1 𝑥 2𝑥𝑦 2𝑥 𝑦
d𝑥 d𝑥 d𝑥 d𝑥
Let 𝑦 𝑎 𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
𝑦 0 𝑎 2
𝑦 0 𝑎 4
𝑦 0 2𝑎 0 0 4 0 2 0
𝑦 0 6𝑎 1 0 4 2 0 4 2 0 2 4 3
1
𝑦 2 4𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2
28
d𝑦
𝑥 2 𝑥e
d𝑥
d 𝑦 d𝑦
So 1 𝑒 𝑥 1
d𝑥 d𝑥
Let 𝑦 𝑎 𝑎 𝑥 𝑎 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
𝑦 0 𝑎 1
𝑦 0 𝑎 0 2 0 𝑒 2
𝑦 0 2𝑎 1 e 0 2 1 1 e
1 e
𝑦 1 2𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 64


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

29 a

Worked solutions
1 1
d𝑦 d𝑥
𝑦 𝑥
ln|𝑦| ln|𝑥| 𝑘 ln|𝑐𝑥|
𝑦 𝑐𝑥
b
Let 𝑦 𝑣𝑥 so 𝑦 𝑣 𝑥𝑣
𝑣 𝑥𝑣 𝑣
𝑥𝑣 0
𝑣 0
𝑣 𝑐
Substituting back:
𝑦
𝑐
𝑥
𝑦 𝑐𝑥
c
𝑦 𝑥 𝑦 0
𝜇 e e 𝑥
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
d𝑦
𝑥 𝑥 𝑦 0
d𝑥
d
𝑥 𝑦 0
d𝑥
𝑥 𝑦 𝑐
𝑦 𝑐𝑥
d)
𝑦 2 20 2𝑐 ⇒ 𝑐 10
𝑦 5 50
30 ai
𝑦𝑦 cos 2𝑥
If 𝑦 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 then 𝑦 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
𝑦𝑦 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 cos 2𝑥
(using the double angle formula for cosine)
Hence 𝑦 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 satisfies the differential equation.
aii Separating variables:
𝑦 d𝑦 cos 2𝑥 d𝑥
1 1
𝑦 sin 2𝑥 𝑐
2 2
𝑦 √sin 2𝑥 𝑐
aiii
cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 2 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 1 sin 2𝑥
Therefore for 𝑐 1, the answer to ii gives the result seen in part i, with the positive
square root.
bi
𝜋 𝜋
𝑦 2 sin 𝑐 √1 𝑐 ⇒ 𝑐 3
4 2
𝑦 √sin 2𝑥 3
Since sin 2𝑥 has range 1,1 , the range of g 𝑥 is √2, 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 65


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

bii

Worked solutions
Area g 𝑥 d𝑥

√sin 2𝑥 3 d𝑥
2.99 GDC
biii
The volume required equals the volume of revolution of the curve about the 𝑥-axis less
the volume of a disc of radius 1 and axis length .
𝜋
𝑉 𝜋 𝑦 d𝑥 𝜋 1
2
𝜋
𝜋 sin 2𝑥 3 d𝑥
2
1 𝜋
𝜋 3𝑥 cos 2𝑥
2 2
3𝜋 𝜋
𝜋 2
2 2
𝜋 2𝜋
13.0
31
Separating variables:
1 1
d𝑦 d𝑥
1 𝑦 1 𝑥
arctan 𝑦 arctan 𝑥 𝑐
Using the compound angle formula for the tangent function:
𝑥 tan 𝑐
𝑦 tan arctan 𝑥 𝑐
1 𝑥 tan 𝑐
Since tan 𝑐 can take any value for unknown 𝑐, we can simplify to
𝑥 𝑘
𝑦
1 𝑘𝑥
𝑦 0 1 𝑘
𝑥 1
𝑦
1 𝑥

32 a
d𝑦 𝑦 1 1 𝑦
d𝑥 𝑥 ln 𝑦 ln 𝑥 𝑦𝑥
ln
𝑥
This is a homogeneous equation because the derivative can be expressed as a function
of the ratio of the variables.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 66


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Let 𝑦 𝑥𝑤 so that 𝑦 𝑥𝑤 𝑤
1
𝑥𝑤 𝑤 𝑤
ln 𝑤
1
𝑥𝑤
ln 𝑤
Separating variables:
1
ln 𝑤 d𝑤 d𝑥
𝑥
𝑤 ln 𝑤 𝑤 ln|𝑥| 𝑐 ln|𝑘𝑥|

Substituting back:
𝑦 𝑦
ln 1 ln|𝑘𝑥|
𝑥 𝑥
𝑦 1 1 implies 𝑘 𝑒
𝑦 𝑥
𝑦 ln 1 𝑥ln
𝑥 𝑒
33 a
1 𝑣 1 𝑣 𝐴 𝐵
for some constants 𝐴 and 𝐵
9 𝑣 3 𝑣 3 𝑣 3 𝑣 3 𝑣
Multiplying through by the denominator of the LHS: 
1 𝑣 𝐴 3 𝑣 𝐵 3 𝑣
2
𝑣 3: 4 6𝐵 ⇒ 𝐵
3
1
𝑢 3: 2 6𝐴 ⇒ 𝐴
3
1 𝑣 1 2 1
9 𝑣 3 3 𝑣 3 𝑣
b
𝑦
d𝑦 9𝑥 𝑦 9
𝑥
d𝑥 𝑥 𝑦 𝑦
1
𝑥
This is a homogeneous equation because the derivative can be expressed as a function
of the ratio of the variables.
c
Let 𝑦 𝑥𝑤 so that 𝑦 𝑥𝑤 𝑤
9 𝑤
𝑥𝑤 𝑤
1 𝑤
9 𝑤
𝑥𝑤
1 𝑤
1 𝑤 1
d𝑤 d𝑥
9 𝑤 𝑥
Using part a to split the left integrand into partial fractions:
1 2 1
d𝑤 ln|𝑥| 𝑐
3 3 𝑤 3 𝑤
2 ln|3 𝑤| ln|3 𝑤| 3 ln|𝑥| 𝑐 ln|𝐴𝑥 |
ln|𝐴𝑥 3 𝑤 3 𝑤 | 0
𝐴𝑥 3 𝑤 3 𝑤 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 67


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Substituting back to 𝑦:

Worked solutions
𝑦 𝑦
𝐴𝑥 3 3 1
𝑥 𝑥
3𝑥 𝑦 3𝑥 𝑦 𝐴
3𝑥 𝑦 3𝑥 𝑦 3𝑥 𝑦 𝐴
3𝑥 𝑦 9𝑥 𝑦 𝐴
Therefore, 3𝑥 𝑦 9𝑥 𝑦 is a constant in any solution.
34
Let 𝑧 2𝑥 3𝑦 so 𝑧 2 3𝑦
2 𝑧
Then 𝑦
3
Substituting:
𝑧 3 2 𝑧
𝑧 1
3
2 𝑧 3 𝑧 3 𝑧 3𝑧 3
𝑧 3 𝑧 3 𝑧
𝑧 3
d𝑧 1 d𝑥
3 𝑧
6
1 d𝑧 1 d𝑥
3 𝑧
6 ln|3 𝑧| 𝑧 𝑥 𝑐
When 𝑥 1, 𝑦 1 and 𝑧 1
6 ln 4 1 1 𝑐 ⇒ 𝑐 6 ln 4
𝑧 3
6 ln 𝑧 𝑥
4
2𝑥 3𝑦 3
3𝑦 2𝑥 6 ln 𝑥
4
2𝑥 3𝑦 3
6 ln 3 𝑦 𝑥
4
2𝑥 3𝑦 3
e
4
16e 2𝑥 3𝑦 3
35
𝑦 𝑦
𝑦
𝑥 𝑥
Let 𝑦 𝑢 so 𝑦 2𝑢 𝑢′
𝑢 𝑢
2𝑢 𝑢
𝑥 √𝑥
1 1
𝑢 𝑢
2𝑥 2√𝑥
Integrating factor 𝜇 𝑥
𝜇 e . e . √𝑥
Multiplying both sides by the integrating factor:
1 1
√𝑥 𝑢 𝑢
2√𝑥 2
d 1
𝑢√𝑥
d𝑥 2
1
𝑢√𝑥 𝑥 𝑐
2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 68


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

√𝑥 𝑐 𝑥 2𝑐

Worked solutions
𝑢
2 √𝑥 2√𝑥
𝑥 2𝑐
𝑦 𝑢
4𝑥
1 2𝑐
𝑦 1 0 ⇒ 2𝑐 1
4
𝑥 1
𝑦
4𝑥
36
Let f 𝑥 ln 6 5𝑥 ln 6 ln 1 𝑥
Let g 𝑥 ln 6 5𝑥 ln 6 ln 1 𝑥
Maclaurin expansion for f 𝑥 is
5 1 5 5 25
f 𝑥 ln 6 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 ln 6 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6 2 6 6 72
Maclaurin expansion for g 𝑥 is
5 1 5 5 25
g 𝑥 ln 6 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 ln 6 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
6 2 6 6 72
6 5𝑥 5 5
ln f 𝑥 g 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 𝑥 for small values of 𝑥
6 5𝑥 3 3
37 a
Let f 𝑥 ln 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑥 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑥
cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥 1 tan 𝑥 2
f 𝑥 1
sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 tan 𝑥 1 tan 𝑥 1
2 sec 𝑥 2
f 𝑥
tan 𝑥 1 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
4 cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
f 𝑥
sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
b
𝑓 0 0
𝑓 0 1
𝑓 0 2
𝑓 0 4
Maclaurin series:
𝑥 𝑥
f 𝑥 f 0 𝑥f 0 f 0 f 0 𝑂 𝑥
2! 3!
2
f 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3
Let g 𝑥 arctan 2𝑥
1 8
g 𝑥 2𝑥 2𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 2𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3 3
2
𝑥 𝑥
3𝑥
ln sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
lim lim
→ arctan 2𝑥 → 8
2𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
3
1 𝑂 𝑥
lim
→ 2 𝑂 𝑥
1
2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 69


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

38 a

Worked solutions
f 𝑥 e
f 𝑥 cos 𝑥 e
Using product rule: Let 𝑢 cos 𝑥 and 𝑣 e so 𝑢 sin 𝑥 and 𝑣 cos 𝑥 e
d
𝑢𝑣 𝑢𝑣 𝑢 𝑣 cos 𝑥 e sin 𝑥 e
d𝑥
f 𝑥 e cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
b
f 0 1
f 0 1
f 0 1
f 0 0, f 0 3
Maclaurin series:
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
f 𝑥 f 0 𝑥f 0 f 0 f 0 𝑓 0 𝑂 𝑥
2! 3! 4!
1 1
f 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
2 8
c
The Maclaurin series for g 𝑥 e is g 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥
1
e e 𝑥 𝑂 𝑥 1 1
lim lim 6 lim 𝑂 𝑥
→ 𝑥 → 𝑥 → 6 6

39 a
sin 𝑡
lim 1
→ 𝑡
sin 4𝑥
Then lim 1
→ 4𝑥
sin 9𝑥 sin 9𝑥 9
And lim 1 so lim
→ 9𝑥 → 4𝑥 4
Summing these two limits:
sin 4𝑥 sin 9𝑥 9 5
lim 1
→ 4𝑥 4 4
b
Maclaurin series for f 𝑥 sin 𝑥 is
1 𝑥
f 𝑥
2𝑛 1 !
Then since g 𝑥 f 𝑥 , the series for g 𝑥 is
1 𝑥 1 𝑥
g 𝑥
2𝑛 1 ! 2𝑛 1 !

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 70


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

Worked solutions
Let 𝐼 g 𝑥 d𝑥

1
𝑥 d𝑥
2𝑛 1 !
1 𝑥
2𝑛 1 ! 4𝑛 3
1 1
2𝑛 1 ! 4𝑛 3

1 𝑎

for a sequence 𝑎 where


1
𝑎
4𝑛 3 2𝑛 1 !
Since the sequence is decreasing and the series is alternating, the value to which the
series converges is approximately 𝑆 with an absolute error less than 𝑎 for each 𝑁.
If the sum approximation is to be accurate to 4𝐷𝑃, require the absolute error to be less
than 0.00005
1
𝑎 0.00005
4𝑁 7 2𝑁 3 !
1
𝑎 0.000076
11 5!
1
𝑎 0.000013 0.00005
15 7!
So 𝑁 2, and therefore the series is accurate to 4𝐷𝑃 after three terms: 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 71


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020
 

40

Worked solutions
𝑦 2𝑥𝑦 𝑦
𝑦 2𝑦 𝑦 2𝑥𝑦 2𝑥𝑦 𝑦
𝑦 2𝑦 2𝑥𝑦 𝑦 2𝑥𝑦 3𝑦
𝑦 2𝑦 2𝑥𝑦 3𝑦 2𝑥𝑦 5𝑦
It appears that the sequence of higher derivatives follows 𝑦 2𝑥𝑦
2𝑛 1 𝑦
Proving this by induction:
Proposition: 𝑦 2𝑥𝑦 2𝑛 1 𝑦 for 𝑛 0
Base case 𝑛 0: 𝑦 2𝑥𝑦 𝑦 2𝑥𝑦 2 0 1 𝑦 so the proposition is
true for 𝑛 0
Inductive step: Assume the proposition is true for integer 𝑛 𝑘 0
So 𝑦 2𝑥𝑦 2𝑘 1 𝑦
Working towards: 𝑦 2𝑥𝑦 2𝑘 1 𝑦
d
𝑦 y
d𝑥
d
2𝑥𝑦 2𝑘 1 𝑦 by assumption
d𝑥
2𝑥𝑦 2𝑦 2𝑘 1 𝑦
2𝑥𝑦 2𝑘 1 𝑦
So the proposition is true for 𝑛 𝑘 1
Conclusion:
The proposition is true for 𝑛 0, and, if true for 𝑛 𝑘, it is also true for 𝑛 𝑘 1. 
Therefore, the proposition is true for all 𝑛 ∈ ℕ by the principle of mathematical
induction.

Let 𝑦 𝑎 𝑥

𝑦 0 𝑎 0
𝑦 0 𝑎 1
𝑦 0 2𝑎 0
𝑦 0 𝑘 2 !𝑎 2𝑘 1 𝑦 from the induction above
2𝑘 1
𝑎 𝑦 0
𝑘 2 !
Even coefficients:
𝑎 0 for all integer 𝑛
Odd coefficients: substituting 𝑘 2𝑛 1 into the formula above for 𝑛 1
1
𝑎 4𝑛 3 𝑦 0
2𝑛 1 !
1
4𝑛 3 2𝑛 1 ! 𝑎
2𝑛 1 !
4𝑛 3
𝑎
2𝑛 1 2𝑛
Iterating this back to 𝑎 1:
1 5 9 … 4𝑛 3
𝑎
2𝑛 1 !
1 5 9 … 4𝑛 3 1 5 9 … 4𝑛 1
𝑦 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
2𝑛 1 ! 2𝑛 1 !

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Analysis and approaches HL 72


© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2020

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy